S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2018.

Registration No. 333–          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S–1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2834   20-3352427

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1810

Chicago, IL 60601

1-844-445-5704

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,

of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Paul Edick

President and Chief Executive Officer

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1810

Chicago, IL 60601

1-844-445-5704

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Joseph C. Theis, Jr., Esq.

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

(617) 570-1000

 

Brian Johnson, Esq.

Lisa Firenze, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

(212) 230-8800

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE (1)
 

AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION

FEE (2)

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $75,000,000   $9,338

 

 

 

(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)  Registration fee will be paid when registration statement is first publicly filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant files a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated May 24, 2018

 

Preliminary Prospectus

                Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

We are offering             shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “XERS”.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and for filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read carefully the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock under the heading “Risk Factors” starting on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discount (1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   $      $  

 

 

(1)    We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 159 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about             , 2018. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional             shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $            , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $            .

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Jefferies   Leerink Partners   RBC Capital Markets

Mizuho Securities

 

 

The date of this prospectus is             , 2018.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     11  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     56  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     58  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     59  

CAPITALIZATION

     60  

DILUTION

     62  

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     64  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     66  

BUSINESS

     79  

MANAGEMENT

     126  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     134  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     143  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     145  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     147  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     150  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     154  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     156  

UNDERWRITING

     159  

LEGAL MATTERS

     167  

EXPERTS

     168  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     169  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus is only accurate as of its date, regardless of its time or delivery or the time of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

Until and including             , 2018 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Xeris,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar designations in this prospectus to refer to Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Our Company

We are a specialty pharmaceutical company leveraging our novel non-aqueous formulation technology platforms, XeriSol and XeriJect, to develop and commercialize ready-to-use injectable and infusible drug formulations. We have developed a ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that, unlike any currently available products, can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution. Our lead product candidate, Glucagon Rescue Pen, delivers ready-to-use glucagon via a commercially-available auto-injector for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia, a potentially life-threatening condition, in people with diabetes. We have completed three Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and expect to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, in the third quarter of 2018. If our NDA is submitted and approved in our expected timeframe, we believe we will have the first ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution. We are also applying our novel ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation for the management of additional conditions associated with hypoglycemia with significant unmet medical need. In addition, we are applying our technology platforms to convert other commercially-available drugs into ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid formulations to address the needs in multiple therapeutic areas and conditions, including epilepsy and diabetes.

Our Technology Platforms and Our Pipeline

Our proprietary non-aqueous formulation technology platforms are designed to address solubility and stability challenges presented by current aqueous formulations of certain drugs. Our proprietary XeriSol and XeriJect platforms offer the opportunity to eliminate the need for reconstitution and refrigeration, enable long-term room-temperature stability, significantly reduce injection volume and allow for a more convenient subcutaneous or intramuscular administration as opposed to intravenous infusion, all of which we believe are distinct advantages over existing aqueous formulations of marketed and development-stage products. We believe that our technology platforms can lead to products that will improve outcomes and enable easier administration while reducing costs for payors and the healthcare system. XeriSol is best suited for peptides and small molecules that currently encounter formulation challenges. XeriJect is best suited for drugs and biologics consisting of large molecules, such as proteins, monoclonal antibodies and vaccines.



 

1


Table of Contents

We are the sponsor of four active Investigational New Drug, or IND, applications for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and ready-to-use glucagon for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia and the intermittent and chronic conditions listed below.

The following table summarizes key information about our internal product candidates.

 

 

LOGO

 

*   Received orphan drug designation

Additionally, we expect to commence a proof-of-concept clinical study for our bi-hormonal artificial pancreas program in mid-2018.

Severe Hypoglycemia and Limitations of Existing Products

Hypoglycemia, a key concern of people with both Type 1 Diabetes, or T1D, and Type 2 Diabetes, or T2D, occurs when a person has a deficiency of glucose in their bloodstream, often as a result of insulin treatment. Symptoms of hypoglycemia include fatigue, shakiness, anxiety, headache, nausea and vomiting, and in severe cases hypoglycemia can result in cardiovascular disease, seizure, coma and, if left untreated, death. Treatment-associated hypoglycemia in people with diabetes remains the major limiting factor in the glycemic management of T1D and T2D. In the United States, all of the approximately 1.3 million people with T1D and approximately 4.3 million people with T2D who require insulin therapy to lower their blood glucose levels are at risk for hypoglycemia. Hypoglycemic events of any severity are a daily concern for people with diabetes and represent the greatest barrier to optimal glycemic control. Severe hypoglycemic events are extremely frightening for patients and caregivers and can result in seizure, coma and, if left untreated, death. The American Diabetes Association, or ADA, recommends that glucagon be prescribed for all individuals at increased risk of clinically significant hypoglycemia for use in the event of an emergency.

Because of the urgent nature of severe hypoglycemia, the majority of severe hypoglycemic events are treated on an emergency basis, outside of a healthcare facility. Two emergency glucagon products are currently available to treat severe hypoglycemia. Each product is sold as a vial of lyophilized, glucagon powder with an exposed needle/syringe that contains a liquid diluent. The glucagon powder must be combined with the liquid diluent at the time of use and drawn into a syringe in accordance with a complex multi-step reconstitution and dose calibration procedure. Additionally, once reconstituted, the glucagon must be used immediately because once the lyophilized glucagon is combined with water, the solution becomes unstable and can fibrillate, rendering it inactive and potentially toxic.

In published comparative human factors studies with currently marketed emergency glucagon kits, only 6% to 31% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose of glucagon. The complex, unreliable administration of currently marketed products inhibits patient interest in carrying a kit and physician focus on



 

2


Table of Contents

ensuring each clinically appropriate patient at increased risk has a filled prescription. In 2017, U.S. sales for emergency glucagon kits totaled approximately $240 million, based on approximately 660,000 total prescriptions written for approximately 960,000 single-dose kits.

Our Glucagon Rescue Pen

We are developing our lead product candidate, Glucagon Rescue Pen, which delivers our ready-to-use glucagon formulation via a commercially-available auto-injector, for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia in people with diabetes. We believe our Glucagon Rescue Pen addresses the administration challenges of currently marketed emergency glucagon kits, and, if approved, has the potential to be the preferred emergency glucagon product. The key features of our Glucagon Rescue Pen are:

 

    Ready-to-use: With its easy two-step administration process, the user simply pulls off the red cap and pushes the Glucagon Rescue Pen down on the skin for five seconds, until the window turns red. There is no reconstitution required at the time of emergency.

 

    Easy-to-use: In our human factors study, 99% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose with our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

 

    No dose calibration required: The Glucagon Rescue Pen will be offered in two pre-measured doses, 0.5 mg for pediatric administration and 1 mg for adolescents and adults.

 

    No visible needle: The needle in the Glucagon Rescue Pen is not visible to the user.

 

    Auto-retraction: The needle auto-retracts after administration for safety.

 

    Auto-locks: The device auto-locks after use for safety.

 

    Two-year room-temperature stability: No refrigeration is required at any time.

In December 2017 we presented to the FDA at our pre-NDA meeting the results from our two Phase 3 Glucagon Rescue Pen clinical trials that had been completed as of that meeting. We expect to submit a NDA to the FDA in the third quarter of 2018 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. To generate additional information regarding the entire treatment episode, including preparation and administration time of our Glucagon Rescue Pen compared to Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kit, we completed an additional Phase 3b clinical trial of our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the second quarter of 2018. We also intend to offer our Glucagon Rescue Pen in a pre-filled syringe presentation that may be preferred by some healthcare professionals.

Glucagon Rescue Pen Market Potential

Based on current market data, as well as our caregiver and patient and healthcare professional perceptions studies, we believe that our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, has the potential to increase demand for emergency glucagon treatments among people with diabetes. Despite the risk of experiencing a severe hypoglycemic event, we believe that emergency glucagon therapy is under-appreciated, under-evaluated and under-taught, resulting in a market that is under-penetrated. According to a 2015 study published in the journal Endocrine Practice, approximately 50% of people with T1D and approximately 3% of people with T2D with a new insulin prescription had a filled glucagon prescription. We intend to market our Glucagon Rescue Pen to all 3.5 million people that we believe are clinically appropriate for glucagon. We believe by increasing penetration into the market for emergency glucagon kits, and based on the current price per unit for currently marketed kits, the U.S. market potential may total up to $2.0 billion.

We expect to initially target approximately 8,000 healthcare professionals that are high prescribers of current glucagon kits and/or mealtime insulin products, using an expected initial sales force of 60 individuals. As part of our marketing strategy, we plan to activate patient demand efficiently and effectively through targeted direct-to-patient promotion, as the majority of people with diabetes are concentrated in ten states.

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Hypoglycemia Associated with Intermittent and Chronic Conditions

We are applying our ready-to-use, liquid-stable glucagon formulation to treat five intermittent and chronic conditions with significant unmet medical need: Post-Bariatric Hypoglycemia, or PBH; Congenital Hyperinsulinism, or CHI; Hypoglycemia-Associated Autonomic Failure, or HAAF; Exercise-Induced



 

3


Table of Contents

Hypoglycemia, or EIH; and management of diabetes via glucagon in a fully-integrated, bi-hormonal artificial pancreas closed-loop system. By applying our ready-to-use glucagon to these conditions, we expect to leverage operating efficiencies across our supply chain, research and development, and commercial and medical organizations.

We also are applying our technology platforms to develop additional product candidates, such as ready-to-use, liquid-stable diazepam delivered via a commercially-available auto-injector for the emergency treatment of epileptic seizures, and a fixed-dose co-formulation of pramlintide and insulin, or Pram-Insulin, for the management of diabetes. We believe that our strong product candidate portfolio, complemented by external expansion opportunities, will support our vision to effectively and efficiently meet the needs of our target markets.

Intellectual Property and Barriers to Entry

We own the worldwide rights to our proprietary formulation technology platforms and our product candidates, with 69 patents issued globally, including a composition of matter patent covering our ready-to-use glucagon formulation that expires in 2036. The FDA has granted orphan drug status to three of our product candidates, which are our ready-to-use glucagon for PBH and CHI, and our ready-to-use, liquid-stable formulation of diazepam for the treatment of acute repetitive seizures in patients with epilepsy.

Management

Our management team includes veterans in drug development, discovery and commercialization, with executive experience in leading global pharmaceutical and healthcare companies, including Durata Therapeutics, Baxter Healthcare, Merck, Searle, Takeda, Warner Chilcott, MedPointe Healthcare, Amylin Pharmaceuticals, PowderJect Technologies and Alpharma.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to utilize our proprietary non-aqueous formulation technology platforms to convert marketed and development-stage products that have poor solubility and stability into ready-to-use, user-friendly injectable and infusible drugs for multiple therapeutic areas and conditions, including hypoglycemia, epilepsy and diabetes. We also seek to apply our formulation technology platforms to enhance the formulations of proprietary products and candidates of other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The key elements of our strategy include the following objectives:

 

    Rapidly secure regulatory approval for our lead product candidate, the Glucagon Rescue Pen, for severe hypoglycemia.

 

    Maximize the commercial potential for our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

 

    Advance our ready-to-use glucagon portfolio to address other conditions associated with hypoglycemia.

 

    Leverage our technology and expertise to develop a portfolio of additional product candidates.

 

    Collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to apply our technology platforms to enhance the formulations of their proprietary products and candidates.

The nature of our product candidates and target conditions provides us with a potentially faster and capital-efficient development and regulatory pathway to approval.

Risks Affecting Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary, and include the following:

 

    As a company, we have a limited operating history and no history of commercializing pharmaceutical products, and have incurred significant losses since inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years and may not be able to achieve or sustain revenues or profitability in the future.

 

    We may not submit our NDA on our expected timeline and, even if we do, the FDA may not accept our NDA for filing.


 

4


Table of Contents
    We are dependent on the success of our glucagon product candidates, particularly our Glucagon Rescue Pen. We cannot be certain that our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates will receive marketing approval. Without marketing approval, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates or generate product revenues.

 

    Our business depends entirely on the success of our product candidates. Even if approved, our product candidates may not be accepted in the marketplace and our business may be materially harmed.

 

    The market opportunity for our product candidates may be smaller than we estimate.

 

    Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we may still face future development and regulatory difficulties. If we fail to comply with continuing U.S. and non-U.S. regulations or new safety data arise, we could lose our marketing approvals and our business would be seriously harmed.

 

    We operate in a competitive business environment and, if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not successfully commercialize our product candidates, even if approved.

 

    Clinical failure may occur at any stage of clinical development, and the results of our clinical trials may not support our proposed indications for our product candidates. If our clinical trials fail to demonstrate efficacy and safety to the satisfaction of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development of such product candidates.

 

    Our reliance on third-party suppliers, including single-source suppliers and a limited number of options for alternate sources for our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, could harm our ability to develop our product candidates or to commercialize any product candidates that are approved.

 

    Reimbursement decisions by third-party payors may have an adverse effect on pricing and market acceptance. If there is not sufficient reimbursement for our products, it is less likely that they will be widely used.

 

    We drew down $20.0 million from our loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank. The second tranche of an additional $15.0 million is only available if we submit our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen before September 30, 2018. The third tranche of an additional $10.0 million is only available if we receive approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the FDA before September 30, 2019.

 

    Our independent registered public accounting firm has identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which will require remediation.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 2005 under the laws of the state of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 180 N. LaSalle St., Suite 1810, Chicago, Illinois 60601, and our phone number is 1-844-445-5704. Our website address is http://www.xerispharma.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

The “Xeris” name, and the XeriJect, XeriSol, Glucagon Rescue Pen, and CSI Glucagon names and related images, logos and symbols appearing in this prospectus are our properties, trademarks and service marks. Other marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    Only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;


 

5


Table of Contents
    Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    No advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

             shares.

 

Shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering

             shares (or              shares assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, to support the expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, including investments in sales and marketing, inventory and our commercial and medical affairs infrastructure; to advance our other pipeline product candidates; and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“XERS”.

 

Risk factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 24,999,365 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,083,391 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and excludes:

 

    4,211,179 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.42 per share;

 

    285,505 shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options issued under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, which remain subject to vesting restrictions;

 

    35,504 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.319 per share and 95,686 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.2705 per share;

 

    645,797 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan as of March 31, 2018, which shares will no longer be reserved following this offering;

 

                 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and


 

7


Table of Contents
                 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:

 

    assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;

 

    assumes no exercise of the outstanding options and warrants described above;

 

    gives effect to the automatic conversion upon the completion of this offering of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,083,391 shares of common stock; and

 

    assumes the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur upon the closing of this offering.


 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables summarize our financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018 or any other period.

The summary financial information below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Selected Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our financial statements and notes thereto, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,  
    2016     2017     2017      2018  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)        

(unaudited)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Grant income

  $ 1,022     $ 1,540     $ 354      $ 210  

Service revenue

    53       16              53  

Cost of revenue

    8       4              42  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

    1,067       1,552       354        221  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

    10,238       20,166       3,662        8,712  

General and administrative

    4,060       8,015       1,341        3,239  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expense from operations

    14,298       28,181       5,003        11,951  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (13,231     (26,629     (4,649      (11,730
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

    5       124              96  

Interest expense

    (2     (2            (191

Change in fair value of warrants

    24       (46            (82

Other expense

    (5     (1             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    22       75              (177
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (13,209   $ (26,554   $ (4,649    $ (11,907
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share-basic and diluted (1)

  $ (4.03   $ (7.35   $ (1.29    $ (3.09
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

    3,281,564       3,612,512       3,608,607        3,864,276  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (1):

        

Basic and diluted

    $ (1.31      $ (0.48
   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited):

        

Basic and diluted

      20,231,131          24,609,553  
   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents

 

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2018  
     ACTUAL     PRO FORMA (2)      PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED (3)
 

(in thousands)

       

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 58,110     $ 58,110     

Working capital (4)

     50,644       50,644     

Total assets

     61,564       61,564     

Long-term debt, net of deferred costs

     18,051       18,051     

Other long-term liabilities

     1,472       1,472     

Total liabilities

     28,714       28,714     

Total convertible preferred stock

     102,292           

Additional paid-in-capital

     3,049       105,339     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (69,442     32,850     

 

 

(1)    See Note 2 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share and unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share.

 

(2)    Pro forma amounts give effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,083,391 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 

(3)    Pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the pro forma adjustment described in footnote (2) as well as the sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(4)    We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before you make an investment decision. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks were to occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer significantly. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to our Financial Position and Need for Financing

As a company, we have a limited operating history and no history of commercializing pharmaceutical products, and have incurred significant losses since inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years and may not be able to achieve or sustain revenues or profitability in the future.

We are a clinical-stage pharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Pharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We have not generated any product revenues and have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock and borrowings under the Loan and Security Agreement, which we refer to as the Loan Agreement, that we entered into with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank. We do not expect to generate any product revenues unless one or more of our product candidates receives regulatory approval and is commercialized. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by companies prior to regulatory approval of any product candidates, especially pharmaceutical companies such as ours. Any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully commercializing pharmaceutical products. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. We will need to transition from a company with a development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition. We expect our financial condition and operating results to continue to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, you should not rely upon the results of any quarterly or annual periods as indications of future operating performance.

We have incurred significant losses in every fiscal year since inception. We incurred net losses of $13.2 million and $26.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, we reported a net loss of $4.6 million and $11.9 million, respectively. In addition, our accumulated deficit as of March 31, 2018 was $72.5 million. Substantially all our operating losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with research and development of our product candidates and clinical and regulatory initiatives to obtain approvals for our product candidates.

Following this offering, we expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we continue to build our commercial infrastructure, develop, enhance and commercialize new products and incur additional operational and reporting costs associated with being a public company. In particular, we anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

    continue our research and development efforts;

 

    seek regulatory approval for new product candidates and product enhancements;

 

    build commercial infrastructure to support sales and marketing for our product candidates;

 

    hire and retain additional personnel and add operational, financial and management information systems; and

 

    operate as a public company.

All of our product candidates are still in development and none have been approved for sale. Our ability to generate revenue from our product candidates, and to transition to profitability and generate positive cash flows is uncertain,

 

11


Table of Contents

and depends on the successful development and commercialization of our product candidates. Successful development and commercialization will require achievement of key milestones, including completing clinical trials of our product candidates that are under clinical development, obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we, or any of our future collaborators, may obtain marketing approval, satisfying any post-marketing requirements and obtaining reimbursement for our products from private insurance or government payors. Because of the uncertainties and risks associated with these activities, we are unable to accurately predict the timing and amount of revenues, and if or when we might achieve profitability. We and any future collaborators may never succeed in these activities and, even if we or any future collaborators do, we may never generate revenues that are large enough for us to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations. If we continue to suffer losses as we have in the past, investors may not receive any return on their investment and may lose their entire investment.

We have not generated any revenue from our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, and may never be profitable.

Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate revenue. To date, we have not generated any revenue from any of our product candidates. We do not expect to generate significant revenue unless or until we obtain marketing approval of, and begin to sell, our product candidates. We do not expect to commercialize any of our product candidates before 2019, if ever. Our ability to generate revenue depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:

 

    obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen;

 

    obtain commercial quantities of our product candidates, if approved, at acceptable cost levels;

 

    commercialize our product candidates, if approved, by developing our own sales force for commercialization in the United States or in other key territories by entering into partnership or co-promotion arrangements with third parties;

 

    set an acceptable price for our product candidates, if approved;

 

    obtain and maintain third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved; and

 

    achieve an adequate level of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, in the medical community and with third-party payors, including placement in accepted clinical guidelines for the conditions for which our product candidates are intended to target.

If any of our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, we expect to incur significant sales and marketing costs as we prepare for its commercialization. Even if we receive marketing approval and expend these costs, our product candidates may not be commercially successful. We may not achieve profitability soon after generating product sales, if ever. If we are unable to generate product revenue, we will not become profitable and may be unable to continue operations without continued funding.

We will require additional capital to sustain our business, and this capital may cause dilution to our stockholders and might not be available on terms favorable to us or at all, which would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

Pharmaceutical development is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. In addition, if any of our product candidates are approved, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to support the expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, including investments in sales and marketing, inventory and our commercial and medical affairs infrastructure, to advance our other pipeline product candidates and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We will be required to expend significant funds in order to commercialize our Glucagon Rescue Pen, as well as any of our other product candidates that receive marketing

 

12


Table of Contents

approval. The net proceeds of this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents may not be sufficient to fund all of the efforts that we plan to undertake.

We may be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, royalty-based financing arrangements, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. Any debt financing obtained by us would be senior to our common stock, would likely cause us to incur interest expenses, and could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may increase our expenses and make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions and in-licensing opportunities. We may also be required to secure any such debt obligations with some or all of our assets. For example, our Loan Agreement is secured by substantially all of our existing property and assets other than our intellectual property assets, subject to certain exceptions. Our Loan Agreement also contains a negative pledge on intellectual property owned by us, pursuant to which we have agreed not to encumber any of our intellectual property.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations or marketing, distribution or licensing, or royalty-based financing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. Securing financing could require a substantial amount of time and attention from our management and may divert a disproportionate amount of their attention away from day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our management’s ability to oversee the development and commercialization, if approved, of our product candidates. It is also possible that we may allocate significant amounts of capital toward solutions or technologies for which market demand is lower than anticipated and, as a result, abandon such efforts. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Any of these negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and common stock price.

We may not have cash available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to make interest or principal payments on our indebtedness when due.

Our Loan Agreement provides for term loans of up to an aggregate of $45.0 million, of which $20.0 million was borrowed upon signing. We can become eligible to draw the remaining $25.0 million upon the achievement of regulatory milestones related to our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Specifically, the second tranche of an additional $15.0 million is only available if we submit our New Drug Application, or NDA, for our Glucagon Rescue Pen before September 30, 2018, and then only available to be drawn until the earlier of September 30, 2018 or the 30th day following such NDA submission. The third tranche of an additional $10.0 million is only available if we receive approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, before September 30, 2019, and then only available to be drawn until the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the 30th day following NDA approval by the FDA.

All obligations under our Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of our existing property and assets other than our intellectual property assets, subject to certain exceptions. This debt financing may create additional financial risk for us, particularly if our business or prevailing financial market conditions are not conducive to paying off or refinancing our outstanding debt obligations at maturity.

Failure to satisfy our current and future debt obligations under our Loan Agreement could result in an event of default and, as a result, our lenders could accelerate all of the amounts due. Events of default include our failure to comply with customary affirmative covenants as well as our breach of customary negative covenants in the Loan Agreement. Affirmative covenants include the maintenance of a $5.0 million minimum cash balance in the event that we maintain one or more permitted accounts at other institutions. Negative covenants include prohibition on the payment of dividends and distributions, certain mergers and change of control events, and the occurrence of material adverse changes in the company’s business or its prospect of repayment of its obligations. In the event of an acceleration of amounts due under our Loan Agreement as a result of an event of default, we may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to repay our indebtedness while still pursuing our current business strategy. In addition, our lenders could seek to enforce their security interests in any collateral securing such indebtedness.

 

13


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Product Development and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates

We are dependent on the success of our glucagon product candidates, particularly our Glucagon Rescue Pen. We may not submit our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and the FDA may not accept our NDA for filing on our expected timeframe or ever. Even if our NDA is accepted for filing by the FDA, we cannot be certain that our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates will receive marketing approval. Without marketing approval, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates or generate product revenues.

We have devoted a significant portion of our financial resources and business efforts to the development of the Glucagon Rescue Pen. While we intend to submit a NDA for the Glucagon Rescue Pen in the third quarter of 2018, we have not received approval from regulatory authorities to market the Glucagon Rescue Pen or any other product candidate in any jurisdiction, and it is possible that neither our Glucagon Rescue Pen nor any other product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain the appropriate regulatory approvals necessary for us to commence product sales. We may not submit our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and the FDA may not accept our NDA for filing on our expected timeframe or ever. Even if our NDA is accepted for filing by the FDA, we cannot be certain that our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates will receive marketing approval.

The development of a product candidate and issues relating to its approval and marketing are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by comparable regulatory authorities in other countries. We are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a NDA from the FDA. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions.

NDAs must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness for each desired indication. NDAs must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. Obtaining approval of a NDA is a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process, and we may not be successful in obtaining approval. If we submit a NDA to the FDA, the FDA must decide whether to accept or reject the submission for filing. We cannot be certain that any submissions will be accepted for filing and review by the FDA. In addition, our Glucagon Rescue Pen is considered to be a drug-device combination product by the FDA, and its NDA will require review and coordination by the FDA’s drug and device centers prior to approval. We cannot predict whether we will obtain regulatory approval to commercialize our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates, and we cannot, therefore, predict the timing of any future revenues from these product candidates, if any. Any delay or setback in the regulatory approval or commercialization of any of these product candidates will adversely affect our business.

The FDA has substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. For example, the FDA:

 

    could determine that we cannot rely on the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for our product candidates;

 

    could determine that the information provided by us was inadequate, contained clinical deficiencies or otherwise failed to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our product candidates for any indication;

 

    may not find the data from bioequivalence studies and/or clinical trials sufficient to support the submission of a NDA or to obtain marketing approval in the United States, including any findings that the clinical and other benefits of our product candidates outweigh their safety risks;

 

    may disagree with our trial design or our interpretation of data from preclinical studies, bioequivalence studies and/or clinical trials, or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our trials;

 

    may determine that there are unacceptable risks associated with the device component of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or that there are deficiencies with the information submitted to demonstrate the safety, effectiveness and reliability of the device component;

 

14


Table of Contents
    may determine that we have identified the wrong listed drug or drugs or that approval of our Section 505(b)(2) application for our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates is blocked by patent or non-patent exclusivity of the listed drug or drugs or of other previously-approved drugs with the same conditions of approval as those of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates (as applicable);

 

    may identify deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreements for the manufacturing of our product candidates;

 

    may audit some or all of our clinical research and human factors study sites to determine the integrity of our data and may reject any or all of such data;

 

    may approve our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, or may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-approval clinical trials;

 

    may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations; or

 

    may not approve the labeling claims that we believe are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates.

In December 2017 we presented to the FDA at our pre-NDA meeting the results from our two Phase 3 Glucagon Rescue Pen clinical trials that had been completed as of that meeting. Our first Phase 3 clinical trial was a non-inferiority comparison of the Glucagon Rescue Pen against Eli Lilly’s glucagon determined by an increase in plasma glucose concentration from below 50.0 mg/dL to greater than 70.0 mg/dL within 30 minutes after receiving glucagon. In this trial, our Glucagon Rescue Pen did not meet a primary endpoint for noninferiority in the intent-to-treat, or ITT, population due to one response failure in excess of the pre-specified threshold of three response failures. In the same trial, two subjects were censored from the mITT population because of a clinically significant protocol violation, and the remaining subjects were used for the per-protocol analysis. In accordance with FDA and International Council for Harmonisation guidance for evaluation of non-inferiority studies, we presented a series of analyses implementing ITT, mITT, and per-protocol cohorts for all the endpoints for this clinical trial to the FDA at this pre-NDA meeting. In that meeting, the FDA agreed overall that the totality of data for our Glucagon Rescue Pen is sufficient to support NDA review. However, certain of our analyses may be viewed as post-hoc analyses and although we believe that post-hoc analyses can provide additional information regarding results from this trial, retrospective analyses can result in the introduction of bias and may be given less weight by the FDA, including for purposes of determining whether to accept our NDA for filing or approving our NDA.

The FDA provided additional comments to address prior to NDA submission related to the pre-filled syringe presentation of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Based on these comments, we conducted additional studies, the results from which we intend to include in our Glucagon Rescue Pen submission to the FDA.

In order to generate additional information regarding the entire treatment episode, we completed an additional non-inferiority Phase 3b clinical trial in the second quarter of 2018 comparing our Glucagon Rescue Pen to Eli Lilly’s glucagon. We intend to complement our NDA submission with the results of this clinical trial. Even though we completed this Phase 3b clinical trial, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional clinical trials prior to approval.

In any event, the FDA may not accept our NDA submission for review, or the FDA may require us to undertake additional activities, such as conducting additional studies or performing other analyses before accepting our NDA for filing or approving our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

Even if a product is approved, the FDA may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require expensive and time-consuming clinical trials and/or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulators of other countries and jurisdictions have their own procedures for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries or jurisdictions.

Obtaining regulatory approval for marketing of a product candidate in one country does not ensure that we will be able to obtain regulatory approval in any other country. In addition, delays in approvals or rejections of marketing applications in the United States or other countries may be based upon many factors, including regulatory requests for additional analyses, reports, data, preclinical studies and clinical trials, regulatory questions regarding different interpretations of data and results, changes in regulatory policy during the period of product development and the emergence of new information regarding our product candidates or other products. Also, regulatory approval for any of our product candidates may be withdrawn.

 

15


Table of Contents

We intend to utilize the 505(b)(2) pathway for the regulatory approval of certain of our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen. If the FDA does not conclude that the Glucagon Rescue Pen or such other product candidates meet the requirements of Section 505(b)(2), final marketing approval of our product candidates by the FDA or other regulatory authorities may be delayed, limited, or denied, any of which would adversely affect our ability to generate operating revenues.

We are pursuing a regulatory pathway pursuant to Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, for the approval of certain of our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, which allows us to rely on our submissions on existing clinical data for the drug. Section 505(b)(2) was enacted as part of the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, and permits the submission of a NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from preclinical studies or clinical trials not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. The FDA interprets Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA to permit the applicant to rely upon the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for an approved product. The FDA requires submission of information needed to support any changes to a previously approved drug, such as published data or new studies conducted by the applicant or clinical trials demonstrating safety and efficacy. The FDA could refuse to file our NDA submissions, request additional information before accepting our submissions for filing or require additional information to sufficiently demonstrate safety and efficacy to support approval.

If the FDA determines that our Glucagon Rescue Pen or our other product candidates do not meet the requirements of Section 505(b)(2), we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information, and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for these product candidates, and the complications and risks associated with these product candidates, would likely substantially increase. Moreover, an inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway would likely result in new competitive products reaching the market more quickly than our product candidates, which would likely materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we cannot assure you that our product candidates will receive the requisite approvals for commercialization.

Some pharmaceutical companies and other actors have objected to the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2) to allow reliance on the FDA’s prior findings of safety and effectiveness. If the FDA changes its interpretation of Section 505(b)(2), or if the FDA’s interpretation is successfully challenged in court, this could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any Section 505(b)(2) application that we submit. Moreover, the FDA recently adopted an interpretation of the three-year exclusivity provisions whereby a 505(b)(2) application can be blocked by exclusivity even if it does not rely on the previously-approved drug that has exclusivity (or any safety or effectiveness information regarding that drug). Under the FDA’s new interpretation, the approval of one or more of our product candidates may be blocked by exclusivity awarded to a previously-approved drug product that shares certain innovative features with our product candidates, even if our 505(b)(2) application does not identify the previously-approved drug product as a listed drug or rely upon any of its safety or efficacy data. Any failure to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates would significantly limit our ability to generate revenues, and any failure to obtain such approval for all of the indications and labeling claims we deem desirable could reduce our potential revenues.

Clinical failure may occur at any stage of clinical development, and the results of our clinical trials may not support our proposed indications for our product candidates. If our clinical trials fail to demonstrate efficacy and safety to the satisfaction of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development of such product candidate.

We cannot be certain that existing clinical trial results will be sufficient to support regulatory approval of our product candidates. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and we cannot be sure that the results of later clinical trials will replicate the results of prior clinical trials and preclinical testing. Moreover, success in clinical trials in a particular indication does not ensure that a product candidate will be successful in other indications. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after promising results in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials or successful later-stage trials in other related indications. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. The results of preclinical and early clinical

 

16


Table of Contents

trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through preclinical and initial clinical trials. A failure of a clinical trial to meet its predetermined endpoints would likely cause us to abandon a product candidate and may delay development of any other product candidates. Any delay in, or termination of, our clinical trials will delay the submission of the NDA to the FDA, the Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or other similar applications with other relevant foreign regulatory authorities and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue.

Additional time may be required to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates because they are combination products.

Certain of our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, are drug and device combination products that require coordination within the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies for review of their device and drug components. Medical products containing a combination of new drugs, biological products or medical devices may be regulated as “combination products” in the United States and Europe. A combination product generally is defined as a product comprised of components from two or more regulatory categories (e.g., drug/device, device/biologic, drug/biologic). Each component of a combination product is subject to the requirements established by the FDA for that type of component, whether a new drug, biologic or device. In order to facilitate pre-market review of combination products, the FDA designates one of its centers to have primary jurisdiction for the pre-market review and regulation of the overall product based upon a determination by the FDA of the primary mode of action of the combination product. Where approval of the drug and device is sought under a single application, there could be delays in the approval process due to the increased complexity of the review process and the lack of a well-established review process and criteria. The EMA has a parallel review process in place for combination products, the potential effects of which in terms of approval and timing could independently affect our ability to market our combination products in Europe.

Delays in conducting clinical trials could result in increased costs to us and delay our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

Any delays in conducting clinical trials and related drug development programs could materially affect our product development costs and delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, will need to be redesigned, or will be completed on schedule, if at all. A clinical trial can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including:

 

    delays or failures in obtaining regulatory authorization to commence a trial because of safety concerns of regulators relating to our product candidates or similar product candidates, competitive or comparator products or supportive care products or failure to follow regulatory guidelines;

 

    delays or failures in obtaining clinical materials and manufacturing sufficient quantities of the product candidate for use in a trial;

 

    delays or failures in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective study sites or other contract research organizations, or CROs;

 

    delays or failures in obtaining approval of our clinical trial protocol from an institutional review board, or IRB, to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective study site;

 

    receipt by a competitor of marketing approval for a product targeting an indication that our product candidate targets, such that we are not “first to market” with our product candidate;

 

    delays in recruiting or enrolling subjects to participate in a clinical trial, particularly with respect to our product candidates for certain rare indications, including those for which we have obtained, or plan to seek, orphan drug designation;

 

    failure of a clinical trial or clinical investigators to be in compliance with current Good Clinical Practices, or cGCPs;

 

    unforeseen safety issues;

 

    inability to monitor subjects adequately during or after treatment;

 

    difficulty monitoring multiple study sites;

 

17


Table of Contents
    the FDA requiring alterations to any of our study designs, our nonclinical strategy or our manufacturing plans;

 

    failure of our third-party clinical trial managers to satisfy their contractual duties, comply with regulations, or meet expected deadlines; and

 

    determination by regulators that the clinical design of a trial is not adequate.

Clinical trials may also be delayed or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA, the Internal Review Boards, or IRBs, at the sites where the IRBs are overseeing a trial, or a data safety monitoring board overseeing the clinical trial at issue, or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including:

 

    failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols;

 

    inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial sites by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

    unforeseen safety issues, including serious adverse events associated with a product candidate, or lack of effectiveness; and

 

    lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we have done and plan to do for certain of our product candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries.

Our product candidates may have undesirable side effects which may delay or prevent marketing approval, or, if approval is received, require them to include safety warnings, require them to be taken off the market or otherwise limit their sales.

Undesirable side effects that may be caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. The range and potential severity of possible side effects from systemic therapies are significant. The results of future clinical trials may show that our product candidates cause undesirable or unacceptable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials, and result in delay of, or failure to obtain, marketing approval from the FDA and other regulatory authorities, or result in marketing approval from the FDA and other regulatory authorities with restrictive label warnings. Recent developments in the pharmaceutical industry have prompted heightened government focus on safety reporting during both pre- and post-approval time periods and pharmacovigilance. Global health authorities may impose regulatory requirements to monitor safety that may burden our ability to commercialize our drug products.

To date, patients treated with our ready-to-use glucagon have experienced drug-related side effects typically observed with glucagon products, including nausea, vomiting and headaches. Results of our trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of these or other side effects. It is possible that there may be side effects associated with our other product candidates’ use. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Even if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable or unacceptable side effects caused by such products:

 

    regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, including “black box” warnings, contraindications or dissemination of field alerts to physicians and pharmacies;

 

    we may be required to change instructions regarding the way the product is administered, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of the product;

 

    we may be subject to limitations on how we may promote the product;

 

18


Table of Contents
    sales of the product may decrease significantly;

 

    regulatory authorities may require us to take our approved product off the market;

 

    we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could also prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product or could substantially increase commercialization costs and expenses, which in turn could delay or prevent us from generating significant revenues from the sale of our products.

We have received orphan drug designation for our product candidates with respect to certain indications and intend to pursue such designation for others, but we may be unable to obtain such designation or to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug status, including market exclusivity, even if that designation is granted.

We have received orphan drug designation from the FDA for three of our product candidates, which are our ready-to-use glucagon for PBH and congenital hyperinsulinism, and our ready-to-use diazepam for acute repetitive seizures. We intend to pursue such designation for others in specific orphan indications in which there is a medically plausible basis for its use. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as having a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. Although we intend to seek orphan drug designation for certain additional indications, we may never receive such designation. Moreover, obtaining orphan drug designation for one indication does not mean we will be able to obtain such designation for another indication.

If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for a particular active ingredient for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a NDA, to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances such as if the FDA finds that the holder of the orphan drug exclusivity has not shown that it can assure the availability of sufficient quantities of the orphan drug to meet the needs of patients with the disease or condition for which the drug was designated. Similarly, the FDA can subsequently approve a drug with the same active moiety for the same condition during the exclusivity period if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior, meaning the later drug is safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Even with respect to the indications for which we have received orphan designation, we may not be the first to obtain marketing approval for any particular orphan indication due to the uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products, and thus approval of our product candidates could be blocked for seven years if another company previously obtained approval and orphan drug exclusivity for the same drug and same condition. If we do obtain exclusive marketing rights in the United States, they may be limited if we seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan designated indication and may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of the relevant patients. Further, exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs with different active moieties can be approved for the same condition, the same drugs can be approved for different indications and might then be used off-label in our approved indication, and different drugs for the same condition may already be approved and commercially available.

In Europe, the period of orphan drug exclusivity is ten years, although it may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the criteria for orphan drug designation are no longer met, in other words, when it is shown on the basis of available evidence that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. We have received orphan drug designation from the EMA for our ready-to-use glucagon for the treatment of congenital hyperinsulinism.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our failure to successfully identify, develop and market additional product candidates could impair our ability to grow.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to identify, develop and market additional product candidates leveraging our formulation technology platforms. We are exploring various therapeutic opportunities for our pipeline programs. We may spend several years completing our development of any particular current or future internal product candidates, and failure can occur at any stage. The product candidates to which we allocate our resources may not end up being successful. While we identified several potential applications of our ready-to-use glucagon, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen and chronic or intermittent conditions, there is no guarantee that we will be able to utilize our formulation technology platforms to advance additional product candidates.

In the future, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical companies, academic scientists and other researchers to sell or license product candidates, approved products or the underlying technology to us. The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. We may not be able to acquire the rights to additional product candidates on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

In addition, future acquisitions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

    exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

    disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention to develop acquired products or technologies;

 

    incurrence of substantial debt, dilutive issuances of securities or depletion of cash to pay for acquisitions;

 

    higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

 

    difficulty in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel;

 

    increased amortization expenses;

 

    impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

 

    inability to motivate key employees of any acquired businesses.

Further, any product candidate that we identify internally or acquire would require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities.

Risks Related to the Commercialization and Marketing of our Product Candidates

Our business depends entirely on the success of our product candidates. Even if approved, our product candidates may not be accepted in the marketplace and our business may be materially harmed.

To date, we have expended significant time, resources and effort on the development of our product candidates, and a substantial portion of our resources going forward will be focused on seeking marketing approval for and planning for potential commercialization of our lead product candidate, our Glucagon Rescue Pen, in the United States. Our business and future success are substantially dependent on our ability to successfully and timely obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Our other product candidates are in earlier stages of development and subject to the risks of failure inherent in developing drug products. Accordingly, our ability to generate product revenues in the immediate term will depend on our ability to successfully obtain marketing approval for and commercialize our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Any delay or setback in the regulatory approval or commercialization of any of our product candidates will adversely affect our business.

 

20


Table of Contents

Even if all regulatory approvals are obtained, the commercial success of our product candidates depends on gaining market acceptance among physicians, patients, patient advocacy groups, healthcare payors and the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the scope of regulatory approvals, including limitations or warnings contained in a product candidate’s regulatory-approved labeling;

 

    our ability to produce, through a validated process, sufficiently large quantities of our product candidates to permit successful commercialization;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain commercial manufacturing arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

 

    our ability to build and maintain sales, distribution and marketing capabilities sufficient to launch commercial sales of our product candidates;

 

    the acceptance in the medical community of the potential advantages of the product candidate, including with respect to our efforts to increase adoption of our product candidates such as our Glucagon Rescue Pen by patients and healthcare providers;

 

    the incidence, prevalence and severity of adverse side effects of our product candidates;

 

    the willingness of physicians to prescribe our product candidates and of the target patient population to try these therapies;

 

    the price and cost-effectiveness of our product candidates;

 

    the extent to which each product is approved for use at, or included on formularies of, hospitals and managed care organizations;

 

    any negative publicity related to our or our competitors’ products or other formulations of products that we administer, including as a result of any related adverse side effects;

 

    alternative treatment methods and potentially competitive products;

 

    the potential advantages of the product candidate over existing and future treatment methods;

 

    the strength of our sales, marketing and distribution support; and

 

    the availability of sufficient third-party coverage and reimbursement.

Additionally, if the Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates receives marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable or unacceptable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

    regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such products, require us to take our approved product off the market or ask us to voluntarily remove the product from the market;

 

    regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, specific warnings, a contraindication or field alerts to physicians and pharmacies;

 

    regulatory authorities may impose conditions under a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, including distribution of a medication guide to patients outlining the risks of such side effects or imposing distribution or use restrictions;

 

    we may be required to change the way the product is administered, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of the product;

 

    we may be subject to limitations on how we may promote the product;

 

    sales of the product may decrease significantly;

 

    we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

If our product candidates are approved but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, patients and third-party payors, we may never generate significant revenue from these products, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed. Even if our products achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to maintain that market acceptance over time if new therapeutics are introduced that are more favorably received than our products or that render our products obsolete, or if significant adverse events occur. If

 

21


Table of Contents

our products do not achieve and maintain market acceptance, we will not be able to generate sufficient revenue from product sales to attain profitability.

The market opportunity for our product candidates may be smaller than we estimate.

The potential market opportunity for our product candidates is difficult to precisely estimate. Our estimates of the potential market opportunity for our product candidates include several key assumptions of the current market size and current pricing for commercially available products and are based on industry and market data obtained from industry publications, studies conducted by us, our industry knowledge, third-party research reports and other surveys. Industry publications and third-party research generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. For example, our projections for the potential size of the market for our Glucagon Rescue Pen are based on our belief that we would be able to increase the adoption of emergency glucagon products by patients and care providers. While we believe that our internal assumptions are reasonable, if any of these assumptions proves to be inaccurate, then the actual market for our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, could be smaller than our estimates of our potential market opportunity. If the actual market for our product candidates is smaller than we expect, our product revenue may be limited and it may be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability.

Our company has limited experience marketing and selling drug products and is currently developing an internal sales organization. If we are unable to establish marketing, sales and distribution capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market, sell and distribute our product candidates, we may not be able to generate product revenues.

We currently do not have sufficient infrastructure for the sales, marketing or distribution of our product candidates, and the cost of establishing and maintaining such an organization may exceed the benefits of doing so. In order to commercialize our product candidates, we must expand our marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities and/or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services. We intend to establish a sales force to promote our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the United States, if we obtain FDA approval. There are significant expenses and risks involved with establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities, including our ability to hire, retain and appropriately incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities could delay any product launch, which would adversely impact the commercialization of our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen. We are building out our commercial organization in anticipation of receiving marketing approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. If the expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

We cannot be sure that we will be able to hire a sufficient number of sales representatives or that they will be effective at promoting our products that receive regulatory approval, if any. In addition, we will need to commit significant additional management and other resources to establish and grow our sales organization. We may not be able to achieve the necessary development and growth in a cost-effective manner or realize a positive return on our investment. We will also have to compete with other companies to recruit, hire, train and retain sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products include:

 

    our inability to recruit and train adequate numbers of sales and marketing personnel;

 

    the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to or to persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval; and

 

    unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization.

In the event that we are unable to effectively implement our sales organization or distribution strategy on a timely and effective basis, if at all, the commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed which would negatively impact our ability to generate product revenues.

 

22


Table of Contents

We intend to leverage the sales and marketing capabilities that we establish for our Glucagon Rescue Pen to commercialize additional product candidates for the management of other hypoglycemic conditions, if approved by the FDA, in the United States. If we are unable to do so for any reason, we would need to expend additional resources to establish commercialization capabilities for those product candidates, if approved.

In addition, we intend to establish collaborations to commercialize our product candidates outside the United States, if approved by the relevant regulatory authorities. Therefore, our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to enter into and maintain collaborative relationships for such efforts, the collaborator’s strategic interest in the product and such collaborator’s ability to successfully market and sell the product. We may not be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, such collaborators may not have effective sales forces. To the extent that we depend on third parties for marketing and distribution, any revenues we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, and such efforts may not be successful.

Reimbursement decisions by third-party payors may have an adverse effect on pricing and market acceptance. If there is not sufficient reimbursement for our products, it is less likely that they will be widely used.

Our future revenues and profitability will be adversely affected if U.S. and foreign governmental, private third-party insurers and payors and other third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, do not agree to defray or reimburse the cost of our products to the patients. If these entities fail to provide coverage and reimbursement with respect to our products or provide an insufficient level of coverage and reimbursement, our products may be too costly for some patients to afford them and physicians may not prescribe them. In addition, limitations on the amount of reimbursement for our products may also reduce our profitability. In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, actions and proposals to control and reduce healthcare costs. There have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval for our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Government and other third-party payors are also challenging the prices charged for healthcare products and increasingly limiting, and attempting to limit, both coverage and level of reimbursement for prescription drugs.

Market acceptance and sales of our products and product candidates that we develop, if approved, will depend on reimbursement policies and may be affected by future healthcare reform measures. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs they will cover and establish payment levels. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drugs exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a drug from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our drugs on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. We cannot be certain that reimbursement will be available for any of our product candidates, or that reimbursement rates will not change for our current products. Also, we cannot be certain that reimbursement policies will not reduce the demand for, or the price paid for, our products. If reimbursement is not available or is available on a limited basis, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates.

The United States and several other jurisdictions are considering, or have already enacted, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could negatively affect our ability to sell our products profitably. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access to healthcare. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. Furthermore, third-party payors are increasingly requiring that companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of our products that we develop due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative proposals.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA, became law in the United States. The ACA contains

 

23


Table of Contents

provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, and mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of general controls and measures, coupled with the tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceutical drugs. While we cannot predict what impact on federal reimbursement policies this legislation will have in general or on our business specifically, the ACA may result in downward pressure on pharmaceutical reimbursement, which could negatively affect market acceptance of our products and our product candidates. We cannot predict whether these challenges will continue or other proposals will be made or adopted, or what impact these efforts may have on us.

Some patients may require health insurance coverage to afford our products, if approved, and if we are unable to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement by third-party payors for our products, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely impacted. Any limitation on the use of our products or any decrease in the price of our products will have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve profitability.

Pricing pressure from healthcare industry consolidation and our competitors may impact our ability to sell our products at prices necessary to support our current business strategies.

Our market is subject to competitive pricing pressure as a result of product competition and a trend of consolidation in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power as healthcare costs increase and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs are implemented.

For example, Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kit, or GEK, is covered at or above 94% with unrestricted access across commercial, Medicare, Managed Medicaid and State Medicaid plans. Of our target patient population, approximately 50% are commercially-insured, one-third are covered by Medicare and approximately 15% are covered by Medicaid. However, as the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become more intense and may intensify as the potential purchasers of our products or third-party payors use their purchasing power to exert competitive pricing pressure. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the healthcare industry worldwide, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our potential purchasers. If competitive forces drive down the prices we are able to charge for our products, our profit margins will shrink, which will adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.

Even if we successfully obtain approval for, produce and distribute our Glucagon Rescue Pen, its success will be dependent on its proper use by patients, healthcare practitioners and caregivers.

While we have designed our Glucagon Rescue Pen to be operable by patients, caregivers and healthcare practitioners, we cannot control the successful use of the product by patients, caregivers and healthcare practitioners. Even though our Glucagon Rescue Pen was used correctly by individuals in our human factors study, there is no guarantee that these results will be replicated by users in the future. If we are not successful in promoting the proper use of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, by patients, healthcare practitioners and caregivers, we may not be able to achieve market acceptance or effectively commercialize our Glucagon Rescue Pen. In addition, even in the event of proper use of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, individual devices may fail. Increasing the scale of production inherently creates increased risk of manufacturing errors, and we may not be able to adequately inspect every device that is produced, and it is possible that individual devices may fail to perform as designed. Manufacturing errors could negatively impact market acceptance of any of our product candidates that receive approval, result in negative press coverage, or increase the risk that we may be sued.

Guidelines and recommendations can reduce the use of our product candidates.

Government agencies and industry associations such as the American Diabetes Association promulgate guidelines applicable to certain drug classes which may include our products and product candidates that we are developing. Recommendations from these organizations may relate to such matters as usage, dosage, route of administration and use of concomitant therapies. Regulations or guidelines affecting our products and product candidates that we are developing or the use of competitive or alternative products as the standard of care to be followed by patients and healthcare providers could result in decreased use of our product candidates or negatively impact our ability to gain market acceptance and market share.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Industry and the Ongoing Legal and Regulatory Requirements to which our Product Candidates are Subject

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we may still face future development and regulatory difficulties. If we fail to comply with continuing U.S. and non-U.S. regulations or new safety data arise, we could lose our marketing approvals and our business would be seriously harmed.

Our product candidates, if approved, will also be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, distribution, sale, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information. In addition, approved products, third-party suppliers and their facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements and requirements of other similar agencies even after approval, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current good manufacturing practice, or cGMPs, and applicable Quality System regulations, or QSRs. As such, we and our third-party suppliers are subject to continual review and periodic inspections, both announced and unannounced, to assess compliance with cGMPs and QSRs. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA and other similar agencies and to comply with certain requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. Accordingly, we may not promote our approved products, if any, for indications or uses for which they are not approved.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, it may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. These unknown problems could be discovered as a result of any post-marketing follow-up studies, routine safety surveillance or other reporting required as a condition to approval.

Regulatory agencies may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, or DOJ, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of products to ensure that they are manufactured, marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we, or any future collaborators, do not market any of our products for which we, or they, receive marketing approval for only their approved indications, we, or they, may be subject to warnings or enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violation of the FDCA and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription drugs may lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws.

If our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or if a problem with one of our products or third-party suppliers is discovered, a regulatory agency may:

 

    restrict the marketing or manufacturing of such products;

 

    restrict the labeling of a product;

 

    issue warning letters or untitled letters which may require corrective action;

 

    mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

 

    require us to enter into a consent decree or permanent injunction, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

 

    impose other administrative or judicial civil or criminal penalties including fines, imprisonment and disgorgement of profits;

 

    suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

    refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

    close the facilities of our third-party suppliers;

 

25


Table of Contents
    suspend ongoing clinical trials;

 

    impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

    seize or detain products or recommend or require a product recall.

The FDA’s and foreign regulatory agencies’ policies are subject to change, and additional federal, state, local or non-U.S. governmental regulations may be enacted that could affect our ability to maintain compliance. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad.

We operate in a competitive business environment and, if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not successfully commercialize our product candidates, even if approved.

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are characterized by intense competition and significant and rapid technological change as researchers learn more about diseases and develop new technologies and treatments. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing drugs and new drugs that may become available in the future. While we believe that our product and product candidate platform, development expertise and scientific knowledge provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Many of our current and potential competitors are major pharmaceutical companies that have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop future products that reach the market in a timely manner, are well adopted by patients and healthcare providers and receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing products competitive to our product candidates.

For example, we have numerous competitors in the severe hypoglycemia market, which currently include Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kit and Novo Nordisk’s GlucaGen, and in the future may include a subcutaneous dasiglucagon auto-injector, being developed by Zealand Pharma, and an intranasal glucagon dry powder, being developed by Eli Lilly. At any time, these or other industry participants may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia that compete directly or indirectly with our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved. They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products. If alternative treatments are, or are perceived to be, superior to our products, sales of our products, if approved, could be negatively affected and our results of operations could suffer.

The widespread acceptance of currently available therapies with which our product candidates will compete may limit market acceptance of our product candidates even if commercialized. For example, emergency glucagon products are currently available for hypoglycemia and are widely accepted in the medical community and have a long history of use. These treatments will compete with our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, and may limit the potential for our Glucagon Rescue Pen to receive widespread acceptance if commercialized.

We intend to submit the NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen to the FDA for approval under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. If the FDA approves a competitor’s application for a product candidate or drug-device combination product before our application for a similar product candidate or drug-device combination product, and grants such competitor a period of exclusivity, the FDA may take the position that it cannot approve our 505(b)(2) application for a similar product candidate until the exclusivity period expires. Additionally, even if our 505(b)(2) application for our Glucagon Rescue Pen is approved first and we receive three-year marketing exclusivity, we may still be subject to competition from other companies with approved products or approved 505(b)(2) NDAs for different conditions of use that would not be restricted by any grant of exclusivity to us.

If the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities approve generic products that compete with any of our product candidates, the sales of our product candidates, if approved, could be adversely affected.

Once a NDA, including a Section 505(b)(2) application, is approved, the product covered becomes a “listed drug” which can be cited by potential competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA.

 

26


Table of Contents

FDA regulations and other applicable regulations and policies provide incentives to manufacturers to create modified versions of a drug to facilitate the approval of an ANDA or other application for similar substitutes. If these manufacturers demonstrate that their product has the same active ingredient(s), dosage form, strength, route of administration, and conditions of use, or labeling, as our product candidate, they might only be required to conduct a relatively inexpensive study to show that their generic product is absorbed in the body at the same rate and to the same extent as, or is bioequivalent to, our product candidate. In some cases, even this limited bioequivalence testing can be waived by the FDA. Competition from generic equivalents to our product candidates could substantially limit our ability to generate revenues and therefore to obtain a return on the investments we have made in our product candidates.

Even if we obtain FDA approval of our lead product candidate, Glucagon Rescue Pen, or our other product candidates in the United States, we may never obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including in international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. In order to market products in any particular jurisdiction, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements on a country-by-country basis regarding safety and efficacy. Approval by the FDA in the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from country to country and from that required to obtain clearance or approval in the United States. In addition, with respect to our Glucagon Rescue Pen, we are engaged in ongoing interactions with European regulatory authorities regarding our development path in Europe. For our Glucagon Rescue Pen, because Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kit is not approved in Europe, we may be required to conduct one or more additional clinical trials comparing our Glucagon Rescue Pen to Novo Nordisk’s GlucaGen, in addition to our existing clinical trials involving Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kit. Such requirements may increase our development expenses and delay our regulatory development plans for potential European approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. There can be no assurance that the results that we observed from our prior and ongoing clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen will be replicated in any future clinical trials that we undertake, or that any such results will be sufficient to secure approval in Europe.

In addition, some countries only approve or certify a product for a certain period of time, and we are required to re-approve or re-certify our products in a timely manner prior to the expiration of our prior approval or certification. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, or if we fail to have our products re-approved or re-certified, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. In addition, the clinical standards of care may differ significantly such that clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by healthcare providers, third-party payors or regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not guarantee regulatory approval in any other country. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of any drug we develop will be unrealized.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

 

27


Table of Contents

Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our product candidates are the following:

 

    an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

 

    a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

    an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23.1% and 13.0% of the average manufacturer price for branded and generic drugs, respectively;

 

    expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, which include, among other things, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for non-compliance;

 

    a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 70% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

    extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

    expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

    the requirements under the federal open payments program and its implementing regulations;

 

    a requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

Since its enactment, some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial, congressional, and executive challenges. As a result, there have been delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the ACA. The U.S. Supreme Court has upheld certain key aspects of the legislation, including a tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, which is commonly known as the requirement that all individuals maintain health insurance coverage or pay a penalty, referred to as the “individual mandate.” However, as a result of tax reform legislation passed in December 2017, the individual mandate has been eliminated effective January 1, 2019. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise.

Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. One Executive Order directs federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or

 

28


Table of Contents

regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. The second Executive Order terminates the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. The loss of the cost share reduction payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the ACA. In addition, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results. We continue to evaluate the effect that the ACA and its possible repeal and replacement has on our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year through 2027. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies, and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products.

The costs of prescription pharmaceuticals in the United States has also been the subject of considerable debate, and members of Congress and the Trump Administration have indicated that each will address such costs through new legislative and administrative measures. To date, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, improve transparency in drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. The pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is also subject to governmental control outside the United States. In these other countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our ability to generate revenues and become profitable could be impaired.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for approved products. In addition, there have been several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the cost of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance and review and approval of marketing applications. Notably, on January 30, 2017, President Trump issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, that requires that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal

 

29


Table of Contents

year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the “two-for-one” provisions. This Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget on February 2, 2017, the Trump administration indicates that the “two-for-one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. Further, on February 24, 2017, President Trump issued an Executive Order requiring each agency to designate a regulatory reform officer and create a regulatory reform task force to evaluate existing regulations and make recommendations regarding their repeal, replacement or modification. It is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

Our relationships with customers and payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, transparency, and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with investigators, healthcare practitioners, consultants, third-party payors and customers, if any, will subject us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws and regulations may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. These include the following:

 

    Anti-Kickback Statute. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, makes it illegal for any person or entity (including a prescription drug manufacturer or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, offer, receive or pay remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or intended to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order, prescription or recommendation or arranging of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are several statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, they are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the AKS without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the AKS constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act or federal civil money penalties statute. Violations of the AKS carry potentially significant civil and criminal penalties, including imprisonment, fines, administrative civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.

 

    False Claims Laws. The federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or knowingly avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties.

 

   

Anti-Inducement Law. The anti-inducement law prohibits, among other things, the offering or giving of remuneration, which includes, without limitation, any transfer of items or services for free or for less than fair market value (with limited exceptions), to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or

 

30


Table of Contents
 

should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of items or services reimbursable by a federal or state governmental program.

 

    HIPAA. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program (including private payors) or making false or fraudulent statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Additionally, HIPAA, as amended by HITECH and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations on covered entities and their business associates, including mandatory contractual terms and technical safeguards, with respect to maintaining the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

 

    Transparency Requirements. The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the CMS information related to payments or transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members.

 

    Analogous State and Foreign Laws. Analogous state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, can apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements, and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, and are generally broad and are enforced by many different federal and state agencies as well as through private actions. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; and state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties, and our business generally, will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including our arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom may receive stock options as compensation for services provided, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, such as the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable

 

31


Table of Contents

pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. Reference pricing used by various countries and parallel distribution or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced countries can further reduce prices. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we, or any future collaborators, may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. If reimbursement of our product candidates is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed.

We will need to obtain FDA approval of any proposed product names, and any failure or delay associated with such approval may adversely impact our business.

Any name we intend to use for our product candidates will require approval from the FDA regardless of whether we have secured a trademark registration from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. The FDA may object to any product name we submit if it believes the name inappropriately implies medical claims. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed product names, we may be required to adopt an alternative name for our product candidates. If we adopt an alternative name, we would lose the benefit of any existing trademark applications for such product candidate, and may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. We may be unable to build a successful brand identity for a new trademark in a timely manner or at all, which would limit our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties

We depend on third parties to conduct the clinical trials for our product candidates, and any failure of those parties to fulfill their obligations could harm our development and commercialization plans.

We depend on independent clinical investigators, CROs, academic institutions and other third-party service providers to conduct clinical trials for our product candidates. Although we rely heavily on these parties for successful execution of our clinical trials, we are ultimately responsible for the results of their activities and many aspects of their activities are beyond our control. For example, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial, but the independent clinical investigators may prioritize other projects over ours or may fail to timely communicate issues regarding our

 

32


Table of Contents

products to us. Third parties may not complete activities on schedule or may not conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols. The delay or early termination of any of our clinical trial arrangements, the failure of third parties to comply with the regulations and requirements governing clinical trials, or our reliance on results of trials that we have not directly conducted or monitored could hinder or delay the development, approval and commercialization of our product candidates and would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We maintain compliance programs related to our clinical trials through our clinical operations and development personnel working with our finance and legal groups’ support. Our clinical trial vendors are required to monitor and report to us the possible remedial action required for the conduct of clinical studies; and we are obliged to take the appropriate action. We also monitor clinical trial vendors through our regulatory and quality assurance staff and service providers. However, we cannot assure you that our programs and personnel will timely and fully discover any fraud or abuse that may occur in connection with our clinical trials. Such fraud or abuse, if it occurs, could have a material adverse effect on our research, development, commercialization activities and results.

Our reliance on third-party suppliers, including single-source suppliers and a limited number of options for alternate sources for our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, could harm our ability to develop our product candidates or to commercialize any product candidates that are approved.

We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of any of our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen. We rely on third-party suppliers to manufacture and supply our products. We currently rely on a number of single-source suppliers, such as Bachem Americas, Inc., or Bachem, for API, Pyramid Laboratories, Inc., or Pyramid, for drug product and SHL Pharma, LLC, or SHL Pharma, for auto-injector and final product assembly. We have entered into a supply agreement with Bachem and a joint development agreement with SHL Pharma and intend to enter into supply agreements with Pyramid and SHL Pharma. Because we have contracts in place with some but not all of our third-party suppliers, our suppliers may not be required to provide us with any guaranteed minimum production levels or have dedicated capacity for our products. As a result, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of key materials or products in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

For us to be successful, our third-party suppliers must be able to provide us with raw materials, components and products in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Reliance on third-party suppliers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured products ourselves, including reliance on the third-party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance, the possibility that products will not be delivered on a timely basis, the possibility of increases in pricing for our products, the possibility of breach or termination of a manufacturing agreement or purchase order by the third party.

Our product candidates, including Glucagon Rescue Pen, are drug-device combination products that will be regulated under the drug regulations of the FDCA based on its primary mode of action as a drug. Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with the cGMP regulatory requirements applicable to drug-device combination products, including applicable provisions of the FDA’s drug cGMP regulations, device cGMP requirements embodied in the QSR or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly affect supplies of our product candidates. The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA to the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMPs and QSRs. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product

 

33


Table of Contents

candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Contract manufacturers may face manufacturing or quality control problems causing drug substance production and shipment delays or a situation where the contractor may not be able to maintain compliance with the applicable cGMP and QSR requirements. Any failure to comply with cGMP or QSR requirements or other FDA, EMA and comparable foreign regulatory requirements could adversely affect our clinical research activities and our ability to develop our product candidates and market our products following approval.

The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities require manufacturers to register manufacturing facilities. The FDA and corresponding foreign regulators also inspect these facilities to confirm compliance with applicable cGMPs and QSRs. Contract manufacturers may face manufacturing or quality control problems causing drug substance or device component production and shipment delays or a situation where the contractor may not be able to maintain compliance with the applicable cGMP or QSR requirements. Any failure to comply with cGMP or QSR requirements or other FDA, EMA and comparable foreign regulatory requirements could adversely affect our clinical research activities and our ability to develop our product candidates and market our products following approval.

There are a limited number of third-party suppliers that are compliant with cGMP and/or QSRs, as required by the FDA, the European Union, and other regulatory authorities, and that also have the necessary expertise and capacity to manufacture our materials and products. As a result, it may be difficult for us to locate third-party suppliers for our anticipated future needs, and our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our current third-party suppliers to deliver products, raw materials and components to us. If we are unable to arrange for third-party suppliers for our materials and products, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to complete development of or market our products.

The introduction of new cGMP or QSR regulations or product specific requirements by a regulatory body may require that we source alternative materials, modify existing manufacturing processes or implement design changes to our products that are subject to prior approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. We may also be required to reassess a third-party supplier’s compliance with all applicable new regulations and guidelines, which could further impede our ability to manufacture and supply products in a timely manner. As a result, we could incur increased production costs, experience supply interruptions, suffer damage to our reputation and experience an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

In addition, our reliance on third-party suppliers involves a number of additional risks, including, among other things:

 

    our suppliers may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or make errors in manufacturing raw materials, components or products that could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our products or cause delays in shipments of our products;

 

    we may be subject to price fluctuations by suppliers due to terms within long-term supply arrangements or lack of long-term supply arrangements for key materials and products;

 

    our suppliers may lose access to critical services or sustain damage to a facility, including losses due to natural disasters or geo-political events, that may result in a sustained interruption in the manufacture and supply of our products;

 

    fluctuations in demand for our products or a supplier’s demand from other customers may affect their ability or willingness to deliver materials or products in a timely manner or may lead to long-term capacity constraints at the supplier;

 

    we may not be able to find new or alternative sources or reconfigure our products and manufacturing processes in a timely manner, if a necessary raw material or components becomes unavailable; and

 

    our suppliers may encounter financial or other hardships unrelated to our demand for materials, products and services, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements.

If any of the above risks materialize and we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our products in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, and customers may instead purchase or use our competitors’ products. In addition, we could be forced to

 

34


Table of Contents

secure new materials or develop alternative third-party suppliers, which can be difficult given our product complexity, long development lead-times and global regulatory review processes.

We may in the future elect to manufacture certain new or existing products ourselves, without the assistance of third-party suppliers. However, in order to make that election, we will need to invest substantial additional funds and recruit qualified personnel in order to operate our own manufacturing facility on a commercial basis. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manufacture our own products and if we are not able to make or obtain adequate supplies of our raw materials, components or products, it will be more difficult for us to launch new products, supply our current markets and compete effectively.

If our third-party manufacturers of our product candidates are unable to increase the scale of their production of our product candidates, or increase the product yield of manufacturing, then our costs to manufacture the product may increase and commercialization may be delayed.

In order to produce sufficient quantities to meet the demand for clinical trials and subsequent commercialization of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any of our other product candidates in our pipeline or that we may develop, our third-party manufacturers will be required to increase their production and automate and otherwise optimize their manufacturing processes while maintaining the quality of the product. The transition to larger scale production could prove difficult. In addition, if our third-party manufacturers are not able to automate and otherwise optimize their manufacturing process to increase the product yield for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and other components of our product candidates, or if they are unable to produce increased amounts of our product candidates while maintaining quality, then we may not be able to meet the demands of clinical trials or market demands, which could decrease our ability to generate revenues and have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

We enter into various contracts in the normal course of our business in which we indemnify the other party to the contract. In the event we have to perform under these indemnification provisions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the normal course of business, we periodically have entered, and in the future may enter, into academic, commercial, service, collaboration, licensing, feasibility, consulting and other agreements that contain indemnification provisions. We have in the past and may in the future agree to indemnify the counterparties from losses arising from claims relating to the products, processes or services made, used, sold or performed. We may also agree to indemnify our vendors from any third-party product liability claims that could result from the production, use or consumption of the product, as well as for alleged infringements of any patent or other intellectual property right by a third party.

Should our obligation under an indemnification provision exceed applicable insurance coverage or if we were denied insurance coverage, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Similarly, if we are relying on a collaborator to indemnify us and the collaborator is denied insurance coverage or the indemnification obligation exceeds the applicable insurance coverage and does not have other assets available to indemnify us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We expect to seek to establish collaborations and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

We expect to seek one or more collaborators for the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates, particularly with respect to our pipeline product candidates or foreign geographies. Likely collaborators may include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the potential differentiation of our product candidate from competing product candidates, design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and the regulatory pathway for any such approval, the potential market for the product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering the product to patients and the potential of competing products. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with

 

35


Table of Contents

us for our product candidate. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. Further, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Any collaboration agreements that we enter into in the future may contain restrictions on our ability to enter into potential collaborations or to otherwise develop specified product candidates. We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, as well as the ability of our collaborators to protect their intellectual property and proprietary technology.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection and trade secret protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary product candidates. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may be able to erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. To protect our proprietary position, we file patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel product candidates that are important to our business; we may in the future also license or purchase patent applications filed by others. The patent application and approval process is expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.

If the scope of the patent protection we or our potential licensors obtain is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to prevent others from developing and commercializing technology and products similar or identical to ours. The degree of patent protection we require to successfully compete in the marketplace may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. We cannot provide any assurances that any of our patents have, or that any of our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our current and future product candidates or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. In addition, to the extent that we license intellectual property in the future, we cannot assure you that those licenses will remain in force. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Furthermore, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally twenty years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized.

Even if they are unchallenged, our patents and pending patent applications, if issued, may not provide us with any meaningful protection or prevent competitors from designing around our patent claims to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or therapeutics in a non-infringing manner. For example, a third party may develop a competitive therapy that provides benefits similar to one or more of our product candidates but that uses a formulation and/or a device that falls outside the scope of our patent protection. If the patent protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is not sufficiently broad to impede such competition, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates could be negatively affected, which would harm our business. Although we currently own all of our patents and our patent applications, similar risks would apply to any patents or patent applications that we may in-license in the future.

We, or any future partners, collaborators, or licensees, may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position.

 

36


Table of Contents

It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, or requests for patent term adjustments. If we or our partners, collaborators, licensees or licensors fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our partners, collaborators, licensees or licensors are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our patents or patent applications, such patents may be invalid and/or unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents has emerged to date in the United States or in many foreign jurisdictions. In addition, the determination of patent rights with respect to pharmaceutical compounds commonly involves complex legal and factual questions, which has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain.

Moreover, because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. There is no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found. If such prior art exists, it may be used to invalidate a patent, or may prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. For example, such patent filings may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO to other patent offices around the world. Alternately or additionally, we may become involved in post-grant review procedures, oppositions, derivations proceedings, reexaminations, inter partes review or interference proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging patents or patent applications in which we have rights, including patents on which we rely to protect our business. An adverse determination in any such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products.

Pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our business, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. For example, patent laws in various jurisdictions, including significant commercial markets such as Europe, restrict the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our future development partners will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

 

    the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case;

 

    patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

 

    patents that may be issued may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

 

    our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use, and sell our potential product candidates;

 

37


Table of Contents
    there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns; and

 

    countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates in such countries.

Issued patents that we have or may in the future obtain or license may not provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our or our future licensors’ patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors may also seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. Alternatively, our competitors may seek to market generic versions of any approved products by submitting ANDAs to the FDA in which they claim that patents owned or in the future licensed by us are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, or both, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable, or that our competitors are competing in a non-infringing manner. Thus, even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

In the future, we may enter into license agreements with third parties pursuant to which they have the right, but not the obligation in certain circumstances to control enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents. Even if we are permitted to pursue such enforcement or defense, we will require the cooperation of those licensors, and cannot guarantee that we would receive it and on what terms. We cannot be certain that those licensors will allocate sufficient resources or prioritize their or our enforcement of such patents or defense of such claims to protect our interests in the licensed patents. If we cannot obtain patent protection, or enforce existing or future patents against third parties, our competitive position and our financial condition could suffer.

In addition, we rely on the protection of our trade secrets and proprietary know-how. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how, including entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, and confidential information and inventions agreements with employees, consultants and advisors, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and third parties may still obtain this information or may come upon this or similar information independently. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating our trade secrets. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets or proprietary know-how, our business may be harmed.

It is difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection for the use, formulation and structure of our product candidates, the methods used to manufacture them, the related therapeutic targets and associated methods of treatment as well as on successfully defending these patents against potential third-party challenges. Our ability to protect our products and product candidates from unauthorized making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing by third parties is dependent on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Further, the determination that a patent application or patent claim meets all of the requirements for patentability is a subjective determination based on the application of law and jurisprudence. The ultimate determination by the USPTO or by a court or other trier of fact in the United States, or corresponding foreign national patent offices or courts, on whether a claim meets all requirements of patentability cannot be assured. We have not conducted searches for third-party publications, patents and other information that may affect

 

38


Table of Contents

the patentability of claims in our various patent applications and patents, so we cannot be certain that all relevant information has been identified. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or patent applications, in any future licensed patents or patent applications or in third-party patents.

We cannot provide assurances that any of our patent applications will be found to be patentable, including over our own prior art patents, or will issue as patents. Neither can we make assurances as to the scope of any claims that may issue from our pending and future patent applications nor to the outcome of any proceedings by any potential third parties that could challenge the patentability, validity or enforceability of our patents and patent applications in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. Any such challenge, if successful, could limit patent protection for our products and product candidates and/or materially harm our business.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

    we may not be able to generate sufficient data to support full patent applications that protect the entire breadth of developments in one or more of our programs;

 

    it is possible that one or more of our pending patent applications will not become an issued patent or, if issued, that the patent(s) will not: (a) be sufficient to protect our technology, (b) provide us with a basis for commercially viable products or (c) provide us with any competitive advantages;

 

    if our pending applications issue as patents, they may be challenged by third parties as not infringed, invalid or unenforceable under U.S. or foreign laws; or

 

    if issued, the patents under which we hold rights may not be valid or enforceable.

In addition, to the extent that we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for one of our products or product candidates or in the event that such patent protection expires, it may no longer be cost-effective to extend our portfolio by pursuing additional development of a product or product candidate for follow-on indications.

We also may rely on trade secrets to protect our technologies or products, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third-party entity illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Where available, we will seek extensions of patent terms in the United States and, if available, in other countries where we are prosecuting patents. In the United States, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent, which is limited to the approved indication (or any additional indications approved during the period of extension). However, the

 

39


Table of Contents

applicable authorities, including the FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. If this occurs, our competitors may be able to take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case.

Others may challenge inventorship or claim an ownership interest in our intellectual property which could expose it to litigation and have a significant adverse effect on its prospects.

A third party or former employee or collaborator may claim an ownership interest in one or more of our patents or other proprietary or intellectual property rights. A third party could bring legal actions against us and seek monetary damages and/or enjoin clinical testing, manufacturing and marketing of the affected product or products. While we are presently unaware of any claims or assertions by third parties with respect to our patents or other intellectual property, we cannot guarantee that a third party will not assert a claim or an interest in any of such patents or intellectual property. If we become involved in any litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of our resources and cause a significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel.

Changes to the patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Recent patent reform legislation in the United States, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The America Invents Act was signed into law on September 16, 2011, and many of the substantive changes became effective on March 16, 2013. The America Invents Act reforms United States patent law in part by changing the U.S. patent system from a “first to invent” system to a “first inventor to file” system, expanding the definition of prior art, and developing a post-grant review system. This legislation changes United States patent law in a way that may weaken our ability to obtain patent protection in the United States for those applications filed after March 16, 2013.

Further, the America Invents Act created new procedures to challenge the validity of issued patents in the United States, including post-grant review and inter partes review proceedings, which some third parties have been using to cause the cancellation of selected or all claims of issued patents. For a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later, a petition for post-grant review can be filed by a third party in a nine-month window from issuance of the patent. A petition for inter partes review can be filed immediately following the issuance of a patent if the patent has an effective filing date prior to March 16, 2013. A petition for inter partes review can be filed after the nine-month period for filing a post-grant review petition has expired for a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later. Post-grant review proceedings can be brought on any ground of invalidity, whereas inter partes review proceedings can only raise an invalidity challenge based on published prior art and patents. In these adversarial actions, the USPTO reviews patent claims without the presumption of validity afforded to U.S. patents in lawsuits in U.S. federal courts and uses a lower burden of proof than used in litigation in U.S. federal courts. Therefore, it is generally considered easier for a competitor or third party to have a U.S. patent invalidated in a USPTO post-grant review or inter partes review proceeding than invalidated in a litigation in a U.S. federal court. If any of our patents are challenged by a third party in such a USPTO proceeding, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending the patent, which would result in a loss of the challenged patent right to us. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, enforcing and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries; thus, even in countries where we do pursue patent protection, there can be no assurance that any patents will issue with claims that cover our product candidates.

 

40


Table of Contents

Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, laws of some countries outside of the United States and Europe do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Europe. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, including India, China and other developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain countries outside the United States and Europe. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop and market their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, if our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Agreements through which we may license patent rights may not give us sufficient rights to permit us to pursue enforcement of those licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents (or control of enforcement or defense) of such patent rights in all relevant jurisdictions as requirements may vary.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. Moreover, such proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in major markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate.

Others may claim an ownership interest in our intellectual property which could expose us to litigation and have a significant adverse effect on our prospects.

A third party may claim an ownership interest in one or more of our patents or other proprietary or intellectual property rights. A third party could bring legal actions against us and seek monetary damages and/or enjoin clinical testing, manufacturing and marketing of the affected product or products. While we are presently unaware of any claims or assertions by third parties with respect to our patents or other intellectual property, we cannot guarantee that a third party will not assert a claim or an interest in any of such patents or intellectual property. If we become involved in any litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of our resources, and cause a significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. If any of these actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, we could be required to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market the affected product, in which case we may be required to pay substantial royalties or grant cross-licenses to our patents. We cannot, however, assure you that any such license will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product candidate, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations as a result of claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights. Further, the outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance, including the demeanor and credibility of witnesses and the identity of any adverse party. This is especially true in intellectual property cases that may turn on the testimony of experts as to technical facts upon which experts may reasonably disagree.

The pharmaceutical industry is characterized by frequent patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.

Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties. Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make and sell our products. Generally, we do not conduct

 

41


Table of Contents

independent reviews of patents issued to third parties. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, the complexities of the technology involved, and uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management’s attention being diverted to patent litigation. We may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets, or other intellectual property rights and/or offering licenses to such intellectual property. Any lawsuits resulting from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

    stop selling products or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property;

 

    lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others;

 

    incur significant legal expenses;

 

    pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;

 

    redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive and/or infeasible; or

 

    attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, and harm our reputation. In connection with such litigation or claims, we may be required to obtain licenses or make changes to our products or technologies, and if we fail to do so, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors, in some cases until recently. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving one or more of our patents could limit our ability to assert those patents against those parties or other competitors, and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Similarly, if

 

42


Table of Contents

we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are unenforceable, that the alleged infringing mark does not infringe our trademark rights, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this last instance, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

Our unpatented trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, and technology may be inadequately protected.

We rely in part on unpatented trade secrets, know-how and technology. This intellectual property is difficult to protect, especially in the pharmaceutical industry, where much of the information about a product must be submitted to regulatory authorities during the regulatory approval process. We seek to protect trade secrets, confidential information and proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees, consultants, and others. These parties may breach or terminate these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for such breaches. Furthermore, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information or result in the effective assignment to us of intellectual property, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or other breaches of the agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets and our other confidential and proprietary information, we or our collaboration partners, board members, employees, consultants, contractors, or scientific and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our proprietary information to competitors.

There is a risk that our trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information could have been, or could, in the future, be shared by any of our former employees with, and be used to the benefit of, any company that competes with us.

If we fail to maintain trade secret protection or fail to protect the confidentiality of our other confidential and proprietary information, our competitive position may be adversely affected. Competitors may also independently discover our trade secrets. Enforcement of claims that a third party has illegally obtained and is using trade secrets is expensive, time consuming and uncertain. If our competitors independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how, we would not be able to assert our trade secret protections against them, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our marks of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We rely on both registration and common law protection for our trademarks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During the trademark registration process, we may receive Office Actions from the USPTO objecting to the registration of our trademark. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those objections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and/or to seek the cancellation of registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

 

43


Table of Contents

A NDA submitted under Section 505(b)(2) subjects us to the risk that we may be subject to a patent infringement lawsuit that would delay or prevent the review or approval of our product candidate.

We expect to submit our NDAs for our product candidates, including our Glucagon Rescue Pen, to the FDA for approval under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of a NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from preclinical studies and/or clinical trials that were not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. A NDA under Section 505(b)(2) would enable us to reference published literature and/or the FDA’s previous findings of safety and effectiveness for a previously approved drug.

For NDAs submitted under Section 505(b)(2), the patent certification and related provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act apply. Accordingly, if we rely for approval on the safety or effectiveness information for a previously approved drug, referred to as a listed drug, we will be required to include patent certifications in our 505(b)(2) application regarding any patents covering the listed drug. If there are patents listed in the FDA publication Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book, for the listed drug, and we seek to obtain approval prior to the expiration of one or more of those patents, we will be required to submit a Paragraph IV certification indicating our belief that the relevant patents are invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the manufacture, use or sale of the product that is the subject of our 505(b)(2) application. Otherwise, our 505(b)(2) application cannot be approved by the FDA until the expiration of any patents listed in the Orange Book for the listed drug. While we do not expect to submit any Paragraph IV certifications in connection with our planned 505(b)(2) application for our Glucagon Rescue Pen or our other current product candidates, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to submit a Paragraph IV certification in respect of any future product candidates for which we seek approval under Section 505(b)(2).

If we submit any Paragraph IV certification that may be required, we will be required to provide notice of that certification to the NDA holder and patent owner shortly after our 505(b)(2) application is accepted for filing. Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, the patent owner may file a patent infringement lawsuit after receiving such notice. If a patent infringement lawsuit is filed within 45 days of the patent owner’s or NDA holder’s receipt of notice (whichever is later), a one-time, automatic stay of the FDA’s ability to approve the 505(b)(2) NDA is triggered, which typically extends for 30 months unless patent litigation is resolved in favor of the Paragraph IV filer or the patent expires before that time. Accordingly, we may invest a significant amount of time and expense in the development of one or more product candidates only to be subject to significant delay and patent litigation before such product candidates may be commercialized, if at all.

In addition, a 505(b)(2) application will not be approved until any non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the listed drug, or for any other drug with the same protected conditions of approval as our product, has expired. The FDA also may require us to perform one or more additional clinical trials or measurements to support the change from the listed drug, which could be time consuming and could substantially delay our achievement of regulatory approval. The FDA also may reject any future 505(b)(2) submissions and require us to submit traditional NDAs under Section 505(b)(1), which would require extensive data to establish safety and effectiveness of the product for the proposed use and could cause delay and additional costs. In addition, the FDA could reject any future 505(b)(2) application and require us to submit an ANDA if, before the submission of our 505(b)(2) application, the FDA approves an application for a product that is pharmaceutically equivalent to ours. These factors, among others, may limit our ability to commercialize our product candidates successfully.

Risks Related to Employee Matters, Managing Growth and Ongoing Operations

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, our business may be harmed, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

We may face liability claims related to the use or misuse of our product candidates and, if approved, our products. These claims may be expensive to defend and may result in large judgments against us. During the course of treatment, patients using our product candidates could suffer adverse medical effects for reasons that may or may not be related to our product candidates. We will face even greater risks upon any commercialization by us of our product candidates. Any of these events could result in a claim of liability. Any such claims against us, regardless of their merit, could result in significant costs to defend or awards against us that could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any such claims against us could result in a distraction to

 

44


Table of Contents

management, decreased demand for our products, an adverse effect on our public reputation, and/or difficulties in commercializing our products. To date, we have not received notice of any product liability claims against us. We maintain total products liability insurance coverage of $5.0 million.

Although we maintain product liability insurance for claims arising from the use of our product candidates in clinical trials prior to FDA approval and for claims arising from the use of our products after FDA approval at levels that we believe are appropriate, we may not be able to maintain our existing insurance coverage or obtain additional coverage on commercially reasonable terms for the use of our other product candidates and products in the future. Also, our insurance coverage and resources may not be sufficient to satisfy any liability resulting from product liability claims, which could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Product liability claims could result in an FDA or other regulatory authority investigation of the safety or efficacy of our products, our manufacturing processes and facilities, our marketing programs, our internal safety reporting systems or our staff conduct. A regulatory authority investigation could also potentially lead to a recall of our products or more serious enforcement actions, limitations on the indications for which they may be used, or suspension or withdrawal of approval. Product liability claims could also result in investigation, prosecution or enforcement action by the DOJ or other federal or state government agencies.

Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, or if we are not able to attract and retain other key employees and consultants.

We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our executive management and a limited number of key advisors and personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on the skills and leadership of our executive management team, including Paul Edick, our Chief Executive Officer, Barry Deutsch, our Chief Financial Officer, Steven Prestrelski, our Chief Scientific Officer and Co-Founder, John Shannon, our Chief Operating Officer, Ken Johnson, our Senior Vice President, Clinical Development, Regulatory, Quality Assurance and Medical Affairs, and Beth Hecht, our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. We have not historically maintained “key person” insurance on all of our executive officers but plan to obtain such insurance in the future. The loss of any one of these individuals could disrupt our operations or our strategic plans. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. Any of our personnel may terminate their employment at will. If we lose one or more of our executive officers or other key employees, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers or other key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to develop, gain marketing approval of and commercialize products successfully.

Additionally, our future success will depend on, among other things, our ability to continue to hire and retain the necessary qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel, for whom we compete with numerous other companies, academic institutions and organizations. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these additional key employees on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions.

We rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by other entities and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with those entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates will be limited.

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may encounter difficulties managing our growth.

As of April 30, 2018, we had 50 employees. As our product candidates continue to progress toward potential approval and commercialization, we anticipate the need to hire additional employees as required to add depth and specialized expertise to our team. This growth could place a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure. If the product candidates that we are developing continue to advance in clinical trials, we will need to expand our development, regulatory, manufacturing, quality, compliance, recordkeeping, information technology, training, marketing and sales capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to develop additional relationships with various collaborators, CROs, suppliers, manufacturers and other organizations. We may not be able to establish such relationships or may incur

 

45


Table of Contents

significant costs to do so. Our ability to manage our growth will also require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, and other compliance programs and processes, which will further increase our operating costs. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to over-invest or under-invest in infrastructure, and result in losses or weaknesses in our infrastructure, which could adversely affect us. Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to monitor our suppliers carefully for quality assurance, and our business could suffer.

We may be required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources and reduce our cash flows.

As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory due to single third-party sourcing and long lead-time to develop alternate third-party sources, we intend to carry a high level of inventory for strategic materials and products and are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

We expect to incur significant additional costs as a result of being a public company, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We expect to incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market. These rules and regulations are expected to increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and we expect those costs to increase in the future. For example, we will be required to devote significant resources to complete the assessment and documentation of our internal control system and financial process under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including an assessment of the design of our information systems associated with our internal controls.

To date, we have never conducted a review of our internal control for the purpose of providing the reports required by these rules. During the course of our review and testing, we may identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, if we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company we will be required to timely file accurate quarterly and annual reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as amended. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from The Nasdaq Global Market or other adverse consequences. We will incur significant costs to remediate any material weaknesses we identify through these efforts. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

New laws and regulations, as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and rules adopted by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting in our audit for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. If we fail to remediate this weakness or experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial

 

46


Table of Contents

reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be detected or prevented on a timely basis.

We may further enhance the computer systems processes and related documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may be limited by a variety of factors, including:

 

    faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

 

    fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

 

    inappropriate management override of procedures; and

 

    the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial control.

For example, for the year ended December 31, 2017, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting due to a lack of proper segregation of duties within our finance and accounting function. This weakness was due to our inability to implement the appropriate segregation of duties within our historical enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system. Since August 2017, we have made efforts to design manual controls to mitigate the risk. In addition, in December 2017, we implemented a new ERP system. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or take effective remedial measures to improve our internal control, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would likely cause the price of our common stock to decline.

When we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws, our auditors will be required to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls. If we are unable to confirm that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business may be adversely affected.

We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing and inventory management. Our current systems are not fully redundant. While we will attempt to mitigate interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing some upgrades which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information technology systems, we may not be able to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology for our infrastructure. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems. Failure to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively could have a materially adverse effect on our business. For example, third parties may attempt to hack into systems and may obtain our proprietary information.

Fluctuations in insurance cost and availability could adversely affect our profitability or our risk management profile.

We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, general liability insurance, property insurance and workers’ compensation insurance. If the costs of

 

47


Table of Contents

maintaining adequate insurance coverage increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Likewise, if any of our current insurance coverage should become unavailable to us or become economically impractical, we would be required to operate our business without indemnity from commercial insurance providers. If we operate our business without insurance, we could be responsible for paying claims or judgments against us that would have otherwise been covered by insurance, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage any acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time we expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

    problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;

 

    issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

    unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;

 

    diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

 

    adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

 

    risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

    potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and

 

    increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment and we have never entered into or completed an acquisition. We do not know if we will be able to identify suitable acquisitions, complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to grow through acquisitions successfully depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming, and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as

 

48


Table of Contents

certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, collaborators and contract research organizations may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm to our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, collaborators and contract research organizations may engage in fraud or other misconduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of product materials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

The recently passed comprehensive tax reform bill could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law new legislation that significantly revises the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The newly enacted federal income tax law, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for net interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such net operating losses may be carried forward indefinitely), and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits (including reducing the business tax credit for certain clinical testing expenses incurred in the testing of certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions generally referred to as “orphan drugs”). We continue to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on our business. The overall impact of the new federal tax law is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain how various states will respond to the newly enacted federal tax law. The impact of this tax reform on holders of our common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse. We urge our stockholders to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to this legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

No public market for our common stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your

 

49


Table of Contents

ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value or the trading price of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. The public offering price for our common stock has been determined by negotiation among us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and the price at which our common stock trades after this offering may decline below the public offering price. You may experience a significant decrease in the value of the common stock you purchase in this offering regardless of our operating performance or prospects.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock and will own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering, excluding any shares of our common stock that they may have acquired prior to this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if our previously issued options or warrants to acquire common stock at prices below the initial public offering price are exercised, you will experience further dilution. For additional information on the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid.

The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market following the offering. The trading price of our common stock following completion of this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the risk factors discussed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

 

    the timing and results of applications for FDA approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen and other regulatory actions with respect to our product candidates;

 

    regulatory actions with respect to our competitors’ products and product candidates;

 

    the success of existing or new competitive products or technologies;

 

    results of clinical trials of product candidates of our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

    the timing and results of clinical trials of our pipeline product candidates;

 

    commencement or termination of collaborations for our development programs;

 

    the results of our efforts to develop additional product candidates or products;

 

    the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

    failure or discontinuation of any of our development programs;

 

    the pricing and reimbursement of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, and of other product candidates that may be approved;

 

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

    the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results or development timelines;

 

50


Table of Contents
    announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

    sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or other stockholders;

 

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

    changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, that cover our stock;

 

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

    market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

    the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

In recent years, the stock markets, and particularly the stock of smaller pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies at times have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of affected companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our common stock unrelated to our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of shares of our common stock after this offering does not ever exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In addition, in the past, class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in our stock price, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would hurt our financial condition and operating results and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Securities analysts may publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or reports about our business or may publish no information at all, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If a trading market for our common stock develops, the trading market will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock will have had relatively little experience with our company, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports covering us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the completion of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Based upon shares outstanding as of March 31, 2018, we anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current five percent or greater stockholders and affiliated entities will together beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering, or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. These stockholders may in some instances exercise their influence in ways that you do not believe are in your best interests as a stockholder. Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders. In particular, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because some investors perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated equity ownership.

 

51


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company” (i) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements, (iii) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (iv) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

As a result, our public filings may not be comparable to companies that are not “emerging growth companies”. We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including (i) if the market value of our common stock that is held by nonaffiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30, in which case we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following January 1, or (ii) if our gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion in any fiscal year.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.

Our management might apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that do not increase the value of your investment.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus, our management will have broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds of this offering and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We might apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways with which you do not agree, or in ways that do not yield a favorable return. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering or to assess whether proceeds are being used appropriately. If our management applies these proceeds in a manner that does not improve our operating results and yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds, the market price of our common stock could decline. For more information on our management’s planned use of proceeds, please read “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus. Pending their use, we may also invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that entities affiliated with holders of 5% or more of our common stock prior to this offering and our management team will beneficially own, collectively, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. If one or more of them were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause our stock price to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2018, upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately                 outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares. As of the date of this prospectus, approximately                 shares of common stock will be subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up with the underwriters. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from these lock-up arrangements, and the lock-up agreements

 

52


Table of Contents

are subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” for more information. Of the shares subject to a contractual lock-up with the underwriters, approximately                 shares of common stock also will be subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up with us.

After this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately                 shares of our common stock and                 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

In addition, as of March 31, 2018, there were                      shares subject to outstanding options granted under our 2011 Plan (plus an additional 763,920 shares subject to options granted after March 31, 2018) that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the lock-up agreements described above and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We intend to register the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of these options. We also intend to register all                 shares of common stock that we may issue under our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to the 180-day lock-up periods under the lock-up agreements described above and in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2017, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $55.8 million, and federal research and orphan drug credit carryforwards of $2.0 million. If not utilized, these carryforwards will expire at various dates between 2025 and 2036. These net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the newly enacted federal income tax law, federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses is limited. It is uncertain how various states will respond to the newly enacted federal tax law. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. Our existing net operating losses or credits may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize our net operating losses or credits could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Accordingly, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our net operating losses or credits.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and accordingly, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, under our Loan Agreement, we are restricted from paying any dividends or making any distributions on account of our capital stock. Our ability to pay cash dividends also may be prohibited by future loan agreements. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management or hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us.

Provisions in our corporate charter and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our

 

53


Table of Contents

stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

    establish a classified board of directors such that all members of the board are not elected at one time;

 

    allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board;

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on at stockholder meetings;

 

    require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;

 

    limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors;

 

    require the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal certain provisions of our charter or bylaws;

 

    provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty by one or more of our directors, officers or employees, any action asserting a claim against us pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. This could discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us, whether or not it is desired by, or beneficial to, our stockholders. This could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

Our bylaws to be effective upon the consummation of this offering designate certain courts as the sole and exclusive forums for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers and employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. We have chosen the United States Court for the Northern District of Illinois as the exclusive forum for such causes of action because our principal executive offices are located in Chicago, Illinois. Some companies that have adopted similar federal district court forum selection provisions are currently subject to a suit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware brought by stockholders who assert that the federal district court forum selection provision is not enforceable. We recognize that the federal district court forum selection clause may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable and may impose more general additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the state of Illinois. Additionally, this choice of forum

 

54


Table of Contents

provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. Stockholders who do bring a claim in these courts could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near the states in which these courts are located. Such courts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results may be more favorable to us than to our stockholders. Alternatively, if the federal district court forum selection provision is found inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

 

55


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains express or implied forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    the timing or likelihood of our NDA submission to the FDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and its acceptance for filing by the FDA;

 

    the timing or likelihood of approval by the FDA of our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen;

 

    our estimates regarding the market opportunities for our product candidates;

 

    the commercialization, marketing and manufacturing of our product candidates, if approved;

 

    the pricing and reimbursement of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any other of our product candidates, if approved;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any other of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    the initiation, timing, progress and results of our research and development programs and future preclinical and clinical studies;

 

    our ability to advance any other product candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical studies and obtain regulatory approval for them;

 

    our ability to identify additional product candidates;

 

    the implementation of our strategic plans for our business, product candidates and technology;

 

    the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates and technology;

 

    our ability to use the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment;

 

    our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering, and estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

    our ability to manufacture, or the ability of third parties to deliver, sufficient quantities of components and drug product for commercialization of our Glucagon Rescue Pen or any other of our product candidates;

 

    our ability to maintain and establish collaborations;

 

    our financial performance;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our anticipated growth;

 

    developments relating to our competitors and our industry, including the impact of government regulation;

 

    our ability to remediate the material weakness identified by our independent registered public accounting firm and avoid any findings of material weakness or significant deficiencies in the future; and

 

    other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”

In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those

 

56


Table of Contents

implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should therefore not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our product candidates. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from our own internal estimates and research as well as from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

 

57


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

As of March 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $58.1 million. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

    approximately $         million to support the expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, including investments in sales and marketing, inventory and our commercial and medical affairs infrastructure;

 

    approximately $         million to advance our other pipeline product candidates, including the              for PBH, the              for HAAF, CHI and EIH and the              for ready-to-use diazepam and Pram-Insulin; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Based on our current plans, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations and capital expenditure requirements through                 .

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. For example, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of businesses or technologies to continue to build our pipeline, our research and development capabilities and our intellectual property position, although we currently have no agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any such transaction. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our research and development, the status of and results from nonclinical studies or clinical trials we may commence in the future, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates or strategic opportunities that become available to us, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending our use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

58


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Under our Loan Agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, we are restricted from paying any dividends or making any distributions on account of our capital stock. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Loan Agreement” for a description of the restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

59


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,083,391 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and (ii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as-adjusted basis to give further effect to reflect the sale and issuance by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the information below in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2018  
     ACTUAL     PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
AS
ADJUSTED 
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)   

(Unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 58,110     $ 58,110     $           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, long term

   $ 18,051     $ 18,051     $  

Other long term liabilities

     1,472       1,472    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 22,250,994 shares authorized and 21,083,391 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     102,292          

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 31,350,994 shares authorized, 3,915,974 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 24,999,365 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 150,000,000 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       3    

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Additional paid-in capital

     3,049       105,339    

Accumulated deficit

     (72,492     (72,492  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (69,442     32,850    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 52,373     $ 52,373     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and

 

60


Table of Contents

commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above excludes each of the following:

 

    4,211,179 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.42 per share;

 

    285,505 shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options issued under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, which remain subject to vesting restrictions;

 

    35,504 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.319 per share and 95,686 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.2705 per share;

 

    645,797 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan as of March 31, 2018, which shares will no longer be reserved following this offering;

 

                 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

                 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

61


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of March 31, 2018 our historical net tangible book value was $(69.5) million, or $(17.74) per share. This excludes $19,000 in patents costs that are included in other long term assets on our balance sheet in the unaudited interim financial statement contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2018.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 was $32.8 million, or $1.31 per share, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 21,083,391 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of                 shares of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors, or approximately         % of the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018

   $ (17.74  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     19.05    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018, before giving effect to this offering

     1.31    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $             
    

 

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         per share and the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         per share and the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2018, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted basis, the total cash consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents
     SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE PRICE
PER SHARE
 
     NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing stockholders

     24,999,365        %     $ 105,511,560        %     $ 4.22  

New investors participating in this offering

            

Total

        100.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The above discussion and tables are based on 24,999,365 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,083,391 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and exclude:

 

    4,211,179 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.42 per share;

 

    285,505 shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options issued under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, which remain subject to vesting restrictions;

 

    35,504 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.319 per share and 95,686 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.2705 per share;

 

    645,797 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan as of March 31, 2018, which shares will no longer be reserved following this offering;

 

                 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

                 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised or shares are issued under our equity incentive plans, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

63


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and the related notes. The unaudited interim financial data, in management’s opinion, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018 or any other period.

You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

 

     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,    

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,

 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)         

(unaudited)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Grant income

   $ 1,022     $ 1,540     $ 354     $ 210  

Service revenue

     53       16             53  

Cost of revenue

     8       4             42  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,067       1,552       354       221  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     10,238       20,166       3,662       8,712  

General and administrative

     4,060       8,015       1,341       3,239  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense from operations

     14,298       28,181       5,003       11,951  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13,231     (26,629     (4,649     (11,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     5       124             96  

Interest expense

     (2     (2           (191

Change in fair value of warrants

     24       (46           (82

Other expense

     (5     (1            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     22       75             (177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (13,209   $ (26,554   $ (4,649   $ (11,907
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted (1)

   $ (4.03   $ (7.35   $ (1.29   $ (3.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     3,281,564       3,612,512       3,608,607       3,864,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (1):

        

Basic and diluted

     $ (1.31     $ (0.48
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited):

        

Basic and diluted

       20,231,131         24,609,553  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

 

 

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,
2018
 
     2016     2017    

(in thousands)

         (unaudited

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,269     $ 42,045     $ 58,110  

Working capital (2)

     30,647       39,193       50,644  

Total assets

     33,533       44,998       61,564  

Long-term debt, net of deferred costs

                 18,051  

Other long-term liabilities

     42       90       1,472  

Total liabilities

     2,569       4,950       28,714  

Total convertible preferred stock

     62,898       97,878       102,292  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (31,934     (57,830     (69,442

 

 

(1)    See Note 2 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our interim unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share and basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share.
(2)    We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

 

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a specialty pharmaceutical company leveraging our novel non-aqueous formulation technology platforms, XeriSol and XeriJect, to develop and commercialize ready-to-use injectable and infusible drug formulations. We have developed a ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that, unlike any currently available products, can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution. Our lead product candidate, Glucagon Rescue Pen, delivers ready-to-use glucagon via a commercially-available auto-injector for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia, a potentially life-threatening condition, in people with diabetes. We have completed three Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and expect to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, in the third quarter of 2018. If our NDA is submitted and approved in our expected timeframe, we believe we will have the first ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution. We are also applying our novel ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation for the management of additional conditions associated with hypoglycemia with significant unmet medical need. In addition, we are applying our technology platforms to convert other commercially-available drugs into ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid formulations to address the needs in multiple therapeutic areas and conditions, including epilepsy and diabetes.

We have begun building out our commercial organization, including individuals in operations and marketing as well as medical affairs in preparation for an expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the United States in the second half of 2019. Outside the United States, we plan to pursue development and commercialization partnerships. We currently contract with third parties for the manufacture, assembly, testing, packaging, storage and distribution of our products.

Since our inception in 2005, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development initiatives, undertaking preclinical studies of our product candidates, conducting clinical trials of our most advanced product candidates, organizing and staffing our company and raising capital. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations to date primarily with proceeds from the sale of preferred stock, bank financings and grant awards received from the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, and other philanthropic organizations. As of March 31, 2018, we had received cash proceeds of $104.9 million from sales of our preferred stock, a $20.0 million drawdown from our Loan Agreement, and $9.2 million from grant awards from the NIH and other philanthropic organizations. The Loan Agreement includes an additional $15.0 million that will be available to us beginning upon the submission of a NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen until the earlier of September 30, 2018 or the 30th day following NDA submission and $10.0 million that will be available beginning upon approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the FDA until the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the 30th day following NDA approval by the FDA.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, our net loss was $13.2 million and $26.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, our net loss was $4.6 million and $11.9 million, respectively. We have not been profitable since inception, and as of March 31, 2018, our accumulated deficit was $72.5 million. We expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we prepare for a potential commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, including hiring our sales force. We also expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses in the near term. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

    continue our research and development efforts;

 

    seek regulatory approval for new product candidates and product enhancements;

 

66


Table of Contents
    build commercial infrastructure to support sales and marketing for our product candidates;

 

    hire and retain additional personnel and add operational, financial and management information systems; and

 

    operate as a public company.

We do not expect to generate significant product revenue unless or until we obtain marketing approval of, and begin to sell, our product candidates. We expect to continue to seek private or public equity and debt financing to meet our capital requirements. There can be no assurance that such funding may be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, or that we will be able to commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we may not be profitable even if we commercialize any of our product candidates.

Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

Grant income is derived from grants that we received from the NIH and other philanthropic organizations to help bring necessary drugs to the market place where there are currently unmet needs. As of March 31, 2018, we are eligible to receive $2.7 million in grants from the NIH and other philanthropic organizations that will help fund our ongoing clinical development for intermittent and chronic glucagon programs as well as our auto-injectable diazepam program for the treatment of epileptic seizures. These awards will be recognized as grant income when we have performed the services as outlined in the grant agreements.

Service revenue is derived from the feasibility studies we perform for third parties to determine whether our XeriSol and XeriJect technologies may enhance the formulation of such parties’ proprietary drugs.

Cost of revenue includes employees’ time, materials and overhead applied to the feasibility studies.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists of expenses incurred in connection with the discovery and development of our XeriSol and XeriJect product candidates. We expense research and development costs as incurred. Research and development costs that are paid in advance of performance are capitalized until services are provided or goods are delivered. Research and development expenses include:

 

    expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, as well as investigative sites and consultants that conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

    manufacturing scale-up expenses and the cost of acquiring and manufacturing preclinical and clinical trial materials and commercial materials, including manufacturing validation batches;

 

    outsourced professional scientific development services;

 

    employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;

 

    expenses relating to regulatory activities, including filing fees paid to regulatory agencies;

 

    laboratory materials and supplies used to support our research activities; and

 

    allocated expenses for facility-related costs.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. We expect research and development expenses to increase in 2018 as we (i) complete clinical development of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, (ii) progress our intermittent and chronic glucagon programs for Post-Bariatric Hypoglycemia, or PBH, Congenital Hyperinsulinism, or CHI, Hypoglycemia-Associated Autonomic Failure, or HAAF, and Exercise-Induced Hypoglycemia, or EIH, (iii) initiate clinical development for our ready-to-use diazepam rescue pen, and (iv) conduct a preclinical study for our Pram-Insulin program. Our research and development expenses may vary significantly over time due to uncertainties relating to the terms and timing of regulatory approvals and unexpected results of our clinical trials. We expect our research and development expenses to increase significantly over the next several years as we increase personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, conduct new clinical trials and prepare regulatory filings for our product candidates and increase head-count to support these efforts.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries, stock-based compensation and related costs for personnel in executive, marketing and administrative positions, facility costs not otherwise included in research and

 

67


Table of Contents

development, marketing expenses, professional fees for legal, audit and accounting services, fees paid for market research and trade shows and travel cost.

We anticipate that, following the completion of this offering, we will incur greater expenses as a public reporting company, including increased payroll, legal and compliance, accounting, insurance and investor relations costs. We also expect selling and marketing costs to increase significantly as we prepare for the expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the United States, if approved, including the build out of a sales force in 2019.

Interest Expense and Other Income

Other income consists primarily of interest income earned on short term deposits and the change in the fair market value of our preferred stock warrants.

We expect to draw down another $15.0 million in 2018 under our Loan Agreement, assuming submission of our NDA for the Glucagon Rescue Pen and, as a result of those borrowings, we expect interest expense to increase in 2018.

Income Tax

We have incurred operating losses since inception and therefore do not have any taxable income. As of December 31, 2017, we have $55.8 million in net operating loss carryforwards and $2.0 million in federal research credits that begin to expire in 2025. Additionally, we have a California Competes Tax Credit Allocation agreement and Illinois EDGE agreement that will reduce future taxable income in those respective states by up to $1.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
    (DECREASE)
INCREASE
 
     2017     2018    
     (in thousands)  

Grant income

   $ 354     $ 210     $ (144

Service revenue

           53       53  

Cost of revenue

           42       42  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     354       221       (133
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     3,662       8,712       5,050  

General and administrative

     1,341       3,239       1,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense from operations

     5,003       11,951       6,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,649     (11,730     (7,081
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

           96       96  

Interest expense

           (191     191  

Change in fair value of warrants

           (82     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

           (177     (177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,649   $ (11,907   $ (7,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

Gross profit decreased by $133,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017, primarily driven by a decrease in grant income of $144,000 offset by an increase in service gross profit of $11,000.

 

68


Table of Contents

Research and Development

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by functional area for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
         2017              2018      
     (in thousands)  

Clinical and preclinical

   $ 974      $ 3,873  

Product development

     1,929        3,451  

Compensation and related personnel costs

     744        1,267  

Stock-based compensation

     15        121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 3,662      $ 8,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by program for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
         2017              2018      
     (in thousands)  

Glucagon Rescue Pen

   $ 1,929      $ 5,090  

Intermittent and chronic glucagon programs

     821        997  

Preclinical programs

            402  

Overhead (personnel, facilities and other expenses)

     912        2,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 3,662      $ 8,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expense increased $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in expenses associated with our clinical trials of $2.9 million, an increase in expenses related to product development of $1.5 million and increased personnel expenses of $0.6 million due to increased head count.

General and Administrative

General and administrative costs increased $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017, primarily driven by increases in headcount-related and market research expenses of $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

Other Income (expense)

Other income (expense) consisted of $191,000 in interest expense related to our Loan Agreement, which was partially offset by $96,000 in interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. In addition, the fair market value of our warrants increased $82,000. The change in fair value of warrant liability represents non-cash expense and is driven by the increase in the fair value of the stock that it is convertible into.

 

69


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 

 

 

     YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    INCREASE
(DECREASE)
 
     2016     2017    
     (in thousands)  

Grant income

   $ 1,022     $ 1,540     $ 518  

Service revenue

     53       16       (37

Cost of revenue

     8       4       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,067       1,552       485  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     10,238       20,166       9,928  

General and administrative

     4,060       8,015       3,955  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense from operations

     14,298       28,181       13,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13,231     (26,629     (13,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     5       124       119  

Interest expense

     (2     (2      

Change in fair value of warrants

     24       (46     (70

Other expense

     (5     (1     4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     22       75       53  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (13,209   $ (26,554   $ (13,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $485,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily driven by an increase in grant income of $518,000. This increase was primarily driven by several clinical trials and preclinical studies for our CHI, PBH and auto-injector for auto-injectable diazepam formulation for treatment of epileptic seizures that were covered by grants awarded to us.

Research and Development

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by functional area for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 

 

 

     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Clinical and preclinical

   $ 2,128      $ 9,233  

Product development

     5,406        6,654  

Compensation and related personnel costs

     2,626        4,217  

Stock-based compensation

     78        62  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 10,238      $ 20,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by program for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 

 

 

     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Glucagon Rescue Pen

   $ 4,687      $ 10,339  

Other ready-to-use glucagon products

     2,088        4,013  

Pipeline product candidates

     257        60  

Overhead (personnel, facilities and other expenses)

     3,206        5,754  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 10,238      $ 20,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expense increased $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by expenses associated with clinical trials, product development and an increase in headcount. In 2017, we started and completed two Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and started Phase 2 clinical trials for PBH and CHI. We produced two registration batches and one engineering batch for the Glucagon Rescue Pen in 2017 that will be used to support our planned NDA submission in the third quarter of 2018. We also produced clinical supplies for the PBH and CHI programs as well as preclinical material for our intermittent and chronic glucagon programs and diazepam program. We increased headcount in 2017 from 10 to 24 employees to support our current research and development activities.

General and Administrative

General and administrative costs increased $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by increased expenses associated with an increase in headcount and marketing and market research expenses. In 2017, we increased our headcount from three to 17, including the addition of marketing, market research and medical affairs departments, and as a result compensation and related benefit expenses increased $3.4 million. Marketing and market research expenses increased $0.5 million in 2017 as we performed extensive market research for our existing product candidates as well as evaluated several new potential product candidates.

Other Income

Other income increased $53,000 to $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. This increase was partially offset by the change in the fair market value of our warrants. The change in fair value of warrant liability represents non-cash (expense) income and is driven by the increase in the fair value of the preferred stock that it converts into.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary uses of cash are to fund product development costs, operating expenses and working capital requirements. Historically, we have funded our operations primarily through private placements of convertible preferred stock, borrowings under our Loan Agreement and grants awarded from the NIH and other philanthropic organizations. As of March 31, 2018, we have $2.7 million in awarded unused grants that can be utilized to offset program costs for several of our intermittent and chronic glucagon programs as well as our diazepam program, in accordance with the grant agreements.

Capital Resources and Funding Requirements

We have incurred operating losses since inception, and we have an accumulated deficit of $72.5 million at March 31, 2018. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, together with the available proceeds from our Loan Agreement and the proceeds from this offering will enable us to fund our operating expenses through at least the second quarter of 2019. We expect to incur substantial additional expenditures in the near term to support our ongoing activities and the expected commercial launch of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Additionally, we expect to incur additional costs as a result of operating as a public company. We expect to continue to incur net losses for the next several years, and we are highly dependent on our ability to find additional sources of funding in the form of debt or equity financing and grant awards to fund our operations. Our ability to fund our product development, clinical

 

71


Table of Contents

operations, including completion of our planned Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials and commercialization of our product candidates, will depend on the amount and timing of cash received from planned financings. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our Glucagon Rescue Pen;

 

    the costs, timing and outcomes of clinical trials and regulatory reviews associated with our product candidates;

 

    the costs of commercialization activities, including product marketing, sales and distribution;

 

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications and maintaining, enforcing and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

    the emergence of competing technologies and products and other adverse marketing developments;

 

    the effect on our product development activities of actions taken by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

    our degree of success in commercializing Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved; and

 

    the number and types of future products we develop and commercialize.

Until we obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, if ever, we cannot generate revenues from sales of our products. Even if we are able to sell our products, we may not generate a sufficient amount of product revenues to finance our cash requirements. Accordingly, we may need to obtain additional financing in the future which may include public or private debt and equity financings. There can be no assurance that such funding may be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, or that we will be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. The issuance of equity securities may result in dilution to stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities, these securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our common stock and the terms of the debt securities could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The failure to raise funds as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and ability to pursue our business strategies. If additional funding is not secured when required, the Company may need to delay or curtail its operations until such funding is received, which would have a material adverse impact on our business prospects and results of operations.

Loan Agreement

In February 2018, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement, which we refer to as the Loan Agreement, with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, which we collectively refer to as our Lenders, providing a senior secured loan facility of up to an aggregate principal amount of $45.0 million, comprised of a $20.0 million drawdown in February 2018 and an additional $25.0 million which can be borrowed in two additional tranches. The second tranche is $15.0 million and is available if we submit our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen before September 30, 2018, and then only available to be drawn until the earlier of September 30, 2018 or the 30th day following such NDA submission. The third tranche is $10.0 million and is available if we receive approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the FDA before September 30, 2019, and then only available to be drawn until the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the 30th day following NDA approval by the FDA.

The interest rate under the Loan Agreement is the thirty-day U.S. LIBOR rate plus 6.75%. Payments on the Loan Agreement are interest only for the first 24 months, which can be extended by an additional twelve months if the third tranche is drawn. The total term of the loan is 59 months, and the principal payments will begin in either 36 or 24 months, contingent on the third tranche being drawn.

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, we provided a first priority security interest in all existing and after-acquired assets, excluding intellectual property and certain other assets, owned by us. Our Loan Agreement contains a negative pledge on intellectual property owned by us.

We also issued warrants to the Lenders to purchase our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.2705. The number of warrants issued to Lenders is equal to the total principal of each funded tranche multiplied by 3.0%, which is then divided by $6.2705. As of March 31, 2018, a total of 95,686 warrants have been issued in connection with the Loan Agreement.

The Loan Agreement allows us to voluntarily prepay the outstanding amounts thereunder, but not less than $2.0 million of the outstanding principal at any time. A prepayment fee of 1.5% would be assessed on the prepaid principal through the interest-only period. A final payment fee of 6.5% of the original principal amount of each tranche

 

72


Table of Contents

drawn is due upon the earlier to occur of the maturity date of the Loan Agreement, the acceleration of the Loan Agreement or prepayment of such borrowings. The Loan Agreement includes a non-utilization fee of 2.0% multiplied by the principal amount of tranche three payable to Lenders in October 2019, if we elect not to draw the third tranche.

The Loan Agreement also contains customary indemnification obligations and customary events of default, including, among other things, our failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the Loan Agreement and the occurrence of a material adverse change in our business, operations or condition, a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the loan, or a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Lenders’ lien in the collateral or in the value of such collateral. In the event of default by us under the Loan Agreement, the Lenders would be entitled to exercise their remedies thereunder, including the right to accelerate the debt, upon which we may be required to repay all amounts then outstanding under the Loan Agreement, which could harm our financial condition.

The Loan Agreement includes certain restrictions on, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, change the name or location of our business, merge with or acquire other entities, pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our capital stock, make certain investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, create liens, open new deposit accounts, sell assets or pay subordinated debt.

Cash Flows

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
         2017             2018      
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (3,519   $ (7,805

Net cash used in investing activities

     (342     (333

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (368     24,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (4,229   $ 16,065  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Cash increased $16.1 million in the first quarter of 2018 compared to a cash decrease of $4.2 million in the first quarter of 2017 primarily as a result of receiving net proceeds from the Term A Loan of $19.8 million and net proceeds from the sale of Series C Preferred Stock of $4.4 million offset by cash used in operating activities of $7.8 million and capital expenditures of $0.3 million.

 

 

 

     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
         2016             2017      
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (16,087   $ (24,663

Net cash used in investing activities

     (35     (700

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,904       35,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (12,218   $ 9,776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $24.7 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $26.6 million offset by non-cash charges of $0.8 million and an increase in net operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million. Non-cash charges were primarily for stock compensation expense and depreciation of fixed assets. The increase in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily related to an increase in accrued expenses and accounts payable related to employee costs and clinical and research and development expenses partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $16.1 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $13.2 million offset by non-cash charges of $0.7 million and a decrease in net operating assets and liabilities of $3.6 million. Non-cash charges were primarily for stock compensation expense and depreciation of fixed assets. The decrease in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily related to the payment of accrued expenses and accounts payable related to employee costs and clinical and research and development expenses.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.7 million, consisting of purchases of additional research laboratory equipment to facilitate our increased research and development activities. In 2016 we purchased $35,000 of computer and related hardware equipment used in our research and development activities and furniture for the Austin office. We will continue to incur capital expenditures in 2018.

 

73


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $35.1 million due primarily to the sale of $35.0 million of our Series C Preferred Stock. Net cash provided in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $3.9 million due primarily to the sale of $4.0 million of our Series C Preferred Stock.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of December 31, 2017, we were obligated to pay the following amounts for our operating leases:

 

 

 

     TOTAL      LESS THAN

1 YEAR
     1-3 YEARS      3-5 YEARS      MORE THAN

5 YEARS
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 5,395      $ 730      $ 1,693      $ 2,271      $ 701  

 

 

In the three months ended March 31, 2018 we entered into a second lease for office space in Chicago as well as executed the Loan Agreement. We are obligated to pay the following amounts under those agreements as of March 31, 2018.

 

 

 

     TOTAL      LESS THAN
1 YEAR
     1-3 YEARS      3-5 YEARS      MORE THAN
5 YEARS
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 1,469      $ 147      $ 413      $ 447      $ 462  

Debt

   $ 20,000      $      $ 4,680      $ 14,041      $ 1,280  

 

 

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with clinical trial sites, manufacturing organizations and vendors for preclinical studies, research supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancellable contracts and not included in the table above.

As of March 31, 2018, we have received $0.8 million out of an expected $0.9 million in grant proceeds for the development of a stable liquid glucagon for use in an artificial pancreas. Under the terms of the agreement, we will be required to pay up to four times the award received upon commercialization of glucagon for use in the artificial pancreas. If we undergo a change in control, then we will be required to pay a mid-single digit percentage of the gross proceeds, capped at four times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, if sales of glucagon for use in the artificial pancreas exceed $750 million in the first five years after the first commercial sale, then we would be required to make an additional payment equal to the original award amount.

As of March 31, 2018, we received $0.9 million in grant proceeds to help fund our EIH program. Under terms of this agreement, we will be required to pay up to two times the award amount upon the commercialization of an EIH product. These amounts are a low double-digit percentage of annual gross sales of an EIH product, capped at $0.5 million annually. If we undergo a change in control, then we will pay a mid-single digit percentage of the consideration capped at two times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, if sales exceed $1 billion, we will be required to pay an additional amount equal to two times the award amount.

As of March 31, 2018, we received $1.0 million in grant proceeds to help fund our chronic glucagon programs. Under terms of this agreement we will be required to pay up to two times the award amount upon the commercialization of any chronic glucagon program. These amounts are a low double-digit percentage of annual gross sales of all chronic glucagon programs, capped at $0.5 million annually. If we undergo a change in control, then we will pay a mid-single digit percentage of the consideration capped at two times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, for each chronic glucagon program where sales exceed $500 million, we will be required to pay an additional amount equal to two times the award amount.

The amounts we may have to repay under the grant agreements are contingent upon future events and therefore not included in the table above. We have also received awards from the NIH National Institute of Diabetes and Kidney Diseases, which awards are not subject to any repayment obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2018, we had unused letters of credit for $143,000 that are used to secure leases.

 

74


Table of Contents

Internal Controls

Our internal policies and procedures relating to control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting. During 2017, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting due to a lack of proper segregation of duties within our finance and accounting function, as one individual had control over two or more phases of a transaction or operation. This weakness was due to our inability to implement the appropriate segregation of duties within our historical enterprise resource planning system. Since August 2017, we have made efforts to design manual controls to mitigate the risk. In addition, in December 2017, we implemented a new enterprise resource planning system that allowed for greater segregation of duties.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

Cash and Cash Equivalents—We are exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations on the interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. A hypothetical 100 basis point movement in interest rates applicable to our cash and cash equivalents outstanding at March 31, 2018 would increase interest income by approximately $0.4 million on an annual basis. No significant decrease in interest income would be expected as our cash balances are earning interest at rates of less than approximately 100 basis points.

Loan Agreement—Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar LIBOR-indexed borrowings. Based on our outstanding borrowings at March 31, 2018, a one-percentage point increase in interest rates would affect interest expense on the debt by $0.2 million on an annualized basis. A one-percentage point decrease in interest rates would affect interest expense on the debt by $0.2 million on an annualized basis.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND THE USE OF ESTIMATES

We have based our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations on our financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to clinical trial expenses and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors we believe to be appropriate under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully discussed in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs include salaries and personnel-related costs, consulting fees, fees paid for contract research services, laboratory equipment and facilities costs, and other external costs.

Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are used or the services are performed.

 

 

75


Table of Contents

When preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued clinical expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. Payments under some of the contracts we have with parties depend on factors, such as successful enrollment of certain numbers of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical trial milestones. When accruing clinical expenses, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If possible, we obtain information regarding unbilled services directly from our service providers. However, we may be required to estimate the cost of these services based only on information available to us. If we underestimate or overestimate the cost associated with a trial or service at a given point in time, adjustments to research and development expenses may be necessary in future periods. Historically, our estimated accrued clinical expenses have approximated actual expense incurred.

Stock-based compensation

The following table summarizes the reporting of total stock-based compensation expense resulting from employee stock options and restricted stock awards:

 

 

 

     YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
         2016              2017              2017              2018      
    

(in thousands)

 

Research and development

   $ 78      $ 62      $ 15      $ 121  

General and administrative

     462        437        143        123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 540      $ 499      $ 158      $ 244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

We account for our stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or ASC 718. ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the statements of operations based on their grant date fair values. We estimate the grant date fair value of each option award using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, equal to the grant date fair value of stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Estimating the fair value of options requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the estimated fair value of our common stock, the expected life of the option, stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates and involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, as they are inherently subjective. If any assumptions change, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model are estimated as follows:

 

    Expected Term. We do not believe we are able to rely on our historical exercise and post-vesting termination activity to provide accurate data for estimating the expected term for use in determining the fair value-based measurement of our options. Therefore, we have opted to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of options, which is the average of the weighted-average vesting period and contractual term of the option.

 

    Expected Volatility. Since there has been no public market for our common stock and lack of company specific historical volatility, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies. In evaluating similarity, we consider factors such as stage of development, risk profile, enterprise value and position within the industry.

 

 

76


Table of Contents
    Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

 

    Expected Dividends. The expected dividend yield is 0% because we have not historically paid, and do not expect for the foreseeable future to pay, a dividend on our common stock.

 

    Fair value of common stock. As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors as of the date of each option grant, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

Prior to the December 31, 2017 valuation, our valuations were performed by a third-party valuation company using a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis. This method was chosen based on our sources of historical capital and potential future capital needs. For the December 31, 2017 valuation, we went from the DCF valuation technique to a hybrid method, which uses market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. The hybrid method is a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more of the scenarios is calculated using an option-pricing method, or OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

For stock awards after the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of the date of this prospectus was $         million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus for this offering.

If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. To the extent that our assumptions are incorrect, the amount of stock-based compensation recorded will change.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. We determine our deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

 

77


Table of Contents

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, we recognize the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any significant uncertain tax positions.

In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We have not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred in 2017. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs are also subject to international regulations, which could restrict our ability to utilize our NOLs. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See Note 2 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our interim unaudited financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus for a description of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to our financial statements.

JOBS ACT ACCOUNTING ELECTION

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of such extended transition period.

 

78


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a specialty pharmaceutical company leveraging our novel non-aqueous formulation technology platforms, XeriSol and XeriJect, to develop and commercialize ready-to-use injectable and infusible drug formulations. We have developed a ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that, unlike any currently available products, can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution. Our lead product candidate, Glucagon Rescue Pen, delivers ready-to-use glucagon via a commercially-available auto-injector for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia, a potentially life-threatening condition, in people with diabetes. We have completed three Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and expect to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, in the third quarter of 2018. If our NDA is submitted and approved in our expected timeframe, we believe we will have the first ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution. We are also applying our novel ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation for the management of additional conditions associated with hypoglycemia with significant unmet medical need. In addition, we are applying our XeriSol and XeriJect technology platforms to convert other commercially-available drugs into ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid formulations to address the needs in multiple therapeutic areas and conditions, including epilepsy and diabetes. We own the worldwide rights to our proprietary formulation technology platforms and our product candidates, with 69 patents issued globally, including a composition of matter patent covering our ready-to-use glucagon formulation that expires in 2036.

Our proprietary XeriSol and XeriJect non-aqueous formulation technologies allow for the subcutaneous, or SC, and intramuscular, or IM, delivery of highly-concentrated, ready-to-use formulations of peptides, proteins, antibodies and small molecules using commercially-available syringes, auto-injectors, multi-dose pens and infusion pumps. Current aqueous formulations of certain drugs present numerous challenges for patients and care providers, including multi-step reconstitution, refrigeration requirements, large injection volumes and intravenous, or IV, administration over several hours. Our broadly-applicable platforms offer the opportunity to eliminate reconstitution and refrigeration, enable long-term room-temperature stability, significantly reduce injection volume and allow for a more convenient SC or IM administration as opposed to IV infusion, all of which we believe are distinct advantages over these existing aqueous formulations. We believe that our technology platforms can lead to products that will improve outcomes and enable easier administration while reducing costs for payors and the healthcare system.

We are developing our lead product candidate, the Glucagon Rescue Pen, for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia in people with diabetes to address limitations of currently marketed emergency glucagon kits. Hypoglycemia, a key concern of people with both Type 1 Diabetes, or T1D, and Type 2 Diabetes, or T2D, occurs when a person has a deficiency of glucose in their bloodstream, often as a result of insulin treatment. Symptoms of hypoglycemia include fatigue, shakiness, anxiety, headache, nausea and vomiting, and in severe cases, hypoglycemia can result in cardiovascular disease, seizure, coma, and, if left untreated, death. The current standard of care for severe hypoglycemia in the ambulatory setting is the emergency administration of glucagon, a hormone that raises the concentration of glucose in the bloodstream. Currently marketed emergency glucagon kits consist of a glucagon powder that must be reconstituted with a liquid diluent and drawn into a syringe using a multi-step procedure that can be difficult to successfully administer, particularly in an emergency. In published comparative human factors studies with currently marketed kits, only 6% to 31% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose of glucagon. The underuse or unsuccessful use of currently marketed kits leaves people at risk of experiencing prolonged severe hypoglycemic events, which if left untreated, can lead to serious health consequences and death.

We believe our Glucagon Rescue Pen addresses the administration challenges of currently marketed products, and, if approved, has the potential to be the preferred emergency glucagon product. Our ready-to-use Glucagon Rescue Pen does not require reconstitution or refrigeration and features two-year room-temperature stable liquid glucagon delivered in an auto-injecting device with no visible needle. In our human factors study, 99% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose with our ready-to-use Glucagon Rescue Pen.

Our goal is to establish our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, as the preferred emergency glucagon product and drive greater adoption and penetration of emergency glucagon therapy by offering a glucagon product that better meets the needs of patients and caregivers. The ADA recommends that glucagon be prescribed for all individuals at

 

79


Table of Contents

increased risk of clinically significant hypoglycemia for use in the event of an emergency. People with diabetes who are treated with insulin or substances that promote production of insulin are increased risk of clinically significant hypoglycemia. There are an estimated 1.3 million people with T1D who are treated with insulin because their bodies do not naturally produce insulin, all of whom are clinically appropriate for glucagon. Approximately 4.3 million additional people with T2D are treated with insulin because their bodies do not use insulin properly, of which we estimate that approximately 50% are clinically appropriate for glucagon. Therefore, we estimate the potential target population for emergency glucagon therapy totals approximately 3.5 million people in the United States. Our commercial strategy is to penetrate this market efficiently with a concentrated sales force by targeting high prescribers of glucagon and mealtime insulin and activate demand through targeted direct-to-patient promotion.

Due to the limitations of currently marketed products, only approximately 660,000 total prescriptions for emergency glucagon kits were written in 2017 in the United States, resulting in the purchase of approximately 960,000 single-dose kits. Based on our market research, we intend to market two Glucagon Rescue Pens per package and to target all 3.5 million people that we believe are clinically appropriate for glucagon. In 2017, U.S. sales for emergency glucagon kits was approximately $240 million, but we believe that increasing penetration, including by new entrants that address unmet patient and caregiver needs such as our Glucagon Rescue Pen, may result in a market totaling up to $2.0 billion. Outside of the United States, we estimate there are an additional 3.5 million people with diabetes in Europe and an additional 12.5 million people with diabetes in Japan and China that are clinically appropriate for emergency glucagon treatment. We plan to pursue development and commercialization collaborations for these markets.

We are also applying our glucagon formulation to five intermittent and chronic use conditions with significant unmet medical need. These additional applications are:

 

    Post-Bariatric Hypoglycemia, or PBH, a serious complication of bariatric surgery that can arise from excessive insulin, or hyperinsulinism, due to the change in gastric anatomy resulting from bariatric surgery.

 

    Congenital Hyperinsulinism, or CHI, a condition caused by several genetic defects that result in severe, persistent hypoglycemia in infants and children, which can lead to brain damage and death.

 

    Hypoglycemia-Associated Autonomic Failure, or HAAF, in which chronic hypoglycemia impairs the body’s natural response to restore blood sugar levels and can lead to an individual becoming unaware of the onset of a severe hypoglycemic event and result in cardiovascular disease, seizure, coma, and, if left untreated, death.

 

    Exercise-Induced Hypoglycemia, or EIH, in people with diabetes. Exercise, particularly aerobic exercise, often results in a significant drop in blood glucose levels for people on insulin.

 

    Management of diabetes via glucagon in a fully-integrated, bi-hormonal artificial pancreas closed-loop system.

By applying our ready-to-use glucagon to treat multiple conditions, we expect to leverage operating efficiencies across our supply chain, research and development, and commercial and medical organizations.

We also are applying our technology platforms to develop additional product candidates, such as ready-to-use, liquid-stable diazepam delivered via a commercially-available auto-injector for the emergency treatment of epileptic seizures and a fixed-dose co-formulation of pramlintide and insulin, or Pram-Insulin, for the management of diabetes. We believe that our strong product candidate portfolio, complemented by external expansion opportunities, will support our vision to effectively and efficiently meet the needs of our target markets.

The nature of our product candidates and target conditions provides us with a potentially faster and capital-efficient development and regulatory pathway to approval. The FDA has granted orphan drug status to three of our product candidates, which are our ready-to-use glucagon for PBH and CHI and our ready-to-use, liquid-stable formulation of diazepam for the treatment of acute repetitive seizures, or ARS, in patients with epilepsy. This designation provides us with research and development tax credits and exemption from FDA user fees, as well as seven years of orphan drug exclusivity upon product approval. In addition, because certain conditions that we intend to target are rare conditions, we believe our clinical trials may be of smaller size than studies for conditions that are not rare conditions. Furthermore, because the product candidates developed using our technology platforms are designed to be reformulations of currently approved products, we expect to utilize the FDA’s pathway under Section 505(b)(2) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, which permits submissions to rely, in part, on the

 

80


Table of Contents

safety and effectiveness of a previously approved product, which may potentially result in a more expeditious pathway to FDA approval.

Our management team includes veterans in drug development, discovery and commercialization, with executive experience in leading global pharmaceutical and healthcare companies, including Durata Therapeutics, Baxter Healthcare, Merck, Searle, Takeda, Warner Chilcott, MedPointe Healthcare, Amylin Pharmaceuticals, PowderJect Technologies and Alpharma. We are supported by investors that include private equity, venture capital and public healthcare investment funds. Our investors include Asahi Kasei, Bay City Capital, Deerfield Management, Mérieux Développement, Palmetto Partners, Redmile, Sabby and Wild Basin. As of March 31, 2018, we had raised an aggregate of $105.5 million from the sale of our equity securities.

Our Pipeline

The following table summarizes key information about our internal product candidates.

 

 

LOGO

 

*   Received orphan drug designation

Additionally, we expect to commence a proof-of-concept clinical study for our bi-hormonal artificial pancreas program in mid-2018.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to utilize our proprietary non-aqueous formulation technology platforms to convert marketed and development-stage products that have poor solubility and stability into ready-to-use, user-friendly injectable and infusible drugs for multiple therapeutic areas and conditions, including hypoglycemia, epilepsy and diabetes. We also seek to apply our formulation technology platforms to enhance the formulations of proprietary products and candidates of other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Rapidly secure regulatory approval for our lead product candidate, the Glucagon Rescue Pen, for severe hypoglycemia. We have completed three Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and expect to submit a NDA to the FDA in the third quarter of 2018 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. Additionally, we are engaged in ongoing interactions with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, regarding our development path in Europe.

 

    Maximize the commercial potential for our Glucagon Rescue Pen. If approved, we plan to commercially launch our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the United States in the second half of 2019. We expect to initially target approximately 8,000 healthcare professionals who are high prescribers of current glucagon kits and/or mealtime insulin products, using an expected initial sales force of 60 individuals, and activate demand through targeted direct-to-patient promotion. We have started to build our commercial organization, including individuals in operations and marketing, as well as our medical affairs organization. Outside of the United States, we plan to pursue development and commercialization partnerships.

 

81


Table of Contents
    Advance our ready-to-use glucagon portfolio to address other conditions associated with hypoglycemia. We plan to apply our ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon to address multiple conditions that could benefit from intermittent or chronic administration, such as PBH, CHI, HAAF and EIH in diabetes. We are also evaluating our liquid-stable glucagon as the glucagon component of a fully-integrated, bi-hormonal artificial pancreas. We plan to leverage efficiencies across our portfolio, such as our supply chain, research and development, and our commercial and medical organizations. We plan to use commercially available drug delivery devices for our liquid-stable glucagon formulation and associated intermittent and chronic glucagon programs.

 

    Leverage our technology and expertise to develop a portfolio of additional product candidates. We are exploring the application of our formulation technology platforms to other commercially available drugs for multiple conditions. We are developing an improved formulation of diazepam for the treatment of ARS in patients with epilepsy, to be administered through a ready-to-use auto-injector. We have completed formulation development and preclinical pharmacokinetic studies and plan to commence a Phase 1 clinical trial in the first half of 2018. We are also conducting preclinical studies of a fixed-ratio pramlintide-insulin combination product for the treatment of diabetes.

 

    Collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to apply our technology platforms to enhance the formulations of their proprietary products and candidates. We are pursuing formulation and development partnerships to apply our XeriSol and XeriJect technology platforms to enhance the formulation, delivery and clinical profile of other companies’ proprietary drugs and biologics. We currently are working with several companies on feasibility programs to evaluate the formulation of their therapeutics with, depending on the type of molecule, XeriSol or XeriJect. Active programs include feasibility evaluations with Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Asahi Kasei Pharma Corporation, and Islet Sciences, Inc. on XeriJect monoclonal antibody formulations, a XeriJect biologic product formulation, and a XeriSol co-formulation of a peptide and small molecule for insulin-dependent diabetes, respectively. We plan to continue to explore the application of our formulation technology platforms to proprietary drugs and biologics from additional pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Our Technology Platforms

Overview

Our proprietary non-aqueous formulation technology platforms are designed to address the challenges presented by current aqueous formulations of certain drugs. Injectable pharmaceuticals have conventionally used aqueous delivery systems to administer drugs and biologics, but, in the presence of water, many drugs have poor solubility and low stability. To optimize their stability and enable longer-term storage, many of these products are freeze dried into a powder and, when needed, must be reconstituted with a liquid diluent, which is often a challenging multi-step procedure with the potential for error. Furthermore, the drug product begins to break down once combined with water, which requires the drug to be used immediately or otherwise refrigerated. In addition, these products can require complicated formulations and large injection volumes to make them soluble. For many products, these volumes are too large for SC or IM delivery and instead necessitate IV infusion over several hours. These drugs can be difficult or painful to administer and have limited portability, resulting in an overall poor experience for patients and caregivers.

Our proprietary XeriSol and XeriJect platforms offer the opportunity to eliminate the need for reconstitution and refrigeration, enable long-term room-temperature stability, significantly reduce injection volume and allow for a more convenient SC or IM administration as opposed to IV infusion, all of which we believe are distinct advantages over existing aqueous formulations of marketed and development-stage products. We believe that our technology platforms can lead to products that will improve outcomes and enable easier administration while reducing costs for payors and the healthcare system.

Our XeriJect formulation platform is best suited for drugs and biologics consisting of large molecules, such as proteins, monoclonal antibodies and vaccines. XeriSol is best suited for peptides and small molecules that currently encounter formulation challenges. With XeriJect, we have formulated suspensions with a protein concentration in excess of 400 mg/mL, far exceeding current aqueous formulation systems with maximum achievable protein concentrations of 50-250 mg/mL. These biocompatible non-aqueous, injectable solutions or suspensions formulated with our platforms can then be packaged for administration in a commercially-available auto-injector, pre-filled syringe, vial, multi-dose pen or infusion pump.

 

82


Table of Contents

Ready-to-Use Glucagon

Our novel, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation represents a significant advancement over the current freeze-dried, or lyophilized, glucagon, enabling a ready-to-use solution that can be quickly and easily injected or infused subcutaneously. This formulation is designed to provide the flexibility to dose different volumes of liquid glucagon using a range of delivery devices to suit the needs of people with hypoglycemic conditions. We believe our ready-to-use glucagon has the potential to change the paradigm for treatment or prevention of hypoglycemic conditions and improve the lives of people who experience hypoglycemia.

Our Product Candidates

Glucagon Rescue Pen

Our Glucagon Rescue Pen offers a ready-to-use, room-temperature stable glucagon that is designed to be administered subcutaneously in a simple two-step process. In our human factors study, 99% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose with our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Conversely, in published human factors studies of currently marketed emergency glucagon kits, only 6% to 31% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose. If approved, we believe we can establish our Glucagon Rescue Pen as the preferred emergency glucagon product and drive greater adoption and penetration of emergency glucagon therapy for patients and caregivers. We have completed three Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and expect to submit a NDA to the FDA in the third quarter of 2018. In December 2012, we filed an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for our Glucagon Rescue Pen for severe hypoglycemia. We are the sponsor of this IND, which is active as of the date of this prospectus.

We intend to develop a clinical development program in the EU for our Glucagon Rescue Pen. We are currently engaging with the EMA to determine the regulatory path for our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the EU for the treatment of severe hypoglycemia. Depending on the guidance we receive, we plan to submit a clinical trial application to the EMA. We have no current plans to submit our Glucagon Rescue Pen for regulatory approval in Canada, but we have submitted a clinical trial application to Health Canada to support the inclusion of Canadian clinical research sites in XSGP-301 and XSGP-303 Phase 3 clinical trials.

Hypoglycemia Background

Diabetes is a widespread condition that affects an estimated 425 million people worldwide. There are an estimated 20.2 million drug-treated people in the United States. Among people with diabetes in the United States, all of the approximately 1.3 million people with T1D and 4.3 million people with T2D require insulin therapy to lower their blood glucose levels to achieve normal blood sugar levels and avoid hyperglycemia. Conversely, insulin treatment in people with diabetes can also lead to hypoglycemia, a deficiency of glucose in the bloodstream, which is more common in people with diabetes who are treated with insulin or substances that promote production of insulin. In 2014, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services National Action Plan for Adverse Drug Event Prevention highlighted diabetes agent-associated hypoglycemia as one of its three primary concerns because of the severity and increasing prevalence of the problem. In 2017, the American Diabetes Association, or ADA, stated that hypoglycemia remains the major limiting factor in the glycemic management of T1D and T2D.

Hypoglycemia is categorized by level of severity, expressed as mild, moderate or severe hypoglycemic events. Definitions, symptoms and treatment recommendations for hypoglycemia per the ADA and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, or AACE, are summarized in the figure below:

 

 

LOGO

Hypoglycemic events of any severity are a daily concern for people with diabetes. Severe hypoglycemic events are extremely frightening for patients and caregivers and can result in cardiovascular disease seizure, coma, and, if left

 

83


Table of Contents

untreated, death. Fear of hypoglycemia and the morbidity and mortality risks associated with it is a constant reality for people with diabetes. According to scientific literature, fear of hypoglycemia is a critical impediment to psychological well-being and quality of life and represents the greatest barrier to optimal glycemic control. Studies have shown that only 14% of those aged 18–25 years and 29% of those aged 26–50 years achieved optimal glycemic control by taking insulin.

The ADA recommends that glucagon be prescribed for all individuals at increased risk of clinically significant hypoglycemia, defined as blood glucose <54 mg/dL, for use in the event of an emergency. Glucagon works to raise the glucose levels in a person’s blood by inducing the liver to convert glycogen, a type of stored sugar in the body, into glucose.

While patients can take preventive measures, hypoglycemic events still occur. On average, people with T1D experience an episode of mild or moderate hypoglycemia twice per week and 30% to 40% of people with T1D experience one to two episodes of severe hypoglycemia per year. On average, half of people with T2D treated with insulin experience an episode of mild or moderate hypoglycemia twice per month. People with T2D treated with insulin are also at risk of severe hypoglycemia, and approximately 21% of these individuals experience an episode of severe hypoglycemia at least once annually.

Limitations of Existing Products

Because of the urgent nature of severe hypoglycemia, the majority of severe hypoglycemic events are treated on an emergency basis, outside of a healthcare facility. Two emergency glucagon products are currently available to treat severe hypoglycemia: Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kit, or GEK, which represents approximately 78% of U.S. sales, and Novo Nordisk’s GlucaGen, which represents approximately 22% of U.S. sales. Each product is sold as a vial of lyophilized, glucagon powder with an exposed needle/syringe that contains a liquid diluent. The glucagon powder must be combined with the liquid diluent at the time of use and drawn into a syringe in accordance with a complex multi-step reconstitution and dose calibration procedure. Long-term storage of the combined solution is impractical because once the lyophilized glucagon is combined with water, the solution becomes unstable and can fibrillate, rendering it inactive and potentially toxic.

The multi-step reconstitution and dose calibration procedure required for current glucagon kits outlined below can be intimidating, particularly in an emergency situation, for likely glucagon kit users, a group that includes caregivers, co-workers, friends, teachers or other bystanders.

 

 

 

   Step-by-Step Instructions for GEK
1.    Flip off the seal from the vial of Glucagon powder.
2.    Remove the needle cover from the syringe. DO NOT REMOVE THE PLASTIC CLIP FROM THE SYRINGE, as this may allow the push rod to come out of the syringe.
3.    Insert the needle into the rubber stopper on the vial, then inject the entire contents of the syringe into the vial of Glucagon powder.
4.    Remove the syringe from the vial, then swirl the vial until the liquid becomes clear. Glucagon should not be used unless the solution is clear and of a water-like consistency.
5.    Insert the same syringe into the vial and slowly withdraw all the liquid. To use on children weighing less than 44 pounds, withdraw half of the liquid (0.5 mark on the syringe).
6.    Cleanse site on buttock, arm or thigh and inject Glucagon immediately after mixing, and then withdraw the needle. Apply light pressure against the injection site.
7.    Turn the person on his/her side. When an unconscious person awakens, he/she may vomit. Call 911 immediately after administering Glucagon. If the person does not awaken within 15 minutes, you may administer a second dose of Glucagon, if previously instructed to do so by a healthcare professional.
8.    As soon as the person is awake and able to swallow, give him/her a fast-acting source of sugar (such as fruit juice), followed by a snack or meal containing both protein and carbohydrates (such as cheese and crackers, or a peanut butter sandwich).
9.    Discard any unused reconstituted Glucagon. Remember to notify your healthcare professional that an episode of severe hypoglycemia has occurred. These are not the complete instructions. Go to “Information for the User” for complete instructions on how to administer Glucagon.

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

In 2018, we conducted a quantitative study with 700 caregivers and people with diabetes evaluating the market perceptions of current glucagon kits, which we refer to as our Caregiver and Patient Perceptions Study. In that study, only one third of respondents had a highly favorable opinion of the current kits and only half were confident that a glucagon kit user would be able to correctly administer the current emergency glucagon products. Furthermore, in three published comparative human factors studies with currently marketed kits, only 6% to 31% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose of glucagon. Accordingly, a diabetes patient experiencing a severe hypoglycemic episode who relies on a bystander to administer glucagon may not receive the full dose of glucagon needed to restore their blood glucose levels. Failure to promptly treat severe hypoglycemia leaves the person at critical risk of irreversible brain damage and heart problems, especially in people who already have coronary artery disease. If emergency medical treatment is not successful, the severe hypoglycemic event can be fatal.

Xeris Glucagon Rescue Pen Key Features and Benefits

Leveraging our patented XeriSol technology, we believe our Glucagon Rescue Pen offers an important advancement in the treatment of severe hypoglycemia. We are developing the Glucagon Rescue Pen as a ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon delivered via auto-injector available in 1 mg and 0.5 mg pre-measured doses for adult and pediatric use, respectively. We have designed the Glucagon Rescue Pen to be easy to administer, as depicted in the figure below.

 

 

LOGO

The key features of our Glucagon Rescue Pen are:

 

    Ready-to-use: With its easy two-step administration process, the user simply pulls off the red cap and pushes the Glucagon Rescue Pen down on the skin for five seconds, until the window turns red. There is no reconstitution required at the time of emergency.

 

    Easy-to-use: In our human factors study, 99% of users were able to successfully administer the full dose with our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

 

    No dose calibration required: The Glucagon Rescue Pen will be offered in two pre-measured doses, 0.5 mg for pediatric administration and 1 mg for adolescents and adults.

 

    No visible needle: The needle in the Glucagon Rescue Pen is not visible to the user.

 

    Auto-retraction: The needle auto-retracts after administration for safety.

 

    Auto-locks: The device auto-locks after use for safety.

 

    Two-year room-temperature stability: No refrigeration is required at any time.

 

 

LOGO

 

85


Table of Contents

We also intend to offer our Glucagon Rescue Pen in a pre-filled syringe presentation that may be preferred by some healthcare professionals.

 

 

 

LOGO

In contrast to currently marketed emergency glucagon kits, our Glucagon Rescue Pen features the following benefits:

 

 

LOGO

In our Caregiver and Patient Perceptions Study, more than 75% responded that they would prefer our Glucagon Rescue Pen over currently available glucagon kits. In 2018, we conducted a quantitative study of over 400 healthcare professionals, which we refer to as our Healthcare Professional Perceptions Study. In that study, results indicated that glucagon would be prescribed to more people across all clinically appropriate patient segments if our Glucagon Rescue Pen were available. Based on this market research, we believe that the glucagon market will become more penetrated and that our Glucagon Rescue Pen will become the preferred emergency glucagon delivery solution.

Xeris Glucagon Rescue Pen Market Potential

Based on current market data as well as our Caregiver and Patient and Healthcare Professional Perceptions Studies, we believe that our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, has the opportunity to increase penetration of the glucagon market in severe hypoglycemia by increasing the number of diabetes patients who have a filled glucagon prescription and by increasing the number of glucagon products they have on hand.

There are approximately 20.2 million drug-treated people with diabetes in the United States, and the compound annual growth rate in incidence of diagnosed and treated people with diabetes is approximately 4% per year. An additional 84 million people in the United States are pre-diabetic and may progress to T2D. The ADA recommends that glucagon be prescribed for all individuals at increased risk of clinically significant hypoglycemia for use in the event of an emergency. Based on our Healthcare Professional Perceptions Study, we believe almost all people with T1D and approximately 50% of people with T2D on insulin are considered clinically appropriate for glucagon. In the United States, there is an estimated 1.3 million people with T1D who are treated with insulin because their bodies do not naturally produce insulin and approximately 4.3 million additional people with T2D who are treated with insulin because their bodies do not use insulin properly. In the aggregate, we estimate that the potential target population for emergency glucagon therapy totals approximately 3.5 million people in the United States. We intend

 

86


Table of Contents

to sell our Glucagon Rescue Pen in a package of two, based on responses from our market research indicating that potential buyers would purchase, on average, two pens per person. We believe by increasing penetration into the market for emergency glucagon kits and based on the current price of approximately $280 per unit for currently marketed kits, the U.S. market potential may total up to $2.0 billion.

Despite the risk of experiencing a severe hypoglycemic event, we believe that emergency glucagon therapy is underappreciated, under-evaluated and under-taught, resulting in a market that is under-penetrated. According to a 2015 study published in the journal Endocrine Practice, approximately 50% of people with T1D and approximately 3% of people with T2D with a new insulin prescription had a filled glucagon prescription. We believe that the drawbacks of currently marketed products and the lack of conversations regarding glucagon limit their adoption. Two of the top reasons given by people with diabetes for nonrenewal of glucagon prescriptions were that they were not confident that a caregiver or other person would be able to correctly administer the currently available kit, and their healthcare professional did not discuss the need for a new one with them. In the United States, approximately 660,000 total prescriptions for emergency glucagon kits were written in 2017 in the United States, resulting in the purchase of approximately 960,000 single-dose kits. In 2017, U.S. sales for emergency glucagon kit totaled approximately $240 million.

In our Healthcare Professional Perceptions Study, results indicated that glucagon would be prescribed to more people across all clinically appropriate patient segments if our Glucagon Rescue Pen was available. Similarly, in our Caregiver and Patient Perceptions Study, almost two-thirds of people with T1D and T2D who use insulin said they would proactively ask for a prescription for our Glucagon Rescue Pen if available. Importantly, over half of those same people do not currently have a filled glucagon prescription. During an emergency hypoglycemic event, these individuals would often be required to seek treatment through ambulance calls, hospital admissions or office visits. We believe that these studies show that more people would want to have emergency glucagon on-hand if there was a product that better met their needs. We believe this represents an opportunity for our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, to shift the site of care from the emergency room or hospital to less costly settings such as the home.

We believe that a relevant market analogue for our Glucagon Rescue Pen is the epinephrine auto-injector, including EpiPen, for life-threatening allergic reactions. The table below provides a comparison of the severe allergy and hypoglycemia markets.

 

 

 

    

SEVERE ALLERGIC REACTION

(EPINEPHRINE)

   SEVERE HYPOGLYCEMIA
(GLUCAGON)

Clinically Appropriate Patient Population in the United States

   5.2 million patients    3.5 million patients

No. of Units Sold in the United States (2017)

   ~8.2 million auto-injectors    ~960,000 kits*

 

 

*   Single-dose units of Eli Lilly’s Glucagon Emergency Kits and Novo Nordisk’s GlucaGen

We believe this comparison of the allergy and hypoglycemia markets supports the potential of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved, to increase both the number of clinically appropriate people who have glucagon, as well as the number of glucagon products they have on hand.

Outside the United States, we estimate that an additional 3.5 million people with diabetes in Europe and an additional 12.5 million people with diabetes in Japan and China are clinically appropriate for glucagon treatment. However, only approximately 733,000 emergency glucagon products were sold in the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Italy and Spain combined, and only approximately 414,000 were sold in Japan and China combined, which we believe indicates that the market for emergency glucagon products is significantly under-penetrated in those regions.

Commercial Strategy

If approved, we will seek to replace currently marketed emergency glucagon kits with our Glucagon Rescue Pen, increase the number of at-risk people who carry emergency glucagon and promote access to emergency glucagon products. While our sales force and medical teams expect to focus on driving awareness and adoption of our

 

87


Table of Contents

Glucagon Rescue Pen by healthcare professionals, we believe accelerated growth and expanded uptake will come from targeted direct-to-patient messaging that, because the majority of people with diabetes are concentrated in ten states, will allow us to efficiently and effectively reach our target audience.

Our plan to execute on our go-to-market strategy for our Glucagon Rescue Pen includes the following:

 

  Create awareness and anticipation prior to launch. Following submission of our NDA, we plan to use the FDA’s NDA review period to both better understand the market and create excitement and anticipation for our company and our technology. We expect to hire ten regional medical affairs directors prior to commercial launch to establish additional relationships with key opinion leaders and gain insight into current practice patterns and burdens. We also plan to begin to raise awareness in the market on the incidence, prevalence and impact of severe hypoglycemic events.

 

  Drive awareness and adoption of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. If approved by the FDA, we plan to drive awareness and adoption of our Glucagon Rescue Pen to replace current emergency glucagon kits in the market.

 

  o Healthcare Professionals: At launch, our targets will consist of high glucagon prescribing healthcare professionals. Approximately 3,000 healthcare professionals issue 50% of current glucagon prescriptions. We plan to hire 60 sales representatives initially to reach these professionals.

 

  o Patients and Caregivers: We intend to activate patient advocacy organizations and leverage channels such as direct-to-consumer tactics, social media, digital presence, traditional offline channels and press coverage to drive awareness and communicate our value proposition to patients and caregivers. Epidemiology and census data indicate that ten states account for almost 60% of people with diabetes, allowing us to be efficient and effective with our promotional activities.

 

  Penetrate the market. We believe that the glucagon rescue market is currently significantly underpenetrated due to the lack of, and limitations in, current treatment options. We are designing our Glucagon Rescue Pen to offer healthcare professionals, patients and caregivers a ready-to-use alternative that facilitates administration of the full dose of glucagon every time it is used. We believe this offering, paired with our commercial focus, has the potential to grow the market in two ways:

 

  o Healthcare Professionals: In addition to the 3,000 healthcare professionals who issue about half of the current glucagon prescriptions, we will target approximately 5,000 healthcare professionals who are high meal time insulin prescribers, but who are under-indexed in prescribing glucagon. We intend to reach these professionals using our initial sales representatives.

 

  o Patients and Caregivers: We believe there is an opportunity to activate patient and caregiver demand for our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Our Glucagon Rescue Pen is designed as an easy-to-use solution for a segment of patients and caregivers who currently lack the confidence in administering current emergency glucagon kits and would rather rely on emergency responders for treatment.

 

  Promote access: Current emergency glucagon kits have favorable market access, and current trends indicate a relatively low level of management of these products by payors. For example, Eli Lilly’s GEK is covered at or above 94% with unrestricted access across commercial, Medicare, Managed Medicaid and State Medicaid plans. A Diabetes Health Coverage: State Laws and Programs report reviewing state insurance mandated coverage, Medicaid coverage and state-sponsored diabetes programs showed that 46 states and the District of Columbia have a diabetes statutory mandate for coverage, whether as medication or supply. Of our target patient population, approximately 50% are commercially-insured, one-third are covered by Medicare and approximately 15% are covered by Medicaid. To promote access to our Glucagon Rescue Pen, we plan to engage with payors to more fully understand their drivers and barriers and convey the health and pharmacoeconomic value of our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

We plan to establish a distribution channel in the United States for the commercialization of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. We expect to sell our Glucagon Rescue Pens to wholesale pharmaceutical distributors, who, in turn, will sell our Glucagon Rescue Pens to pharmacies and other customers. We expect to use a third-party logistics provider for key services related to logistics, warehousing and inventory management, distribution, contract administration, order management and chargeback processing and accounts receivable management. Outside of the United States, we plan to collaborate with local companies.

 

88


Table of Contents

Clinical Experience

We have completed three Phase 3 clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen. In addition, we have evaluated our Glucagon Rescue Pen in six preclinical studies, one Phase 1 pharmacokinetic, or PK, clinical trial and two Phase 2 clinical trials. We are currently conducting one supplementary Phase 1 clinical trial from which we expect to obtain results in the second quarter of 2018. We expect EMA guidance on the regulatory pathway in Europe in the second quarter of 2018. Depending on EMA feedback, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 study, with topline results expected in the second half of 2018. The following table summarizes the completed and ongoing clinical trials for our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

 

 

 

PROTOCOL NO./TITLE

 

PHASE OF

DEVELOPMENT

  DESIGN/OBJECTIVES   STUDY POPULATION
AND DEMOGRAPHICS
  DOSE (NO. EXPOSED
EACH TREATMENT) AND
DOSAGE FORM/
PRODUCT
CONFIGURATION
Completed

XSGP-302

A Phase 3 Study to Evaluate the Glucose Response of Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) In Pediatric Patients With Type 1 Diabetes

  Phase 3a   Non-randomized,
open-label, single
dose/efficacy, PD, PK,
safety and tolerability
  Children
(2<6,
6<12 and
12<18
years) with
T1D

n=31

  Ages 2<6 years (n=7),
single dose of 0.5mg
Glucagon Rescue
Pen; ages 6<12 years
(n=13), single dose of
0.5mg Glucagon
Rescue Pen; ages
12<18 years (n=11),
single dose of 1mg
Glucagon Rescue Pen
followed by single
dose of 0.5mg
Glucagon Rescue Pen
7 to 28 days later/
Rescue Pen

XSGP-301

Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) Compared To Eli Lilly Glucagon (Glucagon For Injection [rDNA Origin]) For Induced Hypoglycemia Rescue In Adult Patients With T1D: A Phase 3, Randomized, Blinded, 2-Way Crossover Study To Evaluate Efficacy and Safety

  Phase 3a   Double-blind,
randomized, two-way
crossover/efficacy
(return to plasma
glucose >70.0 mg/dL)
of Glucagon Rescue
Pen 1 mg to be non-
inferior to Eli Lilly’s
glucagon; compare
the PD characteristics
of Glucagon Rescue
Pen versus Eli Lilly’s
glucagon; safety and
tolerability; PK.
  Adult
patients
with T1D

n=80

  Glucagon Rescue Pen
1mg (n=78), Eli
Lilly’s glucagon 1mg
(n=79)/Rescue Pen

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

 

 

PROTOCOL NO./TITLE

 

PHASE OF

DEVELOPMENT

  DESIGN/OBJECTIVES   STUDY POPULATION
AND DEMOGRAPHICS
  DOSE (NO. EXPOSED
EACH TREATMENT) AND
DOSAGE FORM/
PRODUCT
CONFIGURATION

XSGP-303

Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) Compared To Eli Lilly Glucagon (Glucagon For Injection [rDNA Origin]) For Induced Hypoglycemia Rescue In Adults With T1D: A Phase 3B Multi-Centered, Randomized, Controlled, Single-Blind, 2-Way Crossover Study To Evaluate Efficacy And Safety

  Phase 3b   Non-inferiority, multi-
centered, randomized
controlled, single-
blind, two-period,
two-way crossover
efficacy and safety
  Adults with
T1D

n=81

  Glucagon Rescue
Pen 1 mg, Eli Lilly’s
glucagon 1 mg/
Rescue Pen

XSGP-202

Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) For Induced Hypoglycemia Rescue In Adult Patients With T1D: A Phase 2A Pilot Study To Evaluate Protocol Design Issues For An Upcoming Phase 3 Clinical Study

  Phase 2   Open-label

2-way crossover

Explore safety efficacy
in treatment of
insulin-induced
hypoglycemia

  T1D adult
male/female
patients
18–65 years
of age

n=7

  Glucagon Rescue
Pen 0.5 mg (n=6)
and 1 mg (n=7),
subcutaneous
injections given one
week apart/Pre-Filled
Syringe

XSGP-201

A Randomized, Phase 2, Double-Blind, 3-Way Crossover Study With Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon For Injection) To Evaluate Safety, Tolerability and Comparative Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics To Eli Lilly Glucagon (Glucagon For Injection [rDNA Origin]) In Healthy Volunteers

  Phase 2   Double-blind,
Randomized, 3-way
crossover/Safety,
tolerability, PK and
efficacy vs. marketed
comparator
  Healthy
male/female
volunteers
18–60 years
of age

n=28

  Subcutaneous
injection of:

Glucagon Rescue
Pen 0.5 (n=29) and
1 mg (n=28); and Eli
Lilly’s glucagon
(rDNA origin) 1 mg/
Pre-Filled Syringe

Ongoing        

XSGP-101

A Two-Way Crossover Comparative PD/PK Study Of Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) Administered By Auto-Injector And Pre-Filled Syringe

  Phase 1   Two-way crossover
comparative
bioequivalence,
safety, tolerability and
PD/PK of Glucagon
Rescue Pen
administered via auto-
injector vs. pre-filled
syringe
  Healthy
male/female
volunteers
18-64 years
of age

n=32

  Glucagon Rescue
Pen 1 mg/Pre-Filled
Syringe

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

 

Completed Phase 3 Clinical Trials

XSGP-302: A Phase 3 Study to Evaluate the Glucose Response of Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) In Pediatric Patients With Type 1 Diabetes

In 2017, we conducted a sequential non-randomized, open-label, single dose efficacy and safety Phase 3 clinical trial in pediatric subjects with T1D. This clinical trial included a total of 31 subjects (seven subjects 2 to <6 years, 13 subjects 6 to <12 years and eleven subjects 12 to <18 years). In this clinical trial, we induced hypoglycemia, defined as plasma glucose <80 mg/dL, with administration of insulin and then treated subjects with our Glucagon Rescue Pen. The primary endpoint of this clinical trial was to assess the increase in plasma glucose of subjects from baseline to 30 minutes after injection of an age-appropriate dose of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, defined as 0.5 mg dose for subjects 2 to <12 years and in separate visits both a 0.5 mg and 1.0 mg dose for subjects 12 to <18 years.

All three age groups met the primary endpoint of non-zero glucose response at 30 minutes post-administration of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. All evaluable subjects achieved a target glucose increase of at least 25 mg/dL. Following administration, plasma glucose levels over time showed similar glucose responses for subjects in each age group and in each dose in the 12 to <18 years age group. Further, in each age group the observed effect was statistically significant with increases from baseline in mean plasma glucose at 30 minutes following administration of an age-appropriate dose of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Administration of 0.5 mg of our Glucagon Rescue Pen in the 12 to <18 years age resulted in a glucose response that was similar to the age-appropriate dose of 1 mg of our Glucagon Rescue Pen.

Overall, our Glucagon Rescue Pen was observed to be well-tolerated. All auto-injectors, or AIs, delivered a full dose. There were no discontinuations due to adverse events, or AEs, no severe AEs, no device-related AEs and no serious adverse events, or SAEs. The majority of treatment-emergent AEs observed were gastrointestinal disorders.

The following table summarizes additional trial design parameters and clinical results that we observed from XSGP-302:

 

 

 

GLUCAGON DOSE

   0.5 MG DOSE     1 MG DOSE  

SUBJECT AGES

   2 TO
< 6 YEARS
    6 TO
< 12 YEARS
    12 TO
< 18 YEARS
    12 TO
< 18 YEARS
 

n

     7       13       11       11  

% with >25 mg/dL rise in glucose within 30 minutes

     100       100       100       100  

Glucose Cmax (mg/dL)

Mean (SD)

     207.8 (35.9     206.9 (49.6     212.1 (40.6     198.9 (60.0

Glucose Tmax (minutes)

Mean (SD)

     67.7 (11.1     66.4 (15.7)       78.2 (11.5)       81.8 (15.6

% with nausea

     42.9       53.8       36.4       36.4  

% with emesis

     14.3       23.1       0       18.2  

 

 

XSGP-301: Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) Compared To Eli Lilly Glucagon (Glucagon For Injection [rDNA Origin]) For Induced Hypoglycemia Rescue In Adult Patients With T1D: A Phase 3, Randomized, Blinded, 2-Way Crossover Study To Evaluate Efficacy and Safety

In 2017, we completed a non-inferiority, prospective, randomized, controlled, double-blinded, two-period, two-way crossover, comparative efficacy and safety Phase 3 pivotal clinical trial in male and female patients aged 18 to 75 years with T1D in an inpatient setting. The trial was conducted across seven locations in the United States and enrolled 80 subjects. The objectives of this clinical trial were to compare the safety, tolerability and efficacy of our Glucagon Rescue Pen and Eli Lilly’s glucagon, as determined by an increase in plasma glucose concentration from below 50 mg/dL to greater than 70 mg/dL within 30 minutes after receiving glucagon. We also evaluated an additional primary endpoint of plasma glucose > 70 mg/dL or increase by >20 mg/dL within 30 minutes. This additional primary endpoint was defined and pre-specified for analysis prior to unblinding the study. Additional endpoints of interest included plasma glucose of >70 mg/dL or resolution of all induced neuroglycopenic symptoms

 

91


Table of Contents

within 30 minutes of glucagon, relief of hypoglycemia symptoms, global feeling of hypoglycemia and glucose elevation 0-90 minutes post-injection.

In this clinical trial, we induced severe hypoglycemia by an IV infusion of regular insulin followed by initial and subsequent bolus doses if plasma glucose after 30 minutes was > 60 mg/dL. Subjects were also administered an IV infusion of regular insulin based on a subject’s historical use of basal insulin. The investigator adjusted the IV insulin infusion rate if the rate of glucose change after 30 minutes was < 1 mg/dL/minute. Investigators were instructed to avoid any bolus doses or basal infusion rate increases within 20 minutes of blinded study drug administration. Once the initial plasma glucose measurement < 50 mg/dL was achieved, the IV insulin infusion was stopped. Once the confirmatory plasma glucose reading < 50 mg/dL was achieved, subjects were administered blinded study drug via the subcutaneous route in the upper arm, leg or abdomen.

Subjects were randomized to receive glucagon in one of two sequence groups: our Glucagon Rescue Pen followed by Eli Lilly’s glucagon, or Eli Lilly’s glucagon followed by our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Following glucagon dosing, plasma glucose was monitored every five minutes until 90 minutes post-dosing. Additional blood samples were collected at regular intervals. Subjects also completed a questionnaire regarding hypoglycemia symptoms at the start of the hypoglycemia induction period and periodically until 45 minutes post-treatment with glucagon. Tolerability was assessed by comparing adverse event reports between the groups. In addition, subjects completed questionnaires concerning injection site discomfort. After a wash-out period of seven to 28 days, subjects returned to the clinic and the study procedures were repeated with each subject crossing over to the other treatment group.

Analyses of the primary endpoints were performed according to pre-specified intent-to-treat, or ITT, modified intent-to-treat, or mITT, and per-protocol methods. The ITT cohort was defined as all subjects randomized to one of the two sequence groups. The mITT cohort was defined as the ITT cohort minus one subject that mistakenly received two doses of Eli Lilly’s glucagon. The per-protocol cohort was defined as the mITT cohort minus any subjects adjudicated for at least one major protocol violation. Criteria for major protocol violations were defined and pre-specified prior to unblinding of the trial. Following adjudication of major protocol violations, two subjects, one in each study arm, who received a clinically significant (20%) increase in basal IV insulin rate during the final 20 minutes of the induction procedure were censored to establish the per-protocol cohort.

For the ITT and mITT analysis, three or fewer response failures were defined as the pre-specified threshold demonstrating non-inferiority of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. For the primary endpoint of glucose increase >70 mg/dL within 30 minutes, the total difference in response failures was four, representing one more than the pre-specified threshold of three response failures. For the additional primary endpoint of plasma glucose >70 mg/dL or increase by >20 mg/dL within 30 minutes, the total difference in response failures was two and, therefore, ITT analysis of this additional primary endpoint demonstrated that our Glucagon Rescue Pen was non-inferior to Eli Lilly’s glucagon. The per-protocol analysis of both primary endpoints met the pre-specified threshold. Certain of our analyses may be viewed as post-hoc analyses, and although post-hoc analyses can result in the introduction of bias and may be given less weight by the FDA, we believe that this retrospective analysis can provide additional information regarding results from this trial.

We believe the clinical trial results support the potential of our Glucagon Rescue Pen to reverse severe hypoglycemia in a reliable manner. In accordance with FDA and International Council for Harmonisation guidance for evaluation of non-inferiority studies, we presented a series of analyses implementing ITT, mITT and per-protocol cohorts for this clinical trial to the FDA at a pre-NDA meeting held in December 2017. In that meeting, the FDA agreed overall that the totality of data for our Glucagon Rescue Pen is sufficient to support NDA review.

Additionally, a single dose of our Glucagon Rescue Pen increased plasma glucose and improved clinical symptoms such as cognitive impairment and other neuroglycopenic/neurogenic symptoms that are associated with severe hypoglycemia in 100% of subjects. We also observed comparable increases in plasma glucose concentration from below 50 mg/dL to greater than 70 mg/dL within 30 minutes after receiving our Glucagon Rescue Pen and comparable resolution of clinical symptoms to Eli Lilly’s glucagon, such as cognitive impairment and other neuroglycopenic/neurogenic symptoms that are associated with severe hypoglycemia, as well as comparable pharmacodynamics.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the efficacy outcomes for XSGP-301.

 

 

 

CLINICAL COMPARISON

  

mITT RESPONSE RATE

  

GLUCAGON
RESCUE PEN

  

ELI LILLY
GLUCAGON

Subjects successfully rescued from induced hypoglycemia without other rescue therapy (e.g., intravenous dextrose)

   100% (78/78)    100% (79/79)

Plasma glucose >70 mg/dL within 30 minutes of glucagon (primary endpoint)

  

Intent-to-treat

94.9% (74/78)

  

Intent-to-treat

100% (79/79)

  

Per-protocol

96.1% (74/77)

  

Per-protocol

100% (78/78)

Plasma glucose of >70 mg/dL or > 20 mg/dL increase within 30 minutes of glucagon (additional primary endpoint)

  

Intent-to-treat

97.4% (76/78)

  

Intent-to-treat

100% (79/79)

  

Per-protocol

97.4% (75/77)

  

Per-protocol

100% (78/78)

Plasma glucose of >70 mg/dL or resolution of all induced neuroglycopenic symptoms within 30 minutes of glucagon

   100% (78/78)    100% (79/79)

Resolution of hypoglycemia symptoms

   100% (78/78)    100% (79/79)

Global feeling of hypoglycemia improvement pre/post injection

   100% (78/78)    100% (79/79)

Sustained glucose elevation from 0-90 minutes post-injection

   100% (78/78)    100% (79/79)

 

 

    one (1) additional endpoint failure exceeded the non-inferiority threshold of N=3; all other comparisons demonstrate non-inferiority vs. Eli Lilly’s glucagon.

Overall, all treatment regimens were well-tolerated. One SAE of hypoglycemia was reported for a participant treated with Eli Lilly’s glucagon. The SAE was determined by the study investigator not to be related to the study drug and resolved during the trial. The incidence of AEs was low in both groups, and the most commonly reported AE was nausea: 20.5% for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and 12.7% for Eli Lilly’s glucagon (p=not significant), followed by vomiting and headache. AEs were generally mild or moderate in severity, transient and resolved with no treatment.

XSGP-303: Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) Compared to Eli Lilly Glucagon (Glucagon For Injection [rDNA Origin]) For Induced Hypoglycemia Rescue in Adult Patients With T1D: A Phase 3b Multi-Centered, Randomized, Controlled, Single Blind, 2-Way Crossover Study To Evaluate Efficacy and Safety.

In the second quarter of 2018, we completed a non-inferiority, prospective, randomized, controlled, single-blinded, two-period, two-way crossover, comparative efficacy and safety Phase 3b clinical trial in male and female patients aged 18 to 75 years with T1D in an inpatient setting. The trial was conducted across six locations in the United States and Canada and enrolled 81 subjects. The objectives of this clinical trial were to compare the safety, tolerability and efficacy of our Glucagon Rescue Pen and Eli Lilly’s glucagon, as determined by an increase in plasma glucose concentration from below 50 mg/dL to greater than 70 mg/dL within 30 minutes after receiving glucagon. We also evaluated an additional primary endpoint of plasma glucose > 70 mg/dL or increase by ³ 20 mg/dL within 30 minutes. Additional endpoints of interest also included plasma glucose of >70 mg/dL or resolution of all induced neuroglycopenic symptoms within 30 minutes of glucagon, relief of hypoglycemia symptoms, global feeling of hypoglycemia and total elapsed time required from decision to dose and actual time of injection (e.g. preparation time).

Consistent with our XSGP-301 trial, in XSGP-303 we induced severe hypoglycemia by an IV infusion of regular insulin followed by initial and subsequent bolus doses if plasma glucose after 30 minutes was > 60 mg/dL. The subjects’ IV infusion of regular insulin was based upon their historical use of basal insulin. The investigator adjusted the IV insulin infusion rate if the rate of glucose change after 30 minutes was < 1 mg/dL/minute. Investigators were instructed to avoid any bolus doses when a subject’s plasma glucose was < 60 mg/dL. Once the initial plasma glucose measurement < 50 mg/dL was achieved, the IV insulin infusion was stopped. Once the confirmatory plasma glucose reading < 50 mg/dL was achieved, subjects were administered blinded study drug via the subcutaneous route in the abdomen.

Subjects were randomized to receive glucagon in one of two sequence groups: our Glucagon Rescue Pen followed by Eli Lilly’s glucagon, or Eli Lilly’s glucagon followed by our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Following glucagon dosing, plasma

 

93


Table of Contents

glucose was monitored every five minutes until 90 minutes post-dosing. Additional blood samples were collected at regular intervals. Subjects also completed a questionnaire regarding hypoglycemia symptoms at the start of the hypoglycemia induction period and periodically until 45 minutes post-treatment with glucagon. Tolerability was assessed by comparing adverse event reports between the groups. In addition, subjects completed questionnaires concerning injection site discomfort. After a wash-out period of seven to 28 days, subjects returned to the clinic and the study procedures were repeated with each subject crossing over to the other treatment group.

Analyses of the primary endpoints were performed according to pre-specified intent-to-treat, or ITT, and per-protocol methods. The ITT cohort was defined as all subjects randomized to one of the two sequence groups. The per-protocol cohort was defined as the ITT cohort minus any subjects adjudicated for at least one major protocol violation.

For the ITT analysis, three or fewer response failures were defined as the pre-specified threshold demonstrating non-inferiority of our Glucagon Rescue Pen. For the primary endpoint of glucose increase from below 50 mg/dL to >70 mg/dL within 30 minutes, all subjects who received a study drug experienced successful plasma glucose recovery. As there were no treatment failures observed, the ITT analysis of the primary endpoints demonstrated that our Glucagon Rescue Pen was non-inferior to Eli Lilly’s glucagon.

Criteria for major protocol violations were defined and pre-specified prior to starting the trial. Following adjudication of major protocol violations, one subject in the Glucagon Rescue Pen arm was identified who was administered study drug despite not being within a steady state of hypoglycemia. In addition, subjects who did not receive a study drug were considered major protocol violations. These subjects were censored to establish the per-protocol cohort. Despite the major protocol violation in the subject who received Glucagon Rescue Pen, plasma glucose recovery was achieved within 30 minutes and the subject successfully met the study primary endpoint.

We believe the results of XSGP-303 corroborate the outcomes observed in XSGP-301 and further support the potential of our Glucagon Rescue Pen to reverse severe hypoglycemia in a reliable manner. We intend to incorporate the result of this study into the NDA submission.

The following table summarizes the efficacy outcomes for XSGP-303.

 

Clinical Comparison

  

RESPONSE RATE

    

GLUCAGON RESCUE PEN

  

ELI LILLY GLUCAGON

Subjects successfully rescued from induced hypoglycemia without other rescue therapy (e.g., D50).   

100%

(76/76)

  

100%

(78/78)

Plasma glucose >70 mg/dl in 30 minutes.

(primary endpoint)

  

Intent-to-treat

100%

(76/76)

  

Intent-to-treat

100%

(78/78)

  

Per-protocol

100%

(73/73)

  

Per-protocol

100%

(73/73)

Plasma glucose of >70 mg/dl or > 20 mg/dl increase within 30 minutes of glucagon.

(additional primary endpoint)

  

Intent-to-treat

100%

(76/76)

  

Intent-to-treat

100%

(78/78)

  

Per-protocol

100%

(73/73)

  

Per-protocol

100%

(73/73)

Plasma glucose of >70 mg/dl or resolution of all induced neuroglycopenic symptoms within 30 minutes of glucagon   

100%

(76/76)

  

100%

(78/78)

 

94


Table of Contents

Clinical Comparison

  

RESPONSE RATE

    

GLUCAGON RESCUE PEN

  

ELI LILLY GLUCAGON

Resolution of hypoglycemia symptoms   

100%

(76/76)

  

100%

(78/78)

Global feeling of hypoglycemia improvement pre/post injection†   

100%

(73/73)

  

100%

(76/76)

Sustained glucose elevation from 0-90 minutes post-injection   

100%

(76/76)

  

100%

(78/78)

 

Population of subjects only includes those reporting hypoglycemic symptoms at baseline.

Overall, all treatment regimens were well-tolerated. There were no reported SAEs. The incidence of AEs was low in both groups and the most commonly reported AE was nausea, followed by vomiting and diarrhea. AEs were generally mild or moderate in severity, transient and resolved with no treatment.

Ongoing Clinical Trials

XSGP-101: A Two-Way Crossover Comparative PD/PK Study Of Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) Administered By Auto-Injector And Pre-Filled Syringe

At our pre-NDA meeting in December 2017, the FDA recommended to us that we address three areas of inquiry regarding our pre-filled syringe presentation of our Glucagon Rescue Pen: the characterization of PD/PK data to compare changes in serum plasma glucose levels and serum hormone levels when glucagon is administered by an auto-injector versus hand injection, a human factors validation study for this presentation and device reliability testing for this presentation. As a result of this meeting, with respect to the pre-filled syringe presentation of our Glucagon Rescue Pen, we initiated our XSGP-101 clinical trial in the first quarter of 2018, the results of which, combined with the human factors studies and device reliability testing, we intend to include in our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA submission to the FDA.

XSGP-101 is a Phase 1 clinical trial two-way crossover comparative PD/PK study of our Glucagon Rescue Pen administered by auto-injector and pre-filled syringe, which we expect to complete in the second quarter of 2018. We expect to enroll approximately 32 healthy male and female volunteers between 18 and 64 years of age. The primary objective of this study is to demonstrate bioequivalence of our Glucagon Rescue Pen 1 mg when injected subcutaneously in the abdomen via auto-injector, versus a pre-filled syringe, in fasted healthy volunteers with low to normal blood glucose. Secondary objectives include safety and tolerability. As of the date of this prospectus. there have been no reported SAEs.

Other Completed Supporting Trials

Phase 2 Clinical Trials

XSGP-201: A Randomized, Phase 2, Double-Blind, 3-Way Crossover Study with Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon For Injection) To Evaluate Safety, Tolerability and Comparative Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics To Eli Lilly Glucagon (Glucagon For Injection [rDNA Origin]) In Healthy Volunteers

In 2014, we completed a double-blind, randomized, three-way crossover Phase 2 clinical trial of our Glucagon Rescue Pen in 28 healthy male and female subjects 18 to 60 years of age to evaluate the safety, tolerability, PK and efficacy versus Eli Lilly’s glucagon. Subjects were subcutaneously injected with our Glucagon Rescue Pen via a pre-filled syringe in doses of 0.5 and 1 mg and with Eli Lilly’s glucagon for injection in a dose of 1 mg.

Plasma glucose concentration-time curves showed little separation between treatment groups, and there were no substantial differences between our Glucagon Rescue Pen 1 mg and Eli Lilly’s glucagon for injection 1 mg in terms of glucose area under the curve, maximum concentration, or Cmax, and time to reach maximum concentration, or Tmax.

Results showed that all treatments were well-tolerated and demonstrated a comparable safety profile. No SAEs were observed, and all AEs were transient and consistent with rescue injections of glucagon.

 

 

95


Table of Contents

XSGP-202: Glucagon Rescue Pen (Glucagon Injection) For Induced Hypoglycemia Rescue In Adult Patients With T1D: A Phase 2a Pilot Study To Evaluate Protocol Design Issues For An Upcoming Phase 3 Clinical Study

In 2015, we completed an open-label two-way crossover Phase 2 clinical trial to explore the safety and efficacy of our Glucagon Rescue Pen for the treatment of insulin-induced hypoglycemia in seven adult males and females with T1D 18 to 65 years of age. Subjects were given our Glucagon Rescue Pen injection via the pre-filled syringe 0.5 mg (n=6) and 1 mg (n=7), subcutaneous injections given one week apart.

All subjects in a state of insulin-induced hypoglycemia experienced objective and subjective response to rescue doses of our Glucagon Rescue Pen with return of glucose to > 70 mg/dL and resolution of all hypoglycemia symptoms within 30 minutes of injection.

Results showed AEs were generally mild and corresponded to known effects of rescue doses of glucagon. Vasovagal syncope, or fainting, was observed in one patient, which met the definition of an SAE as an important medical event but was attributed by the investigator to study procedures.

Preclinical Studies

Six preclinical studies, consisting of five studies in rats and one study in rabbits, demonstrated that our concentrated, non-aqueous solution of glucagon was safe in animal models. Studies included PK and PD studies, toxicity and potential impurities studies, toxicokinetic evaluations and local tolerance. We conducted these studies during 2010 to 2018. These studies administered glucagon to a total of 206 rats and 8 rabbits.

Human Factors Summative Validation Study

In 2017, we conducted a human factors summative validation study in users, which confirmed that our Glucagon Rescue Pen can be correctly, safely and effectively used. Of the 75 injections, 74 (99%) were successful. There was a single failure that occurred when an untrained subject prematurely lifted the pen from the injection site within approximately 1.5 seconds of activation, resulting in a partial dose. The subject admitted to not reading the label guide. No mitigation response was needed as the failure was attributed to the participant’s noncompliance with reading the label guide while performing the procedure. After reviewing the label guide, the subject successfully administered the injection during an unaided second attempt. The study concluded that the Glucagon Rescue Pen dose label, packaging, device and injection procedure, label guide and instructions for use had been successfully validated.

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Hypoglycemia Associated with Intermittent and Chronic Conditions

We are applying our ready-to-use liquid-stable glucagon formulation to treat five intermittent and chronic conditions with significant unmet medical need. In particular, our formulation may be applied to conditions requiring continuous doses or smaller or mini-doses of glucagon over a longer administration period. We intend to leverage work across our programs to substantially reduce development costs for each indication and enable expanded uses for intermittent and chronic applications of ready-to-use glucagon to follow our Glucagon Rescue Pen. Aspects include:

 

    Chemistry, manufacturing and controls, or CMC

 

    Nonclinical toxicology program

 

    Clinical supplies manufacturing

For intermittent and chronic conditions, we intend to leverage our preclinical studies across our glucagon portfolio, which consist of two toxicology studies in rats, one toxicology study in pigs, one tolerability study in rabbits, two PK studies in rats and one toxicology and PK study in rats. These preclinical studies supported further development of our ready-to-use glucagon in our target conditions and did not raise safety concerns in animal models. A number of additional toxicology studies are ongoing or planned to support long-term chronic use of ready-to-use glucagon in these additional hypoglycemic conditions. We conducted multiple studies starting in 2010 and these are ongoing. These studies administered glucagon to a total of 320 rats, 54 pigs and 8 rabbits.

 

96


Table of Contents

For commercialization in our intermittent and chronic conditions, we expect to target endocrinologists, diabetologists and primary care providers that are currently prescribing glucagon and rapid acting insulin. Many of these physicians, particularly endocrinologists, are also currently treating PBH patients and we believe there is significant overlap between these physicians and those who would prescribe ready-to-use glucagon for HAAF and EIH. Furthermore, because there are few CHI patients and they are primarily treated at a handful of centers of excellence in the United States, we believe we can engage these clinicians with a small group of regional medical affairs directors.

In December 2013, we filed an IND application for the use of ready-to-use glucagon delivered via a wearable patch pump. This IND has supported our clinical development efforts in PBH, HAAF and feasibility assessment in a bi-hormonal artificial pancreas closed-loop system. We are the sponsor of this IND, which is active as of the date of this prospectus.

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Post-Bariatric Hypoglycemia

We are developing a ready-to-use glucagon formulation for chronic administration for PBH, a challenging complication of bariatric surgery that may significantly impair quality of life, but for which there are currently no approved treatments. In January 2018, we received orphan drug designation from the FDA for our ready-to-use glucagon for the treatment of patients with hyperinsulinemic hypoglycemia, of which PBH is a category. We plan to meet with the FDA in the first half of 2018 and complete a Phase 2b clinical trial for our ready-to-use glucagon for PBH by the end of 2018. We expect to initiate a pivotal clinical program in the first half of 2019.

Post-Bariatric Hypoglycemia Market

Obesity and related comorbidities such as T2D and cardiovascular disease are increasingly recognized as a major threat to individual and public health, with sustained weight loss difficult to achieve. Clinicians and patients alike have embraced the results of recent controlled clinical trials demonstrating the efficacy of surgical procedures performed on the stomach or intestines, known as bariatric surgery, to not only induce sustained weight loss but also to improve or normalize obesity-related comorbidities, including T2D. The number of bariatric surgeries performed in the United States has increased from an estimated 158,000 procedures per year in 2011 to 216,000 in 2016, growing nearly 40% in just five years. While benefits of bariatric surgery are now achieved with a lower risk of surgical complications, longer-term intestinal and nutritional complications can still occur.

One challenging and sometimes severe complication of bariatric surgery is hyperinsulinemic hypoglycemia. Hyperinsulinemic hypoglycemia, and more specifically PBH, is most commonly associated with Roux-en-Y gastric bypass, or RYGB, a procedure in which the small intestine is re-routed to a small resected stomach pouch. However, PBH has also been observed following sleeve gastrectomy, a procedure that reduces the size of the stomach. PBH is defined as documented plasma glucose levels below 70 mg/dL in conjunction with hypoglycemic symptoms and the relief of such symptoms with the normalization of glucose levels. Symptoms include palpitations, lightheadedness and sweating. A subset of post-bariatric patients develops very severe hypoglycemia involving a shortage of glucose in the brain, known as neuroglycopenic symptoms, typically occurring one to three years following bariatric surgery, associated with confusion, decreased attentiveness, seizure and loss of consciousness. For these patients, quality of life can be severely affected as many cannot care for themselves or even be left alone and may ultimately lose their employment due to this disability.

Hypoglycemia typically occurs after meals, particularly those rich in simple carbohydrates. Due to the change in gastric anatomy resulting from bariatric surgery, plasma insulin concentrations are inappropriately high at the time of hypoglycemia in these patients. Treatment of hypoglycemia requires rapid-acting carbohydrates such as glucose tablets, which in PBH patients can contribute to rebound hyperglycemia that triggers further insulin secretion and recurrent hypoglycemia.

There are currently no approved treatments for PBH. Current strategies to manage PBH include dietary modification aimed at reducing intake of high glycemic index carbohydrates. Both diet and off-label administration of pre-meal acarbose, an anti-diabetic drug used to treat T2D, aim to minimize rapid post-meal surges in glucose that trigger insulin secretion. Additional off-label therapies include those aimed at reducing insulin secretion. In severe cases, gastric restriction or banding has been required to slow gastric emptying and gastrostomy tubes have been used to provide the sole source of nutrition. Despite strict adherence to medical nutrition therapy and clinical use of multiple

 

97


Table of Contents

medical options, patients continue to have frequent hypoglycemia. While hypoglycemia most commonly occurs following meals, it can also occur in response to increased activity and emotional stress. Importantly, patient safety is additionally compromised when hypoglycemia unawareness develops with recurrent hypoglycemia. We believe there is an urgent need for therapeutic options to allow optimal nutrition, maintain health and quality of life and improve safety in patients with PBH.

Because episodes of hypoglycemia normally occur in the ambulatory setting, the reported prevalence of PBH varies, but we estimate that roughly 1% to 2% of bariatric surgery patients experience PBH. As bariatric procedures have been performed for over ten years, market research has estimated a standing population of approximately 30,000 patients with severe PBH in the United States that require additional treatment options. A similar size patient population is estimated to exist in Europe. These patients may require chronic administration of glucagon multiple times a day.

Xeris Offering–Ready-to-Use Glucagon for PBH

We have developed a ready-to-use glucagon formulation that can be easily and quickly injected or infused subcutaneously from a syringe or pump. Injection of small doses of our liquid-stable glucagon after meals may offer a novel mechanism for PBH patients to treat or prevent hypoglycemia. Importantly, these smaller and more physiologic doses are designed to prevent rebound hyperglycemia associated with glucose tablets, carbohydrate intake and rescue doses of glucagon. Further, small doses of glucagon may offer a direct treatment mechanism for PBH, as opposed to indirect methods aimed at preventing hypoglycemia that are currently employed using various off-label therapeutic options.

Primary market research has shown endocrinologists are comfortable with glucagon’s mechanism of action and current safety profile and view ready-to-use glucagon as a welcome treatment option for PBH patients. Physicians surveyed reported ready-to-use glucagon utilization of 68% to 97% if the product can prevent half of severe hypoglycemic events in PBH patients.

As there are currently no therapeutic options indicated for treatment of PBH and the condition has been designated a rare disease, we believe that payors will include our ready-to-use glucagon on their formularies, if approved. We intend to conduct additional payor research as product development progresses.

From 2015 to 2017, the NIH National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases awarded us $1.78 million in Fast-Track Small Business Innovation Research, or SBIR, grants to demonstrate the potential benefits of ready-to-use glucagon in these patients. Collaborators on this grant include endocrinologists at the Joslin Diabetes Center and device engineers at the Harvard University John R. Paulson School of Engineering and Applied Science.

Clinical Experience

We have completed seven preclinical studies in multiple species and a proof-of-concept clinical trial. We are conducting an ongoing randomized controlled Phase 2a clinical trial for our ready-to-use glucagon for PBH, and we expect to conduct a Phase 2b clinical trial in the second half of 2018.

Phase 2 Clinical Trials

XSGO-PB01: A Phase 2 Proof-Of-Concept Study of Sensor Guided, Clinician-Administered Delivery of Glucagon Infusion from a Patch Pump to Prevent Post-Prandial Hypoglycemia in Post-Bariatric Surgery Patients

In 2017, we conducted an iterative design-and-evaluation Phase 2 clinical trial to assess the performance of a novel event-based hypoglycemia prediction algorithm that triggered delivery of mini-doses of ready-to-use glucagon from a patch-pump. For the trial, which was conducted from the first quarter of 2016 through the second quarter of 2017, we recruited seven patients 18 to 65 years of age with a history of RYGB surgery and PBH with neuroglycopenia who were uncontrolled on medical nutrition therapy and medications. In the inpatient setting, subjects received a mixed-meal tolerance test, which is known to cause hypoglycemia in these patients. Upon receipt of an alarm based on continuous glucose monitor data, subjects were given small, subcutaneous infusions of ready-to-use glucagon from a pump, with the aim of preventing hypoglycemia. The primary endpoint of this study was to investigate the ability of the patch-pump to detect and direct timing of glucose administration. The secondary endpoint of this study was to investigate the safety profile of this product candidate.

 

98


Table of Contents

Ready-to-use glucagon bolus through the infusion pump was observed to rapidly raise serum glucagon levels, and the doses employed were not associated with increased insulin or C-peptide concentrations. Nadir glucose and time spent under 75 mg/dL in the period after the glucagon bolus were reduced progressively with each new stage of protocol development, which involved either earlier hypoglycemia alarms or larger glucagon doses. All seven patients successfully completed nine treatment visits in this trial. Results showed the treatment to be well-tolerated, with discomfort at the infusion site and erythema the most frequent adverse events, and no SAEs.

Since this was the first implementation of the ready-to-use glucagon formulation in mini-doses in PBH, the dosage was chosen with caution to prevent rebound hyperglycemia that has been observed with use of rescue doses of glucagon. Using these results, we determined the dosage required to effectively prevent hypoglycemic events in the postprandial setting. The results of this trial were published in the peer-reviewed journal Diabetes Technology & Therapeutics.

XSGO-PB02: Closed-Loop Glucagon Pump for Treatment of Post-Bariatric Hypoglycemia

Following the positive proof-of-concept outcome of XSGO-PB01, in the fourth quarter of 2017, we initiated a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind Phase 2 clinical trial to assess the efficacy of ready-to-use glucagon to prevent and treat hypoglycemia occurring in ten patients with PBH in response to meals or exercise. Following a mixed-meal tolerance test, subjects were randomized to either vehicle or glucagon infusion on the first study visit and crossed-over to the other treatment during the second treatment visit. Investigators were masked to subject assignment.

The clinical trial is currently ongoing, with results from ten subjects expected in the first half of 2018. We expect this randomized controlled trial data will help enable the evaluation of ready-to-use glucagon in the outpatient setting in a planned Phase 2b clinical trial using a vial/syringe, which we intend to complete in the second half of 2018. The primary objective of this study is to investigate the efficacy of our closed-loop glucagon pump for PBH measured by real-time continuous glucose monitoring. Secondary objectives include safety and tolerability. As of the date of this prospectus, there have been no reported SAEs.

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Congenital Hyperinsulinism

We are evaluating our ready-to-use glucagon formulation for chronic management of congenital hyperinsulinism, for which there are currently no approved therapies. In the United States, 80 to 160 infants are born with CHI on an annual basis. We estimate that there are approximately 6,200 patients with CHI in the United States. In September 2014, we received orphan drug designation from the FDA for ready-to-use glucagon for the prevention of chronic, severe hypoglycemia in patients with CHI. In October 2014, we also received orphan drug designation from the EMA for ready-to-use glucagon for the treatment of CHI. We are currently conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial, from which we expect interim efficacy data in the second half of 2018. Based on these interim results, we plan to meet with the FDA and discuss plans for a pivotal program.

Congenital Hyperinsulinism Market

CHI is the result of several genetic defects that present as dysregulated increased insulin secretion, causing severe, persistent hypoglycemia in infants and children. CHI often responds poorly or not at all to current medical approaches and can sometimes lead to surgical removal of the pancreas, or near-total pancreatectomy. In CHI, microscopic abnormalities in the pancreas can result in prolonged severe hypoglycemia which, if untreated, can cause death. Repeated episodes of severe and prolonged hypoglycemia, even if not fatal, can result in permanent neurologic damage, including developmental delay, mental retardation and focal central nervous system deficits.

Management of CHI is aimed at preventing morbidity associated with repeated hypoglycemic episodes, including permanent brain damage, as well as mortality. Currently, there are no approved drugs for CHI. While limited treatment options are available, they have marginal efficacy, are poorly tolerated by patients and negatively impact quality of life. Often, severe cases of CHI are resistant to diazoxide due to the type of genetic mutation. Other drugs, such as octreotide, have been used to reduce insulin secretion but may be ineffective in maintaining normal blood sugar and may cause substantial side effects.

Pancreatectomy is an option if a solitary focal lesion in the pancreas can be identified and surgically removed, typically resulting in a cure without the need for medication or continuous feedings. However, if the disease is not localized, near-total pancreatectomy would be required. Patients who undergo near-total pancreatectomy are at high

 

99


Table of Contents

risk for developing insulin-dependent diabetes later in life. This risk increases with the extent of pancreatic removal, but the risk is significant even with conservative surgical procedures. The use of pancreatectomy oftentimes addresses CHI but creates another chronic condition, insulin-dependent diabetes.

Xeris Offering—Continuous Subcutaneous Infusion of Ready-to-Use Glucagon

If approved, we believe our ready-to-use glucagon would enable safe, continuous administration of glucagon from a pump to manage CHI. IV glucagon is routinely used in the hospital and in conjunction with IV glucose to stabilize blood glucose levels in affected infants, but the IV must be changed every 24 hours or less due to the instability of glucagon in aqueous solution. The use of glucagon has historically been limited due to the lack of a stable formulation and convenient delivery system for long-term administration, especially in the home setting where a central catheter is impractical and a gastronomy-tube is cumbersome.

We believe that the continuous subcutaneous infusion of ready-to-use glucagon, if approved, is superior to the use of off-label drugs because ready-to-use glucagon:

 

    Offers a direct effect of increasing glucose levels compared to indirect mechanisms of glucose control.

 

    Enables release of patient’s excess glycogen stores.

 

    Avoids the side effects related to octreotide, nifedipine and diazoxide.

In addition, we believe that the continuous subcutaneous infusion of ready-to-use glucagon, if approved, is superior to the use of infused glucose because ready-to-use glucagon:

 

    Provides an approach to wean the patient off a central glucose line, such as an IV, to enable discharge from the hospital.

 

    Eliminates bloating observed with the high-volume glucose infusions often required to maintain normal blood glucose levels.

Finally, we believe that the continuous subcutaneous infusion of ready-to-use glucagon, if approved, is superior to pancreatectomy, because patients may be able to avoid the development of insulin-resistant diabetes as a lifetime condition. CHI patients who progress to adolescence typically normalize or at least no longer require intensive medical management. We believe that avoiding pancreatectomy is likely the most impactful result of management of CHI with ready-to-use glucagon.

In the short-term inpatient setting, we believe our ready-to-use formulation may enable administration of glucagon from a small, wearable, infusion pump. In the long term, we believe the glucagon pump system may enable outpatient administration of glucagon for prevention of hypoglycemia. We expect most patients that are candidates for ready-to-use glucagon would use the product until mid-adolescence and transition out of the standing patient pool.

There are currently no therapeutic options indicated for treatment of CHI, and current standard of care involves near-total pancreatectomy or use of multiple off-label therapeutics. We believe payors will include our ready-to-use glucagon on their formularies because CHI is a rare pediatric disease and ready-to-use glucagon has the potential to reduce time spent in the NICU, avoid expensive pancreatectomies, as well as avoid the long-term costs associated with diabetes treatment resulting from pancreatectomy. We intend to conduct additional payor research as product development progresses.

From 2015 to 2017, we were awarded $2.1 million in SBIR grants from the NIH National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases to initiate clinical studies in infant patients with CHI.

Clinical Experience

We are currently conducting a Phase 2 proof-of-concept randomized controlled clinical trial and previously completed a number of preclinical studies in multiple species that we are leveraging for all of our intermittent and chronic glucagon programs.

 

100


Table of Contents

Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial

XSGO-CH01: A Phase 2 Proof-of-Concept Study of CSI Glucagon (Continuous Subcutaneous Glucagon Infusion) to Prevent Hypoglycemia with Lower Intravenous Glucose Infusion Rates in Children up to One Year of Age with Congenital Hyperinsulinism

In the fourth quarter of 2016, we initiated a randomized controlled Phase 2 clinical trial at four CHI centers of excellence in the United States, with interim efficacy results from twelve subjects expected in the second half of 2018. While the study is blinded, the protocol allows physicians to use continuous subcutaneous infusion glucagon in an open-label extension phase as appropriate. During one observation, the open-label data showed use of continuous subcutaneous infusion of glucagon enabled the reduction of the IV glucose infusion rate by a clinically significant 65%. To date, continuous subcutaneous glucagon has been observed to be well-tolerated and in this clinical trial there have been no unanticipated adverse events or reported SAEs. We expect the randomized controlled data from this clinical trial will help us initiate the pivotal program for continuous subcutaneous infusion of glucagon, which we plan to initiate in the first half of 2019.

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Hypoglycemia-Associated Autonomic Failure

We are evaluating our ready-to-use glucagon for HAAF, a condition for which there are currently no therapeutic options. We expect to conduct a Phase 2a clinical trial from which we expect to obtain topline results in the second half of 2018. If clinical development is successful, we expect to submit a NDA under the 505(b)(2) pathway for FDA review. We intend to discuss the registration pathway with the FDA in the second half of 2018.

Hypoglycemia-Associated Autonomic Failure Market

Typically, a decrease in plasma glucose below the normal range triggers defensive counter-regulatory responses that restore blood sugars. However, individuals with HAAF have defects in that counter-regulatory response. These individuals do not experience the physiological symptoms of worsening hypoglycemia and are at risk of being unaware of an impending severe hypoglycemic event. Chronic hypoglycemia is thought to lead to this defective glucose counter-regulation and hypoglycemia unawareness. The lack of awareness of an oncoming hypoglycemic event may result in the inability to treat or prevent it, creating a vicious cycle of recurrent hypoglycemia and possibly leading to the sudden onset of severe hypoglycemia, putting patients at risk for severe hypoglycemia, neuroglycopenia, seizure, coma and, if left untreated, death. As such, hypoglycemia unawareness is a major concern for this subset of people with T1D and T2D and their caregivers.

 

101


Table of Contents

The figures below depict the effect of hypoglycemic unawareness where symptoms do not signal corresponding blood glucose.

 

 

LOGO

It has been shown that the autonomic response and awareness of hypoglycemia can be restored with scrupulous avoidance of hypoglycemia for two to three weeks. However, this restoration can currently only be achieved with intensive diet and behavior modification, which we believe results in low participation and success rates.

Based on our research, we estimate that approximately 20% of people with T1D and 14% of people with T2D (primarily those on insulin) have HAAF. In primary market research, physicians indicated approximately half of patients with some form of HAAF are moderately to severely affected. However due to the need for better diagnosis procedures and guidelines for HAAF, the physicians surveyed also reported that they currently expect approximately 40% and 50% under-diagnosis rates of HAAF in people with T1D and T2D, respectively. We believe there is a critical unmet need for a therapeutic treatment for insulin deficient diabetes patients with HAAF.

Xeris Offering—Continuous Subcutaneous Infusion of Ready-to-Use Glucagon

We are developing a novel continuous subcutaneous glucagon infusion system incorporating our ready-to-use, liquid-stable glucagon formulation with an infusion pump. Continuous subcutaneous infusion of ready-to-use glucagon could be used to avoid hypoglycemia during a three- to four-week period to restore autonomic response and hypoglycemia awareness. Combined with patient training, the treatment may result in a significant long-term reduction in hypoglycemia rates post-intervention, particularly of severe hypoglycemia. If approved, we believe our ready-to-use glucagon has the potential to be the first product designed to prevent hypoglycemia for extended periods of time to enable re-establishment of hypoglycemia awareness and treat HAAF. We believe our ready-to-use glucagon, if approved, could provide substantial therapeutic benefit to patients who suffer from severe hypoglycemic events and are taken to the emergency room multiple times per year.

The use of glucagon to treat this condition has been hampered due to the lack of a room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation and a convenient delivery system for continuous administration. Attempts at off-label treatment with current emergency glucagon products require reconstitution of freeze-dried glucagon powder, and the drug chamber and infusion set would likely require replacement at least every 24 hours due to the instability of glucagon in aqueous solution.

There are currently no therapeutic treatment options for HAAF. However, since at least some payors currently cover diabetes coaching and training services conducted by certified diabetes educators, which are often used to help treat or manage HAAF, we believe payors will cover ready-to-use glucagon if we can demonstrate reversal of hypoglycemia unawareness. We intend to conduct additional payor research as product development progresses.

 

102


Table of Contents

Clinical Experience

We expect to conduct a Phase 2a proof-of-concept randomized controlled clinical trial and have successfully completed a number of preclinical studies in multiple species that we are leveraging in our intermittent and chronic glucagon programs.

Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial

XSGO-AF01: Fixed Rate Continuous Subcutaneous Glucagon Infusion (CSGI) vs Placebo in Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus Patients with Recurrent Severe Hypoglycemia: Effects On Counter Regulatory Responses to Insulin Induced Hypoglycemia

We expect to conduct a randomized, controlled, Phase 2a clinical trial at four sites in the United States, with topline results from 40 subjects expected in the second half of 2018. We believe that our ready-to-use glucagon has the potential to be the first treatment option to prevent the occurrence of hypoglycemia for an entire month in people with T1D. In addition, we seek to evaluate whether epinephrine response and hypoglycemic awareness are restored following the course of treatment and, if so, the duration of the restored response. We expect data from this Phase 2a clinical trial to help outline pivotal study endpoints and enable an FDA discussion in the second half of 2018.

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Exercise-Induced Hypoglycemia in Diabetes

We are evaluating our ready-to-use glucagon and plan to initiate additional Phase 2 clinical development in the second half of 2018 for EIH, for which there are currently no approved therapies. We intend to discuss the registration pathway with FDA in 2018. In November 2013, we filed an IND application for the use of mini-dose ready-to-use glucagon for EIH. We are the sponsor of this IND, which is active as of the date of this prospectus.

Exercise-Induced Hypoglycemia in Diabetes Market

Exercise-induced hypoglycemia and the complexity of management aimed at its prevention represent major barriers to the adoption of regular physical activity for many individuals with diabetes treated with insulin. Although carbohydrate ingestion, including oral glucose tablets, can help ameliorate hypoglycemia, patients’ carbohydrate requirements can be as high as 1 gram per minute of exercise, which can be counterproductive to weight management. Aerobic exercise, in particular, often results in a significant drop in blood glucose concentrations. Qualitative feedback has shown that the challenges in current exercise management strategies and the need to consume carbohydrates is frustrating and may lead to minimized or complete omission of exercise for many patients. People with diabetes who use insulin are at risk of EIH. We believe there is a subset of these individuals that exercises at least three times per week per current guidelines, and who could potentially use a mini-dose of ready-to-use glucagon each time they exercised. If approved, our ready-to-use glucagon would represent a significant market opportunity in the treatment for EIH.

Xeris Offering—Mini-doses of Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Treatment of EIH

We are developing a mini-dose of our ready-to-use, liquid-stable glucagon and have observed appropriate dose-dependent PK and PD responses when administered subcutaneously at doses of 75, 150 and 300 µg in adults with T1D. Our previous proof-of-concept study demonstrated that 150 µg of this mini-dose glucagon corrected non-severe hypoglycemia to a substantially similar degree as oral glucose tablets that are commonly used during exercise in correcting non-severe hypoglycemia in adults with T1D, while enabling avoidance of unnecessary caloric intake.

Modestly increasing glucagon levels at the start of exercise has previously not been possible, since current commercially available glucagon preparations are unstable in aqueous solution. They exist as a lyophilized powder that must be reconstituted in diluent immediately prior to injection and are only indicated at an emergency dose of 1 mg for rescue from severe hypoglycemia. Despite the challenging reconstitution process, there has been significant documented off-label use of the current glucagon kits.

We have been awarded over $3.1 million in grants from organizations such as the Leona M. and Harry B. Helmsley Charitable Trust and the NIH National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, and we have worked with institutions including the Joslin Diabetes Center and the University of Pennsylvania for clinical development of our mini-dose glucagon product candidate.

Clinical Experience

We have successfully completed a number of preclinical studies in multiple species to support the safety of mini-dose glucagon, as well as three Phase 2 safety and efficacy clinical trials in subjects with T1D.

 

103


Table of Contents

Phase 2 Clinical Trials

XSMP-203: The Use of Mini-Dose Glucagon to Prevent Exercise-Induced Hypoglycemia in Type 1 Diabetes

Based on our previous dose-finding trials (XSMP-201 and XSMP-202), we initiated a third Phase 2 clinical trial of mini-dose glucagon for EIH in the first quarter of 2016. The primary analysis of this trial was comparison of the glycemic response of 150 µg mini-dose glucagon against current standards of care, including basal insulin reduction and glucose tablet consumption, to mitigate exercise-induced hypoglycemia. In particular, this was a four-session, randomized crossover trial involving 15 adults with T1D who exercised at 50-55% VO2max for 45 minutes under conditions of no intervention (control), 50% basal insulin reduction, 40 g oral glucose tablets, or 150 µg subcutaneous mini-dose glucagon, all administered five minutes before exercise. Secondary endpoints were to investigate the safety profile of this product candidate.

During the exercise sessions conducted in this study, plasma glucose increased slightly with mini-dose glucagon compared to a decrease with control and insulin reduction, as depicted in the figure below. Plasma glucose increased more greatly with glucose tablets. Hypoglycemia (<70 mg/dL) was experienced by six subjects during control, five during insulin reduction and none with glucose tablets or mini-dose glucagon; however, five subjects experienced hyperglycemia (³250 mg/dL) with glucose tablets and one with mini-dose glucagon. The study was well-controlled, as insulin levels were not different among sessions, while glucagon levels increased only in the mini-dose glucagon arm, as expected.

In a Phase 2a randomized, controlled clinical study, T1D subjects (n=16) administered mini-dose glucagon completed a 45-minute exercise session without adjusting basal insulin or ingesting glucose tabs (calories).

 

 

LOGO

The Phase 2a study concluded that mini-dose glucagon (150 µg) may have the potential to prevent EIH in adults with T1D. In addition, mini-dose glucagon may be more effective at preventing EIH than insulin reduction that was associated with a similar rate and magnitude of hypoglycemia as no intervention. Moreover, while mini-dose glucagon was as effective as glucose tablets for preventing exercise-induced hypoglycemia, mini-dose glucagon may result in less post-intervention hyperglycemia than ingestion of carbohydrates and avoids the consumption of unnecessary calories. The results of this study were presented in 2017 at the American Diabetes Association’ Scientific Sessions and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes Annual Meeting and have been accepted for publication.

 

104


Table of Contents

Ready-to-Use Glucagon for Bi-Hormonal Artificial Pancreas Closed-Loop Systems

We are evaluating our ready-to-use glucagon for use in a bi-hormonal artificial pancreas closed-loop system. We intend to initiate a Phase 2a proof-of-concept randomized three-way crossover clinical trial in mid-2018 to evaluate the utility of such a system. In December 2013, we filed an IND application for the use of ready-to-use glucagon in a bi-hormonal artificial pancreas closed-loop system. We are the sponsor of this IND, which is active as of the date of this prospectus.

Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Market

Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion from a pump, or CSII, has been shown to improve glycemic control for people with diabetes. However, data from clinical trials indicate that even when used in closed-loop, insulin analogs, pumps and continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, have generally modest effects in reducing hypoglycemic events because they are capable of only delivering or stopping delivery of insulin. As such, CSII users are still forced to ingest carbohydrate containing foods, over-the-counter glucose products, or utilize emergency glucagon products to counteract hypoglycemia.

We believe the quality of life for patients could be significantly improved by offering a bi-hormonal artificial pancreas that delivers both insulin and glucagon. While significant work has been done developing extensive algorithms and control systems needed for the bi-hormonal pump, a key limitation has been the lack of a glucagon formulation that does not require reconstitution and is stable for at least three days in a pump chamber. We believe the utilization of our ready-to-use glucagon in a bi-hormonal system has the potential to minimize the incidence of hypoglycemia, improve patient quality of life, and drive higher rates of adoption of CSII systems.

All patients utilizing an intensive insulin regimen are candidates for a bi-hormonal pump system. In the United States, this includes all 1.3 million people with T1D as well as approximately 500,000 people with T2D. Of this combined population, approximately one-third is currently utilizing CSII therapy.

Xeris Offering—Liquid-Stable Ready-To-Use Glucagon for a Bi-Hormonal Artificial Pancreas

A liquid-stable glucagon formulation is a critical component to facilitate a bi-hormonal artificial pancreas. Our ready-to-use glucagon has demonstrated stability at body temperature in a patch pump chamber. Collaborators in our bi-hormonal artificial pancreas program include endocrinologists at Oregon Health & Science University (OHSU). In addition, numerous researchers have expressed interest in using our ready-to-use glucagon in research studies with novel bi-hormonal pump systems.

To support development of our ready-to-use glucagon for this application, we have been awarded approximately $1.9 million in funding from organizations such as the NIH National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases and the JDRF.

Clinical Experience

We have successfully completed a number of preclinical studies in multiple species and a Phase 2a dose-ranging glucagon PK/PD study and are currently conducting a Phase 2a proof-of-concept randomized clinical trial.

Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial

G18002: A Randomized, Three-Way, Cross-Over Outpatient Study to Assess the Efficacy of a Dual-Hormone Closed-Loop System with XeriSol Glucagon vs Closed-Loop System with Insulin Only vs a Predictive Low Glucose Suspend System

We intend to initiate a single center, randomized, three-way, crossover trial in mid-2018 to compare the glucose control resulting from the use of a bi- and single-hormone closed-loop system as compared to a predictive low glucose suspend system. The bi-hormonal closed-loop system is designed to reduce the time spent in the hypoglycemic range and increase the time spent in the target range, even after exercise, as compared to an insulin only closed-loop system and a predictive low glucose suspend system. We intend to enroll 19 subjects in this clinical trial, with results expected in the first half of 2019.

Preclinical Programs

Ready-to-Use Diazepam

Leveraging our XeriSol formulation technology, we are developing a ready-to-use diazepam formulation for the treatment of ARS in patients with epilepsy. Approximately 160,000 people in the United States experience ARS.

 

105


Table of Contents

Immediate treatment of epileptic seizures is critical to avoid increased risks of morbidity and mortality, including permanent neuronal damage, behavioral abnormalities and an increased probability in the need for life-long care.

Injectable and rectal gel formulations of diazepam are the current standard of care for the emergency treatment of epileptic seizures. In 2017, these diazepam formulations generated total U.S. sales of approximately $127 million, of which DiaStat Rectal Gel and its generic formulations comprised $83 million. DiaStat requires a multi-step procedure which makes it more difficult to administer while a patient is experiencing seizures. Additionally, the use of rectal gel in both middle school children and young adults with ARS is reduced because of social stigma. These characteristics are limitations that may diminish the specific demand for rectal diazepam products. Due to this limitation, we believe the market for diazepam in ARS is underpenetrated. We believe that a ready-to-use diazepam rescue pen would improve patient quality of life and drive adoption of diazepam to treat ARS.

Our ready-to-use diazepam rescue pen has demonstrated rapid onset and high bioavailability in preclinical models. We received orphan drug designation for our product candidate from the FDA and were awarded grants totaling $1.5 million from the Epilepsy Foundation and the NIH for this program. If approved, we believe that our ready-to-use diazepam rescue pen would become the standard of care for the treatment of ARS. We plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of our ready-to-use diazepam rescue pen in the second half of 2018. If results are positive, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in the first half of 2019.

Pram-Insulin

Leveraging our XeriSol platform, we are developing a ready-to-use fixed dose combination of insulin and pramlintide to be delivered via a vial and syringe. Despite advances in the delivery and pharmacology of insulin, most people with T1D are still unable to achieve glycemic targets with insulin therapy alone, particularly after mealtime. Pramlintide acetate (Symlin), a synthetic analog of the hormone amylin, has been approved by the FDA for use by people with T1D and T2D who use mealtime insulin. Pramlintide is indicated as an adjunct treatment for people who use mealtime insulin therapy and who have failed to achieve glucose control despite optimal insulin therapy. At present, pramlintide must be administered as a separate injection, doubling the number of daily injections for the patient, which we believe has limited the market.

Our fixed dose combination is designed to reduce the number of injections as the pramlintide would not require a separate mealtime injection. If approved, we believe the potential target population for our fixed dose combination may total 350,000 to 390,000 patients. We plan to open an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for our fixed dose combination of insulin and pramlintide in the second half of 2018.

Manufacturing and Supply

We currently contract with third parties for the manufacture, assembly, testing, packaging, storage and distribution of our products. In our experience, third party contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, are generally cost-efficient, high quality and reliable, and we currently have no plans to build our own manufacturing or distribution infrastructure. Our technical team has extensive pharmaceutical development, manufacturing, analytical, quality and distribution experience and is qualified and capable of managing supply chain operations across multiple CMOs. Our Quality System, Standard Operating Procedures and CMO interfaces are designed to promote cGMP compliance and effective regulatory communications. We selected our CMOs for specific competencies, and they have met our development, manufacturing, quality and regulatory requirements and were all involved in manufacturing our clinical supplies and commercial registration batches.

Glucagon is the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, used in our Glucagon Rescue Pen and our intermittent and chronic hypoglycemia products in development that utilize ready-to-use glucagon. We intend to use Bachem Americas, Inc., or Bachem, as our primary commercial source for API. Bachem holds a U.S. drug master file for glucagon produced at its facility in Switzerland, and its manufacturing process is fully validated. We have entered into a non-exclusive supply agreement with Bachem. While we believe that Bachem has sufficient capacity to satisfy our long-term requirements for our Glucagon Rescue Pen and other pipeline products utilizing ready-to-use glucagon, we are actively engaged in developing a second API source. An alternate supplier has successfully produced one full scale commercial batch, and we intend to complete development work and register this supplier as a qualified source shortly after NDA approval.

 

106


Table of Contents

Manufacturing drug product for our Glucagon Rescue Pen requires an aseptic fill/finish facility capable of handling solvents and a cyclic olefinic polymer syringe. Pyramid Laboratories, Inc., or Pyramid, has been actively involved in the development of our product candidates, and we intend to use its facility in California to be our primary source for drug product. We have entered into a non-exclusive supply agreement with Pyramid. While we believe that Pyramid has sufficient capacity to satisfy our demand requirements for at least three to five years, we are evaluating alternate sourcing options.

The auto-injector used to deliver drug product in our Glucagon Rescue Pen is a proprietary multi-product device platform developed by SHL Pharma, LLC, or SHL Pharma. We entered into a joint development agreement in January 2016 to develop an auto-injector suitable for our Glucagon Rescue Pen, and we are in the final stages of assembly equipment process validation. SHL Pharma produces device sub-assemblies in company-owned facilities in Taiwan and performs final drug product/device assembly operations at its facility in Florida. We intend to enter into a non-exclusive supply agreement with SHL Pharma. We intend to source the device from a single supplier over the life of the product.

We believe that a number of CMOs can provide suitable secondary packaging services for our Glucagon Rescue Pen, and we intend to enter into one or more commercial supply agreements. A number of third party logistic providers can provide commercial order processing and finished good distribution services to U.S. wholesale customers, and we expect to enter into one or more commercial distribution agreements in 2018.

Competition

Our industry is characterized by intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. We believe the key competitive factors that will affect the development and commercial success of our product candidates include likelihood of successful dose delivery, ease of administration, therapeutic efficacy, safety and tolerability profiles and cost. While we believe that our product and product candidate platform, development expertise and scientific knowledge provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Many of our potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do, as well as more experience in the development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products, and the commercialization of those products.

Two emergency glucagon products are currently available to treat severe hypoglycemia: Eli Lilly’s GEK and Novo Nordisk’s GlucaGen. Each kit is sold as a vial of lyophilized, glucagon powder with an exposed syringe/needle that contains a liquid diluent. The glucagon powder must be combined with the liquid diluent at the time of use and drawn into a syringe in accordance with a complex multi-step reconstitution and dose calibration procedure. Additionally, once reconstituted, the glucagon must be used immediately because once the lyophilized glucagon is combined with water, the solution becomes unstable and can fibrillate, rendering it inactive and potentially toxic. We believe that the drawbacks of currently marketed products and the lack of conversations regarding glucagon limit their adoption. In addition to the currently marketed GEK and Novo Nordisk’s GlucaGen, we are currently aware of several product candidates that are expected to compete with our Glucagon Rescue Pen, if approved. Eli Lilly is developing an intranasal glucagon dry powder. While healthcare professionals as well as patients and caregivers believe both our Glucagon Rescue Pen and the intranasal dry powder are easy to use, they have expressed concern that the full dose of glucagon may not be delivered via intranasal absorption. Of note, in a Phase 1 clinical trial, a pediatric subject failed to achieve a >25 mg/dL rise in glucose because he blew his nose immediately after a 2 mg intranasal dose administration.

In our market research, respondents ranked the importance of successful full-dose delivery and ability to tell if the full dose was administered significantly higher than the needleless attribute. In our market research, caregivers and people with diabetes associated our Glucagon Rescue Pen with efficacious and successful dose delivery, as well as ease of ability to tell if the full dose was administered. Similarly, healthcare professionals indicated that one of the most appealing attributes of our Glucagon Rescue Pen is the greater likelihood of successful dose delivery.

In addition, Zealand Pharma is developing an SC dasiglucagon, a stable analog of human glucagon, in an auto-injector. Zealand’s dasiglucagon is currently in Phase 3 development and is being studied in adults only. Data

 

107


Table of Contents

released to date indicate that Zealand’s dasiglucagon will have a room-temperature stable shelf-life up to 12 months.

Additional Phase 1 candidates for severe hypoglycemia include Adocia’s BioChaperone Glucagon and Novo Nordisk’s NNC9204-1513.

While there are currently no FDA approved products indicated for treatment of PBH, we are aware of a number of product candidates in development. For example, Eiger Biopharma is developing its product candidate exendin 9-39, a glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor antagonist, to be administered subcutaneously, which is currently in Phase 2 development.

Currently, there are no approved drugs for CHI and limited treatment options are available, but we are aware of several product candidates in development. For example, Rezolute is developing RZ358, an IV administered fully human antibody that inhibits the effects of elevated insulin via allosteric modulation of the insulin receptor, which is currently in Phase 2 development. In addition, Zealand Pharma is developing an SC infusion of dasiglucagon, which is currently in Phase 3 clinical development.

There are currently no approved products for the treatment of HAAF. Many other therapeutic compounds have been investigated in academic clinical research for the indirect prevention of hypoglycemia. While none of these interventions have been successful to date, this research shows there is considerable interest in restoring hypoglycemia awareness and HAAF.

Currently, the first-line emergency treatment of epileptic seizures in the outpatient setting is the administration of diazepam in a non-sterile rectal gel marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals as DiaStat. We are also aware of several product candidates in development for the treatment of ARS in patients with epilepsy. For example, Neurelis is developing NRL-1, an intranasal formulation of diazepam, for which Neurelis has announced an intention to file a NDA in 2018. In addition, Aquestive is developing AQST-203, a buccal soluble formulation of diazepam, which is currently in Phase 3 development.

Intellectual Property

Proprietary protection

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our drug candidates, manufacturing and process discoveries and other know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. We have been building and continue to build our intellectual property portfolio relating to our product candidates and technology. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and certain foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also intend to rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us or our partners in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our technology.

Patent rights

As of May 18, 2018, we owned 69 issued patents globally, of which 13 are issued U.S. patents. As of May 18, 2018, we owned 77 patent applications pending globally, of which 14 are patent applications pending in the United States. As of May 18, 2018, three of our U.S. issued patents have pending continuations or divisionals in process which may provide additional intellectual property protection if issued as U.S. patents. Our issued patents expire between December 22, 2023 and April 22, 2036, subject to payment of required maintenance fees, annuities and other charges. The subset of our patent estate directed specifically to our ready-to-use glucagon consists of one U.S. composition of matter patent that is scheduled to expire in year 2036, two pending U.S. patent applications and 18 international patent applications. Patents that issue based on the foregoing international application would expire in year 2036.

 

108


Table of Contents

Trade secret and other protection

In addition to patented intellectual property, we also rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how to protect our technology and maintain our competitive position, especially when we do not believe that patent protection is appropriate or can be obtained. Our policy is to require each of our employees, consultants and advisors to execute a confidentiality and inventions assignment agreement before beginning their employment, consulting or advisory relationship with us. The agreements generally provide that the individual must keep confidential and not disclose to other parties any confidential information developed or learned by the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us except in limited circumstances. These agreements generally also provide that we shall own all inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us.

Other intellectual property rights

We file trademark applications and pursue registrations in the United States and abroad when appropriate. We own a registered trademark for the mark Xeris Pharmaceuticals. We also own pending trademark applications for XERISOL, XERIJECT and HYPOPEN in the United States; and XERISOL and XERIJECT in the EU for use in connection with our pharmaceutical research and development as well as products, as well as trade names that could be used with our potential products. The USPTO has allowed the following trademark applications which are awaiting Statements of Use: XERISOL, XERIJECT, HYPOPEN and GLUCAPEN.

From time to time, we may find it necessary or prudent to obtain licenses from third-party intellectual property holders.

Grant Agreements

Through March 31, 2018, we have received $0.8 million out of an expected $0.9 million in grant proceeds for the development of a stable liquid glucagon for use in an artificial pancreas. Under the terms of the agreement, we will be required to pay up to four times the award received upon commercialization of glucagon for use in the artificial pancreas. If we undergo a change in control, then we will be required to pay a mid-single digit percentage of the gross proceeds, capped at four times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, if sales of glucagon for use in the artificial pancreas exceed $750 million in the first five years after the first commercial sale, then we would be required to make an additional payment equal to the original award amount.

Through March 31, 2018, we received $0.9 million in grant proceeds to help fund our EIH program. Under terms of this agreement, we will be required to pay up to two times the award amount upon the commercialization of an EIH product. These amounts are a low double-digit percentage of annual gross sales of an EIH product, capped at $0.5 million annually. If we undergo a change in control, then we will pay a mid-single digit percentage of the consideration capped at two times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, if sales exceed $1 billion, we will be required to pay an additional amount equal to two times the award amount.

Through March 31, 2018, we received $1.0 million in grant proceeds to help fund our T1D chronic glucagon programs. Under terms of this agreement we will be required to pay up to two times the award amount upon the commercialization of any chronic glucagon program. These amounts are a low double-digit percentage of annual gross sales of T1D all chronic glucagon programs, capped at $0.5 million annually. If we undergo a change in control, then we will pay a mid-single digit percentage of the consideration capped at two times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, for each chronic glucagon program where sales exceed $500 million, we will be required to pay an additional amount equal to two times the award amount.

We have also received awards from the NIH National Institute of Diabetes and Kidney Diseases, which awards are not subject to any repayment obligations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commitments” for additional details.

Loan and Security Agreement

In February 2018, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement, which we refer to as the Loan Agreement, with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, which we collectively refer to as our Lenders, providing a senior secured loan facility of up to an aggregate principal amount of $45.0 million, comprised of a $20.0 million drawdown in February 2018, and an additional $25.0 million which can be borrowed in two additional tranches. The second tranche is $15.0 million and is available only if we submit our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen before September 30, 2018, and then only available to be drawn until the earlier of September 30, 2018 or the 30th day

 

109


Table of Contents

following such NDA submission. The third tranche is $10.0 million and is available only if we receive approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the FDA before September 30, 2019, and then only available to be drawn until the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the 30th day following NDA approval by the FDA. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Loan Agreement” for additional details.

Government Regulation

United States Drug Development

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs, medical devices and combinations of drugs and devices, or combination products, under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, requests for voluntary product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our product candidates are subject to regulation as combination products, which means that they are composed of both a drug product and device product. If marketed individually, each component would be subject to different regulatory pathways and reviewed by different Centers within the FDA. A combination product, however, is assigned to a Center that will have primary jurisdiction over its regulation based on a determination of the combination product’s primary mode of action, which is the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action. In the case of our product candidates, the primary mode of action is attributable to the drug component of the product, which means that the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research has primary jurisdiction over the premarket development, review and approval of our product candidates. Accordingly, we plan to investigate our products through the IND framework and seek approval through the NDA pathway. Based on our discussions with the FDA to date, we do not anticipate that the FDA will require a separate medical device authorization for the device, but this could change during the course of its review of any marketing application that we may submit. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

    completion of extensive preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with an applicable IND and other clinical study related regulations, sometimes referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its proposed indication;

 

    submission to the FDA of a NDA;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practice requirements, or cGMP;
    potential FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA and payment of associated user fees;

 

    review by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

    FDA review and approval of the NDA prior to any commercial marketing or sale; and

 

    compliance with any post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, and the potential requirement to conduct post-approval studies.

 

110


Table of Contents

Once a pharmaceutical product candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, formulation and stability, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved product to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer such investigational product to humans. The sponsor must also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the initial clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated if the initial clinical trial lends itself to an efficacy evaluation. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on a clinical hold within that 30-day period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance, and may be imposed on all drug products within a certain class of drugs. The FDA also can impose partial clinical holds, for example, prohibiting the initiation of clinical trials of a certain duration or for a certain dose.

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations. These regulations include the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Further, an institutional review board, or IRB, must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at any institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. An IRB considers, among other things, whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trial are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the information regarding the clinical trial and the consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed.

Each new clinical protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted for FDA review and to the IRBs for approval. Protocols detail, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase 1. The product is initially introduced into a small number of healthy human subjects or patients and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product is suspected or known to be unavoidably toxic, the initial human testing may be conducted in patients.

 

    Phase 2. Involves clinical trials in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and schedule.

 

    Phase 3. Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These studies are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 trials. Companies that conduct certain clinical trials also are required to register them and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, such as ClinicalTrials.gov in the United States, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events, findings from other studies that suggest a significant risk to humans exposed to the product,

 

111


Table of Contents

findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk to human subjects, and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the clinical trial sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study. The clinical trial sponsor may also suspend or terminate a clinical trial based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

NDA and FDA Review Process

The results of product development, preclinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information, are submitted to the FDA as part of a NDA for a new drug, requesting approval to market the product. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is subject to an application user fee, which for federal fiscal year 2018 is $2,421,495 for a NDA requiring clinical data. The sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to an annual program fee, which for fiscal year 2018 is $304,162. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these fees, such as an exception from the application fee for products with orphan designation and a waiver for certain small businesses.

The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted before it accepts them for filing and may request additional information rather than accepting a NDA for filing. The FDA typically makes a decision on accepting a NDA for filing within 60 days of receipt. The decision to accept the NDA for filing means that the FDA has made a threshold determination that the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, the FDA’s goal to complete its substantive review of a standard NDA and respond to the applicant is ten months from the receipt of the NDA. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates, and the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification and may go through multiple review cycles.

After the NDA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the NDA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMPs to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. The FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA will likely re-analyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and us during the review process. The review and evaluation of a NDA by the FDA is extensive and time consuming and may take longer than originally planned to complete, and we may not receive a timely approval, if at all.

Before approving a NDA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMPs. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving a NDA, the FDA may also audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. After the FDA evaluates the application, manufacturing process and manufacturing facilities, it may issue an approval letter or a Complete

 

112


Table of Contents

Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s), and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

There is no assurance that the FDA will ultimately approve a product for marketing in the United States, and we may encounter significant difficulties or costs during the review process. If a product receives marketing approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling or may condition the approval of the NDA on other changes to the proposed labeling, development of adequate controls and specifications, or a commitment to conduct post-market testing or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the effects of approved products. For example, the FDA may require Phase 4 clinical trials to further assess drug safety and effectiveness and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory requirements or if problems occur following initial marketing.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

NDAs for most new drug products are based on two full clinical studies which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and effectiveness of the proposed new product for the proposed use. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and effectiveness for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations relied upon by the applicant for approval of the application “were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”

Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to a NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the labeled indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress established an abbreviated regulatory scheme authorizing the FDA to approve generic drugs that are shown to contain the same active ingredients as, and to be bioequivalent to, drugs previously approved by the FDA pursuant to NDAs. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the

 

113


Table of Contents

active pharmaceutical ingredient, bioequivalence, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data and quality control procedures. ANDAs are “abbreviated” because they generally do not include preclinical and clinical data to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Instead, in support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under a NDA, known as the reference-listed drug, or RLD.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is the same as the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, the strength of the drug and the conditions of use of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug. Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or patient.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. For the purposes of this provision, a new chemical entity, or NCE, is a drug that contains no active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance, that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, which states that the proposed drug will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.

The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication. Three-year exclusivity would be available for a drug product that contains a previously approved active moiety, provided the statutory requirement for a new clinical investigation is satisfied. Unlike five-year NCE exclusivity, an award of three-year exclusivity does not block the FDA from accepting ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product. The FDA typically makes decisions about awards of data exclusivity shortly before a product is approved.

Pursuant to the Food and Drug Administration Reauthorization Act of 2017, the FDA must establish a priority review track for certain generic drugs, requiring the FDA to review a drug application within eight (8) months for a drug that has three (3) or fewer approved drugs listed in the Orange Book and is no longer protected by any patent or regulatory exclusivities, or is on the FDA’s drug shortage list. The new legislation also authorizes FDA to expedite review of ‘‘competitive generic therapies’’ or drugs with inadequate generic competition, including holding meetings with or providing advice to the drug sponsor prior to submission of the application.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

Upon approval of a NDA, including a 505(b)(2) NDA, or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant relies on studies conducted for an already

 

114


Table of Contents

approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

    the required patent information has not been filed;

 

    the listed patent has expired;

 

    the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

    the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the applicant is not seeking approval).

If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA or the 505(b)(2) application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA or 505(b)(2) application until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant. The ANDA or 505(b)(2) application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the branded reference drug has expired.

Regulation of Combination Products in the United States

Certain products may be comprised of components, such as drug components and device components, that would normally be regulated under different types of regulatory authorities, and frequently by different centers at the FDA. These products are known as combination products. Specifically, under regulations issued by the FDA, a combination product may be:

 

    a product comprised of two or more regulated components that are physically, chemically, or otherwise combined or mixed and produced as a single entity;

 

    two or more separate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit and comprised of drug and device products, device and biological products, or biological and drug products;

 

    a drug, or device, or biological product packaged separately that according to its investigational plan or proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approved individually specified drug, or device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect and where upon approval of the proposed product the labeling of the approved product would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intended use, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significant change in dose; or

 

    any investigational drug, or device, or biological product packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling is for use only with another individually specified investigational drug, device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect.

Under the FDCA and its implementing regulations, the FDA is charged with assigning a center with primary jurisdiction, or a lead center, for review of a combination product. The designation of a lead center generally eliminates the need to receive approvals from more than one FDA component for combination products, although it does not preclude consultations by the lead center with other components of FDA. The determination of which center will be the lead center is based on the “primary mode of action” of the combination product. Thus, if the primary mode of action of a drug-device combination product is attributable to the drug product, the FDA center responsible for premarket review of the drug product would have primary jurisdiction for the combination product. The FDA has also established an Office of Combination Products to address issues surrounding combination

 

115


Table of Contents

products and provide more certainty to the regulatory review process. That office serves as a focal point for combination product issues for agency reviewers and industry. It is also responsible for developing guidance and regulations to clarify the regulation of combination products, and for assignment of the FDA center that has primary jurisdiction for review of combination products where the jurisdiction is unclear or in dispute.

A combination product with a drug primary mode of action generally would be reviewed and approved pursuant to the drug approval processes under the FDCA. In reviewing the NDA or 505(b)(2) application for such a product, however, FDA reviewers in the drug center could consult with their counterparts in the device center to ensure that the device component of the combination product met applicable requirements regarding safety, effectiveness, durability and performance. In addition, under FDA regulations, combination products are subject to cGMP requirements applicable to both drugs and devices, including the Quality System, or QS, regulations applicable to medical devices.

Drug-device combination products present unique challenges for competitors seeking approval of Abbreviated New Drug Applications, or ANDA, for generic versions of combination products. Generally, FDA reviews both the drug and device constituents of a proposed generic product to determine whether it is the same as the innovator product, including whether the basic design and operating principles of the device component are the same and whether minor differences require significant differences in labeling for safe and effective use. If FDA determines that the device component of the proposed generic product is not the same in terms of performance and critical design, or that the labeling is not the same, it generally will not approve the ANDA. Likewise, if FDA determines that certain clinical studies, such as clinical usability or human factors studies, are necessary to demonstrate the safety and/or effectiveness of the device component, FDA generally will not accept or approve an ANDA for a combination product and will instead require the submission of a full NDA or 505(b)(2) application.

Post-Marketing Requirements

Any products for which we receive FDA approval are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting to the applicable regulatory authorities of adverse events with the product, providing the applicable regulatory authorities with updated safety and efficacy information, and product sampling and distribution requirements in accordance with the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PMDA, a part of the FDCA, as well as the Drug Supply Chain Security Act, or DSCSA. The PDMA, its implementing regulations and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples, and the DSCSA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove counterfeit and other illegitimate products from the market. Moreover, each component of a combination product retains their regulatory status (as a drug or device, for example) and is subject to the requirements established by the FDA for that type of component. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market.

Prescription drug advertising is subject to federal, state and foreign regulations. In the United States, the FDA regulates prescription drug promotion and advertising, including direct-to-consumer advertising. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. In addition, a pharmaceutical company must comply with restrictions on promoting drugs for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the drug’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers typically may not market or promote such off-label uses.

In the United States, once a product is approved, its manufacture is subject to comprehensive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA regulations require that combination products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMPs applicable to drugs and devices, including certain QS requirements. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. cGMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies

 

116


Table of Contents

for compliance with cGMPs and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. These regulations also impose certain organizational, procedural and documentation requirements with respect to manufacturing and quality assurance activities. NDA holders using contract manufacturers, laboratories or packagers are responsible for the selection and monitoring of qualified firms, and, in certain circumstances, qualified suppliers to these firms. These firms and, where applicable, their suppliers are subject to inspections by the FDA at any time, and the discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMPs, could result in enforcement actions that interrupt the operation of any such facilities or the ability to distribute products manufactured, processed or tested by them. Discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved NDA, including, among other things, recall or withdrawal of the product from the market.

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development and impact approved products already on the market.

Other Regulatory Matters

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, voluntary recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. In addition, even if a firm complies with FDA and other requirements, new information regarding the safety or effectiveness of a product could lead the FDA to modify or withdraw product approval. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the voluntary recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

Orphan Designation and Exclusivity

The FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Alternatively, orphan drug designation may be available if the disease of the condition affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the drug for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States.

Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. If a product with orphan designation receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will receive orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve another sponsor’s marketing application for the same drug for the same condition for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. Orphan exclusivity does not block the approval of a different drug for the same rare disease or condition, nor does it block the approval of the same drug

 

117


Table of Contents

for different conditions. If a drug designated as an orphan drug ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan drug application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity.

Orphan drug exclusivity will not bar approval of another product with the same drug for the same condition under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same drug for the same condition is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity cannot assure the availability of sufficient quantities of the drug to meet the needs of persons with the disease or condition for which the drug was designated.

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, as amended, a NDA or supplement thereto must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. A sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug product that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration must submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and the FDA. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults or full or partial waivers if certain criteria are met. The FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from preclinical studies, early phase clinical trials, and/or other clinical development programs. The requirements for pediatric data generally do not apply to drugs for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent five-year and three-year and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if a NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of FDA-requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.

Regulations and Procedures Governing Approval of Medicinal Products in the European Union

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, an applicant will need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. Specifically, the process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union (“EU”) generally follows the same lines as in the United States. It entails satisfactory completion of pharmaceutical development, preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the medicinal product for each proposed indication. It also requires the submission to the relevant competent authorities for clinical trials authorization and to the European Medicines Authority, or EMA, for a marketing authorization application, or MAA, and granting of a marketing authorization by these authorities before the product can be marketed and sold in the EU.

European Orphan Designation and Exclusivity

In the European Union, the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of

 

118


Table of Contents

life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions that affect not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union Community, or when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of such products in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the products. Additionally, orphan drug designation is only available where no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of the condition has been authorized (or the product would be a significant benefit to those affected).

In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and 10 years of market exclusivity is granted following medicinal product approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Market exclusivity would not prevent the approval of a similar drug that is shown to be safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior.

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

In addition to FDA restrictions on the marketing of pharmaceutical products and medical devices, we may be subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. Our activities are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities include the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, or DHHS, the Department of Justice, or DOJ, the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, or CPSC, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, or OSHA, the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and state and local governments. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer, receive or pay any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for, or intended to induce or reward, including arranging for or recommending, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order, prescription or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act (see below) or federal civil money penalties statute. Violations of the AKS carry potentially significant civil and criminal penalties, including imprisonment, fines, administrative civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs;

 

    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws, such as the federal False Claims Act, which imposes criminal and civil penalties and authorizes civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things: knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to a federal government healthcare program, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent; making, using or causing to be made or used, a false statement or record material to payment of a false or fraudulent claim or obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The government may deem manufacturers to have “caused” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Our marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products and any future product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law;

 

    the anti-inducement law, which prohibits, among other things, the offering or giving of remuneration, which includes, without limitation, any transfer of items or services for free or for less than fair market value (with limited exceptions), to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of items or services reimbursable by a federal or state governmental program;

 

119


Table of Contents
    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes criminal and civil liability for knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program (including private payors) or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose specified requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouse (“covered entities”) as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information, including mandatory contractual terms and required implementation of technical safeguards of such information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associate with pursing federal civil actions;

 

    the federal false statements statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

    the federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act, including the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members;

 

    federal government price reporting laws, which require us to calculate and report complex pricing metrics in an accurate and timely manner to government programs; and

 

    federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.

 

    The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making, or offering or promising to make improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or otherwise seeking favorable treatment.

Additionally, we are subject to state and non-U.S. equivalents of each of the healthcare laws described above, among others, some of which may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of the payor. Many U.S. states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not just governmental payors, including private insurers. In addition, some states have passed laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the April 2003 Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and/or the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America’s Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals. Several states also impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state. There are ambiguities as to what is required to comply with these state requirements and if we fail to comply with an applicable state law requirement we could be subject to penalties. Finally, there are state and non-U.S. laws governing the privacy and security of health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

120


Table of Contents

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.

Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including penalties, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment and/or exclusion or suspension from federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and debarment from contracting with the U.S. government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the U.S. government under the federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states.

Neither the U.S. government nor the U.S. courts have provided definitive guidance on the application of fraud and abuse laws to our business. Law enforcement authorities are increasingly focused on enforcing these laws, and it is possible that some of our practices may be challenged under these laws. Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties, and our business generally, will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including our arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom receive stock options as compensation for services provided, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our drug candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to non-U.S. equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other non-U.S. laws.

If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business with are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs, which may also adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Healthcare Reform

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medical products. For example, in March 2010, the Affordable Care Act, or the ACA, was enacted, which, among other things, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; introduced a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug

 

121


Table of Contents

Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care plans; imposed mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries as a condition for manufacturers’ outpatient drugs coverage under Medicare Part D; subjected drug manufacturers to new annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal healthcare programs; imposed a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices; created a new Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; created the Independent Payment Advisory Board, which, if impaneled, would have authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs; and established the a Center for Medicare Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

Since its enactment, some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial, Congressional, and Executive challenges. The U.S. Supreme Court has upheld certain key aspects of the legislation, including a tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, which is commonly the requirement that all individuals maintain health insurance coverage or pay a penalty, referred to as the “individual mandate. However, the current presidential administration has indicated that enacting changes to the ACA is a legislative priority and has discussed repealing and replacing or amending the ACA. While Congress has not passed repeal legislation to date, the 2017 Tax Reform Act includes a provision repealing the individual mandate, effective January 1, 2019.

Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. One Executive Order directs federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. The second Executive Order terminates the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. In addition, CMS has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results. We continue to evaluate the effect that the Affordable Care Act and its possible repeal and replacement could have on our business.

In addition, the Budget Control Act of 2011 and the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 led to aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year that will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Further, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. More recently, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which have resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

We expect that additional foreign, federal and state healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in limited coverage and reimbursement and reduced demand for our products, once approved, or additional pricing pressures.

 

122


Table of Contents

Coverage and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidate for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and markets in other countries, sales of any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend, in part, on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product candidates could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

In addition, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. One third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular medical product or service does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the medical product or service, or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately and will be a time-consuming process.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain and maintain coverage and reimbursement for any product, we may need to conduct expensive clinical trials in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of such product, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. Our products may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit.

The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA, contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, and mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of general controls and measures, coupled with the tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceutical drugs.

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, creating a new methodology by which rebates owed by are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The ACA also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010 and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits (phased-in by 2014). Pricing and rebate programs must also comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990.

 

123


Table of Contents

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Parts A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. Any negotiated prices for any of our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although under the current state of the law these newly eligible entities (with the exception of children’s hospitals) will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. As 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. The plan for the research was published in 2012 by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures are made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our drug candidates, if any such drug or the condition that they are intended to treat are the subject of a trial. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s drug could adversely affect the sales of our drug candidate. If third-party payors do not consider our drugs to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our drugs after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our drugs on a profitable basis.

In recent years, additional laws have resulted in direct or indirect reimbursement reductions for certain Medicare providers, including:

 

    The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken.

 

    The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

 

    The Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 required that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services reduce the Medicare clinical laboratory fee schedule by 2% in 2013, which served as a base for 2014 and subsequent years. In addition, effective January 1, 2014, CMS also began bundling the Medicare payments for certain laboratory tests ordered while a patient received services in a hospital outpatient setting.

 

124


Table of Contents

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

As noted above, the marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. We expect that an increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed federal and proposed and enacted state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to pursue new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. Individual state legislatures have become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing. Some of these measures include price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access, marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, measures designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs. These measures could reduce the ultimate demand for our products, once approved, or put pressure on our product pricing.

Outside of the United States, the pricing of pharmaceutical products and medical devices is subject to governmental control in many countries. For example, in the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular therapy to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Other countries may allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control product volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Efforts to control prices and utilization of pharmaceutical products and medical devices will likely continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures.

Employees

As of April 30, 2018, we had 50 employees, 25 of whom were primarily engaged in product development and research, 23 of whom were primarily engaged in administration and finance and, two of whom were primarily engaged in sales and marketing. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal office is located in Chicago, Illinois. Our Chicago office occupies approximately 16,045 square feet of leased space. The lease term expires on November 30, 2024. We also maintain a product development site in San Diego, California. We currently occupy temporary space in San Diego as our permanent space is under construction. We expect that work to be completed by mid-year 2018. Our permanent San Diego office will occupy approximately 17,105 square feet of leased space under a 60-month lease. We believe that the Chicago office coupled with our permanent San Diego office will be suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. The medical device industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as improper hiring practices. As a result, we may be involved in various additional legal proceedings from time to time.

 

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about our directors and executive officers as of                 , 2018.

 

 

 

NAME

  

AGE

  

POSITION(S)

Executive Officers

     

Paul Edick

   62    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Barry Deutsch

   55    Chief Financial Officer

John Shannon

   56    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

Steven Prestrelski

   54    Chief Scientific Officer

Ken Johnson

   55    Senior Vice President, Clinical Development, Regulatory, Quality Assurance and Medical Affairs

Non-Employee Directors

     

BJ Bormann (2)(3)

   59    Director

Dawn Halkuff (2)(3)

   47    Director

Marla Persky (1)(3)

   62    Director

Jonathan Rigby (1)(3)

   50    Director

John Schmid (1)(2)

   55    Director

Jeffrey Sherman (2)

   63    Director

 

 

(1)    Member of our audit committee
(2)    Member of our compensation committee
(3)    Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Paul Edick. Mr. Edick joined our company in January 2017 as President and Chief Executive Officer. Previously, Mr. Edick was a founding partner of 3G Advisors, a consultancy firm to the pharmaceutical, healthcare and healthcare investor communities. From 2010 to 2014, Mr. Edick was the chief executive officer of Durata Therapeutics, Inc. prior to its acquisition in November 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Edick was chief executive officer of Ganic Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Warburg Pincus investment search vehicle, from 2008 to 2010. Before that, from 2006 to 2008, Mr. Edick was chief executive officer of MedPointe Healthcare, Inc. and served as its president of pharmaceutical operations from 2002 to 2006.

Mr. Edick currently serves on the board of directors for PDL BioPharma, Inc. and Iterum Therapeutics Limited. Mr. Edick has also previously served on a number of pharmaceutical and healthcare company boards including Circassia Pharmaceuticals Plc, Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Durata Therapeutics, Amerita, Inc. and Informed Medical Communications, Inc. Mr. Edick received a B.A. degree in psychology from Hamilton College. We believe Mr. Edick is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management and industry experience.

Barry Deutsch. Mr. Deutsch joined our company in July 2017 as our vice president, business development. In April 2018, Mr. Deutsch was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer. Previously, from 2007 to 2017, Mr. Deutsch was a vice president for the BioScience Division of Baxter Healthcare Corporation, Baxalta Incorporated following its spinoff from Baxter, and Shire plc following its acquisition of Baxalta. Mr. Deutsch’s roles included serving as vice president of business development at Baxter BioScience and Baxalta and head of business development and public-private partnerships for the intercontinental region at Baxalta and Shire.

Mr. Deutsch received a B.S. in Economics degree in finance and accounting from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

John Shannon. Mr. Shannon joined our company in February 2017 as Chief Operating Officer. Previously, from 2015 until its acquisition in 2016, Mr. Shannon served as chief executive officer and director for Catheter Connections, Inc. Prior to that, from 2012 to until its acquisition in 2014, Mr. Shannon served as chief commercial officer for Durata Therapeutics. From 2002 to 2012, he served as vice president and general manager of Baxter BioScience.

 

126


Table of Contents

Mr. Shannon received a B.S. degree in biology with an emphasis in microbiology from Western Illinois University.

Steve Prestrelski, Ph.D. Dr. Prestrelski is one of our co-founders. He has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since 2005 and as our Interim Chief Executive Officer from 2013 to 2014. He also served on our board of directors from 2005 to 2015. Dr. Prestrelski is the inventor of our platform technologies. Prior to joining our company, from 2003 to 2011, Dr. Prestrelski was vice president of pharmaceutical R&D at Amylin Pharmaceuticals. At Amylin, from 2003 to 2005, he was the executive director of the Bydureon program. From 1998 to 2002, Dr. Prestrelski was vice president, biopharmaceuticals at PowderJect Technologies, Inc. Dr. Prestrelski serves on the board of directors of BaroFold, Inc. and on the scientific advisory board of iMEDD, Inc. Dr. Prestrelski served on the scientific advisory board of GIRx Metabolics from 2012 to 2014.

Dr. Prestrelski has a B.S. in nutrition science from Drexel University, a Ph.D. in molecular biophysics from the City University of New York and an M.B.A from Rady School of Management at the University of California, San Diego.

Ken Johnson, Pharm. D. Dr. Johnson joined our company in March 2017. Prior to that, from 2016 to 2017, Dr. Johnson served as executive director, U.S. medical affairs for hospital specialty products at Merck. Previously, Dr. Johnson served as vice president of global medical affairs at Circassia Pharmaceuticals from 2015 to 2016 and as vice president of corporate medical affairs at Durata Therapeutics from 2012 to 2015. Prior to his time at Durata, Mr. Johnson also held senior management positions in medical affairs at Horizon Pharma, Inc., Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, NeoPharm, Inc., Searle/Pharmacia Pharmaceuticals and Bristol-Myers Squibb.

Dr. Johnson received a B.S. in pharmacy and Pharm. D. from the University of Minnesota and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Tennessee Health Sciences Center.

Non-Employee Directors

BJ Bormann, Ph.D. Dr. Bormann has served on our board of directors since April 2018. Dr. Bormann has served as chief executive officer and as a member of the board of directors of Pivot Pharmaceuticals Inc. since 2015. Dr. Bormann also serves as the interim chief executive officer of Supportive Therapeutics, LLC and was previously the chief executive officer of Harbour Antibodies from 2015 to 2017 and the chief business advisor for NanoMedical Systems, Inc. From 2007 to 2013, Dr. Bormann was a senior vice president, world-wide alliances, licensing and business development at Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Bormann currently serves on the board of directors of various companies, including Supportive Therapeutics, LLC, the Institute for Pediatric Innovation and Bioline RX.

Dr. Bormann received her Ph.D. in biomedical science from the University of Connecticut Health Center and her B.Sc. from Fairfield University in biology. Dr. Bormann completed postdoctoral training at Yale Medical School in the department of pathology. We believe Dr. Bormann is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in the industry in which we operate.

Dawn Halkuff. Ms. Halkoff has served on our board of directors since April 2018. Since 2016, Ms. Halkoff has served as the chief commercial officer of TherapeuticsMD, Inc. Prior to that, Ms. Halkuff held numerous senior level positions at Pfizer, Inc., the Pfizer Consumer Healthcare Wellness Organization and was a member of its Consumer Global Leadership Team, including roles as senior vice president, global wellness, vice president, women’s health sales and marketing and senior director, women’s health products. Prior to that, Ms. Halkuff was the commercial lead for sales and marketing of the Pfizer’s Women’s Health Division. From 2005 to 2010, Ms. Halkuff was head of global innovation at Weight Watchers International.

Ms. Halkoff has a B.A. degree in psychology from University of Connecticut and an M.B.A from Pennsylvania State University. We believe Ms. Halkoff is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in the industry in which we operate.

Marla S. Persky. Ms. Persky has served on our board of directors since April 2018. Since 2014, Ms. Persky has served as the chief executive officer and president of WOMN, LLC, a consulting and coaching organization. From 2005 to 2013, Ms. Persky was senior vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary of Boehringer Ingelheim Corporation, a pharmaceutical company. Ms. Persky also serves on the board of advisors of Text IQ, Inc. and the board of directors of Ygeia Group, Inc.

 

127


Table of Contents

Ms. Persky has a B.S.S. degree in speech sciences from Northwestern University and a J.D. from Washington University School of Law. We believe Ms. Persky is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in the industry in which we operate.

Jonathan Rigby. Mr. Rigby has served as on our board of directors since March 2016. In 2011, Mr. Rigby founded SteadyMed Therapeutics Inc. and has since served as its president, chief executive officer and director. Prior to founding SteadyMed, Mr. Rigby cofounded Zogenix Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of central nervous system and pain products, where he served as its vice president of business development from 2006 until December 2011.

Mr. Rigby has a B.S. degree in biological sciences from Sheffield University (UK) and an M.B.A. from Portsmouth University (UK). We believe Mr. Rigby is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the industry in which we operate.

John Schmid. Mr. Schmid has served on our board of directors since September 2017. Mr. Schmid currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Neos Therapeutics, Inc., AnaptysBio Inc., Forge Therapeutics, Inc., Patara Pharma, Inc. and Speak, Inc. Previously, he was the chief financial officer of Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2013 until its acquisition in 2015. Prior to joining Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Schmid co-founded Trius Therapeutics, Inc. in 2004, where he served as chief financial officer until its sale in 2013.

Mr. Schmid received a B.A. in economics from Wesleyan University and an M.B.A. from the University of San Diego. We believe Mr. Schmid is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience, including financial experience, in the industry in which we operate.

Jeffrey Sherman, M.D., FACP. Dr. Sherman has served on our board of directors since April 2018. Since 2009, Dr. Sherman has served as the chief medical officer and executive vice president at Horizon Pharma plc. Dr. Sherman serves on the board of directors of Strongbridge Biopharma plc and is a member of a number of professional societies, a diplomat of the National Board of Medical Examiners and the American Board of Internal Medicine, and also serves on the Board of Advisors of the Center for Information and Study on Clinical Research Participation. He previously held positions at IDM Pharma Takeda Global Research and Development, Neopharm, Searle/Pharmacia, and Bristol-Myers Squibb and is past president of the Drug Information Association.

Dr. Sherman received a B.A. in Biology from Lake Forest College and earned his M.D. from the Rosalind Franklin University of Medicine and Science/The Chicago Medical School. Dr. Sherman completed internship and residency programs at Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, where he currently serves as an adjunct assistant professor, and a fellowship program at the University of California San Francisco. We believe Dr. Sherman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the industry in which we operate.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, each of whom is a member pursuant to the board composition provisions of our current certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders. These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

 

128


Table of Contents

Staggered Board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2019 for Class I directors, 2020 for Class II directors and 2021 for Class III directors.

 

    Our Class I directors will be Jonathan Rigby and BJ Bormann;

 

    Our Class II directors will be Jeffrey Sherman and Dawn Halkuff; and

 

    Our Class III directors will be Paul Edick, John Schmid and Marla Persky.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board Independence

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within twelve months from the date of listing. In addition, The Nasdaq Global Market rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent within twelve months from the date of listing. Audit committee members must also satisfy additional independence criteria, including those set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under The Nasdaq Global Market rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries, other than compensation for board service; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board of directors must consider, for each member of a compensation committee of a listed company, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director, and whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

In April 2018, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board of Directors has determined that none of our non-employee directors has a material relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” in accordance with the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. In making that determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each of those non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the potential deemed beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, including non-employee directors that are affiliated with certain of our major stockholders. Mr. Edick is not an independent director under these rules because he is an executive officer of our company.

 

129


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has adopted a policy, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that outlines a process for security holders to send communications to the Board.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our audit committee will consist of John Schmid, Jonathan Rigby and Marla Persky and will be chaired by John Schmid. The functions of the audit committee will include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

    coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

    recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

    reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market. Our Board of Directors has determined that John Schmid qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of applicable SEC regulations. In making this determination, our Board of Directors considered the nature and scope of experience that John Schmid has previously had with public reporting companies. Our Board of Directors has determined that all of the current members of our audit committee satisfy the relevant independence requirements for service on the audit committee set forth in the rules of the SEC and the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management will periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written audit committee charter. We believe that the composition of our audit committee, and our audit committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the consummation of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at https://www.xerispharma.com/. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

 

130


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our compensation committee will consist of BJ Bormann, John Schmid, Jeffrey Sherman and Dawn Halkuff, and will be chaired by BJ Bormann. The functions of the compensation committee will include:

 

    annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation (i) reviewing and determining the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

 

    reviewing and approving the cash compensation of our other executive officers;

 

    reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

    overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

    evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;

 

    reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

    reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    preparing our compensation committee report if and when required by SEC rules;

 

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Each member of our compensation committee will be a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Furthermore, we believe that, upon the consummation of this offering, the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and SEC rules and regulations.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the consummation of this offering, the full text of our compensation committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at https://www.xerispharma.com/. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Jonathan Rigby, Marla Persky, BJ Bormannn and Dawn Halkuff and will be chaired by Jonathan Rigby. The functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

 

    developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

    establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

    reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

    recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

131


Table of Contents
    developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written nominating and corporate governance committee charter. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee, and our nominating and corporate governance committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and SEC rules and regulations that will be applicable to us. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the consummation of this offering, the full text of our nominating and corporate governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at https://www.xerispharma.com/. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the prior three years been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have in the past fiscal year served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors intends to adopt, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in connection with this offering. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will apply to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), agents and representatives, including directors and consultants.

We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, or waivers of those provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified below or in a current report on Form 8-K. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer will be posted on our website at http://www.xerispharma.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information a part of this prospectus.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Agreements

As permitted by Delaware law, provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, both of which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, a director exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to him or her. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payments of dividends; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under other laws,

 

132


Table of Contents

such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the consummation of this offering will provide that:

 

    we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law;

 

    we must advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may advance expenses to our employees and other agents, in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

    the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director or officer, then the liability of our directors or officers will be so eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained such insurance.

In addition to the indemnification that will be provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we will enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

This description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

133


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Overview

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. This section provides an overview of the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time during fiscal year 2017, and our next two most highly compensated executive officers in respect of their service to our company for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers. Our named executive officers are:

 

    Paul Edick, our President and Chief Executive Officer effective January 10, 2017;

 

    Nora Brennan, our Former Chief Financial Officer;

 

    John Shannon, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and

 

    Doug Baum, who served as our President and Chief Executive Officer through January 10, 2017.

Our executive compensation program is based on a pay for performance philosophy. Compensation for our executive officers is composed primarily of the following main components: base salary; bonus; and equity incentives in the form of options. Our executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we intend to evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require.

2017 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION

   YEAR      SALARY
($)
     OPTION
AWARDS
($) (1)
     NON-EQUITY
PLAN
COMPENSATION

$ (2)
     ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION
($) (3)
     TOTAL
($)
 

Paul Edick,

President and Chief Executive Officer(4)

     2017        489,583        657,134        250,000               1,396,717  

Nora Brennan,

Former Chief Financial Officer(5)

     2017        147,917        166,192        64,167               378,276  

John Shannon,

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer(6)

     2017        218,750        168,029        100,834               487,613  

Doug Baum

Former President and Chief Executive Officer(7)

     2017        10,781                      291,949        302,730  

 

 

(1)    Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of option awards granted or modified in 2017 in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards, see Note 2 to our financial statements and the discussion under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and the Use of Estimates—Stock based compensation” included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the named executive officers upon vesting of applicable awards.
(2)    The amounts reported reflect a cash bonus approved by our board of directors based on achievement of individual and company performance goals in 2017, prorated for partial years of service with respect to Ms. Brennan and Mr. Shannon.
(3)   The amounts reported reflect severance payments paid in connection with Mr. Baum’s separation agreement.
(4)    Mr. Edick commenced his employment with us in January 2017.
(5)   As of April 2018, Ms. Brennan is no longer employed by us.
(6)   Mr. Shannon commenced his employment with us in February 2017.
(7)   

Mr. Baum entered into a separation agreement with us on December 13, 2016, whereby he stepped down as President and Chief Executive Officer on January 10, 2017. As part of his separation agreement, as modified on January 6, 2017, he received salary

 

134


Table of Contents
  continuation in 2017 for nine months in an aggregate amount equal to $210,848, COBRA continuation benefits from us for nine months in an amount equal to $7,873, and forgiveness by us of the outstanding balance under a certain note and pledge agreement dated October 22, 2013 by and between us and Mr. Baum in the amount of $73,227.

Narrative to the 2017 Summary Compensation Table

Base Salary

We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. Base salaries are reviewed annually, typically in connection with our annual performance review process, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience.

Annual Bonus

We do not have a formal performance-based bonus plan. Our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide that the executive may be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to a target percentage of the executive’s base salary, as described further below under the section entitled “––Employment Arrangements and Severance Agreements with our Named Executive Officers”. From time to time, our board of directors or compensation committee may approve annual bonuses for our named executive officers based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined to be appropriate.

Equity Compensation

Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, or any formal equity ownership guidelines applicable to them, we believe that equity grants provide our executive officers with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executive officers and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incentivizes our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. Accordingly, our board of directors periodically reviews the equity incentive compensation of our named executive officers and from time to time may grant equity incentive awards to them in the form of stock options.

We typically grant stock option awards at the start of employment to each executive officer and our other employees as well as on an annual basis for retention purposes. We award our stock options on the date our board of directors approves the grant. We set the option exercise price and grant date fair value based on our per-share estimated valuation on the date of grant.

Employment Arrangements and Severance Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. These agreements set forth the initial terms and conditions of each executive’s employment with us, including base salary, target annual bonus opportunity and standard employee benefit plan participation. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new employment agreements with each of our named executive officers.

These employment agreements provide for “at will” employment. The material terms of these employment agreements with our named executive officers are described below. The terms “cause” and “change in control” used in each existing employment agreement are defined in each employment agreement.

Paul Edick

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Paul Edick, our President and Chief Executive Officer, on January 9, 2017, pursuant to which Mr. Edick is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $500,000, an annual target bonus equal to 50% of his annual base salary based upon our board of directors’ assessment of Mr. Edick’s performance and our attainment of targeted goals approved by the board of directors, an equity grant and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. This employment agreement also contains provisions related to confidentiality, inventions assignment and non-competition, pursuant to which Mr. Edick agrees to refrain from disclosing our confidential information, re-affirms the obligations contained in his Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and agrees not to compete with us during his employment.

Mr. Edick’s employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by him upon a “material change” (as each term is defined in the employment agreement), subject to the

 

135


Table of Contents

execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, he will be entitled to receive (in addition to accrued compensation and benefits through the date of termination) (i) salary continuation based on his then-current base salary for 11 months and (ii) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage for him and his immediate family in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Mr. Edick had he remained employed with us for up to 11 months following termination.

Upon a “change in control,” subject to the execution and effectiveness of a release, Mr. Edick shall be eligible to receive a lump sum amount equal to 18 months of his then-current base salary (but in no event less than $500,000), his annual target bonus reflective for a period of 18 months and 100% accelerated vesting of his outstanding stock options. Furthermore, the employment agreement provides that our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, consider providing Mr. Edick with a transaction bonus at the time of a “change in control”. If he is terminated upon the effectiveness of the “change in control,” he shall also receive reimbursement of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage for him and his immediate family in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Mr. Edick had he remained employed with us for up to 18 months following termination.

Nora Brennan

We entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Nora Brennan, our Chief Financial Officer, on May 11, 2017, pursuant to which Ms. Brennan was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $275,000, an annual target bonus equal to 40% of her annual base salary based upon our board of directors’ assessment of Ms. Brennan’s performance and our attainment of targeted goals approved by the board of directors, an equity grant and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. This employment agreement also contained provisions related to confidentiality, inventions assignment and non-competition agreement with us, pursuant to which Ms. Brennan agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information, re-affirms the obligations contained in her Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and agrees not to compete with us during her employment.

Ms. Brennan’s employment agreement provided that, in the event that her employment was terminated by us without “cause” or by her upon a “material change,” subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, she would be entitled to receive (in addition to accrued compensation and benefits through the date of termination) (i) salary continuation based on her then-current base salary for 10 months and (ii) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage for her and her immediate family in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Ms. Brennan had she remained employed with us for up to 10 months following termination.

Upon a “change in control,” subject to the execution and effectiveness of a release, Ms. Brennan would be eligible to receive a lump sum amount equal to 12 months of her then-current base salary (but in no event less than $275,000), her annual target bonus and 100% accelerated vesting of her outstanding stock options. Furthermore, the employment agreement provided that our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, consider providing Ms. Brennan with a transaction bonus at the time of a “change in control”. If she were terminated upon the effectiveness of the “change in control,” she would also receive reimbursement of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage for her and her immediate family in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Ms. Brennan had she remained employed with us for up to 12 months following termination.

Ms. Brennan entered into a separation agreement with us in May 2018, which provides for her termination as our Chief Financial Officer effective April 24, 2018. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Ms. Brennan is eligible to receive salary continuation for 18 months, COBRA reimbursement for up to 18 months and acceleration of 83,157 of her outstanding equity grants that were unvested at the time of termination.

John Shannon

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. John Shannon, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, on February 16, 2017 pursuant to which Mr. Shannon is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $250,000, an annual target bonus equal to 40% of his annual base salary based upon our board of directors’ assessment of Mr. Shannon’s performance and our attainment of targeted goals as approved by the board of directors, an equity grant and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. This employment agreement

 

136


Table of Contents

also contains provisions related to confidentiality, inventions assignment and non-competition agreement with us, pursuant to which Mr. Shannon agrees to refrain from disclosing our confidential information, re-affirms the obligations contained in his Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and agrees not to compete with us during his employment. Mr. Shannon’s employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by him upon a “material change,” subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, he will be entitled to receive (in addition to accrued compensation and benefits through the date of termination) (i) salary continuation based on his then-current base salary for 10 months and (ii) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage for him and his immediate family in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Mr. Shannon had he remained employed with us for up to 10 months following termination.

Upon a “change in control,” subject to the execution and effectiveness of a release, Mr. Shannon shall be eligible to receive a lump sum amount equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary (but in no event less than $250,000), his annual target bonus and 100% accelerated vesting of his outstanding stock options. Furthermore, the employment agreement provides that our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, consider providing Mr. Shannon with a transaction bonus at the time of a “change in control”. If he is terminated upon the effectiveness of the “change in control,” he shall also receive reimbursement of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage for him and his immediate family in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Mr. Shannon had he remained employed with us for up to 12 months following termination.

Doug Baum

Mr. Baum entered into a separation notice and release agreement with us on December 13, 2016, as modified on January 6, 2017, which provided for his termination as our President and Chief Executive Officer effective January 10, 2017. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Baum was eligible to receive salary continuation for nine months, COBRA reimbursement for nine months, acceleration of his outstanding equity grants and the extension of the post-termination exercise period for certain portions of his option grants to the earlier of (i) January 9, 2019, (ii) a change in control and (iii) the original expiration dates as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement. Furthermore, we agreed to forgive the outstanding balance under a certain note and pledge agreement dated October 22, 2013 by and between us and Mr. Baum in the amount of $73,227.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

    OPTION AWARDS (1)     STOCK AWARDS  

NAME

  VESTING
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
    NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS (#)
EXERCISABLE
    NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS (#)
UNEXERCISABLE
    OPTION
EXERCISE
PRICE ($)
    OPTION
EXPIRATION
DATE
    NUMBER OF
SHARES OR
UNITS OF
STOCK THAT
HAVE NOT
VESTED (#)
    MARKET
VALUE OF
SHARES OR
UNITS OF
STOCK THAT
HAVE NOT
VESTED
($) (2)
 

Paul Edick

    6/12/2017 (3)      114,942       9,421       0.87       6/11/2027              
    1/9/2017 (4)      1,189,904             0.87       1/27/2027              

Nora Brennan

    6/19/2017 (5)      64,942       217,686 (6)      0.87       6/11/2027       50,000    

John Shannon

    6/12/2017 (7)            44,771       0.87       6/11/2027              
    2/16/2017 (8)      114,942       170,635       0.87       2/3/2027              

Doug Baum

    12/26/2013 (9)      11,756             0.61       1/9/2019              
    4/5/2013 (9)      17,817             0.61       1/9/2019              

 

 

(1)   

Each equity award was granted pursuant to our 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended, or the 2011 Plan. The shares subject to each option vest with respect to 25% of the option on the one year anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date and the remaining shares subject to each option vest in 36 equal installments on the corresponding day of each calendar month

 

137


Table of Contents
  thereafter (or, if such calendar month does not have a corresponding day, on the last day of such month), in all cases subject to the optionee’s continuous service to us through each vesting date. In addition, each option becomes exercisable as described in the footnotes below, where any unvested portion subject to a right of repurchase upon the optionee’s termination of continuous service. Upon a change in control of the Company while the optionee is providing services to us, 100% of the shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the change in control.

 

(2)    The market value for our common stock is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(3)    114,942 of the shares subject to the option became exercisable as of June 12, 2017, and the remaining 9,421 shares became exercisable on January 1, 2018.
(4)    The shares subject to this option are early exercisable.

 

(5)    Ms. Brennan departed from her position as Chief Financial Officer in April 2018. On December 29, 2017, Ms. Brennan early exercised 50,000 shares subject to the option, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2017.

 

(6)    Ms. Brennan departed from her position as Chief Financial Officer effective April 24, 2018. As part of her separation agreement, 83,157 of Ms. Brennan’s unvested shares subject to outstanding stock options were accelerated and became vested and exercisable.

 

(7)    The option shall become exercisable on January 1, 2019.

 

(8)    114,942 of the shares subject to the option became exercisable as of the grant date, an additional 114,942 shares became exercisable on January 1, 2018, and the remaining 55,693 shares shall become exercisable on January 1, 2019.

 

(9)    Mr. Baum departed from his position as President and Chief Executive Officer on January 10, 2017. As part of his separation agreement, as modified on January 6, 2017, certain vested shares subject to outstanding stock options shall remain exercisable through the earlier of (i) January 9, 2019, (ii) a change in control, and (iii) the original expiration dates as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement.

Compensation Risk Assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking.

This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employee Benefit and Equity Compensation Plans

2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

Our 2011 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders in March 2011. The 2011 Plan was most recently amended in January 2018 with the approval of both our board of directors and our stockholders. Under the 2011 Plan, we have reserved for issuance an aggregate of 8,397,950 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance is subject to adjustment in the event of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction.

The shares of common stock underlying awards that (i) expire, are terminated or are canceled for any reason prior to the issuance of the underlying shares or (ii) are unvested and then repurchased at a price not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share shall be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Our board of directors has acted as administrator of the 2011 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2011 Plan are those employees, officers and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, our company as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

The 2011 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock, including options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and (2) shares of common stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered or pursuant to restricted stock units or other share right awards which vest upon the completion of designated service periods of pre-established performance milestones. In addition, the 2011 Plan permits the granting of

 

138


Table of Contents

restricted shares of common stock. The per share option exercise price of each option will be determined by the administrator but may not be less than par value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by the administrator. The administrator will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

The 2011 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a “change in control,” as defined in the 2011 Plan, 100% of the shares subject to outstanding options shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the change in control unless such option is assumed or continued or replaced with a cash retention program which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the change in control. Immediately following the change in control, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding unless assumed or continued by the successor entity. Our board of directors has discretion to provide that all or some of the outstanding options shall vest and become exercisable in full immediately prior to a change in control event, even if such awards are not going to be assumed or continued. The 2011 Plan also provides that, upon the occurrence of a “change in control,” the right of repurchase and vesting conditions for restricted stock and restricted stock units shall immediately vest in full prior to the “change in control” unless such awards are assigned to a successor entity or continued pursuant to the terms of the transaction. Our board of directors has discretion to provide that all or some of the outstanding restricted stock or restricted stock units shall vest and become exercisable in full immediately prior to a change in control event, even if such awards are not going to be assumed or continued.

The administrator may amend or modify the 2011 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. The administrator of the 2011 Plan may also amend or modify any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may adversely affect a participant’s rights without his or her consent.

The 2011 Plan will terminate automatically upon the earlier of (i) 10 years from the date on which the 2011 Plan was adopted by our board of directors, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the action of board to terminate of all outstanding options in connection with a “change in control.” As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 3,208,588 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2011 Plan. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2011 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in April 2018 and approved by our stockholders on                 and will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. The 2018 Plan will replace the 2011 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under the 2011 Plan following the closing of our initial public offering. The 2018 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based and cash-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons (including consultants).

We have initially reserved                 shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2018 Plan. The 2018 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2019, by     % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2018 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2018 Plan and the 2011 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Plan.

The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2019 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or                 shares of common stock.

The 2018 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any

 

139


Table of Contents

combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2018 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2018 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2018 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2018 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2018 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

The 2018 Plan provides that in the case of, and subject to, the consummation of a “sale event” as defined in the 2018 Plan, all outstanding awards may be assumed, substituted or otherwise continued by the successor entity. To the extent that the successor entity does not assume, substitute or otherwise continue such awards, then (i) all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on all other awards with time-based conditions will automatically be deemed waived, and awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee’s discretion and (ii) upon the effectiveness of the sale event, the 2018 Plan and all awards will automatically terminate. In the event of such termination, (i) individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event; or (ii) we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights (to the extent then exercisable).

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2018 Plan and our compensation committee may amend the exercise price of options and amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2018 Plan require the approval of our stockholders. No awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of stockholder approval. No awards under the 2018 Plan have been made prior to the date of this prospectus.

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted in April 2018, and our stockholders approved on                     , 2018, the 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of shares of common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2019 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2028, by the least of (i)         % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31; (ii)                  shares or (iii) such number of shares as determined by the ESPP administrator. The number of shares reserved under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

 

140


Table of Contents

All employees who have completed at least three months of employment and whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock is not eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

We will make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, offerings will usually begin on each January 1 and July 1 and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to % of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

In April 2018, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); research and development, publication, clinical and/or regulatory milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value added; acquisitions or strategic transactions, including licenses, collaborations, joint ventures or promotion arrangements; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; total stockholder returns; coverage decisions; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; revenue; corporate revenue; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion and provides the compensation committee with discretion to adjust the size of the award as it deems appropriate to account for unforeseen factors beyond management’s control that affected corporate performance.

 

141


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain the Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified retirement plan for our employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan by employees or by us, and the investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us when made. All employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the first full month of their employment. Participants have the option to make two kinds of Elective Deferral Contributions: Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. Any initial election or change of election by an eligible employee may be made at any time. Participants are always 100% vested in their contributions. While we have discretion to make matching contributions, we have historically not provided such contributions.

 

142


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors and received compensation for such service during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2017. Mr. Baum, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, did not receive any compensation for his service as a member of our board of directors during 2017. Mr. Baum’s compensation for service as an employee for fiscal year 2017 is presented in “Executive Compensation – 2017 Summary Compensation Table.” In addition, Paul Edick, our current President and Chief Executive Officer does not receive any compensation for his service as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Edick’s compensation for service as an employee for fiscal year 2017 is presented in “Executive Compensation – 2017 Summary Compensation Table.” We reimburse non-employee members of our board of directors for reasonable travel expenses.

Director Compensation Table—2017

 

 

 

NAME

   FEES EARNED OR
PAID IN CASH
($)
     OPTION
AWARDS
($) (1)
     TOTAL
($)
 

Robert C. Faulkner (2)

                    

Cary McNair (2)

                    

Jonathan Rigby (3)

     38,750        7,157        45,907  

John Schmid (4)

     10,000        7,157        17,157  

 

 

(1)    Each equity award was granted pursuant to our 2011 Plan and, unless otherwise described in the footnotes, the shares vest in 24 equal installments commencing as of May 14, 2017 for Mr. Rigby and September 30, 2017 for Mr. Schmid (or, if such calendar month does not have a corresponding day, on the last day of such month), in all cases subject to the optionee’s continuous service to us through each vesting date. The shares subject to the options are early exercisable. Upon a change in control of the Company while the optionee is providing services to us and where the option is not assumed, continued, or substituted, 100% of the shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the change in control.

 

(2)    Investor-appointed directors did not receive fees or other compensation for their service on our board of directors. Messrs. Faulkner and McNair departed from our board of directors in April 2018.

 

(3)    The amounts reported were granted pursuant to the offer agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and between Mr. Rigby and us. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Rigby held unexercised options to purchase 50,080 shares of our common stock.

 

(4)    The amounts reported were granted pursuant to the offer agreement, dated August 31, 2017, by and between Mr. Schmid and us. On December 29, 2017, Mr. Schmid early exercised all 10,080 shares subject to his option, all of which remained unvested as of December 31, 2017, and he did not hold any other unexercised options.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Our board of directors has adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, effective upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, each director who is not an employee will be paid cash compensation from and after the completion of this offering, as set forth below:

 

 

 

     MEMBER
ANNUAL
FEE
($)
     CHAIRMAN
ADDITIONAL
ANNUAL
FEE
($)
 

Board of Directors

     35,000        20,000  

Audit Committee

     8,000        8,000  

Compensation Committee

     6,000        6,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     4,000        4,000  

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

In addition, each non-employee director elected or appointed to our board of directors following the completing of this offering will be granted options with a grant date fair value of $              on the date of such director’s election or appointment to the board of directors, which will vest in the following manner, subject to continued service through such vesting date(s):                 . On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of our company, each non-employee director will be granted options with a grant date fair value of $            , which will vest in the following manner, subject to continued service as a director through such vesting date(s):

 

144


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions or series of transactions since January 1, 2015, to which we were or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $120,000; and

 

    in which any of our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, including their immediate family members, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and our directors are described elsewhere in this prospectus under “Management—Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Private Placements of Securities

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In December 2015, with subsequent closings in December 2016, May 2017, December 2017 and February 2018, we sold an aggregate of 13,542,592 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.2705 per share for an aggregate principal amount of $84.9 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C preferred stock by related persons:

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SHARES OF
SERIES C
PREFERRED
STOCK
     TOTAL
PURCHASE
PRICE
 

Entities affiliated with Palmetto Partners, Ltd.

     1,833,983      $ 11,499,996.41  

Entities affiliated with Deerfield Management Company

     3,114,584      $ 19,529,998.98  

Entities affiliated with Redmile Group, LLC (1)

     3,109,796      $ 19,499,995.82  

Mérieux Participations 2 S.A.S.

     1,562,873      $ 9,799,995.15  

Paul Edick(2)

     23,922      $ 150,002.91  

Nora Brennan(3)

     16,000      $ 100,328.00  

John Shannon

     16,000      $ 100,328.00  

Ken Johnson

     4,000      $ 25,082.00  

 

 

(1)    Robert Faulkner was a member of our board of directors from December 2015 to April 2018 and is a partner at Redmile Group, LLC.
(2)    Represents 23,922 shares of Series C preferred stock held by the Paul R. Edick 2008 Revocable Trust.
(3)    Ms. Brennan departed from her position as our Chief Financial Officer on April 24, 2018.

Agreements with Stockholders

In connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, we entered into investors’ rights, voting and right of first refusal and co-sale agreements containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock. These stockholder agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our investors’ rights agreement, as more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the

 

145


Table of Contents

related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which include transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

146


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of                 , 2018, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of five percent or more of our outstanding common stock (on an as-converted to common stock basis);

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all our directors and executive officers as a group (nine persons).

The information in the following table is calculated based on 25,284,870 shares of common stock outstanding before this offering as of March 31, 2018 (which includes 285,505 shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options, which remain subject to vesting restrictions) and                 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. The number of shares outstanding is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2018 as adjusted to give effect to:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 21,083,391 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and

 

    the sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Each individual or entity shown on the table has furnished information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated below, the address of each officer, director and five percent stockholder listed below is c/o Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1810, Chicago, IL 60601.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

147


Table of Contents

 

     SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED
     PERCENTAGE OF
SHARES
BENEFICIALLY OWNED
 
        BEFORE
OFFERING
    AFTER
OFFERING
 

5% Stockholders

       

Entities affiliated with Palmetto Partners, Ltd. (1)

     3,511,108        13.88             

Entities affiliated with Deerfield Management Company (2)

     3,114,584        12.32             

Entities affiliated with Redmile Group, LLC (3)

     3,109,796        12.30             

Mérieux Participations 2 S.A.S. (4)

     1,562,873        6.18             

Directors, Named Executive Officers and Other Executive Officers

       

Paul Edick (5)

     1,513,189        5.65             

Steven Prestrelski (6)

     1,014,617        3.99             

Douglas Baum (7)

     787,961        3.12             

John Shannon (8)

     396,348        1.54             

Ken Johnson (9)

     144,000        *               

Barry Deutsch (10)

     103,987        *               

Nora Brennan (11)

     66,000        *               

Jonathan Rigby

     50,080        *               

John Schmid

     10,080        *               

BJ Bormann

               

Dawn Halkuff

               

Marla Persky

               

Jeffrey Sherman

               

All current executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (12)

     3,232,301        11.72             

 

 

*   Less than one percent.

 

(1)    Consists of (i) 1,657,125 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Palmetto Partners 2014, LP., (ii) 1,036,599 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Palmetto Partners 2015, LP, (iii) 797,384 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Palmetto Partners, Ltd. and (iv) 20,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018 held by Palmetto Partners, Ltd. Palmetto Partners, Ltd. is the general partner of each of Palmetto Partners 2014, LP and Palmetto Partners 2015, LP and may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by such funds. The address of Palmetto Partners, Ltd. is 109 N Post Oak Ln., Suite 600, Houston, TX 77024.

 

(2)    Consists of (i) 1,557,292 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. and (ii) 1,557,292 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. Deerfield Mgmt, L.P. is the general partner of Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., and Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P. is the general partner of Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. (collectively with Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., the “Deerfield Funds”). Deerfield Management Company, L.P. is the investment manager of each of the Deerfield Funds. James E. Flynn is the sole member of the general partner of Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P. and Deerfield Management Company, L.P. Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., Deerfield Management Company, L.P. and as such shares voting and investment control over the shares held by the Deerfield Funds. Mr. James E. Flynn may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P., Deerfield Management Company, L.P. and Mr. James E. Flynn may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. The address of the Deerfield Funds is 780 Third Avenue, 37th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

(3)    Consists of (i) 556,135 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Redmile Biopharma Investments I, L.P., (ii) 402,161 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Redmile Capital Fund, LP, (iii) 653,678 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd., (iv) 127,764 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Redmile Capital Offshore Fund, Ltd., (v) 1,270,392 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Redmile Private Investments II, LP and (vi) 99,666 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Redmile Strategic Master Fund, LP. Redmile Group, LLC is the investment manager of each of Redmile Biopharma Investments I, L.P., Redmile Capital Fund, LP, Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd., Redmile Capital Offshore Fund, Ltd., Redmile Private Investments II, L.P. and Redmile Strategic Master Fund, LP (the “Redmile Funds”). Redmile Group, LLC may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by the Redmile Funds. Jeremy C. Green serves as the managing member of Redmile Group, LLC and as such shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Redmile Funds. Redmile Group, LLC and Mr. Green each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest in such shares, if any. The address of Redmile Group, LLC is One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-300, San Francisco, CA 94129.

 

 

148


Table of Contents
(4)    Consists of 1,562,873 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Mérieux Participants 2 S.A.S. Voting and investment power over the securities held by Mérieux Participants 2 S.A.S. is exercised by its board of directors. The address of Mérieux Participants 2 S.A.S. is 17 Rue Bourgelat, Lyon, France 69002.

 

(5)    Consists of (i) 1,489,267 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018 and (ii) 23,922 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by the Paul R. Edick 2008 Revocable Trust (the “2008 Trust Shares”). Mr. Edick may be deemed to beneficially own the 2008 Trust Shares. Mr. Edick disclaims beneficial ownership of the 2008 Trust Shares and this shall not be deemed an admission that he is the beneficial owner of the 2008 Trust Shares.

 

(6)    Consists of (i) 775,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 24,509 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, (iii) 173,067 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018 and (iv) 42,041 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Steven Prestrelski and Tracy Yeo.

 

(7)    Consists of (i) 658,682 shares of common stock, (ii) 13,717 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (iii) 115,562 shares of common stock held by IAEBM, LLC.

 

(8)    Consists of (i) 16,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (ii) 380,348 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018.

 

(9)    Consists of (i) 4,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (ii) 140,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018.

 

(10)    Consists of (i) 37,500 shares of common stock, (ii) 3,987 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (iii) 62,500 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018.

 

(11)    Consists of (i) 50,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 16,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.

 

(12)    Includes an aggregate of 2,295,262 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of             , 2018 held by eleven current executive officers and directors.

 

149


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of March 31, 2018, 4,201,479 shares of our common stock (which includes 285,505 shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options, which remain subject to vesting restrictions), 1,843,965 shares of Series A preferred stock, 5,696,834 shares of Series B preferred stock were outstanding, and 13,542,592 shares of Series C preferred stock were outstanding and held. This amount does not take into account the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2018, options to purchase 3,925,674 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2011 Plan (which excludes options to purchase 285,505 shares of common stock that were early exercised).

Warrants

As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 35,504 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.319 per share and 95,686 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.2705 per share.

 

150


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 21,083,391 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us, certain holders of our common stock and holders of our preferred stock. The investors’ rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under this agreement will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of 21,083,391 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock upon closing of this offering, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 20% of the securities eligible for registration then outstanding or such lesser percentage that would result in an aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million, to file a registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement.

Short-Form Registration Rights

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of majority in interest of these holders to sell registrable securities at an aggregate price of at least $1.0 million, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a registration of such shares. We are not required to effect more than registrations that have been declared or ordered effective by the SEC pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of 21,083,391 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investors’ rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

Indemnification

Our investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The demand registration rights and short form registration rights granted under the investors’ rights agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or at such time after this offering when the holders’ shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 within a three-month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

 

151


Table of Contents

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Written Consent of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of the offering provides for 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of

 

152


Table of Contents

shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty by one or more of our directors, officers or employees, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternate forum, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated bylaws. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the proposed trading symbol “XERS.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Inc.

 

153


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2018, upon the completion of this offering,             shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming the issuance of shares offered by us in this offering, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below, and restricted shares of common stock are subject to time-based vesting terms. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2018; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to

 

154


Table of Contents

certain exceptions. The representatives of the underwriters in this offering may, in their sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements. See the section entitled “Underwriting” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

155


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    a non-resident alien individual;

 

    a corporation or other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is created or organized in or under laws other than the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis; or

 

    a trust the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis and that (1) is not subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States or over which no U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions and (2) has not made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on net investment income, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code, or any other aspect of any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

    financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities;

 

    regulated investment companies;

 

    pension plans;

 

    “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    “qualified foreign pension funds,” or entities wholly owned by a “qualified foreign pension fund”;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

 

    certain U.S. expatriates.

 

156


Table of Contents

This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on Sale, or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA.”

Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed-base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

157


Table of Contents
    we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such sale of other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, but will only apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2018. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

 

158


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                 , 2018, among us and Jefferies LLC and Leerink Partners LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF SHARES  

Jefferies LLC

  

Leerink Partners LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

159


Table of Contents

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                               $                               $                               $                           

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $      $      $      $  

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $      $      $      $  

 

 

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $            . We have also agreed to pay the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with, the required review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “XERS”.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of                 shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding capital stock and other securities have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or

 

160


Table of Contents
    otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

    publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

The representatives may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a

 

161


Table of Contents

specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of our shares of common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the shares of common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing our shares of common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

    the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106—Prospectus Exemptions,

 

    the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

 

    where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

 

    the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

 

162


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105—Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of our shares of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

    a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

    a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

 

    a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to herein as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to herein as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus

 

163


Table of Contents

Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong, or SFO, and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, or CO, or which do not constitute an offer to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In the State of Israel, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with section 15A of the Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals”, each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors will be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

 

164


Table of Contents

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

    where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

 

165


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, referred to herein as the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated. Each such person is referred to herein as a Relevant Person.

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

166


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York.

 

167


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

168


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-                ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. We also maintain a website at www.xerispharma.com. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

169


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Financial Statements

  

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-3  

Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-4  

Statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-5  

Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-6  

Notes to financial statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

  

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018

     F-20  

Statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-21  

Statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2018

     F-22  

Statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-23  

Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

     F-24  

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related statements of operation, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Chicago, Illinois

March 21, 2018

 

F-2


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands except share and par value data)

 

 

 

     2016      2017  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,269      $ 42,045  

Accounts receivable

     101        1,199  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     804        809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     33,174        44,053  

Property and equipment, net

     312        788  

Other assets

     47        157  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 33,533      $ 44,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit:

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 1,315      $ 1,976  

Accrued expenses

     902        2,557  

Deferred grant award

     263        234  

Preferred stock warrants

     47        93  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,527        4,860  

Deferred rent—long term

     42        90  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,569        4,950  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

     

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock—par value $0.0001 1,864,797 shares authorized; 1,843,965 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively (liquidation preference of $1,881 at December 31, 2017)

     1,945        1,945  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock—par value $0.0001 5,732,338 authorized; 5,696,834 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively (liquidation preference of $18,908 at December 31, 2017)

     18,536        18,536  

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock—par value $0.0001 7,973,845 and 14,353,859 shares authorized; 7,177,398 and 12,834,912 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively (liquidation preference of $80,481 at December 31, 2017)

     42,417        77,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     62,898        97,878  

Stockholders’ Deficit

     

Common stock—par value $0.0001, 21,247,980 and 30,450,994 shares authorized; 3,432,642 and 3,845,600 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

     1        1  

Additional paid in capital

     2,096        2,754  

Accumulated deficit

     (34,031      (60,585
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (31,934      (57,830
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 33,533      $ 44,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands except share and per share data)

 

 

 

     2016     2017  

Grant income

   $ 1,022     $ 1,540  

Service revenue

     53       16  

Cost of revenue

     8       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,067       1,552  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     10,238       20,166  

General and administrative

     4,060       8,015  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense from operations

     14,298       28,181  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13,231     (26,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     5       124  

Interest expense

     (2     (2

Change in fair value of warrants

     24       (46

Other expense

     (5     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     22       75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (13,209   $ (26,554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (4.03   $ (7.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,281,564       3,612,512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted—unaudited

     $ (1.31
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding basic and diluted—unaudited

       20,231,131  
    

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands except share data)

 

 

 

    CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK     STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT  
    SERIES A     SERIES B     SERIES C     COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL
PAID IN
CAPITAL
    SHAREHOLDER
NOTES
RECEIVABLE
    ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTAL  
    SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT          

Balance, January 1, 2016

    1,796,174     $ 1,787       5,696,834     $ 18,536       6,539,490     $ 38,569       3,233,894     $ 1     $ 1,534     $ (90   $ (20,822   $ (19,377

Net loss

                                                                (13,209     (13,209

Exercise of Series A Warrants

    47,791       49                                                              

Fair market value of preferred stock warrants charged to Series A Preferred stock

          109                                                              

Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, net of cost $152

                            637,908       3,848                                      

Repayments on shareholder notes

                                                          17             17  

Allowance on shareholder notes

                                                          73             73  

Exercise and vesting of stock based awards

                                        198,748             22                   22  

Stock based compensation

                                                    540                   540  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

    1,843,965     $ 1,945       5,696,834     $ 18,536       7,177,398     $ 42,417       3,432,642     $ 1     $ 2,096     $     $ (34,031   $ (31,934

Net loss

                                                                (26,554     (26,554

Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, net of cost $395

                            5,657,514       34,980                                      

Exercise and vesting of stock based awards

                                        412,958             159                   159  

Stock based compensation

                                                    499                   499  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

    1,843,965     $ 1,945       5,696,834     $ 18,536       12,834,912     $ 77,397       3,845,600     $ 1     $ 2,754     $     $ (60,585   $ (57,830
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands)

 

 

 

     2016     2017  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (13,209   $ (26,554

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     116       177  

Impairment of fixed assets

           48  

Stock-based compensation

     540       499  

Change in fair value of warrants

     (24     46  

Allowance for shareholder note receivable

     73        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     204       (1,098

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (294     (5

Other assets

     1       (111

Accounts payable

     (2,909     661  

Accrued expenses

     (552     1,703  

Deferred grant award

     (33     (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (16,087     (24,663
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (35     (700
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (35     (700
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of Series C Preferred Stock

     4,000       35,475  

Payments of Series C Preferred Stock offering costs

     (152     (495

Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants

     49        

Proceeds from shareholder notes receivable

     17        

Repayments of capital lease

     (32      

Proceeds from exercise of stock awards

     22       159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,904       35,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,218     9,776  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     44,487       32,269  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 32,269     $ 42,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Income taxes paid

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid

   $ 2     $ 2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Change in fair market value of expired warrants

   $ 109     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Note 1. Organization and Nature of the Business

Nature of business

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Xeris” or the “Company”) is a specialty pharmaceutical company that was incorporated in Delaware in 2005. Xeris is dedicated to the development of ready-to-use injectable and infusible drug formulations to address important unmet medical needs and that are easier to use by patients, caregivers and health practitioners, and reduce costs for payors and the healthcare system.

Basis of presentation

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Since its inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to research and development, regulatory and technical activities. The Company has financed its operation through the issuance of convertible preferred stock and other equity instruments and grants from the National Institutes of Health and other philanthropic organizations.

The Company has not generated any revenue from product sales. The Company has incurred operating losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $34.0 million and $60.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses for the next several years and is highly dependent on its ability to find additional sources of funding in the form of debt and/or equity financing and grant awards to fund its operations. The Company’s ability to fund its planned clinical operations, including completion of its planned trials, and commercialization of its product candidates is expected to depend on the amount and timing of cash receipts from financing transactions and grant awards. Adequate additional funding may not be available to the Company on acceptable terms or at all. The failure to raise funds as and when needed could have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and ability to pursue its business strategies. Based on the Company’s current operating plans, existing working capital at December 31, 2017 combined with the $35.0 million in expected proceeds from the Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Oxford Finance LLC (Oxford) and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) (collectively, the “Lenders”) and $4.4 million in Series C Convertible Preferred Stock sold in February 2018, cash is sufficient to sustain operations beyond March 21, 2019. If additional funding is not secured when required, the Company may need to delay or curtail its operations until such funding is received. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other specialty pharmaceutical companies, including, but not limited to, successful development and commercialization of its drug candidates, raising additional capital, the development of new technological innovations by its competitors, protection of intellectual property and market acceptance of the Company’s products.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and expenses included in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Grant Income

The Company has received several grants from the National Institutes of Health and other philanthropic organizations for certain research and development projects the Company is currently performing. Grant income is recognized when these research and development activities are performed, and the Company has met criteria for reimbursement per the grant agreements. The Company also has grants where cash is received upfront. The Company defers these awards until the research and development expenses are incurred.

Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services have been performed, the price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company generates revenue through the performance of research and development activities on behalf of others.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs include salaries, stock compensation and other personnel-related costs, consulting fees, fees paid for contract research services, laboratory equipment and facilities costs, and other external costs.

Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are received or the services are performed.

Stock based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the statements of operations based on their grant date fair values. The Company estimates the grant date fair value of each option award using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected life of the option, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yields of the common stock. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, equal to the grant date fair value of stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Restricted stock awards are valued based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date they were granted. Restricted stock that vests and stock options that are authorized are issued out of authorized available shares.

The Company accounts for stock-based awards issued to non-employees by recognizing compensation expense based on the fair value of such awards when the services are completed over the vesting period of the award.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company determines its deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have any significant uncertain tax positions.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes demand deposits with financial institutions and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Concentrations of risk

The Company has no off-balance sheet concentrations of credit risk, such as foreign currency exchange contracts, option contracts or other hedging arrangements.

The Company is dependent on several key suppliers and third-party manufacturers. A failure or disruption by one of the Company’s key suppliers or third-party manufacturers may have a material impact to its planned operations.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid expenses for general business purposes, which are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the related period of benefit. Prepaid expenses also include supplies and materials used in several research projects. These supplies are expensed as they are consumed.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets:

 

 

 

Lab equipment

     5 years  

Computer equipment

     5 years  

Leasehold improvements

     Lesser of useful life or lease term

Software

     3-5 years  

Furniture and fixtures

     5 years  

Office equipment

     5 years  

 

 

Costs of major additions and betterments are capitalized; maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the disposed asset and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for potential impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment. Potential impairment is assessed when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. Recoverability of these assets is assessed based on undiscounted expected future cash flows from the assets, considering a number of factors, including past operating results, budgets and economic projections, market trends and product development cycles. If impairments are identified, assets are written down to their estimated fair value. The Company recognized impairment charges of $0 and $48,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The impairment charge in 2017 was related to equipment that is no longer used in the Company’s manufacturing of the glucagon rescue pen due to process and formulation improvements.

Deferred rent

Certain of the Company’s lease agreements provide for scheduled rent increases during the lease term and for rental payments commencing at a date after the initial occupancy date. Provisions are made for the excess of operating lease rentals, computed on a straight-line basis throughout the lease term, over cash rentals paid.

Preferred stock

The Company’s Series A, B and C Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively known as “Preferred Stock”) allows the holders to redeem their shares upon a change in control in the Company. As a result, the Company classifies its Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity. The Company charges specific incremental issuance costs incurred in the offering of Preferred Stock against the gross proceeds of the Preferred Stock.

Warrants

Warrants for the Company’s convertible preferred stock are liability classified as they represent a financial instrument for a share of convertible preferred stock. The warrants are revalued each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded in the accompanying statements of operations until the warrants are exercised, expire, reclassified to permanent equity, or otherwise settled.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is the price that could be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value determination in accordance with applicable accounting guidance requires that a number of significant judgments are made. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate assets for impairment or as required for disclosure purposes by applicable accounting guidance on disclosures about fair value of financial instruments. Depending on the nature of the assets and liabilities, various valuation techniques and assumption are used when estimating fair value. Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the Company’s preferred stock warrants. The warrants are carried at their estimated fair value.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Segments

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company’s chief executive officer uses summary financial information in determining how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company has determined that it operates in one segment and all of the Company’s assets are located in the United States.

Net loss per share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares during the period. For all periods presented, the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, preferred stock warrants, and stock awards have been excluded from the calculation because their effects would be anti-dilutive. Therefore the weighted-average shares used to calculate both basic and diluted loss per share are the same.

The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, as they would be antidilutive:

 

 

 

     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2016      2017  

Convertible preferred stock

     14,718,197        20,375,711  

Preferred stock warrants

     35,504        35,504  

Stock options and unvested restricted stock awards

     1,095,431        3,525,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     15,849,132        23,936,683  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts in the table above reflect the common stock equivalents of the noted instruments.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and assumes the issuance of 20,411,211 shares of common stock issued to the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock and preferred stock warrants upon an initial public offering as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, if later.

The following table summarizes the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share:

 

 

 

(In thousands except share and per share data)    2017  

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited)

  

Numerator

  

Net Loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (26,554

Pro forma adjustments to eliminate changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     46  
  

 

 

 

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share

   $ (26,508

Denominator

  

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

     3,612,512  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the automatic conversion of all Convertible Preferred Stock and the related preferred stock warrants to common stock upon an initial public offering

     16,618,619  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—Basic and diluted

     20,231,131  

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (1.31
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”) as part of the FASB simplification initiative. The new standard provides for changes to accounting for stock compensation including 1) excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payment awards will be recognized as income tax expense in the reporting period in which they occur; 2) excess tax benefits will be classified as an operating activity in the statement of cash flow; 3) the option to elect to estimate forfeitures or account for them when they occur; and 4) increase tax withholding requirements threshold to qualify for equity classification. ASU 2016-09 is effective for public companies with annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company intends to adopt this standard on January 1, 2018 and continues to analyze and assess the impact, if any, of this standard on its financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new standard requires the recognition of assets and liabilities arising from lease transactions on the balance sheet and the disclosure of key information about leasing arrangements. Accordingly, a lessee will recognize a lease asset for its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability for the corresponding lease obligation. Both the asset and liability will initially be measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. Subsequent measurement, including the presentation of expenses and cash flows, will depend on the classification of the lease as either a finance or an operating lease. Initial costs directly attributable to negotiating and arranging the lease will be included in the asset. For leases with a term of twelve months or less, a lessee can make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset to not recognize an asset and corresponding liability. Lessees will also be required to provide additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures regarding the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. These disclosures are intended to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements and provide additional information about the nature of an organization’s leasing activities. The new standard will be effective for public companies with annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. In transition, lessees are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The transition guidance also provides specific guidance for sale and leaseback transactions, build-to-suit leases and amounts previously recognized in accordance with the business combinations guidance for leases. The Company intends to adopt this standard on January 1, 2020 and continues to analyze and assess the impact, if any, of this standard on its financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 (ASC606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This ASU, as amended by ASU 2015-14, affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods and services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the currently effective guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 is effective for public companies with annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company intends to adopt this standard on January 1, 2019 and continues to analyze and assess the impact, if any, of this standard on its financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. ASU 2017-09 clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as modifications. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. ASU 2017-09 is effective for public companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company intends to adopt this standard on January 1, 2019, and continues to analyze and assess the impact, if any, of this standard on its financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In thousands)    2016     2017  

Lab equipment

   $ 375     $ 860  

Furniture and fixtures

     103       128  

Computer equipment

     50       100  

Office equipment

     26       78  

Software

     16       52  

Leasehold improvements

     10       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     580       1,228  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (268     (440
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 312     $ 788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense relating to property and equipment was $116,000 and $177,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Note 4. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In thousands)    2016      2017  

Accrued employee costs

   $ 744      $ 1,581  

Accrued research costs

     70        566  

Other

     88        410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

   $ 902      $ 2,557  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Note 5. Convertible Preferred Stock

The holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the purchase price per annum in preference to any dividends to the holders of the common stock, payable as and if when declared by the Board of Directors. The Board has not declared any dividends as of December 31, 2017. The holders of the Preferred Stock also will be entitled to participate pro rata in any dividends paid to the holders of the common stock on an as-converted basis.

Upon the liquidation of the Company, the holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $1.02 per share for Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $3.319 per share for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and $6.2705 per share for Series C Convertible Preferred Stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “Liquidation Preference”). After the payment of the Liquidation Preference in full, the remaining assets or other property of the Company will be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock and the Preferred Stock on an as converted basis. A merger or consolidation involving the Company, a sale of voting control of the Company or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company will be deemed to be a liquidation for this purpose.

The holders of the Preferred Stock will have the right to convert their shares (including declared, but unpaid dividends thereon) into shares of the Company’s common stock at any time. The initial conversion rate will be 1:1 subject to customary anti-dilution provisions.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Preferred Stock will convert automatically into common stock upon the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock holders; or the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of the Company’s common stock at a public offering price per share (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) that is not less than $9.40 per share in an offering with aggregate proceeds to the Company of not less than $30,000,000.

Prior to completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the holders of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to elect two board members and the holders of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to elect two board members.

Note 6. Warrants

In 2013 the Company issued 69,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock warrants (“Series A Warrants”). The holder of each Series A Warrant was entitled to purchase one share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for $1.02. In 2016 47,791 warrants were exercised and the remaining Series A Warrants expired. There were no Series A Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017.

In 2014 the Company issued 35,504 warrants (“Series B Warrants”) to certain investors. The Series B Warrants allow each holder to purchase one share of Series B Preferred stock for $3.319 and they expire in August of 2020. There have been no exercises of Series B Warrants as of December 31, 2017 and as such all 35,504 warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company has non-cancellable operating leases for office space and equipment, which expire at various times through 2024. The non-cancellable office lease agreements provide for monthly lease payments, which increase during the term of the lease. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases at December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)       

2018

   $ 730  

2019

     859  

2020

     834  

2021

     1,123  

2022

     1,148  

Thereafter

     701  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 5,395  
  

 

 

 

 

 

Total rent expense under these operating leases was approximately $268,000 and $526,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The Company has an outstanding letter of credit for $58,000 used to secure a lease in San Diego, California.

Through December 31, 2017, the Company has received $760,000 out of an expected $872,000 in grant proceeds for the development of a stable liquid glucagon for use in an artificial pancreas. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will be required to pay up to four times the award received upon the commercialization of glucagon for use in the artificial pancreas. If the Company undergoes a change in control, then the Company will be required to pay a mid-single digit percentage of the gross proceeds, capped at four times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, if sales of glucagon for use in the artificial pancreas exceed $750 million in the first five years after the first commercial sale, then the Company would be required to make an additional payment equal to the original award amount.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company has received a grant for $929,000 to help fund its exercise induced hypoglycemia (“EIH”) program. Under terms of this agreement and upon the commercialization of an EIH product, the Company will be required to make royalty payments based on a low double-digit percentage of annual gross sales of an EIH product, capped at $500,000 annually. If the Company undergoes a change in control, the Company will pay a mid-single digit percentage of the consideration capped at two times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, if sales exceed $1 billion, the Company will be required to make a milestone payment equal to two times the award amount.

The Company has received a grant for $1,004,000 to help fund its Type 1 Diabetes chronic glucagon programs. Under terms of this agreement the Company will be required to pay up to two times the award amount upon the commercialization of any chronic glucagon program. These amounts are a low double-digit percentage of annual gross sales of all Type 1 Diabetes chronic glucagon programs, capped at $500,000 annually. If the Company undergoes a change in control, then it will pay a mid-single digit percentage of the consideration capped at two times the award amount less any amounts already paid. Additionally, for each chronic glucagon program where sales exceed $500 million, the Company will be required to pay an additional amount equal to two times the award amount.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, management was not aware of any existing, pending or threatened legal actions that would have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Note 8. Shareholder Notes Receivables

In November 2014, the Company accepted Notes Receivables totaling $107,000 from its then Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, to exercise certain stock options. The Notes Receivables carried an interest rate of 1.93%, were payable in equal installments over 60 months and were collateralized by the underlying common stock purchased as a part of the stock option exercise and thus were recorded as a deduction to stockholder’s equity. The Board member paid his Note Receivable in full upon his resignation from the Board in 2016. The Company agreed to forgive the unpaid portion of the CEO’s Note Receivable as part of his severance package in connection with this separation from the Company in January 2017. As a result, the CEO’s Note Receivable of $73,000 was fully reserved at December 31, 2016 and written off in January 2017.

Note 9. Stock Compensation Plan

In 2011 the Company adopted the 2011 Stock/Option Issuance Plan (“2011 Plan”) and subsequently amended to authorize the Board of Directors to issue up to 7,797,950 incentive grant and non-statutory awards. Options and restricted stock granted to employees under the 2011 Plan typically vest over a 48-month period and options and restricted stock granted to non-employee directors vest over a 24-month period. All stock awards typically expire 10 years after they were issued. Subsequent to December 31, 2017 the shareholders approved an increase of 600,000 incentive grant and non-statutory awards allowed to be granted under the 2011 Plan.

The fair value of stock options was estimated with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
         2016             2017      

Expected term

     5.88       6.06  

Expected volatility

     61.46     61.10

Risk-free interest rate

     1.48     2.06

Expected dividends

            

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Stock option activity for employee awards for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

     UNITS     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE
     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
CONTRACTUAL

LIFE (YEARS)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2016

     649,418     $ 0.74        6.33  

Issued

     246,000       1.52     

Exercised

     (22,332     0.49     

Forfeited

     (16,655     0.69     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2016

     856,431       0.95        6.71  

Issued

     2,925,607       0.92     

Exercised

     (208,958     0.89     

Forfeited

     (23,612     1.03     

Expired

     (83,000     0.86     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2017

     3,466,468     $ 0.93        8.71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Exercisable—December 31, 2017

     3,045,590     $ 0.92        8.70  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

     3,091,081     $ 0.93        8.70  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.87 and $0.53 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $9,000 and $1,258,000 respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of awards vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $122,000 and $7,422,000, respectively.

Restricted stock awards for employees for the 2011 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

     SHARES  

Outstanding—January 1, 2016

     172,500  

Granted

     185,000  

Vested

     (177,395
  

 

 

 

Outstanding—December 31, 2016

     180,105  

Vested

     (180,105
  

 

 

 

Outstanding—December 31, 2017

      
  

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of awards issued in 2016 was $294,000 and the intrinsic fair value of shares vested and expected to vest during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $157,000. There were no awards granted during 2017 or outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

The following table summarizes the reporting of total stock-based compensation expense resulting from employee and non-employee stock options and restricted stock awards:

 

 

 

     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In thousands)      2016           2017    

Research and development

   $ 78      $ 62  

General and administrative

     462        437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock based compensation

   $ 540      $ 499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

There was a total of $1,311,000 of unrecognized compensation expense that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.34 years.

The Company also granted stock options to non-employees. These awards are marked to fair-value at the end of each reporting period. Stock option activity for these awards for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

     UNITS     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE (YEARS)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2016

     49,000     $ 0.50        7.15  

Issued

     25,000       1.59     

Exercised

     (22,916     0.46     

Forfeited

     (2,084     0.46     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2016

     49,000       1.07        7.75  

Issued

     10,000       0.87     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2017

     59,000     $ 1.07        6.75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Exercisable—December 31, 2017

     49,000     $ 1.07        6.75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

     49,000     $ 1.07        6.74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of awards vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $8,000 and $110,000 respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of awards exercisable as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $8,000 and $111,000, respectively. The company recognized expense associated with these awards of $8,000 and $35,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Note 10. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors an employee retirement plan qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for all eligible employees in the United States. Employees become eligible to contribute to the plan upon meeting certain age requirements and 30 days of service. Currently the company does not make any contributions to the plan.

Note 11. Income Taxes

Due to reported losses, the Company recorded no income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. A reconciliation of the expected income tax benefit computed using the federal statutory income tax rate of 34% to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In thousands)    2016     2017  

Income tax using the federal statutory tax rate

   $ (4,491   $ (9,028

Impact of rate change

           7,478  

Research and development and orphan drug credit

     (655     (517

Permanent adjustments to expenses

     (3     76  

Stock compensation

     145       42  

Prior year adjustment

           (100

Changes in valuation allowance

     5,004       2,049  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income taxes

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had no interest and penalties related to income taxes.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary difference between the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company has established a valuation allowance due to the uncertainties regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets based on the Company’s lack of earning’s history. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In thousands)    2016     2017  

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating losses

   $ 10,547     $ 11,715  

Research credits

     1,462       2,045  

Stock compensation

     5       49  

Other temporary differences

     202       349  

Valuation allowance

     (12,157     (14,124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     59       34  

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Fixed and intangible assets

     (59     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (59     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL”) of $31,011,000 and $55,786,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had federal research and orphan drug credit carryforwards of $1,462,000 and $2,045,000, respectively. If not utilized, these NOLs and research and orphan drug credit carryforwards will expire between 2025 and 2036.

Impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1) (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including (i) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21%, (ii) the acceleration of expensing for certain business assets, (iii) the one-time transition tax related to the transition of U.S. international tax from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, (iv) the repeal of the domestic production deduction, (v) additional limitations on the deductibility of interest expense, and (vi) expanded limitations on executive compensation. The key impacts of the Tax Act on the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, were the re-measurement of deferred tax balances to the new corporate tax rate. While the Company has not yet completed the assessment of the effects of the Tax Act, the Company was able to determine reasonable estimates for the impacts of the key items specified above, thus it reported provisional amounts for these items. In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), the Company is providing additional disclosures related to these provisional amounts. In order to calculate the effects of the new corporate tax rate on its deferred tax balances, ASC 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) required the re-measurement of the Company’s deferred tax balances as of the enactment date of the Tax Act, based on the rates at which the balances were expected to reverse in the future. The provisional amount determined, and recorded, for the re-measurement of its deferred tax balances resulted in a net reduction in deferred tax assets of $7,478,000 and a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance of $7,478,000.

The aforementioned provisional amounts related to the deferred tax balances are based on information available at this time and may change due to a variety of factors, including, among others, (i) anticipated guidance from the U.S. Department of Treasury about implementing the Tax Act, (ii) potential additional guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission or the FASB related to the Tax Act and (iii) management’s further assessment of the Tax Act and related regulatory guidance. The Company is not complete in its assessment of the impact of the Tax Act on its

 

F-17


Table of Contents

business and financial statements. While the effective date of most of the provisions of the Tax Act do not apply until the Company’s tax year beginning January 1, 2018 it will continue the assessment of the impact of the Tax Act on its business and financial statements throughout the one-year measurement period as provided by SAB 118.

Note 12. Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

Level 1: Measured using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Measured using quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Measured based on prices or valuation models that required inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and less observable from objective sources (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

Fair value measurements are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, which may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The determination of the fair values stated below takes into account the market for its financial assets and liabilities, the associated credit risk and other factors as required. The Company considers active markets as those in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, grants receivable, and accounts payables approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s warrant liabilities at inception and for subsequent mark-to-market fair value measurements, are based on management’s valuation model and expected methods and timing of settlement. These estimates are prepared using models that consider various inputs including: (a) the Company’s estimated future cash flows, (b) time value, and (c) current market conditions, as well as other relevant economic measures. The Company has determined that the warrant liabilities fair values are Level 3 items within the fair value hierarchy. The following table presents the changes in the warrant liabilities:

 

 

 

(In thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2016

   $ 180  

Fair value of Series A warrants expired/exercised

     (109

Changes in fair value of warrants

     (24
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     47  

Changes in fair value of warrants

     46  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 93  
  

 

 

 

 

 

Note 13. Related Party Transaction

During 2017 the Company paid a spouse of an officer $37,000 to help with the development of the Company’s website.

Note 14. Subsequent Events

Management reviews events and transactions occurring after the balance sheet date for potential recognition and disclosure in the financial statements. Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 21, 2018, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

In February 2018, the Company entered into a lease for office space in Chicago, Illinois that expires in November 2024, and entered into a letter of credit for $85,000 to secure the lease. Annual minimum lease payments for the next five years are included in the table below:

 

 

 

(In thousands)  

2018

   $ 163  

2019

     202  

2020

     210  

2021

     219  

2022

     228  

Thereafter

     462  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 1,484  
  

 

 

 

 

 

In February 2018, the Company sold 707,680 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock for $6.2705 per share resulting in proceeds of $4.4 million with the same rights and preferences as the Series C Preferred Stock disclosed in Note 5.

In February 2018, the Company entered into the Loan Agreement, providing a senior secured loan facility of up to an aggregate principal amount of $45.0 million, comprising a $20.0 million drawdown in February 2018, and an additional $25.0 million which can be borrowed in two additional tranches. The second tranche is $15.0 million and is available beginning upon our submission of our NDA for our Glucagon Rescue Pen until the earlier of September 30, 2018 or the 30th day following such NDA submission. The third tranche is $10.0 million and is available beginning upon approval of our Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the FDA until the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the 30th day following NDA approval by the FDA.

The interest rate under the Loan Agreement is the thirty-day U.S. LIBOR rate plus 6.75%. Payments on the Loan Agreement are interest only for the first 24 months, which can be extended by an additional twelve months if the third tranche is drawn. The total term of the loan is 59 months and the principal payments will begin in either 36 or 24 months, contingent on the third tranche being drawn.

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Company provided a first priority security interest in all existing and after-acquired assets, excluding intellectual property and certain other assets, owned by us. There is a negative pledge on intellectual property owned by the Company.

The Company also issued warrants to the Lenders to purchase the Company’s Series C Preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.2705. The number of warrants issued to Lenders is equal to the total principal of each funded tranche multiplied by 3.0%, which is then divided by $6.2705. As of March 1, 2018, a total of 95,686 warrants have been issued in connection with the Loan Agreement.

The Loan Agreement allows the Company to voluntarily prepay the outstanding amounts thereunder, but not less than $2.0 million of the outstanding principal at any time. A prepayment fee of 1.5% would be assessed on the prepaid principal through the interest-only period. A final payment fee of 6.5% multiplied by the original principal amount of each tranche drawn is due upon the earlier to occur of the maturity date of the Loan Agreement, the acceleration of the Loan Agreement or prepayment of such borrowings. The Loan Agreement includes a non-utilization fee of 2.0% multiplied by the principal amount of tranche three payable to lenders in October 2019, if the Company does not elect to draw the third Tranche.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands except share and par value data)

 

 

 

    DECEMBER 31,
2017
    MARCH 31,
2018
    PRO FORMA
MARCH 31,
2018
 
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 42,045     $ 58,110     $ 58,110  

Accounts receivable, net

    1,199       287       287  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    809       1,438       1,438  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    44,053       59,835       59,835  

Property and equipment, net

    788       1,058       1,058  

Other assets

    157       671       671  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 44,998     $ 61,564     $ 61,564  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 1,976     $ 847     $ 847  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    2,557       7,559       7,559  

Warrant liabilities

    93       501       501  

Deferred grant award

    234       284       284  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    4,860       9,191       9,191  

Long-term debt, net of deferred costs

          18,051       18,051  

Other long-term liabilities

    90       1,472       1,472  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    4,950       28,714       28,714  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)

     

Convertible Preferred Stock:

     

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock—par value $0.0001, 1,864,797 shares authorized; 1,843,965 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively (liquidation preference of $1,881 at March 31, 2018)

    1,945       1,945        

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock—par value $0.0001, 5,732,338 authorized; 5,696,834 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively (liquidation preference of $18,908 at March 31, 2018)

    18,536       18,536        

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock—par value $0.0001, 14,353,859 and 14,653,859 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively; 12,834,912 and 13,542,592 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively (liquidation preference of $84,919 at March 31, 2018)

    77,397       81,811        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

    97,878       102,292        

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

     

Common stock—par value $0.0001, 30,450,994 and 31,350,944 shares authorized; 3,845,600 and 3,915,974 actual shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively; 24,999,365 pro forma shares issued and outstanding March 31, 2018

    1       1       3  

Additional paid in capital

    2,754       3,049       105,339  

Accumulated deficit

    (60,585     (72,492     (72,492
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (57,830     (69,442     32,850  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 44,998     $ 61,564     $ 61,564  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Statements of Operations

(In thousands except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,  
              2017                       2018           

Grant income

   $ 354     $ 210  

Service revenue

           53  

Cost of revenue

           42  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     354       221  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     3,662       8,712  

General and administrative

     1,341       3,239  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense from operations

     5,003       11,951  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,649     (11,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

    

Interest income

           96  

Interest expense

           (191

Change in fair value of warrants

           (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

           (177
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,649   $ (11,907
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (1.29   $ (3.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,608,607       3,864,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted

     $ (0.48
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding basic and diluted

       24,609,553  
    

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

 

F-21


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

(In thousands except share data)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

    CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK     STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY  
    SERIES A     SERIES B     SERIES C     COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL
PAID IN
CAPITAL
    ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTAL  
    SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT        

Balance, January 1, 2018

    1,843,965     $ 1,945       5,696,834     $ 18,536       12,834,912     $ 77,397       3,845,600     $ 1     $ 2,754     $ (60,585   $ (57,830

Net loss

                                                          (11,907     (11,907

Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, net of cost $24

                            707,680       4,414                                

Exercise and vesting of stock-based awards

                                        70,374             51             51  

Stock based compensation

                                                    244             244  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2018

    1,843,965     $ 1,945       5,696,834     $ 18,536       13,542,592     $ 81,811       3,915,974     $ 1     $ 3,049     $ (72,492   $ (69,442
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

 

F-22


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,  
             2017                     2018          

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (4,649   $ (11,907

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     38       63  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

           40  

Stock-based compensation

     158       244  

Change in fair value of warrants

           82  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (338     912  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     458       (629

Other assets

           67  

Accounts payable

     564       (1,130

Accrued expenses and deferred rent

     250       4,402  

Deferred grant award

           51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (3,519     (7,805
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (342     (333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (342     (333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of Series C Preferred Stock

           4,438  

Payments of Series C Preferred Stock offering costs

     (374     (24

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

           20,000  

Payment of debt issuance costs

           (238

Proceeds from exercise of stock awards

     6       27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (368     24,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,229     16,065  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     32,269       42,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 28,040     $ 58,110  

Cash paid for interest

   $     $ 5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Allocation of cost to preferred stock warrants

   $     $ 326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs within accrued expenses

   $     $ 582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued debt issuance costs

   $     $ 1,425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vesting of early exercised awards

   $     $ 24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.

Note 1. Organization and Nature of the Business

Nature of business

We are a specialty pharmaceutical company leveraging our novel non-aqueous formulation technology platforms, XeriSol and XeriJect, to develop and commercialize ready-to-use injectable and infusible drug formulations. We have developed a ready-to-use, room-temperature stable liquid glucagon formulation that, unlike any currently available products, can be administered without any preparation or reconstitution.

Basis of presentation

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Since its inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to research and development, regulatory and technical activities. The Company has financed its operation through the issuance of convertible preferred stock and other equity instruments, debt and grants from the National Institutes of Health and other philanthropic organizations.

The Company has not generated any revenue from product sales. The Company has incurred operating losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $72.5 million as of March 31, 2018. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses for the next several years and is highly dependent on its ability to find additional sources of funding in the form of debt and/or equity financing and grant awards to fund its operations. The Company’s ability to fund its planned clinical operations, including completion of its planned clinical trials, and commercialization of its product candidates will depend on the amount and timing of cash receipts from financing transactions and grant awards. Adequate additional funding may not be available to the Company on acceptable terms or at all. The failure to raise funds as and when needed could have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and ability to pursue its business strategies. Based on the Company’s current operating plans and existing working capital at March 31, 2018 combined with the $15.0 million in additional expected proceeds from the Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Oxford Finance LLC (Oxford) and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) (collectively, the “Lenders”), cash is sufficient to sustain operations through the second quarter of 2019. If additional funding is not secured when required, the Company may need to delay or curtail its operations until such funding is received. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other specialty pharmaceutical companies, including, but not limited to, successful development and commercialization of its drug candidates, raising additional capital, the development of new technological innovations by its competitors, protection of intellectual property and market acceptance of the Company’s products.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments (which consist primarily of accruals and estimates that impact the financial statements) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2018 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018. The unaudited interim financial statements, presented herein, do not contain the required disclosures under GAAP for annual financial statements. The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual audited financial statements and related notes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 found elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma financial information

Immediately prior to the closing of a qualified initial public offering, all of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock. The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 assumes the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2018 into an aggregate of 21,083,391 shares of common stock. In the accompanying unaudited interim statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as if this proposed initial public offering had occurred on the later of the beginning of the reporting period or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and expenses included in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1) (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including (i) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21%, (ii) the acceleration of expensing for certain business assets, (iii) the one-time transition tax related to the transition of U.S. international tax from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, (iv) the repeal of the domestic production deduction, (v) additional limitations on the deductibility of interest expense, and (vi) expanded limitations on executive compensation. The key impacts of the Tax Act on the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 were the re-measurement of deferred tax balances to the new corporate tax rate. While the Company has not yet completed the assessment of the effects of the Tax Act, the Company was able to determine reasonable estimates for the impact of the key items specified above and thus it reported provisional amounts for these items. In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), the Company is providing additional disclosures related to these provisional amounts. In order to calculate the effects of the new corporate tax rate on its deferred tax balances, ASC 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) required the re-measurement of the Company’s deferred tax balances as of the enactment date of the Tax Act, based on the rates at which the balances were expected to reverse in the future. The provisional amount determined, and recorded as of December 31, 2017, for the re-measurement of its deferred tax balances resulted in a net reduction in deferred tax assets of $7,478,000 and a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance of $7,478,000.

The aforementioned provisional amounts related to the deferred tax balances are based on information available at this time and may change due to a variety of factors, including, among others, (i) anticipated guidance from the U.S. Department of Treasury about implementing the Tax Act, (ii) potential additional guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission or the FASB related to the Tax Act and (iii) management’s further assessment of the Tax Act and related regulatory guidance. The Company is not complete in its assessment of the impact of the Tax Act on its business and financial statements. The effective date of most of the provisions of the Tax Act applies to the Company’s tax year beginning January 1, 2018. We will continue the assessment of the impact of the Tax Act on its business and financial statements throughout the one-year measurement period as provided by SAB 118.

Debt Issuance Costs

Long-term debt is accounted for at amortized cost. Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements are amortized to interest expense over the life of the respective financing arrangement using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs, net of related amortization, are deducted from the carrying value of the related debt.

Deferred offering costs

The Company capitalizes costs that are directly associated with in-process equity financings until such financings are consummated at which time such costs are recorded against the gross proceeds of the offering. As of March 31, 2018, the Company capitalized approximately $582,000 in offering costs, which are included in other assets on the balance sheet.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is the price that could be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value determination in accordance with applicable accounting guidance requires that a number of significant judgments are made. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate assets for impairment or as required for disclosure purposes by applicable accounting guidance on disclosures about fair value of financial instruments. Depending on the nature of the assets and liabilities, various valuation techniques and assumptions are used when estimating fair value. The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets, and accounts payable are shown at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The debt outstanding under the Loan Agreement approximates fair value due to the variable interest rate on the debt. Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the Company’s preferred stock warrants. The warrants are carried at their estimated fair value.

Net loss per share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares during the period. For all periods presented, the outstanding shares of the preferred stock, preferred stock warrants, and stock awards have been excluded from the calculation because their effects would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, the weighted-average shares used to calculate both basic and diluted loss per share are the same.

The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and 2018, as they would be anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Convertible preferred stock

     14,718,197        21,083,391  

Preferred stock warrants

     35,504        131,190  

Stock options and unvested restricted stock awards

     2,750,892        4,211,179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17,504,593        25,425,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts in the table above reflect the common stock equivalents of the noted instruments.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and assumes the issuance of 21,083,391 shares of common stock issued to the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock upon an initial public offering as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, if later.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”) as part of the FASB simplification initiative. The new standard provides for changes to accounting for stock compensation including 1) excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payment awards will be recognized as income tax expense in the reporting period in which they occur; 2) excess tax benefits will be classified as an operating activity in the statement of cash flow; 3) the option to elect to estimate forfeitures or account for them when they occur; and 4) increase tax withholding requirements threshold to qualify for equity classification. ASU 2016-09 is effective for public companies with annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and it did not have a material impact to its financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share:

 

 

 

(In thousands except share and per share data)    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 2018
 

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited)

  

Numerator

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,907

Pro forma adjustments to eliminate changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     82  
  

 

 

 

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share

   $ (11,825

Denominator

  

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

     3,864,276  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the automatic conversion of all Convertible Preferred Stock to common stock upon an initial public offering

     20,745,277  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     24,609,553  

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.48
  

 

 

 

 

 

Note 3. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

 

 

(In thousands)    DECEMBER 31,
2017
     MARCH 31,
2018
 

Accrued employee costs

   $ 1,581      $ 1,082  

Accrued research costs

     566        4,701  

Accrued interest

            145  

Accrued offering costs

            582  

Accrued other

     410        1,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

   $ 2,557      $ 7,559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Note 4. Long-term Debt

The components of debt are as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)    DECEMBER 31,
2017
     MARCH 31,
2018
 

Term A Loan

   $         —      $ 20,000  

Less unamortized deferred cost

            (1,949
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $      $ 18,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Secured Loan Facility

In February 2018, the Company entered into the Loan Agreement that provides a senior secured loan facility of up to an aggregate principal amount of $45.0 million, comprised of a $20.0 million drawdown in February 2018 (“Term A Loan”) and an additional $25.0 million which can be borrowed in two additional tranches. The second tranche is $15.0 million and is available beginning upon the Company’s submission of a New Drug Application (“NDA”) for the Company’s Glucagon Rescue Pen until the earlier of September 30, 2018 or the 30th day following such NDA submission. The third tranche is $10.0 million and is available beginning upon approval of the Company’s Glucagon Rescue Pen NDA by the Federal Drug Administration (”FDA”) until the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the 30th day following NDA approval by the FDA.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The interest rate under the Loan Agreement is the thirty-day U.S. LIBOR rate plus 6.75%. Payments on the Loan Agreement are interest only for the first 24 months, which can be extended by an additional twelve months if the third tranche is drawn. The total term of the loan is 59 months and the principal payments will begin in either 36 or 24 months, contingent on the third tranche being drawn.

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Company provided a first priority security interest in all existing and future-acquired assets, excluding intellectual property and certain other assets, owned by the Company. The Loan Agreement contains a negative pledge on intellectual property owned by the Company. The Company also issued warrants to the Lenders to purchase Series C preferred stock, which is further discussed in Note 6.

The Loan Agreement allows the Company to voluntarily prepay the outstanding amounts thereunder, but not less than $2.0 million of the outstanding principal at any time. Prior to April 1, 2020, the Company is subject to a prepayment penalty equal to 1.50% of the principal amount being prepaid. In the event the Company draws on the third tranche, the period subject to 1.50% prepayment is extended to April 1, 2021. No prepayment fee exists for prepayments made after April 1, 2020, or April 1, 2021 in the event the third tranche is issued. A final payment fee of 6.5% multiplied by the original principal amount of each tranche drawn is due upon the earlier to occur of the maturity date of the Loan Agreement, the acceleration of the Loan Agreement or prepayment of such borrowings. The Loan Agreement includes a non-utilization fee of 2.0% multiplied by the principal amount of tranche three payable to Lenders in October 2019, if the Company elects not to draw the third tranche.

The Loan Agreement also contains customary indemnification obligations and customary events of default, including, among other things, failure to fulfill certain obligations under the Loan Agreement and the occurrence of a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition, a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the loan, or a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Lenders’ lien in the collateral or in the value of such collateral. In the event of default under the Loan Agreement, the Company would be required to pay interest on principal and all other due and unpaid obligations at the current rate in effect plus 5%. All such interest would be payable on demand and in cash. Further, the Lenders would be entitled to exercise their remedies thereunder, including the right to accelerate the debt, upon which the Company may be required to repay all amounts then outstanding under the Loan Agreement.

The Loan Agreement includes certain restrictions on, among other things, the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, change the name or location of the business, merge with or acquire other entities, pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of the Company’s capital stock, make certain investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, create liens, open new deposit accounts, sell assets or pay subordinated debt.

As of March 31, 2018, the interest rate on the Term A Loan was 8.33%. Beginning on March 1, 2020, the Company is required to make monthly principal payments of $571,000 with a final principal payment of $570,000 due on January 1, 2023, the Term Loan A maturity date.

The following table sets forth the Company’s future principal payments:

 

 

 

2018

   $  

2019

      

2020

     4,680  

2021

     6,725  

2022

     7,315  

2023

     1,280  
  

 

 

 
   $ 20,000  
  

 

 

 

 

 

The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1.9 million, which are reflected as a direct reduction to the term loan balance and are being amortized into interest expense over the life of the loan using the effective interest method.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $191,000 of which $40,000 was related to the amortization of debt issuance costs.

Note 5. Convertible Preferred Stock

The holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the purchase price per annum in preference to any dividends to the holders of the common stock, payable as and if when declared by the Board of Directors. The Board has not declared any dividends as of March 31, 2018. The holders of the Preferred Stock also will be entitled to participate pro rata in any dividends paid to the holders of the common stock on an as-converted basis.

Upon the liquidation of the Company, the holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $1.02 per share for Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $3.319 per share for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and $6.2705 per share for Series C Convertible Preferred Stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “Liquidation Preference”). After the payment of the Liquidation Preference in full, the remaining assets or other property of the Company will be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock and the Preferred Stock on an as converted basis. A merger or consolidation involving the Company, a sale of voting control of the Company or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company will be deemed to be a liquidation for this purpose.

The holders of the Preferred Stock will have the right to convert their shares (including declared, but unpaid dividends thereon) into shares of the Company’s common stock at any time. The initial conversion rate will be 1:1 subject to customary anti-dilution provisions.

The Preferred Stock will convert automatically into common stock upon the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock holders or the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of the Company’s common stock at a public offering price per share (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) that is not less than $9.40 per share in an offering with aggregate proceeds to the Company of not less than $30.0 million.

Prior to completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the holders of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to elect two board members and the holders of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to elect two board members.

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company issued an additional 707,680 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $4.4 million.

Note 6. Warrants

In 2014 the Company issued 35,504 warrants (“Series B Warrants”) to certain investors. The Series B Warrants allow each holder to purchase one share of Series B Preferred stock for $3.319 and they expire in August 2020. There have been no exercises of Series B Warrants as of March 31, 2018 and as such all 35,504 warrants were outstanding as of March 31, 2018.

As part of the Loan Agreement discussed in Note 4, the Lenders shall receive warrant coverage equal to 3.0% of the principal borrowing amounts. The warrants will represent a right for the lender to purchase shares of the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at an initial exercise price of $6.2705 per share. The Company issued 95,686 warrants upon the drawdown of the Term A Loan in February 2018.

Because the underlying share of preferred stock is classified as being contingently redeemable, the warrants are liability classified and subject to remeasurement at each reporting period until they are exercised, expired, or otherwise settled. The initial fair value of the warrant liability is recorded with a corresponding offset to deferred debt cost which is a reduction to the notional value of the debt.

The Company recognized a loss of $45,000 and $37,000 upon the change in fair value of the warrants during the three months ended March 31, 2018 related to the Series B and Series C warrants, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2018, the following warrants were outstanding:

 

 

 

     OUTSTANDING
SHARES
     EXERCISE PRICE
PER SHARE
     EXPIRATION DATE  

Series B

     35,504      $ 3.319        August 2020  

Series C

     95,686      $ 6.2705        February 2025  
  

 

 

       
     131,190        
  

 

 

       

 

 

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company has non-cancellable operating leases for office space and equipment, which expire at various times through 2024. The non-cancellable office leases agreements provide for monthly lease payments, which increase during the term of the lease. In the first quarter of 2018, the Company signed a new lease for office space in Chicago, Illinois with future minimum lease payments of approximately $146,000 in 2018, $202,000 in 2019, $210,000 in 2020, $219,000 in 2021, $228,000 in 2022, $237,000 in 2023 and $225,000 in 2024.

Total rent expense under these operating leases was approximately $40,000 and $191,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Note 8. Stock Compensation Plan

In 2011 the Company adopted the 2011 Stock/Option Issuance Plan (“2011 Plan”) and subsequently amended to authorize the Board of Directors to issue up to 8,397,950 incentive grant and non-statutory awards. Options and restricted stock granted to employees under the 2011 Plan typically vest over a 48-month period. Options and restricted stock granted to non-employee directors vest over a 24-month period. All stock awards typically expire 10 years after they were issued. As of March 31, 2018, there were 645,797 awards available for future issuance.

The fair value of stock options granted was estimated with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
       2017         2018    

Expected term

     5.88       6.06  

Expected volatility

     61.46     58.57

Risk-free interest rate

     1.48     2.66

Expected dividends

            

 

 

Stock option activity for employee awards for the three months ended March 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

     UNITS     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE
     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE (YEARS)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2018

     3,466,468     $ 0.93        8.70  

Issued

     783,344       3.33     

Exercised

     (70,374     0.90     

Forfeited

     (27,259     0.87     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—March 31, 2018

     4,152,179     $ 1.42        8.76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Exercisable—March 31, 2018

     3,803,799     $ 1.42        8.76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2018

     3,778,221     $ 1.42        8.74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The weighted average grant date fair value of awards granted during the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $2.09 per share. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $494,000. The aggregate intrinsic value of awards vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2018 was $21.2 million.

The Company also granted stock options to non-employees. These awards are marked to fair value at the end of each reporting period until they vest. Stock option activity for these awards for the three months ended March 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

     UNITS      WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE (YEARS)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2018

     59,000      $ 1.07        6.75  

Issued

                

Exercised

                

Forfeited

                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding—March 31, 2018

     59,000      $ 1.07        6.51  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Exercisable—March 31, 2018

     49,000      $ 1.07        6.51  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2018

     48,744      $ 1.07        6.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of awards vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2018 was $290,000. The aggregate intrinsic value of awards exercisable as of March 31, 2018 was $291,000. The company recognized expense associated with these awards of $56,000 and $7,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

The following table summarizes the reporting of total stock-based compensation expense resulting from employee and non-employee stock options:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
(In thousands)    2017      2018  

Research and development

   $ 15      $ 121  

General and administrative

     143        123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 158      $ 244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

At March 31, 2018, there was a total of $2.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.55 years.

Note 9. Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

Level 1: Measured using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Measured using quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Level 3: Measured based on prices or valuation models that required inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and less observable from objective sources (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

Fair value measurements are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, which may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The determination of the fair values stated below takes into account the market for its financial assets and liabilities, the associated credit risk and other factors as required. The Company considers active markets as those in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, grants receivable, and accounts payables approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities at inception and for subsequent mark-to-market fair value measurements is based on management’s valuation model and expected methods and timing of settlement. These estimates are prepared using models that consider various inputs including: (a) the Company’s estimated future cash flows, (b) time value, and (c) current market conditions, as well as other relevant economic measures.

The Company has determined that the warrant liabilities fair values are Level 3 items within the fair value hierarchy. The following table presents the changes in the warrant liabilities:

 

 

 

(In thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2018

   $ 93  

Fair value of Series C warrants issued under the LSA

     326  

Change in fair value of warrants

     82  
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2018

   $ 501  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

 

                Shares

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Jefferies   Leerink Partners   RBC Capital Markets

Mizuho Securities

Until                 , 2018 all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby.

 

 

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,338

FINRA filing fee

     11,750  

Listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

     *  
  

 

 

 

 

 

*   To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our bylaws provide that:

 

    we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

In December 2015, with subsequent closings in December 2016, May 2017, December 2017 and February 2018, we sold an aggregate of 13,542,592 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.2705 per share.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the purchasers in these transactions represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. Such purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

Between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2018, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,349,951 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.87 to $3.33 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2011 Stock Option Plan, or the 2011 Plan. Since December 31, 2017, and through the date of filing,              shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2011 Plan.

The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(c) Issuances of Warrants

On March 1, 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 35,504 shares of Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.319 per share. On February 28, 2018, the Company issued warrants to purchase 95,686 shares of its Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.2705 per share.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

EXHIBIT TABLE

1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.2*   Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
3.4   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.5   Form of Amended and Restated By-laws (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
4.1   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated December 31, 2015
4.2*   Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate
5.1*   Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
10.1#   2011 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.2*#   2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.3#   Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
10.4#   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
10.5#   Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.6   Lease Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2017, by and between Are-SD Region No. 30, LLC and the Registrant
10.7*#   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Paul Edick (to be entered into in connection with this offering)
10.8*#   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and John Shannon (to be entered into in connection with this offering)
10.9*#   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Steven Prestrelski (to be entered into in connection with this offering)
10.10*#   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Ken Johnson (to be entered into in connection with this offering)
10.11*#   Form of Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Barry Deutsch (to be entered into in connection with this offering)
10.12+   API Supply Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Bachem Americas, Inc.
10.13+   Quality Assurance Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2015, by and between Bachem AG and the Registrant, as amended by (i) Amendment 1 to the Quality Assurance Agreement, dated as of October  31, 2016, by and between Bachem AG and the Registrant and (ii) Amendment 2 to the Quality Assurance Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2017, by and between Bachem AG and the Registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

EXHIBIT TABLE

10.14+    Commercial Supply Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2018, by and between Pyramid Laboratories Inc. and the Registrant
10.15+    Joint Development Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Scandinavian Health Limited
10.16    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2018, by and between Oxford Finance LLC, Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant
10.17+    Quality Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2016, by and between Pyramid Laboratories Inc. and the Registrant
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
       *    To be filed by amendment.
       +    Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
       #    Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules have been submitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 24th day of May, 2018.

 

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:   /s/ Paul Edick
 

Paul Edick

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul Edick and Barry Deutsch, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 24th day of May, 2018.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

/s/ Paul Edick

Paul Edick

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Barry Deutsch

Barry Deutsch

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ John Schmid

John Schmid

  

Director

/s/ BJ Bormann

BJ Bormann

  

Director

/s/ Jeffrey Sherman

Jeffrey Sherman

  

Director

/s/ Jonathan Rigby

Jonathan Rigby

  

Director

/s/ Marla Persky

Marla Persky

  

Director

/s/ Dawn Halkuff

Dawn Halkuff

  

Director

 

II-5

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

FIFTH

AMENDED AMD RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

FIRST: That the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on July 29, 2005 under the name Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and amended and restated pursuant to an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective March 10, 2011, a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective July 5, 2011, a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective September 12,2014, as amended by that Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective December 22, 2014, and a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective December 28, 2015.

SECOND: The Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.

THIRD: The Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is incorporated herein by this reference (the “Restated Certificate”).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has caused this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate to be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer as of May 17, 2017.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul R. Edick

  Paul R. Edick
  President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

FIFTH

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of this Corporation is Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19801-1120 and the name of the registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

A. Classes of Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of capital stock authorized to be issued is 52,401,988 shares. 30,450,994 shares shall be Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 21,950,994 shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”), 1,864,797 of which shall be designated as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred”), 5,732,338 of which shall be designated as “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred”), and 14,353,859 of which shall be designated as “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred).

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock. The respective rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on each series of Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Section B of Article IV.

1. Dividend Provisions.

(a)    The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (other than dividends payable in Common Stock for which appropriate adjustment is made hereunder) on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of the Corporation, dividends on each share of Series A Preferred at the rate of 8.0% of the Original Series A Purchase Price (as defined below) per annum, dividends on each share of Series B Preferred at the rate of 8.0% of the Original Series B Purchase Price (as defined below) per annum, and dividends on each share of Series C Preferred at the rate of 8.0% of the Original Series C


Purchase Price (as defined below) per annum when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. Any amounts to be so paid for which assets are not legally available shall be paid promptly as assets become legally available therefor. No dividends shall be declared or paid, and no distribution shall be made (other than dividends payable in Common Stock for which appropriate adjustment is made hereunder), on any shares of Common Stock until dividends in the total amount of 8.0% of the Original Series A Purchase Price per share per annum on the Series A Preferred shall have been paid for each fiscal year for which the Series A Preferred has been outstanding, dividends in the total amount of 8.0% of the Original Series B Purchase Price per share per annum on the Series B Preferred shall have been paid for each fiscal year for which the Series B Preferred has been outstanding, and dividends in the total amount of 8.0% of the Original Series C Purchase Price per share per annum on the Series C Preferred shall have been paid for each fiscal year for which the Series C Preferred has been outstanding. After the payment of the dividends described in this Subsection 1(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends payable in Common Stock for which appropriate adjustment is made hereunder) declared or paid in any year shall be declared or paid on the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Common Stock then outstanding on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(b)    Any dividend or distribution which is declared by the Corporation and payable with assets of the Corporation other than cash or Common Stock shall be valued in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 2(c)(ii) below.

2    Liquidation Preference.

(a)    Upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event (as defined in Subsection 2(c)(i) below), the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any payment to or distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock or any other security ranking junior in priority to the Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, (i) with respect to the Series C Preferred, an amount per share of Series C Preferred then held by them equal to the sum of (A) $6.2705 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (the “Original Series C Purchase Price”) plus (B) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon (such sum, the “Series C Liquidation Amount”); (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred, an amount per share of Series B Preferred then held by them equal to the sum of (A) $3.319 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (the “Original Series B Purchase Price”) plus (B) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon (such sum, the “Series B Liquidation Amount”), and (iii) with respect to the Series A Preferred, an amount per share of Series A Preferred then held by them equal to the sum of (A) $1.02 (as adjusted to reflect stock, dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (the “Original Series A Purchase Price”) plus (B) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon (such sum, the “Series A Liquidation Amount”). The Original Series C Purchase Price, Original Series B Purchase Price, and the Original Series A Purchase Price are sometimes collectively referred to herein as an “Original Issue Price If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series C Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount and

 

A - 2


Series A Liquidation Amount, as applicable, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the relative preferential amounts that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b)    After payment to the holders of the Preferred Stock of the amounts set forth in Subsection 2(a), any additional remaining assets shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Restated Certificate immediately prior to such Liquidation Event.

(c)    (i)    Unless waived in any specific instance by (i) the holders of at least 60% of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and (ii) the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, in any specific instance a “Liquidation Event shall be defined as any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) unless the Corporation’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Corporation’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or its direct or indirect parent entity (except that the sale by the Corporation of shares of its capital stock to investors in bona fide equity financing transactions, or in a Qualified Public Offering, shall not be deemed a Liquidation Event for this purpose) or (B) a sale, exclusive license or other disposition or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in any transaction or series of related transactions, including a sale, exclusive license or other disposition or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, if such assets constitute substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and such subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(ii)    In any of such events, if the consideration received by or with respect to the Corporation is other than cash or securities, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors. Any securities to be delivered to the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, shall be valued as follows:

(A)    If traded on a national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B)    If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

 

A - 3


(C)    If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(iii)    The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be valued at an appropriate discount from the value determined as provided in Subsection 2(c)(ii)(A) or (ii)(B) above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors,

(d)    (i)    The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidation Event not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Event, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Event. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Event and the provisions of this Section B.2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The consummation of the Liquidation Event shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such notice and other requirements may be shortened, modified or waived entirely upon the Corporation’s receipt of written consent of (i) the holders of 60% of the Preferred Stock entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and (ii) the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(ii)    In the event the requirements of this Subsection 2(d) are not complied with, the Corporation shall either:

(A)    cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section B.2 have been complied with; or

(B)    cancel such Liquidation Event, in which event the respective rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Subsection 2(c)(i) above.

(e)    Upon the consummation of a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(c)(i) above, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the operative agreement for such transaction shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2(a) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock

 

A - 4


of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2(a) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 2(e), consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Liquidation Event shall not be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Conversion. The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a)    Right to Convert. Each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined, with respect to each share of each series of Preferred Stock, by dividing (x) the applicable Original Purchase Price for such series of Preferred Stock by (y) the Conversion Price in effect for such series of Preferred Stock on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share for the Series A Preferred shall be the Original Series A Purchase Price. The initial Conversion Price per share for the Series B Preferred shall be the Original Series B Purchase Price. The initial Conversion Price per share for the Series C Preferred shall be the Original Series C Purchase Price. The Conversion Price for the shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Subsection 3(d) below.

(b)    Automatic Conversion. Each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price then in effect immediately upon the earlier of:

(i)    immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act): (A) at a public offering price (prior to underwriter’s discounts or commissions and offering expenses) of not less than $9.40 per share (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Common Stock); and (B) with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation of at least $30,000,000 (an offering meeting the conditions specified in this Subsection 3(b)(i), a “Qualified Public Offering”); or

(ii)    the date specified by written consent or agreement of (x) the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and (y) the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(c)    Mechanics of Conversion.

(i)    Before any holder of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Subsection 3(a) above and upon the occurrence of the events specified in Subsection 3(b) above, as the

 

A - 5


case may be, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (or lost stock affidavits therefor), duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock and if such conversion is to be effected pursuant to Subsection 3(a) above, shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued; provided, however, that any failure by a holder to comply with these provisions shall not have any effect on the automatic conversion of such holder’s shares, which shall in any event be deemed to have converted, automatically and without any further action on the part of the holder or the Corporation, in accordance with Subsection 3(b) above. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, (i) issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, and (ii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock (or lost stock affidavits therefor) to be converted (or on such later date requested by the holder or on such earlier date agreed to by the Corporation and the holder), and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(ii)    If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, or any event that would be deemed to be a Liquidation Event under Subsection 2(c)(i) above, the conversion may, at the election of the holder, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering or the closing of such Liquidation Event, as the case may be, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities or of such Liquidation Event, as the case may be.

(d)    Conversion Price Adjustments. The Conversion Price with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i)    (A)    If the Corporation shall issue, after the first issuance of Series C Preferred Stock following the filing of this Restated Certificate, any Additional Stock (as defined in Subsection 3(d)(ii) below) without consideration or for a consideration price per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock (a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance), the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or the Series A Preferred, respectively, shall (except as otherwise provided for in Subsection 3(d)(1)(B)), concurrent with such Qualifying Dilutive Issuance, be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such Qualifying Dilutive Issuance by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 3(d)(i)(E)(l) or (i)(E) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration

 

A - 6


received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsections 3(d)(i)(E)(l) and 3(d)(i)(E)(2)) plus the number of shares of Additional Stock being issued in such Qualifying Dilutive Issuance. For example, if after the filing of this Restated Certificate, the Corporation issues 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock for consideration per share of $0.75 and assuming there are 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 3(d)(i)(E)(1) or (i)(E)(2)), the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred immediately would be reduced (and the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred would be reduced in a similar manner based on the respective Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred) to the price determined by multiplying $6.2705, the Series C Conversion Price then in effect, by the following fraction:

 

           5,000,000        +    $0.75 x 1,000,000

$6,2705

  
  

 

  
           5,000,000        +                    1,000,000                   
=        5,119,607.69             
   6,000,000.00         
=    0.8533         

resulting in an adjusted Series C Conversion Price of $5.3504 (i.e., $6.2705 x 0.8533) and an adjusted conversion rate of 1.1720:1 (i.e., $6.2705 / $5.3504. Notwithstanding the numerical illustration set forth above, to the extent there is any confusion between the written description of the Conversion Price adjustment and the numerical illustration of the same, the written description shall control.

(B)    No adjustment of the Conversion Price with respect to a series of Preferred Stock shall be made if such adjustment would be in an amount less than one cent per share, but such adjustments shall be carried forward on a cumulative basis until an adjustment to such Conversion Price (together with all previous adjustments so carried forward) of at least one cent per share is made thereto. Except to the limited extent provided for in Subsection 3(d)(i)(E)(3) or (i)(E)(4), no adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 3(d) shall have the effect of increasing any such Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C)    In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any discounts, commissions or other similar expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

 

A - 7


(D)    In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined pursuant to Subsection 2(c)(ii) above.

(E)    In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the filing of this Restated Certificate) of (i) options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, (ii) securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or (iii) options to purchase or rights to subscribe for securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of Subsection 3(d)(ii) and Subsection 3(d)(ii):

(1)    The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (whether or not then exercisable) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 3(d)(i)(C) and 3(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2)    The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of (including, without limitation, shares issuable with respect to the payment of declared dividends on such conversion), or in exchange (whether or not then convertible or exchangeable) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Subsection 3(d)(i)(C) and 3(d)(i)(D)).

(3)    In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof (other than anti-dilution provisions substantially comparable to those included herein), the applicable Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

 

A - 8


(4)    Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the applicable Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5)    The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Subsection 3(d)(i)(E)(l) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Subsection (3)(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

(ii)    Additional Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 3(d)(i)(E)( l) and (i)(E)(2)) by the Corporation after the filing of this Restated Certificate, other than shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) issued or issuable:

(A)    upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock;

(B)    to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants or other service providers to, the Corporation as compensation for services, pursuant to a stock option plan or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors, as defined in Section 4(c)(ii), then in office);

(C)    to banks, savings and loan associations, equipment lessors or other similar lending institutions in connection with such entities providing working capital credit facilities or equipment financing to the Corporation for a non-equity financing purpose, or commercial lessors in connection with lease transactions for the Corporation’s offices, approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);

(D)    pursuant to a transaction for which an adjustment of the Conversion Price is made pursuant to Subsection 3(d)(iii) below;

(E)    pursuant to any dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock and dividends payable in Common Stock for which appropriate adjustment is made hereunder;

(F)    pursuant to bona fide business or technology acquisitions of or by the Corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock, reorganization or otherwise, which is approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);

 

A - 9


(G)    pursuant to or in connection with collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);

(H)    pursuant to the sale of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock in connection with a firm commitment underwritten public offering and any agreement allocating shares of capital stock in connection with such public offering;

(I)    upon the exercise of warrants or other securities or rights exercisable to purchase the Corporation’s capital stock that were outstanding as of the filing of this Restated Certificate;

(J)    pursuant to the issuance of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock or upon the exercise of options, warrants or other agreements to purchase the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case that are issued for charitable purposes and that are approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office); or

(K)    by virtue of the operation of the anti-dilution provisions set forth in Subsection 3(d),

(iii)    In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Restated Certificate fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as Common Stock Equivalents) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof) without a corresponding adjustment to the Preferred Stock, then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(iv)    If the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding at any time after the filing of this Restated Certificate is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a corresponding adjustment to the Preferred Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

A - 10


(v)    In the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), and the dates of such Subsequent Dilutive Issuances occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days after the First Dilutive Issuance, then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the Conversion Price shall be adjusted to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(e)    Other Distributions. Subject to Section B.1 above, in the event the Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights that are not Common Stock Equivalents, then, in each such case, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(f)    Recapitalizations. If at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Restated Certificate, there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination provided for elsewhere in this Section B.3 or a Liquidation Event provided for in Section B.2 above) provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of their shares of Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section B.3 with respect to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section B.3 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as prior to that event as may be practicable.

(g)    No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

(i)    No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share (with 0.5 being rounded up). Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the holder is at the time converting (or are being automatically converted) into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion (including, without limitation, shares issuable with respect to the payment of declared but unpaid dividends on the shares converted).

 

A - 11


(ii)    Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section B.3. the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock.

(h)    Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of 60% of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock that the downward adjustment is applicable to (voting together as a single class, on an as-converted basis). Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(i)    Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least twenty (20) days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right; provided, however, that such notice period may be shortened and the right to such notice (or any other notice hereunder) may be waived with the written consent of holders of 60% of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(j)    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will promptly take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

(k)    Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section B.3 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

A - 12


4. Voting Rights: Protective Provisions.

(a)    General Voting Rights. The holder of each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock could then be converted, with full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, except as required by law or as expressly provided herein, including the protective provisions in Subsection 4(d) below, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation; and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, provided that except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to (or waiver of any provision of) this Restated Certificate that relates solely to the terms of the Preferred Stock, if the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate or pursuant to the DGCL. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with 0.5 being rounded upward).

(b)    Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The authorized number of shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or reserved for the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of Preferred Stock) by (in addition to the vote of the holders of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Restated Certificate) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, voting as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

(c)    Board of Directors.

(i)    Series C Directors. The holders of the Series C Preferred, voting or acting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members (the “Series C Preferred Directors”) of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders or of the holders of the Series C Preferred for the election of directors.

(ii)    Series A/B Directors. The holders of the Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members (the “Series A/B Directors” together with the Series C Preferred Directors, the “Preferred Directors”) of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders or of the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred for the election of directors,

(iii)    Preferred and Common. The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect the remaining members of the Board of Directors at

 

A - 13


each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iv)    To the maximum extent allowed by the DGCL, any director who was elected by a specified series, class or classes of shares may be removed during his or her term of office, either for or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the series, class or classes of shares which initially elected such director. Such vote may be given at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called or by an action by written consent for that purpose. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until a successor has been elected and qualified. The stockholders of the specified series or class entitled to vote upon the election of any director from which a vacancy arose may elect a director at any time to fill such vacancy not filled by the directors.

(v)    The provisions of this subsection B.4(c) are subject to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated on or about the date of the filing of this Restated Certificate, by and among the Corporation and certain holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, as such agreement may be restated, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

(d)    Protective Provisions. In addition to any other vote required by law or the Restated Certificate with respect to any matter that affects the powers, preferences or special rights of the Preferred Stock or a series thereof, the Corporation shall not (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as permitted by law) of the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting or acting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    take any action, including by way of amendment to the Restated Certificate or the Company’s Bylaws, to amend or change the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of the Preferred Stock;

(ii)    take any action, including amending, altering or repealing any provision of the Restated Certificate or Bylaws by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, that would adversely affect the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock;

(iii)    amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Restated Certificate or Bylaws;

(iv)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion or redemption) the authorized shares of Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock;

(v)    authorize, create or issue any shares of any class of capital stock having, or reclassify any existing shares of equity securities into shares having, any rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with the Preferred Stock, in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividends, or increase the authorized or designated number of shares of any such new class or series;

 

A - 14


(vi)    authorize or consummate any Liquidation Event or effect any merger or consolidation with another entity, sell, exclusively license or otherwise dispose of a critical asset or technology, or sell, exclusively license or otherwise dispose of more than fifty-one percent (51%) of its assets or properties in any single transaction or series of related transactions;

(vii)    redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire for value (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or options to purchase capital stock, other than (x) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers pursuant to agreements to repurchase such stock at cost (or, if lower, fair market value, if so provided in the agreement) in connection with the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of services by the Corporation, (y) redemptions, repurchases or acquisitions of shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or options to purchase capital stock approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office, or (z) the exercise of rights of first refusal;

(viii)    increase or decrease the number of authorized directors of the Corporation’s Board of Directors to a number less than five (5) or more than seven (7);

(ix)    declare a dividend or distribute cash or property to holders of Common Stock through dividends (other than a stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend for which appropriate adjustment is made to the Preferred Stock);

(x)    incur, create, assume, become liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist any indebtedness for borrowed money (including without limitation, capitalized leases), except for indebtedness not exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate or otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);

(xi)    amend or modify any existing stock option plan or stock ownership plan or adopt any new stock option plan or stock ownership plan, other than an amendment, modification or adoption approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);

(xii)    enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Corporation or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) of any such person, except for transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Corporation’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);

(xiii)    create any subsidiary or make any investment in any other entity, or dispose of the stock of such a subsidiary, or all or a material portion of the assets of any such subsidiary if such assets represent a critical asset or technology of the Corporation, in each case unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of the majority of the Preferred Directors); or

 

A - 15


(xiv)    amend this Subsection 4(d).

(e)    Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock should be converted pursuant to Section B.3 above or otherwise repurchased by the Corporation, the shares so converted or repurchased shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation. The Restated Certificate shall be amended at such time or times as the Corporation deems it reasonably practicable to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized stock.

C. Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights granted to the Common Stock are as set forth below:

1. Dividend Rights. Subject to the provisions of Section B.l and Subsections B.3(e) and B.4(d) of this Article IV, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as, and if, declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights. Upon a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section B.2 of this Article IV.

3. Voting Rights. In addition to the voting rights for the election of directors set forth in Section B.4 of this Article IV, the holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Restated Certificate and Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or reserved for the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of Preferred Stock) as set forth in Subsection B.4(b) of this Article IV.

ARTICLE V

To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article V by the stockholders of the Corporation or by operation of law shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

A - 16


ARTICLE VI

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject only to limits created by applicable law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders, and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation or by operation of law shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director, officer, employee, agent or other person with respect to, any acts or omissions of such director, officer, employee, agent or other person occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors.

Subject to the provisions of Subsections B.4(c) and B.4(d) of Article IV hereof, the number of directors of this Corporation shall be set from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Election of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE X

Subject to any additional vote required by the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conformed by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

A - 17


ARTICLE XI

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation renounces any expectancy that a Covered Person offer the Corporation an opportunity to participate in a Specified Opportunity and waives any claim that the Specified Opportunity constitutes a corporate opportunity that should have been presented by the Covered Person to the Corporation. A “Covered Person is (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is principally in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, including any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such entity. The definition of “Covered Person excludes any person who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. A “Specified Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of a Covered Person, unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE XI will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this ARTICLE XI in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability.

 

A - 18

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of the Corporation is Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 29, 2005 (the “Original Certificate”).

2.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 17, 2017, duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3.    The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Sixty Million (160,000,000), of which (i) One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Undesignated Preferred Stock”).

Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

 


A. COMMON STOCK

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

(a)     the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

(b)     dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

(c)     upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

B. UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

ARTICLE V

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

1.     Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article V, Section 1.

2.     Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2


ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

1.     General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

2.     Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

3.     Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Jonathan Rigby and BJ Bormann-Kennedy; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Jeffrey Sherman and Dawn Halkuff; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Paul Edick, John Schmid and Marla Persky. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VI, Section 3.

4.     Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

5.     Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

3


ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VII.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

1.     Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

2.     Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided therein, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Except as otherwise required by this Certificate or by law, whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

ARTICLE X

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF DELAWARE COURTS OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT

COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article X.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article X.

[End of Text]

 

 

4


THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this                 day of                 , 2018.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

By:

   

Name: Paul Edick

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

5

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

(initially adopted on March 10, 2011)

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Article I Offices

     1  

1.1

  Registered Office      1  

1.2

  Other Offices      1  

Article II Meetings of Stockholders

     1  

2.1

  Annual Meeting      1  

2.2

  Special Meetings      1  

2.3

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      1  

2.4

  Voting List      2  

2.5

  Quorum      2  

2.6

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2  

2.7

  Conduct of Business      2  

2.8

  Voting      3  

2.9

  Record Date      3  

2.10

  Action at Meetings      3  

2.11

  Proxies      3  

2.12

  Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting      3  

2.13

  Meeting by Remote Communication      4  

Article III Directors

     5  

3.1

  Powers      5  

3.2

  Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification      5  

3.3

  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships      5  

3.4

  Location of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone      5  

3.5

  Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors      6  

3.6

  Regular Meetings      6  

3.7

  Special Meetings      6  

3.8

  Quorum and Action at Meetings      6  

3.9

  Action Without a Meeting      6  

3.10

  Committees      7  

3.11

  Committee Minutes      7  

3.12

  Meetings and Action of Committees      7  

3.13

  Director Compensation      7  

3.14

  Resignation      7  

3.15

  Removal      7  

Article IV Notices

     8  

4.1

  Notice to Directors      8  

4.2

  Notice to Stockholders      8  

4.3

  Affidavit of Notice      8  

4.4

  Waiver of Notice      8  

Article V Officers

     9  

5.1

  Enumeration      9  

5.2

  Appointment of Officers      9  

5.3

  Appointment of Other Officers and Agents      9  

5.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      9  

 

i


5.5

  Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board      9  

5.6

  Chief Executive Officer      10  

5.7

  President      10  

5.8

  Vice Presidents      10  

5.9

  Secretary      10  

5.10

  Assistant Secretary      11  

5.11

  Treasurer      11  

5.12

  Assistant Treasurer      11  

5.13

  Voting and Exercise of Rights of Shares of Other Corporations      11  

Article VI Capital Stock

     11  

6.1

  Certificates      11  

6.2

  Special Designation on Certificates      12  

6.3

  Lost Certificates      12  

6.4

  Transfer of Stock      12  

6.5

  Registered Stockholders      12  

Article VII General Provisions

     13  

7.1

  Dividends      13  

7.2

  Checks      13  

7.3

  Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments      13  

7.4

  Fiscal Year      13  

7.5

  Seal      13  

7.6

  Loans      13  

7.7

  Stock Transfer Agreements      14  

7.8

  Construction; Definitions      14  

Article VIII Indemnification

     14  

8.1

  Scope      14  

8.2

  Advancing Expenses      14  

8.3

  Liability Offset      14  

8.4

  Continuing Obligation      14  

8.5

  Non-exclusivity of Rights      15  

8.6

  Insurance      15  

8.7

  Other Persons      15  

8.8

  Definitions      15  

Article IX Amendments

     15  

 

ii


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1    Registered Office. The initial registered office of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and may be changed from time to time in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.2    Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1    Annual Meeting. Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 2.13 of these Bylaws. Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by Section 2.13 of these Bylaws, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on a date and at a time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

2.2    Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called for any purpose or purposes by the (i) Chief Executive Officer, if any; (ii) President, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer; or (iii) Secretary at the request in writing of (A) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or (B) holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called by the stockholders absent such a request. Any such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

If any person or persons other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall: (i) be in writing; (ii) specify the date and time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and (iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Corporation’s Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or Secretary. The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3 and Section 4.1 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than business specified in such notice to stockholders.

2.3    Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 4.1 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.


2.4    Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting; or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.5    Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

2.6    Adjourned Meeting; Notice. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.7    Conduct of Business. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2


2.8    Voting. The stockholders of record on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.9    Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, then: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed and (iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.10    Action at Meetings. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.11    Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by the DGCL filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL shall govern the revocability of any proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable.

2.12    Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to

 

3


vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or by a person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 2.13, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until (i) such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested), its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded or (ii) such consent is delivered to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders, if delivered to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.13    Meeting by Remote Communication. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL the Board may in its sole discretion permit stockholders to participate in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communication and shall be deemed present in person and permitted to vote at such meeting, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at such meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in such meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of such meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if such any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at such meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

4


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1    Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.2    Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at an annual meeting of the stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Section 2.12); provided that the number of directors shall be not less than one (1). With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or in Section 3.3, the directors shall be elected (i) at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy or (ii) by written consent of the Corporation’s stockholders pursuant to Section 2.12, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal or death. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3    Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal or death. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10%) percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.4    Location of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

5


3.5    Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.

3.7    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by a person authorized to call a meeting under this Section 3.7. Special meetings may be called by the (i) Chief Executive Officer, if any, (ii) President, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) Secretary, upon the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings may be called by the Secretary upon the written request of the sole director. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the DGCL, or any successor thereto. If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8    Quorum and Action at Meetings. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9    Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

6


3.10    Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

3.11    Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.

3.12    Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of: (i) Section 3.4 (Location of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone); (ii) Section 3.6 (Regular Meetings); (iii) Section 3.7 (Special Meetings); (iv) Section 3.8 (Quorum and Action at Meetings); (v) Section 3.9 (Action Without a Meeting) and (vi) Section 4.4 (Waiver of Notice); with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members; provided, however, that (a) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee, (b) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board and (c) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

3.13    Director Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14    Resignation. Any director or officer of the Corporation may resign at any time. Each such resignation shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

3.15    Removal. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the DGCL, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1    Notice to Directors. Whenever, under the provisions of the DGCL or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director such notice shall be (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone; (ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid; (iii) sent by facsimile; or (iv) sent by electronic mail, directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

4.2    Notice to Stockholders. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice; and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. As used in these Bylaws, “electronic transmission’’ means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

4.3    Affidavit of Notice. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

4.4    Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need by specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

8


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1    Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President and a Secretary and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time. Among the officers the Board of Directors may designate are a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. The Board of Directors also may choose one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.

5.2    Appointment of Officers. The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board, or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.3    Appointment of Other Officers and Agents. The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

5.4    Removal and Resignation of Officers.

(a)    Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5    Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present. The Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present. The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

9


5.6    Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of a Chairman and/or Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, President or any executive Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

5.7    President. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. When acting as the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board.

5.8    Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Vice Presidents, by virtue of their appointment as such, shall not necessarily be deemed to be executive officers of the Corporation, such status as an executive officer only being conferred if and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors when such Vice President is placed in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (e.g., sales, administration or finance) or performs a policy-making function for the Corporation. Each executive Vice President shall at all times possess, and upon the authority of the President or the Chief Executive Officer any non-executive Vice President shall from time to time possess, power to sign all certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except as otherwise limited by the Chairman of the Board, the President, Chief Executive Officer or the Vice Chairman of the Board. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

5.9    Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, committees of the Board of Directors and the stockholders, in books provided for that purpose; shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal of the Corporation to all contracts and attest the affixation of the seal of the Corporation thereto; may sign with the other appointed officers all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and shall have charge of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours. The Secretary shall perform all other duties given in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The chief

 

10


executive officer may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, shall designate from time to time.

5.10    Assistant Secretary. Each Assistant Secretary shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to such offices, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to an Assistant Secretary by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or the Secretary. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

5.11    Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, chief executive officer, if one be designated, or the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President shall designate from time to time. In absence of a designated Chief Financial Officer, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or chief executive officer, the Treasurer shall serve as the chief financial officer subject to control of the chief executive officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if any be designated, may, but need not serve as the Treasurer.

5.12    Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

5.13    Voting and Exercise of Rights of Shares of Other Corporations. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

ARTICLE VI

CAPITAL STOCK

6.1    Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice

 

11


chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be an officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

6.2    Special Designation on Certificates. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3    Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4    Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction in its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.

6.5    Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person

registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

12


ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1    Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.2    Checks. From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

7.3    Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments. The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.4    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5    Seal. The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.6    Loans. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance includes, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, and may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

13


7.7    Stock Transfer Agreements. The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

7.8    Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1    Scope. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

8.2    Advancing Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the Corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the DGCL; provided, however, the Corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the Corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the Corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the Corporation or its stockholders.

8.3    Liability Offset. The Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

8.4    Continuing Obligation. The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director of the Corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

 

14


8.5    Non-exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.6    Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under applicable law.

8.7    Other Persons. In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the Corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the Corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the DGCL.

8.8    Definitions. The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the DGCL, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

* * * * *

 

15


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

The undersigned certifies:

1.    That the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”); and

2.    That the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on March 10, 2011.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of March 10, 2011.

 

/s/ Yash Sabharwal

Yash Sabharwal

Secretary

EX-3.5

Exhibit 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

SECTION 1.    Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these By-laws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors, which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these By-laws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

SECTION 2.    Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(a)    Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2) and (3) of this By-law to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this By-law, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.

(2)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this By-law, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below)

 


thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this By-law and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this By-law. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

(A)    as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (iv) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the Board of Directors, (vi) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (vii) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);

 

2


(B)    as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, the text, if any, of any resolutions or By-law amendment proposed for adoption, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);

(C)    (i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”) and (iii) a description of the material terms of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

 

3


(D)    (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s), or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

(E)    a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).

For purposes of this Article I of these By-laws, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owne\r(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these By-laws, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

4


(3)    A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this By-law shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).

(4)    Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this By-law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required by this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b)    General.

(1)    Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this By-law shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.

(2)    Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement

 

5


or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.

(3)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.

(4)    For purposes of this By-law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(5)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law. Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article I, Section 2; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

SECTION 3.    Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations

 

6


of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these By-laws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these By-laws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these By-laws shall govern such special meeting.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article I, Section 3; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

SECTION 4.    Notice of Meetings; Adjournments.

(a)    A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

(b)    Unless otherwise required by the DGCL, notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

(c)    Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

(d)    The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these By-laws.

 

7


(e)    When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”) or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice.

SECTION 5.    Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 6.    Voting and Proxies. Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more

 

8


persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.

SECTION 7.    Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors.

SECTION 8.    Stockholder Lists. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting as provided in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Section 219 of the DGCL (or any successor provision). The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

SECTION 9.    Presiding Officer. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings. If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairman of the Board or the Chairman of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings. The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

SECTION 10.    Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the

 

9


presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE II

Directors

SECTION 1.    Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.

SECTION 2.    Number and Terms. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 3.    Qualification. No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.    Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 5.    Removal. Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 6.    Resignation. A director may resign at any time by electronic transmission or by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

SECTION 7.    Regular Meetings. The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without notice other than this Section 7, on the same date and at the same place as the Annual Meeting following the close of such meeting of stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.

SECTION 8.    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

SECTION 9.    Notice of Meetings. Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile,

 

10


electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed or electronically transmitted before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

SECTION 10.    Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.

SECTION 11.    Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.

SECTION 12.    Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

SECTION 13.    Manner of Participation. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these By-laws.

SECTION 14.    Presiding Director. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding director, if

 

11


one is so designated, and the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 15.    Committees. The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 16.    Compensation of Directors. Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, provided that directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

Officers

SECTION 1.    Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 2.    Election. At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.

SECTION 3.    Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.

SECTION 4.    Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

SECTION 5.    Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written or electronically transmitted resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

 

12


SECTION 6.    Removal. Except as otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 7.    Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

SECTION 8.    Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9.    President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 10.    Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 11.    Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 12.    Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 13.    Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 14.    Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature

 

13


or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 15.    Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these By-laws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

SECTION 1.    Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.

SECTION 2.    Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.

SECTION 3.    Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of

 

14


stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

SECTION 4.    Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 5.    Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification

SECTION 1.    Definitions. For purposes of this Article:

(a)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

 

15


(b)    “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(c)     “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

(d)    “Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e)    “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

(f)    “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(g)    “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(h)    “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(i)    “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

 

16


SECTION 2.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

(a)    Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.

(1)    Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(2)    Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

(3)    Survival of Rights. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

(4)    Actions by Directors or Officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or

 

17


Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

SECTION 3.    Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.    Determination. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 5.    Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.

(a)    The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all

 

18


Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

(b)    If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(c)    In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 6.    Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

(a)    The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b)    In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 7.    Contractual Nature of Rights.

(a)    The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this

 

19


Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.

(b)    If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

(c)    In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 8.    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

SECTION 9.    Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

SECTION 10.    Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or

 

20


agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 1.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2.    Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

SECTION 3.    Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board may authorize.

SECTION 4.    Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation (including with regard to voting and actions by written consent), or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

SECTION 5.    Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

SECTION 6.    Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

21


SECTION 7.    Certificate. All references in these By-laws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

SECTION 8.    Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or By-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.

SECTION 9.    Amendment of By-laws.

(a)    Amendment by Directors. Except as provided otherwise by law, these By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

(b)    Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise required by these By-laws or by law, these By-laws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these By-Laws, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these By-laws, or other applicable law.

SECTION 10.    Notices. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

SECTION 11.    Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

Adopted April [●], 2018, subject to and effective upon the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering on its Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

22

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

December 31, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

Article I REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     2  
  1.1    Definitions      2  
  1.2    Request for Registration      4  
  1.3    Company Registration      6  
  1.4    Obligations of the Company      7  
  1.5    Furnish Information      8  
  1.6    Expenses of Demand Registration      8  
  1.7    Expenses of Company Registration      9  
  1.8    Delay of Registration      9  
  1.9    Indemnification      9  
  1.10    Reports Under Securities Exchange Act      11  
  1.11    Form S-3 Registrations      11  
  1.12    Assignment of Registration Rights      13  
  1.13    “Market Stand-Off” Agreement      13  
  1.14    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      15  
  1.15    Termination of Registration Rights      15  
Article II COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY      15  
  2.1    Delivery of Financial Information      15  
  2.2    Inspection      16  
  2.3    Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement      16  
  2.4    Market Stand-Off Agreements      16  
  2.5    Employee and Other Stock Arrangements      16  
  2.6    Liability Insurance      17  
  2.7    Key Person Insurance      17  
  2.8    Reserved      17  
  2.9    Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure      17  
  2.10    Right to Conduct Activities      18  
  2.11    Termination of Covenants      18  
Article III FUTURE OFFERINGS      18  
  3.1    Preemptive Right      18  
  3.2    Termination of Article III      20  
Article IV MISCELLANEOUS      20  
  4.1    Successors and Assigns      20  
  4.2    Governing Law      20  
  4.3    Counterparts      20  
  4.4    Titles and Subtitles      21  
  4.5    Notices      21  
  4.6    Amendments and Waivers      22  
  4.7    Additional Holders      22  
  4.8    Severability      23  
  4.9    Aggregation of Stock      23  
  4.10    Entire Agreement      23  
  4.11    Attorneys’ Fees      23  
  4.12    Joint Product      23  
  4.13    Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement      23  

 

i


Schedule A    Schedule of Investors
Schedule B    Schedule of Key Holders
Annex A    Adoption Agreement

 

ii


XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of December 31, 2015 by and among (i) Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (ii) the holders of the Preferred Stock (as defined herein) listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”), (iii) certain holders of the Company’s Common Stock listed on Schedule B hereto (each, a “Key Holder” and collectively, the “Key Holders”), and (iv) certain Lending Institutions (as defined herein) that may become a party hereto from time to time. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and among the Company and the Investors. This Agreement amends, supersedes and replaces the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated September 17, 2015 (the “Prior Agreement”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and certain Investors are parties to the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell, and such Investors have agreed to purchase, shares of the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and shares of the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and/or may hold shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof after the date of this Agreement and possess registration rights, information rights, preemptive rights and other rights pursuant to the Prior Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Prior Agreement, the approval of (i) the Company and (ii) Investors (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) holding at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) then held by all the Investors (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) (the “Requisite Consent”) is required to alter, amend, waive or modify the Prior Agreement;

WHEREAS, the undersigned Existing Investors constitute the Requisite Consent and such Existing Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement, and to irrevocably waive any and all preemptive rights, rights of first offer, notice rights or other similar rights under the Prior Agreement to purchase any portion of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, including any of the Company’s Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof;

WHEREAS, the Company’s and such Investors’ respective obligations under the Purchase Agreement are conditioned on the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce such Investors to invest in the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors and the Key Holders to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock and certain other matters as set forth herein; and


WHEREAS, certain of the Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors and those parties to the Prior Agreement necessary to effect an amendment and restatement of the Prior Agreement pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Prior Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1.1    Definitions. For purposes of this Article I:

Certificate of Incorporation” shall mean the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof and as amended and restated from time to time.

Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Form S-3” shall mean such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration forms under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permit inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

Holder” shall mean (i) any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 hereof and (ii) each Key Holder; provided, however, that neither the Key Holders nor any Lending Institution shall be considered Holders for the purposes of initiating a demand for filing a Registration Statement pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.11.

IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

Lending Institution” shall mean a bank, savings and loan association or other similar lending institution that lends funds to the Company, and in connection therewith receives equity securities of the Company, all on terms approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office.

Preferred Director” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2


Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

Qualified Public Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

Registrable Securities” shall mean:

(i) shares of the Common Stock now held or hereafter acquired by the Investors (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the Company) and any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares;

(ii) the shares of Common Stock now held or hereafter acquired by Key Holders (provided such shares are issued to the Key Holders before or in connection with a Qualified Public Offering and provided that shares of Common Stock identified in (i) shall not be categorized under (ii)) and any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares; provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock described in this clause (ii) shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for the purposes of Sections 1.2 (except for purposes of 1.2(a)(iii)), and 1.11 (except for purposes of Sections 1.11(d)), 1.14 and 4.6 herein (the “Key Holder Registrable Securities”); and

(iii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of any warrants or convertible securities issued to a Lending Institution after the date hereof upon the approval by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office) of such shares constituting Registrable Securities hereunder (provided such shares are issued to the Lending Institutions before or in connection with a Qualified Public Offering and provided that shares of Common Stock identified in clause (i) above shall not be categorized under this clause (iii)) and any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares; provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 1.2 (except for purposes of Section 1.2(a)(iii)) 1.11 (except for purposes of Sections 1.11(d)), 1.14 and 4.6 herein, provided further, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Article I are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

The number of shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding at any given time and from time to time shall be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

 

3


Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.2    Request for Registration.

(a) At any time after the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the first registration statement for a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the Investors holding at least a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock may request that the Company effect a registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities (each, a “Demand Registration”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any request (a “Registration Request”) for a Demand Registration shall specify (A) the approximate number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and (B) the intended method of distribution of such shares. Within twenty (20) days of the receipt of the Registration Request, the Company will give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and will use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable (and in any event within ninety (90) days of the date such request is given) the registration under the Securities Act requested and will include in such registration all shares of Registrable Securities that holders of Registrable Securities request the Company to include in such registration by written notice given to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Company’s sends such notice (subject to underwriter cut-backs as provided in this Agreement).

(i) The Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) Demand Registrations that have been declared or ordered effective and shall have the deferral rights set forth in Section 1.2(c) below.

(ii) The Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration unless at least 20% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities shall be included in such registration (or any lesser percentage if the anticipated offering would exceed an aggregate offering price to the public, net of discounts and commissions, of $10,000,000).

(iii) Without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities held by the Investors included in such registration, the Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities other than (a) Registrable Securities, (b) shares of stock pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof, and (c) securities to be registered for offering and sale on behalf of the Company. If the managing underwriter(s) advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of shares of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities in such offering, exceeds the number of shares of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities held by Investors initially requesting registration,

 

4


the Company will include in such registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not shares of Registrable Securities, the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included that in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, subject to the following order of priority: (A) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the Investors, pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such holders at the time of the demand for such registration; (B) second, the securities requested to be included therein by the Company; (C) third, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by Lending Institutions, allocated pro rata among such holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities such holder requested to be included in such registration; (D) fourth, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Key Holders on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities the Key Holders requested to be included in such registration; and (E) fifth, among persons not contractually entitled to registration rights under this Agreement provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included by the Investors in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(b) If the Investors initiating the Registration Request hereunder (the “Initiating Holders”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (based on Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that if the managing underwriter or underwriters shall be the firm or firms that managed the Company’s most recently completed underwritten public offering of Common Stock, such firm or firms shall be deemed acceptable unless a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (based on Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration) shall object to such firm or firms for reasons related to the ability of such firm or firms to effectively manage the offering. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for one period of not more than ninety (90) days after the date of such Registration Request during any twelve-month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) after the Company has effected two (2) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

5


(ii) if the Company delivers notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities within thirty (30) days of any Registration Request of its intent to file a registration subject to Section 1.3 or Section 1.11 hereof within ninety (90) days of such Registration Request, provided that the Company is actively employing its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iii) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration subject to Section 1.3 or Section 1.11 hereof; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize the rights in subsections (ii) and (iii) more than twice in any twelve-month period;

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.11 below.

(e) For purposes of this Section 1.2, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 1.2(a)(iii), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Investors have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

1.3    Company Registration.

(a) If, but without any obligation to do so, the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration initiated by the Company for itself or for the Holders or stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales (an “Excluded Registration”)) the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such notice by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

(b) If a registration subject to Subsection (a) above relates to an underwritten public offering of equity securities and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders initially requesting such registration, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the Company if the Company has initiated the registration; (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by Investors, allocated pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by each such holder; (iii) third, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by Lending Institutions, allocated pro rata among such holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities such holder requested to be included in such registration; (iv) fourth, the Key Holder Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by Key Holders, allocated pro rata among such holders on the basis of the number of Key Holder Registrable Securities such holder requested to be included in such registration; and (v) fifth, among persons not contractually entitled to registration rights under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of securities of the Investors included in the offering shall not be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of

 

6


the total amount of securities included in such offering. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of a Qualified Public Offering by the Company, the number of selling Holders included in the offering may be reduced to zero (as long as no Key Holders or other selling stockholders are permitted to participate in such offering). In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters).

1.4    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Article I to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to ninety (90) days or until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided, however, that such ninety (90) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriters of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

7


(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Use its best efforts to cause to be furnished, at the request of at least a majority of the Holders participating in the registration, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in connection with an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any.

1.5    Furnish Information.

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Article I with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.11 or if, due to the operation of Section 1.5(a), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 1.2 or Subsection 1.11(b)(2), whichever is applicable.

1.6    Expenses of Demand Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders not to exceed $25,000 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn on the written request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by each such Holder) unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of the request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their full rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

8


1.7    Expenses of Company Registration. The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders not to exceed $25,000, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

1.8    Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Article I.

1.9    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Article I:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers, directors, employees and agents of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each, a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law,

 

9


insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in the registrations statement in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 1.9(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided further, however, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 1.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.9 but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Section 1.9(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control as to any Holder that is a party thereto.

 

10


(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Article I, the termination of this Agreement, and otherwise. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each other indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request from such Holder (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.11 Form S-3 Registrations. In case the Company shall receive a written request from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3, and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use its best efforts to, as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or

 

11


Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.11: (1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such Form S-3, propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than thirty (30) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.11; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; or (4) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such thirty (30) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to this Section 1.11, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, qualification, printer’s and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling Holder or Holders not to exceed $25,000 and counsel for the Company, shall be borne by the Company. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or Section 1.3, respectively.

(d) If the Holders initiating a registration pursuant to this Section 1.11 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.11 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.11(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.11, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated (i) first, among all Investors requesting registration hereunder, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of shares of Registrable Securities of the Company held by such Investors at the time of such demand for registration, (ii) second, to Lending Institutions who have requested inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 1.3 in

 

12


proportion to the Registrable Securities which such Lending Institutions request to be included in such registration, (iii) third, to Key Holders who have requested inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 1.3 in proportion to the Key Holder Registrable Securities held by such Key Holders at the time of such demand for registration, and (iv) fourth, to the Company and any other persons entitled to inclusion in such registration; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included by the Investors in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article I may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that is (i) a partner, retired partner or affiliated fund of any Holder that is a partnership, (ii) any member or former member of any Holder that is a limited liability company, (iii) any family member or trust for the benefit of any individual Holder, or any estate planning vehicle of such Holder, or (iv) any transferee that holds or would hold greater than 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations with respect to such shares); provided that: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the provisions of Section 1.13 below, including the execution of an Adoption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership and the provisions of Section 4.9 below shall be applicable; provided, however, that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Article I.

1.13 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement.

(a) In connection with the Company’s IPO, the Holders and all subsequent holders of the Registrable Securities who derive their chain of ownership through a permitted transfer from a Holder (each an “Owner”) shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such

 

13


restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for such offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement (the “Lock-Up Period”), and the Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected after the effective date of the Company’s IPO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by applicable rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, if (y) during the period that begins on the date that is seventeen (17) days before the last day of the Lock-Up Period and ends on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (z) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16) day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed herein shall continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is eighteen (18) days after the date on which the issuance of the earnings release or material news or material event occurs.

(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the executive officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least 1% of the Company’s voting securities (on an as-converted basis) are also subject to similar restrictions.

(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any recapitalization or reorganization distributed with respect to the Registrable Securities shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Registrable Securities are at such time covered by such provisions.

(d) In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the equity securities of the Company (or any security convertible into or exercisable for the same) held by each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 1.13.

(e) Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions contained in this Section 1.13 by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such restrictions, based on the number of shares subject to such restrictions, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or terminate such restrictions with respect to 250,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations with respect to such shares).

(f) The restrictions in this Section 1.13 shall not apply to transfers to affiliates of Holders, any offering of securities of the Company other than the IPO, purchases of Common Stock in the Company’s IPO, purchases made in the open market following the completion of any offering covered by this Section 1.13, or, as to each Holder, to any resale public offerings in which such Holder is not selling shares of Common Stock for its own account.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 1.13 shall not apply (i) to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1, Form S-8 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future, or (ii) a registration relating solely to an SEC Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar form which may be promulgated in the future.

 

14


1.14 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holder(s) of at least a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (a) giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are more favorable in any material respect than or pari passu with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder or (b) that requires the Company to effect a registration earlier than the date on which Holders can first require registration under Section 1.2.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights.

(a) No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Article I after five (5) years following the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering.

(b) In addition, the right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Article I shall terminate on such date after the closing of the first Company-initiated registered public offering of Common Stock of the Company at which the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and as all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

ARTICLE II

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

2.1 Delivery of Financial Information. The Company shall deliver (or make available through appropriate electronic means): to each Investor holding at least 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations and the like) (each, a “Major Investor”), within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and a consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a consolidated statement of operations and a consolidated statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of recognized standing selected by the Company;

(a) to each Major Investor, within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such quarter, and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, all in reasonable detail with comparisons of the financial results against the Company’s budget for that financial period and the Company’s financial results for the corresponding period of the previous year;

(b) to each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, a copy of the Company’s annual operating plan for such fiscal year; and

(c) to each Major Investor, such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as an Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 2.1(c) to provide information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

 

15


(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the approval of the majority of the Preferred Directors, the requirement for the Company to have audited financial statements may be deferred. All such financial statements will contain a certification by the CEO, President or chief financial officer of the Company that such financial statements fairly represent in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods presented, therein.

2.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times and during normal business hours as may be requested by such Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege. The Company shall not be required to disclose details of contracts with or work performed for specific customers and other business partners where to do so would violate confidentiality obligations to those parties. Investors may exercise their rights under this Section 2.2 only for purposes reasonably related to their interests under this Agreement and related agreements.

2.3 Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement. The Company will cause each officer and person now or hereafter employed by it or any subsidiary with access to confidential information to enter into a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement in the form approved by the Investors’ counsel, which agreement shall contain covenants of non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers during and for a one-year period following the termination of such employment for any reason. The Company will cause each consultant now or hereafter engaged by it or any subsidiary with access to confidential information to enter into an agreement containing provisions protecting the confidentiality of the Company’s confidential information and providing for the assignment to the Company of all inventions and intellectual property developed by such consultant pursuant to such engagement.

2.4 Market Stand-Off Agreements. The Company shall cause each current and future stockholder of the Company to enter into a market stand-off agreement substantially the same as Section 1.13.

2.5 Employee and Other Stock Arrangements. Each acquisition of any shares of the Company’s capital stock or any option or right to acquire any shares of the Company’s capital stock by an employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company will be conditioned upon the execution and delivery by the Company and such employee, consultant, officer or director of an agreement substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, any such option or right to acquire shares of the Company’s capital stock shall vest at the rate of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares granted after one year from the date of grant, with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) to vest monthly over the next three (3) years. Unless otherwise determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, any stock sold shall be subject to the Company’s right to repurchase such stock at its original purchase price and such stock shall vest on the same schedule as set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

16


2.6 Liability Insurance. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause to be maintained general liability insurance from financially sound and reputable insurers in amounts and on terms customary for similarly situated companies, except as otherwise decided in accordance with the policies adopted by the Board of Directors. Such policy shall name the Company as loss payee and shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior approval of the Board of Directors.

2.7 Key Person Insurance. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be maintained in full force and effect, term life insurance on the lives of each of the then-serving Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Scientific Officer, naming the Company as beneficiary, in an amount and on terms approved by the Board.

2.8 Reserved.

2.9 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

(a) Each Investor acknowledges that the information received by it from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (the “Information”) is confidential and that it will only use such Information in its evaluation of the decisions it faces by virtue of being a stockholder of the Company. Each Investor agrees that in any event, it shall not use such Information in violation of the Exchange Act. Each Investor may include summary financial information concerning the Company and general statements concerning the nature and progress of the Company’s business in an Investor’s reports to its limited partners and affiliates and provided that the Investors may provide information to potential purchasers of its securities that are subject to confidentiality obligations comparable to this Section 2.9(a). An investor shall be liable to the Company for any violation of this Section 2.9 by itself or any related person, including its representatives.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law, the Company may disclose to third parties the identity of an Investor as an investor in or interested party to the Company, but the Company shall not publicly disclose any information concerning such Investor’s ownership amounts or percentages or the terms of any Investor’s investment in the Company, other than to prospective investors (and the Company’s stockholders to the extent necessary or appropriate), prospective acquirors who are under a duty of confidentiality, governmental agencies and the like, without the prior written consent of such Investor, which consent shall be at that Investor’s sole discretion.

(c) The Company shall enter into Indemnification Agreements (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors) with the directors and executive officers of the Company. The Company will indemnify the Board of Directors to the broadest extent permitted by applicable law.

(d) In the event of a change of control of the Company, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately prior to such transaction, whether in the Company’s Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise affirmatively determined by the Board of Directors, for the purchase of “tail” D&O insurance coverage.

2.10 Indemnification Agreements.

(a) The Company shall enter into Indemnification Agreements (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors) with the directors and executive officers of the Company. The Company will indemnify the Board of Directors to the broadest extent permitted by applicable law.

(b) In the event of a change of control of the Company, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately prior to such transaction, whether in the Company’s Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise affirmatively determined by the Board of Directors, for the purchase of “tail” D&O insurance coverage.

 

17


2.11 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Funds (as defined below) invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, such Funds shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Funds in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of such Funds to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Funds from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company. For the purposes of this Section 2.11, “Funds” means Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., Palmetto Partners 2014, LP, Palmetto Partners 2015, LP, Redmile Private Investments II, LP, and Sabby Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd., together with their respective affiliates.

2.12 Termination of Covenants. As set forth below, certain covenants shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the time at which the sale of securities pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering is consummated, with respect to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.4; (ii) the time at which the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 3 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, with respect to Sections 2.1 and 2.2; or (iii) upon (A) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or its direct or indirect parent entity (except that the sale by the Company of shares of its capital stock to investors in bona fide equity financing transactions, or in a Qualified Public Offering, shall not be deemed a Liquidation Event for this purpose), with respect to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, and 2.11 and (B) a sale, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, including a sale, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company’s subsidiaries, if such assets constitute substantially all of the assets of the Company and such subsidiaries taken as a whole, with respect to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, and 2.11, or (C) the dissolution of the Company with respect to all such covenants set forth in this Article II other than Section 2.9. In addition, the covenants in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 will terminate with respect to any Investor that is or was an employee or consultant of the Company if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such Investor has entered into a business or employment relationship with a competitor of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUTURE OFFERINGS

3.1 Preemptive Right.

(a) Grant of Preemptive Right. If the Company shall issue any equity securities, options therefor or securities convertible into or exercisable for equity securities (each an “Equity Security” and together, “Equity Securities”), each Investor shall be entitled to purchase the Pro-rata Portion (as defined below) of such Equity Securities to be issued; provided, however, that this contractual

 

18


preemptive right shall not apply to issuances of Equity Securities: (a) upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (b) upon the exercise of the warrants or options outstanding as of the date hereof or the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to any such warrants; (c) pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible securities provided the issuance of the convertible securities was (i) approved by the Board of Directors; and (ii) subject to the preemptive rights granted herein; (d) to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants or other service providers to, the Company as compensation for services, pursuant to a stock option plan or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office), (e) to banks, savings and loan associations, equipment lessors or other similar lending institutions in connection with such entities providing working capital credit facilities or equipment financing to the Company pursuant to a plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office); (f) as a result of a stock split or dividend or distribution on Common Stock, Preferred Stock or to all stockholders of the Company generally, and as a result of which appropriate adjustment is made to the conversion price of the Preferred Stock; (g) approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office) in connection with bona fide business or technology acquisitions (or licenses) of, or by, the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock, reorganization, or otherwise; (h) in, or after a Qualified Public Offering; (i) issued for charitable purposes and approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office); or (j) pursuant to or in connection with technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office); or (k) to commercial lessors in connection with lease transactions for the Company’s offices pursuant to a plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval or consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office). For purposes of this preemptive right, an Investor’s “Pro-rata Portion” will be a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities held by such Investor) by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities, and the (y) denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) immediately prior to the issuance of new securities (the “Pro-rata Portion”).

(b) Over-Allotment Option. Each Investor electing to purchase their full Pro-rata Portion of Equity Securities pursuant to Section 3.1(a) shall also be entitled to purchase (on a pro rata basis according to their relative holdings of Common Stock among each Investor electing to exercise such over-allotment option, assuming full conversion of shares of Preferred Stock and full exercise of convertible or equity securities then outstanding) Equity Securities that the other Investors decline to purchase.

(c) Procedures for Exercise. The price of Equity Securities that each Investor is entitled to purchase under this Article III shall be the same price at which such Equity Securities are offered to others. Each Investor may exercise its preemptive rights under Section 3.1(a) to purchase Equity Securities by paying the purchase price therefor at the principal office of the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from the Company stating the number or amount of Equity Securities it intends to issue and the price and characteristics thereof, and each Investor may exercise any over-allotment option pursuant to Section 3.1(b), with respect to shares which other Investors elect not to purchase, in the same manner provided above within ten (10) days after receiving notice from

 

19


the Company of such over-allotment shares, which shall be delivered within five (5) days after the expiration of such initial thirty (30) day period. Each Investor shall pay such purchase price in cash, check, cancellation of indebtedness or wire transfer of immediately available funds or any combination of the foregoing. As promptly as practicable on or after the purchase date, the Company shall issue and deliver at its principal office a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares or amount, whichever is applicable, of Equity Securities.

(d) Assignability of Preemptive Rights. The preemptive rights pursuant to this Section 3.1 may only be assigned by an Investor to a transferee or assignee to whom or which the rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities are transferable or assignable pursuant to Article I hereof.

(e) Preemptive Rights Waiver. Each Existing Investor hereby (i) consents to the Company issuing shares of its Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, (ii) irrevocably waives any and all preemptive rights, rights of first offer, notice rights or other similar rights under the Prior Agreement to purchase any portion of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, including any of the Company’s Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and (iii) acknowledges that such Existing Investor has received adequate notice of the Company’s intention to issue shares of its Series C Preferred Stock. The waiver set forth in this Section 3.1(e) shall become effective and binding on all Existing Investors upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and by Existing Investors holding at least two-thirds of the Company’s Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement).

3.2 Termination of Article III. The covenants set forth in this Article III shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) the time at which the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Liquidation Event.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights and obligations of an Investor hereunder may be assigned to a transferee or assignee to whom or which the rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities are transferable or assignable pursuant to Article I hereof.

4.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

4.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20


4.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with confirmation of receipt) to the parties at the address for each party set forth herein (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (i) If to the Company:

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

3208 Red River St.

Suite 300

Austin, Texas 78705

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Andrews Kurth LLP

111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700

Austin, Texas 78701

Fax:(512)320-9292

Attn: J. Matthew Lyons

 

  (ii) If to an Investor, at the addresses set forth below such Investor’s name on Schedule A hereto.

 

  (iii) If to the Key Holders at the respective address set forth below such Key Holder’s name on Schedule B hereto.

Notice given by personal delivery, courier service or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile shall be confirmed by appropriate answer back and shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices by facsimile shall be confirmed promptly after transmission in writing by certified mail or personal delivery. Any party may change any address to which notice is to be given to it by giving notice as provided above of such change of address.

An electronic communication (“Electronic Notice”) shall be deemed written notice for purposes of this Section 4.5 if sent with return receipt requested to the electronic mail address specified by the receiving party in a signed writing in a nonelectronic form. Electronic Notice shall be deemed received at the time the party sending Electronic Notice receives verification of receipt by the receiving party. Any party receiving Electronic Notice may request and shall be entitled to receive the notice on paper, in a nonelectronic form (“Nonelectronic Notice”) which shall be sent to the requesting party within ten (10) days of receipt of the written request for Nonelectronic Notice.

Each Investor and each Key Holder generally consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of

 

21


the DGCL at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number set forth below such Investor or Key Holder’s name on the applicable Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the company, or as set forth in the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given via electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided.

4.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Investors holding at least two-thirds of the Preferred Stock then held by all Investors; provided, however, that in the event such amendment or waiver adversely affects the rights and/or obligations of the Key Holders under Article I of this Agreement in a different manner than all other Holders, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock then held by all of the Key Holders, except that the grant of subsequent registration rights that are more favorable than or pari passu with the Key Holders’ rights shall not require their consent; provided, further that Holders purchasing shares of Series C Preferred Stock in a Closing after the Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) for so long as Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. and Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. (together, “Deerfield”) holds any shares of Preferred Stock, the definition of “Deerfield,” Sections 1.13 and 3.1, solely as they relate to Deerfield and its Affiliates, and this sentence of Section 4.6 of this Agreement may not be amended, waived or discharged to reduce or terminate the rights of Deerfield or its Affiliates hereunder and thereunder without Deerfield’s prior written consent and (ii) a Lending Institution may become a party to this Agreement as the holder of Registrable Securities by executing a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and such addition of a Lending Institution in such capacity shall not be deemed to constitute an amendment hereof. An amendment to this Agreement shall not require the approval of such Lending Institution. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.6 shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities and the Company.

4.7 Additional Holders. Upon the grant or award of Common Stock or options to purchase Common Stock on or after the date hereof under any equity incentive plan, restricted stock plan or other arrangement of the Company (collectively, the “Plans”), to any employee or consultant of the Company who, after such grant or award, would hold Common Stock and/or options to purchase Common Stock equal to or in excess of one percent (1%) of the Company’s capital stock on a fully-diluted as-converted to Common Stock basis (assuming the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock to Common Stock and assuming the exercise of all then outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock) (the “Key Holder Threshold”), such employee or consultant may become a “Key Holder” under this Agreement upon the execution and delivery of an Adoption Agreement by such employee or consultant (subject to the consent of the Company), and the addition of such employee or consultant to Schedule B shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement. The Company may update Schedule B from time to time to remove any Key Holder who holds Common Stock and/or options to purchase Common Stock less than the Key Holder Threshold or who is no longer employed with the Company, and such removed Key Holder shall no longer have the rights or obligations of a Key Holder hereunder.

 

22


4.8 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

4.9 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities or other Securities of the Company held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement; provided, that the Preferred Stock (and Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) held by John Kinzell, Yash Sabharwal, Steve Prestrelski, Phillip Johnson and Douglas Baum (or their transferees or assignees), shall not be aggregated with other Registrable Securities (the “Key Holder Shares”) held by them (or their transferees or assignees), such that they shall be deemed Investors hereunder with respect to their (or their transferees’ or assignees’) shares of Preferred Stock (and Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) and Key Holders hereunder with respect to their (or their transferees’ or assignees’) Key Holder Shares. For the purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement, the holdings of transferees and assignees of an individual, a partnership or trust who are spouses, ancestors, lineal descendants or siblings of such individual, partners or retired partners of such partnership or partnerships affiliated with such transferring or assigning partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Common Stock by gift, will or intestate succession) or grantors of such trust shall be aggregated together with the individual or partnership, as the case may be, for the purpose of exercising any rights or taking any action under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the holders of a particular series of Preferred Stock are entitled to exercise a right hereunder, the holders of that particular series of Preferred Stock who are a party to this Agreement shall not be permitted to aggregate any other shares of stock other than shares of that particular series of Preferred Stock for the purposes of determining the availability of such right under this Agreement.

4.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Schedules hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements relating to the subject matter hereof.

4.11 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute involving the terms hereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to collect legal fees and expenses from the other party to the dispute.

4.12 Joint Product. This Agreement is the joint product of the Company and the other parties hereto and each provision hereof and thereof has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the Company and the other parties hereto and shall not be construed against any party hereto.

4.13 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. Pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Prior Agreement, the Existing Investors constituting the Requisite Consent hereby amend and restate the Prior Agreement on behalf of all Investors (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) and replace the Prior Agreement on behalf of all Investors (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) with this Agreement, and any Investor (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) who does not sign this Agreement shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Prior Agreement as if that Investor (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) had signed this Agreement.

[Signature pages follow]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned party has executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Douglas Baum

Name:  

Douglas Baum

Title:  

President & CEO


KEY HOLDERS
By:  

/s/ John Kinzell

  John Kinzell
By:  

 

  Yash Sabharwal
By:  

 

  Steven Prestrelski
By:  

 

  Douglas Baum
By:  

 

  Phillip Johnson

 

THE SABHARWAL 2015 FAMILY TRUST
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


KEY HOLDERS
By:  

 

  John Kinzell
By:  

/s/ Yash Sabharwal

  Yash Sabharwal
By:  

 

  Steven Prestrelski
By:  

 

  Douglas Baum
By:  

 

  Phillip Johnson

 

THE SABHARWAL 2015 FAMILY TRUST
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


KEY HOLDERS
By:  

 

  John Kinzell
By:  

 

  Yash Sabharwal
By:  

/s/ Steven Prestrelski

  Steven Prestrelski
By:  

 

  Douglas Baum
By:  

 

  Phillip Johnson

 

THE SABHARWAL 2015 FAMILY TRUST
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


KEY HOLDERS
By:  

 

  John Kinzell
By:  

 

  Yash Sabharwal
By:  

 

  Steven Prestrelski
By:  

/s/ Douglas Baum

  Douglas Baum
By:  

 

  Phillip Johnson

 

THE SABHARWAL 2015 FAMILY TRUST
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


KEY HOLDERS
By:  

 

  John Kinzell
By:  

 

  Yash Sabharwal
By:  

 

  Steven Prestrelski
By:  

 

  Douglas Baum
By:  

/s/ Phillip Johnson

  Phillip Johnson

 

THE SABHARWAL 2015 FAMILY TRUST
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


KEY HOLDERS
By:  

 

  John Kinzell
By:  

 

  Yash Sabharwal
By:  

 

  Steven Prestrelski
By:  

 

  Douglas Baum
By:  

 

  Phillip Johnson

 

THE SABHARWAL 2015 FAMILY TRUST
  By:  

/s/ Jessica Caplan Sabharwal

  Name:  

Jessica Caplan Sabharwal

  Title:  

trustee

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

AB Xeris Investments, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
      DocuSigned by:
    By:  

/s/ John Arizpe

      1EB557F242EA452…
    Name:  

John Arizpe

    Title:  

Manager

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
   

Andrew Kurtzig Trust

[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
      DocuSigned by:
    By:  

/s/ Andrew Kurtzig

      7C5E9900632940E…
    Name:  

Andrew Kurtzig

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Ann Kinzell

    (Signature)
   

Ann Kinzell

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Bahman Sharifian

    (Signature)
   

Bahman Sharifian

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Bernhard Hampl

    (Signature)
   

Bernhard Hampl

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Brisbin Family 2005 Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Shane Brisbin

    Name:  

Shane Brisbin

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

C & P Bouligny Revocable Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Patricia Bouligny

    Name:  

Patricia Bouligny

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Calden Holdings LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Roger Harden

    Name:  

Roger Harden

    Title:  

President

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Cedarledge Enterprises LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Christopher Codeanne

    Name:  

Christopher Codeanne

    Title:  

Member

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Craig R. Dubois MD

    (Signature)
   

Craig R. Dubois MD

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

DANA PARTNERSHIP LLP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Arun Agarwal

    Name:  

Arun Agarwal

    Title:  

MANAGING AGENT

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ David and Tripti Burt

    (Signature)
   

David and Tripti Burt

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Deepak and Jackie Sharma

    (Signature)
   

Deepak and Jackie Sharma

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Deepak K. Sharma

    (Signature)
   

Deepak K. Sharma

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Deepak K. Sharma

    (Signature)
   

Deepak K. Sharma

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND, L.P.
By:   Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., General Partner
By:   J.E. Flynn Capital, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ David J. Clark

Name:   David J. Clark
Title:   Authorized Signatory
DEERFIELD PRIVATE DESIGN FUND III, L.P.
By:   Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P., General Partner
By:   J.E. Flynn Capital III, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ David J. Clark

Name:   David J. Clark
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS:
[signature block for entities]    

DiPerna Family Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Paul Diperna

    Name:  

Paul Diperna

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Douglas Baum

    (Signature)
   

Douglas Baum

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Dr. Bikramjit Singh

    (Signature)
   

Dr. Bikramjit Singh

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Dr. Thayyullathil and Dhanalakshmi Bharathan

    (Signature)
   

Dr. Thayyullathil and Dhanalakshmi Bharathan

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Eduardo Mestre

    (Signature)
   

Eduardo Mestre

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Equity Trust Company, Custodian FBO Roger Harden IRA

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Roger Harden

    Name:  

Roger Harden

    Title:  

Self

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Evercore Wealth Management LLC as nominee for HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., Trustee of the Ketty Maisonrouge 2006 Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Kathleen H. Mulvany

    Name:  

Kathleen H. Mulvany

    Title:  

Managing Director

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Evercore Wealth Management LLC as nominee for HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., Trustee of the Maisonrouge Descendants’ Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Kathleen H. Mulvany

    Name:  

Kathleen H. Mulvany

    Title:  

Managing Director

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Evercore Wealth Management LLC as nominee for HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., Trustee of the Maisonrouge Family Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Kathleen H. Mulvany

    Name:  

Kathleen H. Mulvany

    Title:  

Managing Director

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

FAB Long-Term Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Flora A. Brewer

    Name:  

Flora A. Brewer

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
FOGHORN FUND I, LP
By:   Foghorn Fund GP, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Harris Brody

Name:   Harris Brody
Title:   Partner


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Gene Marshall Betts Revocable Trust DATED 12/18/2001

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Gene M. Betts

    Name:  

Gene M. Betts

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

GHI, Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Eric Rabbanian

    Name:  

Eric Rabbanian

    Title:  

Pres. of Corp Gen’l Partner of GHI, Ltd.

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ George Ackert

    (Signature)
   

George Ackert

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Hugo E. Schaeffer, Jr. & Sally M. Schaeffer

    (Signature)
   

Hugo E. Schaeffer, Jr. & Sally M. Schaeffer

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Hunter Shadburne

    (Signature)
   

Hunter Shadburne

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

IAEBM, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Doug Baum

    Name:  

Doug Baum

    Title:  

Owner/Managing Member

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Jan M. Betts Irrevocable Trust of 2012

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Gene M. Betts

    Name:  

Gene M. Betts

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Jan M. Betts Revocable Trust Dated 12-18-2001

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Jan Betts

    Name:  

Jan Betts

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Jay Caplan

    (Signature)
   

Jay Caplan

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Jeffrey C. Edman Trust Dated 10/27/03

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Jeffrey C. Edman

    Name:  

Jeffrey C. Edman

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Jessica Collett

    (Signature)
   

Jessica Collett

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

JJP Long-Term Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ John Paulos

    Name:  

John Paulos

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ John Honts

    (Signature)
   

John Honts

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ John Kinzell

    (Signature)
   

John Kinzell

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

JS Diamond Capital LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ John Kastner

    Name:  

John Kastner

    Title:  

CFO

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ John Paulos

    (Signature)
   

John Paulos

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Ken Shifrin

    (Signature)
   

Ken Shifrin

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Kumar Trivedi

    (Signature)
   

Kumar Trivedi

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Laurence Stewart

    (Signature)
   

Laurence Stewart

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Leonard Samuels and Leah Kaplan-Samuels, jointly

    (Signature)
   

Leonard Samuels and Leah Kaplan-Samuels, jointly

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Mark and Terri Friedman, Joint Tenants

    (Signature)
   

Mark and Terri Friedman, Joint Tenants

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Matula Family, LP - Class 1

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Matula

    Name:  

Michael Matula

    Title:  

Manager

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Melissa Foster

    (Signature)
   

Melissa Foster

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

MH Investment Partners LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Hooley

    Name:  

Michael Hooley

    Title:  

Mgr

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Michael J. McGrath

    (Signature)
   

Michael J. McGrath

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Michael Misikoff

    (Signature)
   

Michael Misikoff

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Nandana and Chandu Bhakta

    (Signature)
   

Nandana and Chandu Bhakta

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Navneet Puri

    (Signature)
   

Navneet Puri

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Nishant Saxena

    (Signature)
   

Nishant Saxena

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

P. Jagan Reddy, Roth IRA

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ P. Jagan Reddy

    Name:  

P. Jagan Reddy

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
    PALMETTO PARTNERS 2014, LP
   

By: Palmetto Partners GP, LLC,

its general partner

    By:  

/s/ Greg Watson

    Name:  

Greg Watson

    Title:  

Senior Vice President

    PALMETTO PARTNERS 2015, LP
   

By: Palmetto Partners GP, LLC,

its general partner

    By:  

/s/ Greg Watson

    Name:  

Greg Watson

    Title:  

Senior Vice President

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Patrick & Jamie Spellacy

    (Signature)
   

Patrick & Jamie Spellacy

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Paulos Holdings, Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ John Paulos

    Name:  

John Paulos

    Title:  

V.P. AJG Management Inc., G.P.

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Phillip A. Sanger MD

    (Signature)
   

Phillip A. Sanger MD

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Phillip Johnson

    (Signature)
   

Phillip Johnson

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Qazi Fazal

    (Signature)
   

Qazi Fazal

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Ram and Sudha Potti

    (Signature)
   

Ram and Sudha Potti

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Ramdas and Purnima Nayak

    (Signature)
   

Ramdas and Purnima Nayak

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Robb and Sandra Miller

    (Signature)
   

Robb and Sandra Miller

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
    REDMILE CAPITAL FUND, LP
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Green

    Name:   Jeremy Green
    Title:   Managing Member of the General Partner and the Investment Manager
    REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND, LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Green

    Name:   Jeremy Green
    Title:   Managing Member of the Investment Manager
    REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Green

    Name:   Jeremy Green
    Title:   Managing Member of the Investment Manager

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
    REDMILE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Green

    Name:   Jeremy Green
    Title:   Managing Member of the Investment Manager
    REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS II, LP
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Green

    Name:   Jeremy Green
    Title:  

Managing Member of Investment

Mngr./Mngt. Company

(the Managing Member of the GP)

    REDMILE BIOTECHNOLOGIES INVESTMENTS I AF, LP
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Green

    Name:   Jeremy Green
    Title:  

Managing Member of the Investment

Mngr./Mngt. Company

(the Managing Member of the GP)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Robert and Donna Hollingsworth

    (Signature)
   

Robert and Donna Hollingsworth

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
SABBY HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, LTD.
By: Sabby Management, LLC as investment manager
By:  

/s/ Robert Grundstein

Name:   Robert Grundstein
Title:   COO and General Counsel


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Sean C. Guerin and Jennifer M Guerin

    (Signature)
   

Sean C. Guerin and Jennifer M Guerin

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Shudan Zhang

    (Signature)
   

Shudan Zhang

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Star Vista Capital, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Tom Rogers

    Name:  

Tom Rogers

    Title:  

manager

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Steven Prestrelski

    (Signature)
   

Steven Prestrelski

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Thomas and Susan Nelms

    (Signature)
   

Thomas and Susan Nelms

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Thomas E. Blaser

    (Signature)
   

Thomas E. Blaser

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Timmins Living Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Rick Timmins

    Name:  

Rick Timmins

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Timothy Sullivan

    (Signature)
   

Timothy Sullivan

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Tommy and Susan Nelms

    (Signature)
   

Tommy and Susan Nelms

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Tracy Yeo and Steven J. Prestrelski

    (Signature)
   

Tracy Yeo and Steven J. Prestrelski

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

URMEET KAUR & TIMOTHY MICHAEL ARCURI 2002 REV TR 11/20/02

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Timothy Arcuri

    Name:  

Timothy Arcuri

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Wild Basin Investments LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Rosa L. McCormick

    Name:  

Rosa L. McCormick

    Title:  

President

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Will Hiltz

    (Signature)
   

Will Hiltz

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ William Ritger

    (Signature)
   

William Ritger

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

Xiaohong Sun Living Trust

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Diana Sun

    Name:  

Diana Sun

    Title:  

Trustee

[signature block for individuals]    

 

    (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    INVESTORS
[signature block for entities]    

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

[signature block for individuals]    

/s/ Yash Sabharwal

    (Signature)
   

Yash Sabharwal

    (Print Name of Individual)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


ANNEX A

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“Adoption Agreement”) is executed by the undersigned (the “Transferee”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 31, 2015 (the “Agreement”) by and among Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its Stockholders. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Transferee agrees as follows:

1. Acknowledgement. Transferee acknowledges that Transferee is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “Stock”), which shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to, the terms of the Market-Stand Off under Section 1.13 of the Agreement.

2. Agreement. As partial consideration for such transfer, Transferee (i) agrees that the Stock acquired by Transferee shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement, to the same extent and with the same rights and obligations as the person(s) from which such Stock is received and (ii) hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Transferee were originally a party thereto.

3. Notice. Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Transferee at the address listed beside Transferee’s signature below.

4. Joinder. The spouse of the undersigned Transferee, if applicable, executes this Adoption to acknowledge its fairness and that it is in such spouse’s best interests and to bind to the terms of the Agreement such spouse’s community interest, if any, in the Stock.

EXECUTED AND DATED this              day of             ,             .

 

TRANSFEREE:
Title:  

 

Address:  

 

Fax:  

 

Spouse:   (if applicable):
Name:  

 

Acknowledged and accepted on             ,             .

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SIXTH AMENDMENT

TO

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

This Sixth Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) is effective as of January 31, 2018.

WHEREAS, the Company adopted the 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) on March 15, 2011;

WHEREAS, Section III-A of Article Four of the Plan provides that the Company’s Board of Directors shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend the Plan in any or all respects; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. Amendment to Section V-A of Article I. The second sentence of Section V-A of Article I of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 8,397,950 shares.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer hereby certifies that the foregoing amendment to the Plan was duly adopted and approved by the stockholders and Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Dated:  

February 16, 2018

    

/s/ Paul R. Edick

      

Paul R. Edick

Chief Executive Officer


XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

FIFTH AMENDMENT

TO

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

This Fifth Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) is effective as of May 17, 2017.

WHEREAS, the Company adopted the 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) on March 15, 2011;

WHEREAS, Section III-A of Article Four of the Plan provides that the Company’s Board of Directors shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend the Plan in any or all respects; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

A. Amendment to Section V-A of Article I. The second sentence of Section V-A of Article I of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 7,797,950 shares.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer hereby certifies that the foregoing amendment to the Plan was duly adopted and approved by the stockholders and Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Dated:  

May 17, 2017

    

/s/ Paul R. Edick

      

Paul R. Edick

Chief Executive Officer

 

2


XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

ADOPTED ON MARCH 15, 2011

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

I. Purpose of the Plan

This 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Company’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Company as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

II. Structure of the Plan

(A) The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

(i) the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock; and

(ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or pursuant to restricted stock units or other share right awards which vest upon the completion of designated service periods or the attainment of pre-established performance milestones.

(B) The provisions of Article One and Article Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

III. Administration of the Plan

(A) The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

(B) The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.


IV. Eligibility

(A) The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

(i) Employees;

(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary; and

(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

(B) The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding; and (ii) with respect to stock issuances or option stock-based awards under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances or awards, the time or times when those issuances or awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such issuance or award, the applicable vesting schedule and the cash consideration (if any) to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

(C) The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

V. Stock Subject to the Plan

(A) The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 2,849,039 shares.

(B) Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options, restricted stock units or share right awards shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) those options, units or awards expire, terminate or are cancelled for any reason prior to the issuance of the underlying shares of Common Stock; or (ii) such options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Company, at a price per share not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Company’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

(C) In the event of any of the following transactions affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any stock split, stock dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the outstanding Common Stock without the Company’s receipt of consideration, then equitable adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan; (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option; and (iii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding restricted stock unit or other share right award and the issue price (if any) payable per share. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder, and those adjustments shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

2


ARTICLE TWO

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

I. Option Terms

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

(A) Exercise Price.

(i) The Plan Administrator shall fix the purchase price per share (which shall not be less than the par value per share then in effect).

(ii) The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Article Four of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Company or any other valid consideration under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

(a) in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date and held for the period (if any) necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, or

(b) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Company for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with any applicable pre-clearance or pre-notification requirements) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm on the settlement date in order to complete the sale.

 

3


Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

(B) Exercise and Term of Options. Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

(C) Effect of Termination of Service.

(i) The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

(a) Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months from the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(b) Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months from the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(c) If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option shall have a twelve (12)-month period from the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

(d) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

(e) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. No additional shares shall vest under the option following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

(f) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct, then all those options shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding as of the date of such termination.

 

4


(ii) The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

(a) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

(b) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

(D) Stockholder Rights. The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

(E) Unvested Shares. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

(F) First Refusal Rights. Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

(G) Limited Transferability of Options. An Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death. A Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more of the Optionee’s Family Members or to a trust established exclusively for the Optionee and/or one or more such Family Members, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries

 

5


upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

II. Incentive Options

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Article One, Article Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

(A) Eligibility. Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

(B) Exercise Price. If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

(C) Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted, except to the extent otherwise provided under applicable law or regulation. This limitation shall supersede any of the terms purported to be set forth in any document evidencing any Incentive Option, and any such document conflicting with this provision shall be construed so as to comply with these limitations.

(D) 10% Stockholder. If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

III. Change in Control

(A) The shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Change in Control shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction and any repurchase rights of the Company with respect to the unvested option shares are concurrently assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash retention program of the Company or any successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Change in Control (the excess of the Fair Market Value of those shares over the aggregate

 

6


exercise price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

(B) All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

(C) Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(D) Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Change in Control and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control.

(E) The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure one or more options so that those options shall automatically accelerate and vest in full (and any repurchase rights of the Company with respect to the unvested shares subject to those options shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect.

(F) The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the shares subject to that option will automatically vest on an accelerated basis should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of any Change in Control in which the option is assumed or otherwise continued in effect and the repurchase rights applicable to those shares do not otherwise terminate. Any option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested option shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the Company’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at that time.

 

7


(G) The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

(H) The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

IV. Cancellation and Regrant of Options; Repricing

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to (i) effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock and (ii) initiate a reduction in the exercise price of any or all outstanding options under the Plan.

ARTICLE THREE

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

I. Stock Issuance Terms

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards or restricted stock units which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those awards or units upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those awards or units.

(A) Issue Price.

(i) The Plan Administrator shall fix the purchase price per share (which shall not be less than the par value per share then in effect).

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section Article Four of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

(a) cash or check made payable to the Company;

(b) past services rendered to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or

 

8


(c) any other valid consideration under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(B) Vesting Provisions.

(i) Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards or restricted stock units which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those awards or units upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those awards or units, including (without limitation) a deferred distribution date following the termination of the Participant’s Service.

(ii) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

(iii) The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares. The Participant shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the share of Common Stock subject to a restricted stock unit or share right award until that award vests and the shares of Common Stock are actually issued thereunder. However, dividend-equivalent units may be paid or credited, either in cash or in actual or phantom shares of Common Stock, on outstanding restricted stock unit or share right awards, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.

(iv) Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Company for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Company shall repay to the Participant the lower of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of Participant’s cessation of Service and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares by the applicable clause (i) or (ii) amount.

 

9


(v) The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

(vi) Outstanding share right awards or restricted stock units under the Stock Issuance Program shall automatically terminate, and no shares of Common Stock shall actually be issued in satisfaction of those awards or units, if the performance goals or Service requirements established for such awards or units are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue vested shares of Common Stock under one or more outstanding share right awards or restricted stock units as to which the designated performance goals or Service requirements have not been attained or satisfied.

(C) First Refusal Rights. Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

II. Change in Control

(A) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction; or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

(B) Each restricted stock unit or share right award outstanding at the time of a Change in Control shall be assumable by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or may otherwise be continued in effect pursuant to the terms of such Change in Control Transaction. Each restricted stock unit or share right award which is so assumed or otherwise continued in effect shall be adjusted immediately after the consummation of that Change in Control so as to apply to the number and class of securities into which the shares of Common Stock subject to the award immediately prior to the Change in Control would have been converted in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at that time. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the cash consideration (if any) price payable per share under each outstanding restricted stock unit or share right award, provided the aggregate cash consideration payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor

 

10


corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding restricted stock units or share right awards, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction. If any such restricted stock unit or share right award is not so assumed or otherwise continued in effect, or if such unit or award is not replaced with a cash retention award which preserves the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock underlying that unit or award at the time of the Change in Control and provides for subsequent payout of that dollar amount in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for such unit or award at the time of the Change in Control, then such unit or award shall vest, and the shares of Common Stock subject to such unit or award shall become issuable, immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control.

(C) The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more unvested stock issuances or one or more restricted stock unit or other share right awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the shares of Common Stock subject to those issuances or awards shall automatically vest (or vest and become issuable) in whole or in part immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of that Change in Control transaction.

III. Share Escrow/Legends

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Company until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

I. Financing

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse promissory note payable in one or more installments which bears interest at a market rate and is secured by the purchased shares. In no event, however, may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any applicable income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

II. Effective Date and Term of Plan

(A) The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

11


(B) The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Change in Control. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

III. Amendment of the Plan

(A) The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

(B) Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding; and (ii) the Company shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

IV. Use of Proceeds

Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

V. Withholding

The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

VI. Regulatory Approvals

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

12


VII. No Employment or Service Rights

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

13


STANDARD

APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. “Board” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

B. “Change in Control” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction;

(ii) a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a stock purchase transaction or a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders.

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

C. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

D. “Committee” shall mean a committee of one (1) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

E. “Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s common stock.

F. “Company” shall mean Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

H. “Employee” shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

Appendix to 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan


I. “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

J. “Fair Market Value” per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time not listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

K. “Family Member” means, with respect to a particular Optionee or Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

L. “Incentive Option” shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

M. “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

(i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company for reasons other than Misconduct; or

(ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (i) a change in his or her position with the Company which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, provided, however, that any reduction in duties and responsibilities or reduction in the level of management to which he or she reports resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief financial officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change of Control but is not the chief financial officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute an Involuntary Termination; (ii) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%); or (iii) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided, and only if, such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

N. “Misconduct” shall mean (i) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant; (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or any breach of the Optionee’s proprietary information agreement with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary);

 

Appendix to 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

-15-


(iii) the Optionee’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; or (iv) any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

O. “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

P. “Non-Statutory Option” shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

Q. “Option Grant Program” shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

R. “Optionee” shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

S. “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

T. “Participant” shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program or to whom restricted stock units or share rights are awarded under such program.

U. “Permitted Transfer” shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares to one or more of the Optionee’s Family Members or to a trust established for Optionee or one or more such Family Members, provided, and only if, Optionee obtains the Company’s prior written consent to such transfer; (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death; or (iii) a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

V. “Plan” shall mean the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

W. “Plan Administrator” shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

X. “Recapitalization” shall mean any of the following transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any stock split, stock dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the Common Stock without the Company’s receipt of consideration.

 

Appendix to 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

-16-


Y. “Reorganization” shall mean any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity;

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or

(iv) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

Z. “Service” shall mean the performance of services for the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance. For purposes of the Plan, an Optionee or Participant shall be deemed to cease Service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) Optionee or Participant no longer performs services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary; or (ii) the entity for which Optionee or Participant is performing such services ceases to remain a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, even though the Optionee or Participant may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service shall not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Company; provided, however, that for a leave which exceeds three (3) months, Service shall be deemed, for purposes of determining the period within which any outstanding option held by the Optionee in question may be exercised as an Incentive Option, to cease on the first day immediately following the expiration of such three (3)-month period, unless that Optionee is provided with the right to return to Service following such leave either by statute or by written contract. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Plan Administrator or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period the Optionee or Participant is on a leave of absence.

AA. “Stock Exchange” shall mean either the NYSE Amex Equities, the NASDAQ Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

BB. “Stock Issuance Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into by the Company and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

CC. “Stock Issuance Program” shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

DD. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

Appendix to 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

-17-


EE. “10% Stockholder” shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

Appendix to 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

-18-


XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the “Option”) to purchase shares (the “Option Shares”) of the Common Stock of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”):

Optionee:                                                                      

Grant Date:                                                                  

Vesting Commencement Date:                                 

Exercise Price: $             per share

Number of Option Shares:              shares of Common Stock

Expiration Date:                                                                      

Type of Option:              Incentive Stock Option

                                Non-Statutory Stock Option

Date Exercisable: The Option shall become exercisable with respect to (i) one-fourth (1/4th) of the Option Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Option Shares on the corresponding day of each calendar month thereafter or, if such calendar month does not have a corresponding day, on the last day of such calendar month. The Option shall not become exercisable for any additional Option Shares following Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee.

Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B and the Code Section 409A Waiver and Release attached hereto as Exhibit A. Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and receipt of “Questions and Answers about Option Grants” attached hereto as Exhibit E.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

 

-19-


At Will Employment. Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

Definitions. All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice, in the attached Stock Option Agreement or in the Plan.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

OPTIONEE
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

Attachments:

 

Exhibit A   -    Code Section 409A Waiver and Release
Exhibit B   -    Stock Option Agreement
Exhibit C   -    Stock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit D   -    2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
Exhibit E   -    Questions and Answers about Option Grants

 

-20-


EXHIBIT A

CODE SECTION 409A WAIVER AND RELEASE


STANDARD

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

CODE SECTION 409A WAIVER AND RELEASE

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE (this “Waiver”) made as of the day and year set forth in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) accompanying this Waiver, pursuant to which Optionee has been granted an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”).

All capitalized terms in this Waiver not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Notice of Grant to which this Waiver is attached or in the Plan.

Optionee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Company’s Board has taken reasonable steps to value the Common Stock and to set the Exercise Price at the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date so that the Option will not be treated as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, because the Common Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, there can be no assurance that the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date. Were the Internal Revenue Service to conclude that the Exercise Price is in fact less than such Fair Market Value and that the Option is accordingly subject to Code Section 409A, then Optionee would be subject the following adverse tax consequences:

(i) As the Option vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, Optionee would immediately recognize taxable income for federal income tax purposes equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares which vest at that time exceeds the Exercise Price payable for those shares. The Company would also have to collect from Optionee the federal income and employment taxes which must be withheld on that income. Taxation would occur in this manner even though the Option remains unexercised.

(ii) Optionee may also be subject to additional income taxation and withholding taxes on any subsequent increases to the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares purchasable under the vested Option until the Option is exercised or cancelled as to those Option Shares.

(iii) In addition to normal income taxes payable as the Option vests, Optionee would also be subject to an additional tax penalty equal to 20% of the amount of income Optionee recognizes under Code Section 409A when the Option vests and may also be subject to such penalty as the underlying Option Shares subsequently increase in Fair Market Value over the period the Option continues to remain outstanding.

(iv) There will also be interest penalties if the resulting taxes are not paid on a timely basis.

Optionee hereby further agrees and acknowledges that Optionee will incur the same tax consequences, including (without limitation) a second 20% penalty tax, under California income tax laws if Optionee is a resident of the State of California or is otherwise subject to California income taxation. If the Optionee is a resident of any other state, he or she accepts the risk of any unfavorable tax consequences under the laws of that state applicable to options granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Grant Date.

 

Exhibit A to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 1


Optionee hereby agrees to bear the entire risk of such adverse federal and state tax consequences in the event the Option is deemed to be subject to Code Section 409A and hereby knowingly and voluntarily, in consideration for the grant of the Option, waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee might otherwise have against the Company and/or the Board, officers, employees or stockholders arising from or relating to the tax treatment of the Option under Code Section 409A and the corresponding provisions of any applicable state income tax laws (including, without limitation, California income tax laws) and shall not seek any indemnification or other recovery of damages against the Company and/or the Board, officers, employees or stockholders with respect to any adverse federal and state tax consequences or other related costs and expenses Optionee may in fact incur under Code Section 409A (or the corresponding provisions of state income tax laws) as a result of the Option.

 

Exhibit A to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 2


EXHIBIT B

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


STANDARD

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

RECITALS

A. The Board has adopted the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Company’s grant of an option to Optionee.

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Grant Notice (as defined below) or in the Plan.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date as specified in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying this Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby (the “Grant Notice”), an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

2. Option Term. This option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 6 or 7.

3. Limited Transferability.

(a) This option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death and may be exercised, during Optionee’s lifetime, only by Optionee. However, Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of this option, and this option shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding this option. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which this option may, pursuant to Paragraph 6, be exercised following Optionee’s death.

(b) If this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part during Optionee’s lifetime to one or more of Optionee’s Family Members or to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of Optionee and/or one or more such Family Members, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion shall be exercisable only by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to such assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 1


4. Market Stand-Off.

(a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Option Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee (the “Owner”) shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (the “Lock-Up Period”), and the Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected more than two (2) years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (y) during the period that begins on the date that is seventeen (17) days before the last day of the Lock-Up Period and ends on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (z) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen-(16) day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed herein shall continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is eighteen-(18) days after the date on which the issuance of the earnings release or material news or material event occurs.

(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand—Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar restrictions.

(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Option Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Option Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

(d) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Option Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

5. Dates of Exercise. This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 6 or 7.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 2


6. Cessation of Service. The option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

(a) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Misconduct) while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3) shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

(b) Should Optionee die while this option is outstanding, then the personal representative of Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or, if applicable, the person to whom the option is transferred during Optionee’s lifetime pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3 shall have the right to exercise this option. However, if Optionee dies while holding this option and has an effective beneficiary designation in effect for this option at the time of his or her death, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have the exclusive right to exercise this option following Optionee’s death. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee’s death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3) shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

Note: Exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Disability will result in loss of favorable Incentive Option treatment, unless such Disability constitutes Permanent Disability. In the event that Incentive Option treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.

(d) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares for which this option is exercisable pursuant to the exercise schedule specified in the Grant Notice. The option shall not become exercisable for any additional Option Shares following Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 3


(e) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

7. Change in Control.

(a) In the event a Change in Control occurs during Optionee’s period of Service, the exercisability of this option, to the extent outstanding at such time but not otherwise fully exercisable, shall automatically accelerate so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for any or all of the Option Shares at the time subject to this option as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. No such acceleration of this option, however, shall occur if and to the extent (i) this option is either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction; or (ii) this option is to be replaced with a cash retention program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the Option Shares for which this option is not exercisable at the time of the Change in Control (the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares over the aggregate Exercise Price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same exercise schedule in effect for the option as set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) Immediately following the Change in Control, this option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(c) If this option is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of this option, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control.

(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

8. Adjustment in Option Shares. In the event of any of the following transactions affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any stock split, stock dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the Common Stock without the Company’s receipt of consideration, then equitable adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option; and (ii) the Exercise Price. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 4


9. Stockholder Rights. The holder of this option shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.

10. Manner of Exercising Option.

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

(i) Execute and deliver to the Company a stock purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Grant Notice (a “Purchase Agreement”) for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.

(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

(A) cash or check made payable to the Company; or

(B) a promissory note payable to the Company, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 15.

Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

(C) in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the date on which the options shall have been exercised in accordance with this Paragraph 10 (the “Exercise Date”) and held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the period (if any) necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes; or

(D) through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Company for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with any applicable pre-clearance or pre-notification requirements) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm on such settlement date in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Company in connection with the option exercise.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 5


(iii) Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

(iv) Execute and deliver to the Company such written representations as may be requested by the Company in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

(v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL OF THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

12. Compliance with Laws and Regulations.

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Company, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

13. Successors and Assigns. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate.

14. Notices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 6


Optionee generally consents to the delivery of any notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (“Electronic Notice”) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number as set forth in the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given via electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted Electronic Notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Optionee agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in Optionee’s electronic mail address, but failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

15. Financing. The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares by delivering a full-recourse promissory note bearing interest at a market rate and secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

16. Construction. This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

17. Governing Law. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflict-of-laws rules.

18. Stockholder Approval. If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the stockholders, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

19. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option. In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability; or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

(b) No installment under this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of any earlier installments of the Common Stock and any other securities for which this option or any other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should such One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, this option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 7


(c) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then for purposes of the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options, this option and each of those other options shall be deemed to become first exercisable in that calendar year on the basis of the chronological order in which they were granted, except to the extent otherwise provided under applicable law or regulation.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 8


EXHIBIT C

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


STANDARD

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this     day of             ,             by and between Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and             , Optionee under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement, the Notice of Grant to which this Agreement relates or in the Plan attached as Exhibit D to the Notice of Grant to which this Agreement relates.

A. EXERCISE OF OPTION

1. Exercise. Optionee hereby purchases             shares of Common Stock (the “Purchased Shares”) pursuant to that certain option (the “Option”) granted Optionee on             ,             (the “Grant Date”) to purchase up to             shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”) under the Plan at the exercise price of $            per share (the “Exercise Price”).

2. Payment. Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option (the “Option Agreement”) and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise.

3. Stockholder Rights. Until such time as the Company exercises the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a stockholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.

4. Information. Optionee believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Purchased Shares. Optionee further represents that such Optionee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Purchased Shares and the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company. Optionee acknowledges that it has been furnished separately “Questions and Answers about Option Grants” by the Company.

B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

1. Restricted Securities. The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to resale and is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 1


is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

2. Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares. Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

(a) Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

(b) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

(c) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act; or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

3. Restrictive Legends. The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER SUCH ACT; (B) A ‘NO ACTION’ LETTER OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SALE OR OFFER; OR (C) SATISFACTORY ASSURANCES TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT IS NOT REQUIRED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SALE OR OFFER.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL GRANTED TO THE COMPANY AND ACCORDINGLY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED, OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN CONFORMITY WITH THE TERMS OF A STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS MAINTAINED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL CORPORATE OFFICES.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 2


C. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

1. Restriction on Transfer. Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.

2. Transferee Obligations. Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

D. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Grant. The Company is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares. For purposes of this Article D, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

2. Notice of Intended Disposition. In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror; and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

3. Exercise of the First Refusal Right. The Company shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Company. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 3


4. Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right. In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles B and C. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

5. Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right. In the event the Company makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Company delivered within five (5) business days after Owner’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

(a) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph D.4, as if the Company did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

(b) sale to the Company of the portion of the Target Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph D.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

Owner’s failure to deliver timely notification to the Company shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (a) above.

6. Recapitalization/Reorganization.

(a) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(b) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

7. Lapse. The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) persons; (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000); or (iv) the closing of a Change in Control. However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 4


E. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Assignment. The Company may assign the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Company.

2. At Will Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

3. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party’s signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

Optionee generally consents to the delivery of any notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (“Electronic Notice”) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number as set forth in the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given via electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted Electronic Notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Optionee agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in Optionee’s electronic mail address, but failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

4. No Waiver. The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

5. Cancellation of Shares. If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 5


F. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1. Optionee Undertaking. Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Agreement is Entire Contract. This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

3. Optionee Undertaking. Optionee hereby agrees to enter into such shareholder agreements and other documents reasonably requested by the Company or the investors in any subsequent financing of the Company on substantially similar terms as similarly situated persons (including other persons required to become parties thereto as a “Common Stockholder” or the like).

4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflict-of-laws rules.

5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Purchase Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

OPTIONEE
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 6


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN


STANDARD

EXHIBIT E

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT OPTION GRANTS


STANDARD

PURSUANT TO IRS CIRCULAR 230, YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY TAX ADVICE THAT MAY BE CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT WRITTEN OR INTENDED TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT OPTION GRANTS

 

 

 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT A

CODE SECTION 409A WAIVER AND RELEASE


STANDARD

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

CODE SECTION 409A WAIVER AND RELEASE

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE (this “Waiver”) made as of the day and year set forth in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) accompanying this Waiver, pursuant to which Optionee has been granted an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”).

All capitalized terms in this Waiver not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Notice of Grant to which this Waiver is attached or in the Plan.

Optionee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Company’s Board has taken reasonable steps to value the Common Stock and to set the Exercise Price at the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date so that the Option will not be treated as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, because the Common Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, there can be no assurance that the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date. Were the Internal Revenue Service to conclude that the Exercise Price is in fact less than such Fair Market Value and that the Option is accordingly subject to Code Section 409A, then Optionee would be subject the following adverse tax consequences:

(i) As the Option vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, Optionee would immediately recognize taxable income for federal income tax purposes equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares which vest at that time exceeds the Exercise Price payable for those shares. The Company would also have to collect from Optionee the federal income and employment taxes which must be withheld on that income. Taxation would occur in this manner even though the Option remains unexercised.

(ii) Optionee may also be subject to additional income taxation and withholding taxes on any subsequent increases to the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares purchasable under the vested Option until the Option is exercised or cancelled as to those Option Shares.

(iii) In addition to normal income taxes payable as the Option vests, Optionee would also be subject to an additional tax penalty equal to 20% of the amount of income Optionee recognizes under Code Section 409A when the Option vests and may also be subject to such penalty as the underlying Option Shares subsequently increase in Fair Market Value over the period the Option continues to remain outstanding.

(iv) There will also be interest penalties if the resulting taxes are not paid on a timely basis.

Optionee hereby further agrees and acknowledges that Optionee will incur the same tax consequences, including (without limitation) a second 20% penalty tax, under California income tax laws if Optionee is a resident of the State of California or is otherwise subject to California income taxation. If the Optionee is a resident of any other state, he or she accepts the risk of any unfavorable tax consequences under the laws of that state applicable to options granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Grant Date.

 

Exhibit A to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 1


Optionee hereby agrees to bear the entire risk of such adverse federal and state tax consequences in the event the Option is deemed to be subject to Code Section 409A and hereby knowingly and voluntarily, in consideration for the grant of the Option, waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee might otherwise have against the Company and/or the Board, officers, employees or stockholders arising from or relating to the tax treatment of the Option under Code Section 409A and the corresponding provisions of any applicable state income tax laws (including, without limitation, California income tax laws) and shall not seek any indemnification or other recovery of damages against the Company and/or the Board, officers, employees or stockholders with respect to any adverse federal and state tax consequences or other related costs and expenses Optionee may in fact incur under Code Section 409A (or the corresponding provisions of state income tax laws) as a result of the Option.

 

Exhibit A to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 2


EXHIBIT B

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


STANDARD

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

RECITALS

A. The Board has adopted the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Company’s grant of an option to Optionee.

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Grant Notice (as defined below) or in the Plan.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date as specified in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying this Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby (the “Grant Notice”), an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

2. Option Term. This option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 6 or 7.

3. Limited Transferability.

(a) This option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death and may be exercised, during Optionee’s lifetime, only by Optionee. However, Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of this option, and this option shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding this option. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which this option may, pursuant to Paragraph 6, be exercised following Optionee’s death.

(b) If this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part during Optionee’s lifetime to one or more of Optionee’s Family Members or to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of Optionee and/or one or more such Family Members, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion shall be exercisable only by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to such assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 1


4. Market Stand-Off.

(a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Option Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee (the “Owner”) shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (the “Lock-Up Period”), and the Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected more than two (2) years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (y) during the period that begins on the date that is seventeen (17) days before the last day of the Lock-Up Period and ends on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (z) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen-(16) day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed herein shall continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is eighteen-(18) days after the date on which the issuance of the earnings release or material news or material event occurs.

(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand—Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar restrictions.

(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Option Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Option Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

(d) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Option Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

5. Dates of Exercise. This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 6 or 7.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 2


6. Cessation of Service. The option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

(a) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Misconduct) while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3) shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

(b) Should Optionee die while this option is outstanding, then the personal representative of Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or, if applicable, the person to whom the option is transferred during Optionee’s lifetime pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3 shall have the right to exercise this option. However, if Optionee dies while holding this option and has an effective beneficiary designation in effect for this option at the time of his or her death, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have the exclusive right to exercise this option following Optionee’s death. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee’s death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3) shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

Note: Exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Disability will result in loss of favorable Incentive Option treatment, unless such Disability constitutes Permanent Disability. In the event that Incentive Option treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.

(d) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares for which this option is exercisable pursuant to the exercise schedule specified in the Grant Notice. The option shall not become exercisable for any additional Option Shares following Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised.

(e) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

7. Change in Control.

(a) In the event a Change in Control occurs during Optionee’s period of Service, the exercisability of this option, to the extent outstanding at such time but not otherwise fully exercisable, shall automatically accelerate so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for any or all of the Option Shares at the time subject to this option as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. No such acceleration of this option, however, shall occur if and to the extent (i) this option is either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof)

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 3


or otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction; or (ii) this option is to be replaced with a cash retention program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the Option Shares for which this option is not exercisable at the time of the Change in Control (the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares over the aggregate Exercise Price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same exercise schedule in effect for the option as set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) Immediately following the Change in Control, this option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(c) If this option is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of this option, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control.

(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

8. Adjustment in Option Shares. In the event of any of the following transactions affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any stock split, stock dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the Common Stock without the Company’s receipt of consideration, then equitable adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option; and (ii) the Exercise Price. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

9. Stockholder Rights. The holder of this option shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.

10. Manner of Exercising Option.

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

(i) Execute and deliver to the Company a stock purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Grant Notice (a “Purchase Agreement”) for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 4


(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

(A) cash or check made payable to the Company; or

(B) a promissory note payable to the Company, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 15.

Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

(C) in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the date on which the options shall have been exercised in accordance with this Paragraph 10 (the “Exercise Date”) and held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the period (if any) necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes; or

(D) through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Company for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with any applicable pre-clearance or pre-notification requirements) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm on such settlement date in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Company in connection with the option exercise.

(iii) Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

(iv) Execute and deliver to the Company such written representations as may be requested by the Company in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

(v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 5


11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL OF THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

12. Compliance with Laws and Regulations.

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Company, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

13. Successors and Assigns. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate.

14. Notices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

Optionee generally consents to the delivery of any notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (“Electronic Notice”) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number as set forth in the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given via electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted Electronic Notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Optionee agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in Optionee’s electronic mail address, but failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

15. Financing. The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares by delivering a full-recourse promissory note bearing interest at a market rate and secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

16. Construction. This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 6


17. Governing Law. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflict-of-laws rules.

18. Stockholder Approval. If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the stockholders, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

19. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option. In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability; or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

(b) No installment under this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of any earlier installments of the Common Stock and any other securities for which this option or any other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should such One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, this option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

(c) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then for purposes of the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options, this option and each of those other options shall be deemed to become first exercisable in that calendar year on the basis of the chronological order in which they were granted, except to the extent otherwise provided under applicable law or regulation.

 

Exhibit B to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 7


EXHIBIT C

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


STANDARD

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this      day of             ,              by and between Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and             , Optionee under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement, the Notice of Grant to which this Agreement relates or in the Plan attached as Exhibit D to the Notice of Grant to which this Agreement relates.

A. EXERCISE OF OPTION

1. Exercise. Optionee hereby purchases              shares of Common Stock (the “Purchased Shares”) pursuant to that certain option (the “Option”) granted Optionee on             ,              (the “Grant Date”) to purchase up to              shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”) under the Plan at the exercise price of $             per share (the “Exercise Price”).

2. Payment. Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option (the “Option Agreement”) and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise.

3. Stockholder Rights. Until such time as the Company exercises the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a stockholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.

4. Information. Optionee believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Purchased Shares. Optionee further represents that such Optionee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Purchased Shares and the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company. Optionee acknowledges that it has been furnished separately “Questions and Answers about Option Grants” by the Company.

B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

1. Restricted Securities. The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to resale and is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 1


2. Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares. Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

(a) Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

(b) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

(c) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act; or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

3. Restrictive Legends. The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER SUCH ACT; (B) A ‘NO ACTION’ LETTER OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SALE OR OFFER; OR (C) SATISFACTORY ASSURANCES TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT IS NOT REQUIRED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SALE OR OFFER.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL GRANTED TO THE COMPANY AND ACCORDINGLY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED, OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN CONFORMITY WITH THE TERMS OF A STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS MAINTAINED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL CORPORATE OFFICES.

C. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

1. Restriction on Transfer. Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 2


2. Transferee Obligations. Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

D. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Grant. The Company is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares. For purposes of this Article D, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

2. Notice of Intended Disposition. In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror; and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

3. Exercise of the First Refusal Right. The Company shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Company. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

4. Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right. In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles B and C. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 3


provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

5. Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right. In the event the Company makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Company delivered within five (5) business days after Owner’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

(a) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph D.4, as if the Company did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

(b) sale to the Company of the portion of the Target Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph D.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

Owner’s failure to deliver timely notification to the Company shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (a) above.

6. Recapitalization/Reorganization.

(a) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(b) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

7. Lapse. The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) persons; (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000); or (iv) the closing of a Change in Control. However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

E. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Assignment. The Company may assign the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Company.

2. At Will Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 4


3. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party’s signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

Optionee generally consents to the delivery of any notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (“Electronic Notice”) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number as set forth in the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given via electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted Electronic Notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Optionee agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in Optionee’s electronic mail address, but failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

4. No Waiver. The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

5. Cancellation of Shares. If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

F. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1. Optionee Undertaking. Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Agreement is Entire Contract. This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

3. Optionee Undertaking. Optionee hereby agrees to enter into such shareholder agreements and other documents reasonably requested by the Company or the investors in any subsequent financing of the Company on substantially similar terms as similarly situated persons (including other persons required to become parties thereto as a “Common Stockholder” or the like).

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 5


4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflict-of-laws rules.

5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Purchase Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

OPTIONEE
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Exhibit C to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

Page 6


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN


STANDARD

EXHIBIT E

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT OPTION GRANTS


STANDARD

PURSUANT TO IRS CIRCULAR 230, YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY TAX ADVICE THAT MAY BE CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT WRITTEN OR INTENDED TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT OPTION GRANTS

 

 

 

LOGO

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 

Page

 
  QUESTION AND ANSWER SUMMARY      1  
  GENERAL PLAN PROVISIONS      1  
    1.     

What is the purpose of the Plan?

  
    2.     

What is the basic structure of the Plan?

  
    3.     

Who administers the Plan?

  
    4.     

Who is eligible to receive option grants under the Plan?

  
    5.     

What types of options may be granted under the Plan?

  
    6.     

Can the Plan be amended or terminated?

  
  GRANT OF OPTIONS      2  
    7.     

What is an option?

  
    8.     

How are options granted under the Plan?

  
    9.     

What documents will I receive when I am granted an option?

  
    10.     

How are the terms of the option set?

  
    11.     

Will I be required to pay for the option?

  
    12.     

How is the exercise price determined?

  
    13.     

How is the fair market value of the Common Stock determined?

  
    14.     

Can I assign or transfer my option?

  
    15.     

When do I acquire the rights of a stockholder?

  
  EXERCISE OF THE OPTION      4  
    16.     

What does “exercise” mean?

  
    17.     

Then may I exercise my option?

  
    18.     

How do I exercise my option?

  
    19.     

How do I pay the exercise price?

  
    20.     

What is vesting?

  
    21.     

What restrictions apply to the option shares?

  
    22.     

When does my option terminate?

  
  EARLY TERMINATION OF OPTIONS      6  
    23.     

What happens to my options if my employment terminates?

  
    24.     

What happens to my option if I die or become disabled?

  
    25.     

What happens to my options if there is a change in control of the Company?

  
    26.     

What happens to my options if there is a stock dividend, stock split or other similar transaction?

  
  DISPOSITION OF SHARES      9  
    27.     

When can I sell my shares acquired under the Plan?

  
  FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES      9  
  INCENTIVE OPTIONS      9  
    T1     

Will the grant of an Incentive Option result in federal income tax liability to me?

  
    T2     

Will the exercise of an Incentive Option result in federal income tax liability to me?

  
    T3     

Can an Incentive Option lose its tax qualified status?

  
    T4     

When will I be subject to federal income tax on shares purchased under an Incentive Option?

  
    T5     

What constitutes a disposition of Incentive Option shares?

  

 

i


     T6     

How is my federal income tax liability determined when I dispose of my shares?

  
     T7     

What if I make a qualifying disposition?

  
     T8     

What are the normal tax rules for a disqualifying disposition?

  
     T9     

What are the Federal tax consequences to the Company?

  
NON-STATUTORY OPTIONS      12  
     T10     

Will the grant of a Non-statutory Option result in federal income tax liability to me?

  
     T11     

What federal income tax liability results upon the exercise of a Non-statutory Option?

  
     T12     

Will I recognize additional income when I sell shares acquired under a Non-statutory Option?

  
     T13     

What are the Federal tax consequences to the Company?

  
SECTION 409A      13  
     T14     

How are options treated under Section 409A?

  
FEDERAL TAX RATES      13  
     T15     

What are the applicable Federal tax rates?

  
ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX      14  
     T16     

What is the alternative minimum tax ?

  
     T17     

What is the allowable exemption amount?

  
     T18     

How is the alternative minimum taxable income calculated?

  
     T19      Is the spread on an Incentive Option at the time of exercise normally includible in alternative minimum taxable income?   
     T20      How will the payment of alternative minimum taxes in one year affect the calculation of my tax liability in a later year?   
INFORMATION ABOUT RESALES OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES      15  

 

ii


STANDARD

PURSUANT TO IRS CIRCULAR 230, YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY TAX ADVICE THAT MAY BE CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT WRITTEN OR INTENDED TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

QUESTION AND ANSWER SUMMARY

This booklet provides a summary, in question and answer format, of the important features of the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) and the option grants which will be made from time to time under the Plan to individuals in the Company’s employ or service. Please review the summary carefully so that you understand your rights and benefits as an option holder under the Plan and the various limitations and restrictions applicable to your option and the shares purchasable under that option.

GENERAL PLAN PROVISIONS

 

  1. What is the purpose of the Plan?

The Plan is an equity incentive program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) to allow employees, non-employee Board members and consultants the opportunity to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) during their period of service with the Company.

 

  2. What is the basic structure of the Plan?

The Plan is divided into two separate equity programs: (i) an Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock at a fixed price per share and (ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the purchase of those shares at fair market value or as a bonus for services rendered the Company.

 

  3. Who administers the Plan?

The Board is responsible for administration of the Plan. The Board will determine who is to receive option grants under the Plan and the terms of each such grant.

 

  4. Who is eligible to receive option grants under the Plan?

Employees, non-employee Board members and consultants are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan. However, the actual persons to whom such grants are to be made will be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

  5. What types of options may be granted under the Plan?

Two types of options may be granted under the Plan: incentive stock options (“Incentive Options”) and non-statutory stock options (“Non-Statutory Options”). The two types of options differ as to their treatment under the federal income tax laws, and the applicable tax treatment for each type is discussed in the Federal Tax Consequences section below.


  6. Can the Plan be amended or terminated?

Yes. The Board has exclusive authority to amend the Plan in any and all respects. However, no amendment may adversely affect any person’s rights and obligations under his or her outstanding options without that person’s consent. In addition, certain amendments may require the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

The Plan will terminate upon the earliest of (i) ten (10) years after the Plan’s initial adoption, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan are issued as fully-vested shares or (iii) the date all options terminate in connection with an acquisition of the Company. Should the Plan terminate on the date that is ten (10) years after the Plan’s initial adoption, then any options outstanding at that time will continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the agreements evidencing those grants.1

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

  7. What is an option?

An option gives you the right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a fixed price per share (the “Exercise Price”) payable at the time the option is exercised.

 

  8. How are options granted under the Plan?

The Board will determine when and to whom options will be granted. The Board will make its determination on the basis of guidelines established for various positions within the Company.

 

  9. What documents will I receive when I am granted an option?

Shortly after the Board approves an option grant to you, you will receive a Stock Option Agreement which reflects the terms of that grant. This agreement will be accompanied by two copies of the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Grant Notice”) which summarizes the main features of your grant, such as the number of shares you may purchase under the grant, the exercise price payable per share and the exercise schedule for your option shares. You should sign both copies of the Grant Notice and return one signed copy to the Company. The Stock Purchase Agreement attached to your Stock Option Agreement should not be signed until you actually decide to exercise your option. Your option documents are important papers which should be kept in a safe place.

 

  10. How are the terms of the option set?

The general terms governing all option grants are set forth in the Plan. The exact terms of your option, including (i) the type of option, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock you may purchase, (iii) the exercise price per share and (iv) your exercise schedule, will be set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

  11. Will I be required to pay for the option?

The option is granted in recognition of your services to the Company and does not require any cash payment. To purchase shares under the option, however, you must exercise the option in accordance with the terms of your Stock Option Agreement and pay the exercise price for the number of shares of Common Stock you elect to purchase. (See Questions 16-19).

 

1  Amended and restated plans terminate ten (10) years after originally adopted.

 

2


  12. How is the exercise price determined?

The exercise price per share is determined by the Board and generally should not be less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of your option grant and would, in most instances, be equal to such fair market value. The exercise price will be fixed for the life of the option even if the value of the Common Stock increases in the future. However, while the Board will determine the fair market value of the Common Stock, the Company does not guarantee this value, or that the value may not be substantially higher or lower. Moreover, by signing your option grant, you are agreeing to bear the risk of adverse federal and state tax consequences in the event that the exercise price is determined to be below fair market value on the date of grant or otherwise subject to Code Section 409A and waive any claims or causes of action you may have against the Company related to such adverse tax consequences. For more information regarding the treatment of the option under Code Section 409A, please see Question T14 below and the Code Section 409A Waiver and Release attached to the notice of option grant.

 

  13. How is the fair market value of the Common Stock determined?

The fair market value per share of Common Stock is determined by the Board on the basis of a number of factors, including, as applicable, a valuation, the price paid for shares of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, the net worth of the Company, its financial prospects and early development stage, the liquidation preference and other special rights which have been provided to the holders of the Company’s currently outstanding preferred stock, and the liquidation preference and other special rights which may have to be provided to future purchasers of other series of the Company’s preferred stock. If the Common Stock is ever traded publicly, the fair market value will be determined by the price at which the Common Stock is sold in the public market.

 

  14. Can I assign or transfer my option?

No. Your option generally cannot be assigned or transferred, except by the provisions of your will or the laws of inheritance following your death or pursuant to any beneficiary designation in effect for the option at the time of your death.

 

  15. When do I acquire the rights of a stockholder?

As an option holder, you will have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by your option. Stockholder rights are not acquired until you exercise the option, pay the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

EXERCISE OF THE OPTION

 

  16. What does “exercisemean?

When you “exercise” your option, you purchase the shares of Common Stock subject to your option by paying the exercise price for those shares to the Company.

 

3


  17. Then may I exercise my option?

Your option will become exercisable in installments over a period of service specified on the Grant Notice. You may exercise your option for the shares for which it is exercisable at any time before the option terminates.

For purposes of your option, you will be deemed to be in the Company’s service for so long as you perform services for the Company (or any parent or subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) in the capacity of an employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor. However, you will be deemed to cease service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) you no longer perform services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Company or any parent or subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which you are performing such services ceases to remain a parent or subsidiary of the Company, even though you may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service will not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Company. However, except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Board or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no service credit will be given for vesting purposes for any period you are on a leave of absence. In addition, any Incentive Options you hold may lose their status as such under the federal tax laws and become taxable as Non-statutory Options if your leave of absence extends beyond three (3) months. Please see Question 23 for further information.

 

  18. How do I exercise my option?

To exercise your option, you must provide the Company with a signed copy of the Stock Purchase Agreement which is attached to your Stock Option Agreement. You must indicate in the signed copy the number of shares of Common Stock you wish to purchase under your option, and that copy must be delivered to the Company, together with the payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares.

 

  19. How do I pay the exercise price?

Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or check payable to the Company. The Board may, under certain limited circumstances, permit an optionee to pay the exercise price for the purchased shares through a full-recourse promissory note bearing a market-rate of interest, and the shares purchased with such note will be held by the Company as collateral for the payment of that note. The remaining terms of the note, including the terms of repayment, will be established by the Board. We cannot anticipate whether or not the Board would approve the use of notes to exercise options. However, if it were to, you should note that the use of a note should be considered very risky. A full recourse note means that if the stock is not sufficient to repay the note, then all of your assets would be subject to collection. This, of course, is most likely to happen after the stock has declined in value, such that you would have lost most or all of your investment in the shares, but still be liable for the note. In addition, while we would not expect this to occur, should any portion of the note be forgiven, you would recognize ordinary income on such forgiveness of indebtedness.

 

  20. What is vesting?

Your option will become exercisable in installments over a period of service specified in the Grant Notice.

Example: Mary Brown is granted an option on December 15, 2010 to purchase 2,400 shares of Common Stock at $0.25 per share (the assumed fair market value per share on that date). Her option becomes exercisable as follows: twenty-five

 

4


percent (25%) of the option shares become exercisable upon completion of one (1) year of service measured from the grant date, and the balance of the shares become exercisable in successive equal monthly installments over the next thirty-six (36) months of her continued service with the Company. Accordingly, the vesting schedule will be as follows:

 

# of Shares Vesting

   Exercise Date

600

   December 15, 2011

50

   January 15, 2012

50

   February 15, 2012

50

   March 15, 2012

50

   April 15, 2012

The shares will continue to vest in this manner until they are all vested on December 15, 2014.

For purposes of the exercise schedule applicable to your option, you will be deemed to be in the Company’s service for so as you perform services for the Company (or any parent or subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) in the capacity of an employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor. However, you will be deemed to cease service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) you no longer perform services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Company or any parent or subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which you are performing such services ceases to remain a parent or subsidiary of the Company, even though you may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service will not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Company. However, except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Board or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no service credit will be given for vesting purposes for any period you are on a leave of absence. In addition, any Incentive Options you hold may lose their status as such under the federal tax laws and become taxable as Non-statutory Options if your leave of absence extends beyond three (3) months. Please see Question 23for further information.

 

  21. What restrictions apply to the option shares?

Should you receive an offer from a third party to purchase your shares, you must inform the Company of that offer, and the Company will have the right to repurchase those shares on the same terms and conditions as the third-party offer.

In the event the Company goes public by selling shares of Common Stock in the open market, you will be unable to sell any of your option shares in the public market for a period of approximately one hundred eighty (180) days following the initial public offering of the Common Stock. This black-out period is traditionally imposed by the underwriters of public offerings in order to assure that an orderly market develops for the purchase and sale of the shares. Additional black-out periods of approximately one hundred eighty (180) days each may also be imposed in connection with any subsequent underwritten offerings of the Common Stock which occur within two (2) years after the date of the initial public offering.

 

  22. When does my option terminate?

Your option will terminate ten (10) years after the grant date. However, your option will terminate prior to that time should you leave the Company’s service or should certain changes in ownership of the Company occur. See the Early Termination of Options section below.

 

5


EARLY TERMINATION OF OPTIONS

 

  23. What happens to my options if my employment terminates?

Upon your termination of service, you will generally have a period of three (3) months in which to exercise your option for any shares in which you are vested on the date your service ends. However, your option will in no event remain exercisable after the end of the ten (10)-year option term, and your option will immediately terminate if your service is terminated for misconduct adversely affecting the business and affairs of the Company.

NOTE: If you take an approved leave of absence in excess of three (3) months while holding any Incentive Options, then for purposes of determining the period within which those options may continue to be exercised as Incentive Options under the federal tax laws, your employee status will be deemed to cease on the first day immediately following the expiration of the initial three (3)-month period of your leave, unless you are provided with the right, either by statute (such as the Family and Medical Leave Act) or by written contract, to return to employee status following such leave. Accordingly, in the absence of such right, your Incentive Options will only be taxable as such if exercised within the six (6)-month period measured from the start date of your leave, even if you return to employee status after the first three (3) months of that leave. Any exercise of your option after that six (6)-month period will be taxed as the exercise of a Non-statutory Option.

 

  24. What happens to my option if I die or become disabled?

If you die while your option is outstanding, the personal representative of your estate or the person to whom your option is transferred by the provisions of your will or the laws of inheritance following your death or the designated beneficiary of your option may exercise that option for any or all shares in which you were vested on the date your employment with the Company ended (less any shares you may have subsequently purchased prior to your death). The right to exercise the option will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the option term or (ii) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of your death.

If you terminate service with the Company because you have become disabled, you will have a period of twelve (12) months from the date of such termination of service during which to exercise your option for any or all of the shares in which you were vested on the date your service terminated. However, if you exercise an Incentive Option more than three (3) months after the date you cease employee status by reason of your disability, then that option will lose its favorable tax status as an Incentive Option, unless your disability is considered to be a permanent disability under the federal tax laws. In no event, however, may you exercise any option after the specified expiration date of the option term.

For purposes of Incentive Option tax treatment, you will be deemed to be permanently disabled if you are unable to perform any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically-determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) consecutive months or more.

 

  25. What happens to my options if there is a change in control of the Company?

Should (i) there occur a change in control of the Company, and (ii) your option is not to be assumed by the acquiring entity, otherwise continued in effect or replaced with a cash retention program, then the option will immediately become exercisable for all the option shares. However, if the option is assumed by the acquiring entity or is otherwise to continue in effect following the change in

 

6


control or replaced with a cash retention program, then the exercisability of your option will not accelerate at the time of the change in control, and your option will continue to become exercisable, in accordance with the normal exercise schedule in effect for your option, during your period of service with the Company or the acquiring entity following the change. Unless your option is assumed by the acquiring entity or otherwise continued in effect, the option will terminate at the time of the change in control.

One or more outstanding options under the Plan may include a special vesting acceleration feature pursuant to which the option will immediately become exercisable in full in the event the optionee’s service is subsequently terminated by the acquiring entity within eighteen (18) months following a change in control in which the option is assumed by the acquiring entity or otherwise continued in effect, unless such termination is for misconduct. You should review your option paperwork to determine whether any of your options has such a special acceleration feature.

A change in control will be deemed to occur in the event of:

(i) a stockholder-approved merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition by any person or related group of persons of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders.

In no event will any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

 

  26. What happens to my options if there is a stock dividend, stock split or other similar transaction?

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the outstanding Common Stock without the Company’s receipt of consideration, then equitable adjustments will be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option. The adjustments will be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits under the outstanding options, and those adjustments will be final, binding and conclusive. In no event will any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

7


DISPOSITION OF SHARES

 

  27. When can I sell my shares acquired under the Plan?

Until the Company goes public, there will be no readily available market for the sale of the Common Stock. After the Company goes public, a number of rules will govern the sale of the shares acquired under your option. However, after a black-out period of approximately one hundred eighty (180) days following the date the Company goes public by selling shares of Common Stock in the open market, you will also have the opportunity to sell your vested shares in the open market, and you may do so immediately following the purchase of those vested shares if you wait to exercise your option until that time. Additional black-out periods of approximately one hundred eighty (180) days each may also be imposed in connection with any subsequent underwritten offerings of the Common Stock which occur within two (2) years after the date of the initial public offering. Attached to this document you will find additional information about the securities laws governing the resale of the Common Stock you acquire under your option.

FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a general description of the federal income tax consequences applicable to your option grant under the Plan. State and local tax treatment, which is not discussed below, may vary from such federal income tax treatment. You should consult with your own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of your particular transactions under the Plan.

The tax consequences of Incentive Options and Non-statutory Options differ as described below.

INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

  T1 Will the grant of an Incentive Option result in federal income tax liability to me?

No.

 

  T2 Will the exercise of an Incentive Option result in federal income tax liability to me?

No. You will not recognize taxable income at the time the Incentive Option is exercised. However, the amount by which the fair market value (at the time of exercise) of the purchased shares exceeds the exercise price paid for those shares will be included in your income for purposes of the alternative minimum tax (see the “Alternative Minimum Tax” section below).

 

  T3 Can an Incentive Option lose its tax qualified status?

Yes. An option granted as an Incentive Option will be taxed as a Non-statutory Option if exercised more than three (3) months after you terminate employee status. Certain amendments or modifications to an outstanding option may also cause the loss of Incentive Option status, but no such amendment or modification may be made without your consent. Please see Question 23 for the effect a personal leave of absence may have upon the taxability of your Incentive Options.

 

8


  T4 When will I be subject to federal income tax on shares purchased under an Incentive Option?

Generally, you will recognize income in the year in which you sell or make any other disposition of the shares purchased under your Incentive Option.

 

  T5 What constitutes a disposition of Incentive Option shares?

A disposition of your Incentive Option shares will occur in the event you transfer legal title to those shares. However, a disposition will not occur if you transfer the shares to your spouse or if you engage in any of the following transactions: a transfer of the shares into joint ownership with right of survivorship provided you remain one of the joint owners, a pledge of the shares as collateral for a loan, a transfer by bequest or inheritance upon your death or certain tax-free exchanges of the shares permitted under the Code.

 

  T6 How is my federal income tax liability determined when I dispose of my shares?

Your federal income tax liability will depend upon whether you make a qualifying or disqualifying disposition of the shares purchased under your Incentive Option. A qualifying disposition will occur if the sale or other disposition of the shares takes place more than two (2) years after the date the Incentive Option for the shares was granted and more than one (1) year after the date that option was exercised for the particular shares involved in the disposition. A disqualifying disposition will occur unless both of those requirements are satisfied at the time of the sale or other disposition.

 

  T7 What if I make a qualifying disposition?

If you dispose of your shares in a qualifying disposition, you will recognize a long-term capital gain equal to the excess of (i) the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition over (ii) the exercise price paid for the shares. You will recognize a long-term capital loss if the amount realized is lower than the exercise price paid for the shares.

Example: On December 15, 2010, you are granted an Incentive Option for 5,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share. On December 15, 2012, you exercise this option for 2,500 vested shares when the fair market value is assumed to be $1.50 per share. The purchased shares are held until January 30, 2014, when you sell those shares at an assumed price of $3.00 per share.

Because the disposition of the shares is made more than two years after the grant date of the Incentive Option and more than one year after the option was exercised for the shares sold on January 30, 2014, the sale represents a qualifying disposition of such shares, and for federal income tax purposes, there will be a long-term capital gain of $2.75 per share.

 

  T8 What are the normal tax rules for a disqualifying disposition?

Normally, if the shares purchased under your Incentive Option are made the subject of a disqualifying disposition, you will recognize ordinary income at the time of the disposition in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the shares on the option exercise date, over (ii) the exercise price paid for those shares. If the disqualifying disposition is effected by means of an arm’s length sale or exchange with an unrelated party in which a loss (if otherwise incurred) would be recognized for tax purposes, the ordinary income will be limited to the amount by which the lesser of (i) the amount realized upon the disposition of the shares or (ii) their fair market value on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price paid for the shares. The amount of your disqualifying disposition income will be reported by the Company on your W-2 wage statement for the year of disposition, and any applicable withholding taxes which arise in connection with the disqualifying disposition will be deducted from your wages or otherwise collected from you.

 

9


Any additional gain recognized upon the disqualifying disposition will be capital gain, which will be long-term if the shares have been held for more than one (1) year following the exercise date of the option.

Example: On December 15, 2010, you are granted an Incentive Option for 5,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share. On December 15, 2012, this option is exercised for 2,500 vested shares when the fair market value is assumed to be $1.50 per share. The purchased shares are held until September 1, 2013, when you sell those shares at an assumed price of $3.00 per share.

Because the disposition of the shares is made less than one (1) year after the exercise date of the Incentive Option was exercised for the shares sold on September 1, 2013, the sale represents a disqualifying disposition of the shares, and for federal income tax purposes, the gain upon the sale will be divided into two components:

Ordinary Income: You will recognize ordinary income in the amount of $1.25 per share, the excess of the $1.50 per share fair market value of the shares on the date the option was exercised over the $0.25 per share exercise price.

Capital Gain: You will also recognize a short-term capital gain of $1.50 per share with respect to each share sold.

In the event the shares purchased under an Incentive Option are sold to an unrelated party in a disqualifying disposition for less than the exercise price paid for those shares and the resulting loss is recognized for tax purposes, then you will not recognize any income but will recognize a capital loss equal to the excess of (i) the exercise price paid for the shares over (ii) the amount realized upon the disposition of those shares. For example, if the shares in the above Example are sold for $0.15 per share in the disqualifying disposition, you would simply recognize a short-term capital loss of $0.10 per share.

 

  T9 What are the Federal tax consequences to the Company?

If you make a qualifying disposition of shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Option, then no income tax deduction may be taken by the Company with respect to such shares. Should you make a disqualifying disposition of such shares, then the Company will be entitled to an income tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income you recognize in connection with the disposition. The deduction will, in general, be allowed to the Company in the taxable year in which the disposition occurs.

 

10


NON-STATUTORY OPTIONS

 

  T10 Will the grant of a Non-statutory Option result in federal income tax liability to me?

No.

 

  T11 What federal income tax liability results upon the exercise of a Non-statutory Option?

Normally, you will recognize ordinary income in the year in which the Non-statutory Option is exercised in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the purchased shares on the exercise date over (ii) the exercise price paid for those shares, and the Company will have to collect all the applicable withholding taxes with respect to such income. This income will be reported by the Company on your W-2 wage statement for the year of exercise (or on a Form 1099 if you are not an employee), and you will be required to satisfy the tax withholding requirements applicable to this income.

 

  T12 Will I recognize additional income when I sell shares acquired under a Non-statutory Option?

Yes. You will recognize a capital gain to the extent the amount realized upon the sale of such shares exceeds their fair market value at the time you recognized the ordinary income with respect to their acquisition. A capital loss will result to the extent the amount realized upon the sale is less than such fair market value. The gain or loss will be long-term if the shares are held for more than one (1) year prior to the disposition. The holding period for vested shares will start at the time the Non-statutory Option is exercised for those shares.

 

  T13 What are the Federal tax consequences to the Company?

The Company will be entitled to an income tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income you recognize in connection with the exercise of the Non-statutory Option. The deduction will, in general, be allowed for the taxable year of the Company in which you recognize such ordinary income.

SECTION 409A

 

  T14 How are options treated under Section 409A?

IRS Code Section 409A is applicable to certain compensation arrangements, including equity compensation 409A causes compensation payable to a service provider to be taxable upon vesting (whether or not vested) and, further, subject to a 20% excise tax. Options are generally not subject to 409A, provided that the exercise price is equal to the fair market value of the company’s stock on the date of grant and there are no additional deferral features (other than vesting). The Company’s Board intends to take reasonable steps to value the Common Stock underlying its Options and to set the exercise price at the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the grant date so that its Options will not be treated as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, because the Common Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, there can be no assurance that the exercise price is at least equal to the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the grant date. Were the Internal Revenue Service to conclude that the exercise price is in fact less than such fair market value and that the Option is accordingly subject to Code Section 409A, then the optionee would be subject to adverse tax consequences.

FEDERAL TAX RATES

 

  T15 What are the applicable Federal tax rates?

Rates. There is a marginal federal tax rate assessed on ordinary income in excess of certain thresholds, subject to cost-of-living adjustments. These rates and thresholds can be found at www.irs.gov or in the instructions to your income tax return form. Generally for most taxable years, certain limitations are imposed upon a taxpayer’s itemized deductions, and the personal exemptions claimed by the taxpayer are subject to phase-out. These limitations may result in the taxation of ordinary income at a rate in excess of the top marginal rate. Congress may pass new laws that may change this discussion. Short-term capital gains are subject to the same tax rates as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains tax rates can be found at www.irs.gov/taxtopics/tc409.html or in the instructions to your income tax return form.

 

11


Deductions and Exemptions. A taxpayer may recognize a number of itemized deductions, which may be limited if his or her adjusted gross income exceeds a certain amount. In addition, a taxpayer may deduct a personal exemption amount, which may be limited depending on the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income.

ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX

 

  T16 What is the alternative minimum tax?

The alternative minimum tax is an alternative method of calculating the income tax you must pay each year in order to assure that a minimum amount of tax is paid for the year. However, the applicable alternative minimum tax rate may be reduced as it applies to long-term capital gains or certain dividend income. The alternative minimum tax will, however, be payable only to the extent that it exceeds your regular federal income tax for the year (computed without regard to certain credits and special taxes).

 

  T17 What is the allowable exemption amount?

Please see www.irs.gov for allowable exemption amounts for the applicable tax year.

 

  T18 How is the alternative minimum taxable income calculated?

Your alternative minimum taxable income is based upon your regular taxable income for the year, adjusted to (i) include certain additional items of income and tax preference and (ii) disallow or limit certain deductions otherwise allowable for regular tax purposes.

 

  T19 Is the spread on an Incentive Option at the time of exercise normally includible in alternative minimum taxable income?

Yes. The spread on the shares purchased under an Incentive Option (the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares at the time of exercise over the aggregate exercise price paid for those shares) is normally included in the optionee’s alternative minimum taxable income at the time of exercise.

However, if the purchased shares are sold in the same taxable year in which they are acquired, and such sale is to an unrelated party in which a loss (if otherwise incurred) would be recognized for tax purposes, then the amount includible in your alternative minimum taxable income will in no event exceed the amount realized upon such sale less the option exercise price paid for those shares.

 

12


  T20 How will the payment of alternative minimum taxes in one year affect the calculation of my tax liability in a later year?

If you pay alternative minimum taxes for one or more taxable years, the amount of the taxes so paid (subject to certain adjustments and reductions) will be applied as a partial credit against your regular tax liability (but not alternative minimum tax liability) for subsequent taxable years.

Upon the sale or other disposition of the purchased shares, whether in the year of exercise or in any subsequent taxable year, your basis for computing the gain for purposes of alternative minimum taxable income (but not regular taxable income) will include the amount of the option spread previously included in your alternative minimum taxable income.

INFORMATION ABOUT RESALES OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES

Neither the options granted under the Plan nor the shares of Common Stock issuable under those options have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) which is a federal law regulating the issuance of securities by the Company. Rather, those options and the purchasable shares thereunder will be issued in reliance on an exemption under the Act available for employee stock plans. A restrictive legend will be placed on the stock certificate of the shares purchased under the Plan stating that no sale or other disposition of those shares may be made without meeting certain conditions. You are advised that because the Company’s securities have not been registered under the Act, any shares purchased under the Plan are “restricted securities” and you must be prepared to hold the shares indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered for sale under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Moreover, the Company is under no obligation to register the shares issued under the Plan, and there is no current public market for any of the Company’s securities, and it is unlikely that such a market will develop in the foreseeable future.

Should the Company subsequently register its securities with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), then Rule 144 of the SEC may be available as an exemption for resales of any unregistered shares of the Common Stock you may have purchased under the Plan. SEC Rule 144 will allow the resale of such unregistered shares if all of the conditions of the rule are satisfied. The applicable requirements are as follows:

(i) The Company must, at the time of such sale and for the immediately preceding ninety days, be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the federal securities laws. In general, the Company will become subject to such requirements immediately following the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

(ii) The shares of Common Stock must have been held for at least one year, although this holding period requirement will automatically lapse ninety days after the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

(iii) The number of shares of Common Stock which may be sold pursuant to the Rule 144 exemption in any three-month period is limited to the greater of 1% of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock at that time or the average weekly trading volume in such shares for the four weeks immediately preceding the date of sale.

(iv) The sale must be effected in a broker transaction or to the market maker in the shares.

 

13


(v) Notice of the sale must be given contemporaneously to the SEC.

It is important to realize that the Rule 144 holding period for your shares will not begin until the shares are purchased and will not include the period of time for which your option was outstanding.

Should the Company effect an initial public offering of the Common Stock, then beginning ninety days later, shares may be sold under Rule 144 without compliance with the one-year holding period requirement as follows:

(i) Affiliates (generally, “affiliates” include officers, directors or other individuals who have control over the Company) may sell their unregistered shares of Common Stock in compliance with (i) the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144 and (ii) any market stand-off obligations imposed by underwriters in connection with the initial public offering.

(ii) Any shares held by non-affiliates may be freely sold at any time, subject only to (i) the Rule 144 manner of sale requirement and (ii) any market stand-off obligations imposed by underwriters in connection with the initial public offering.

 

14

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1. Purpose

This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).

 

2. Covered Executives

From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) may select certain key executives (the “Covered Executives”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in this Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

3. Administration

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4. Bonus Determinations

(a)    Corporate Performance Goals. A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “Corporate Performance Goals”), including, but not limited to, the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); research and development, publication, clinical and/or regulatory milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions or strategic transactions, including licenses, collaborations, joint ventures or promotion arrangements; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; total stockholder returns; coverage decisions; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; revenue; corporate revenue; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive.


(b)    Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals. At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive. In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

(c)    Target; Minimum; Maximum. Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

(d)    Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

(e)    Individual Target Bonuses. The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

(f)    Employment Requirement. Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

5. Timing of Payment

(a)    With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance

 

2


Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later than 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

(b)    With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 74 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than 74 days after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6. Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

3

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

FORM OF DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of      by and between Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Director] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Charter”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [ ] (“[ ]”) which Indemnitee and [ ] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve or continue to serve on the Board.]

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.     Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to [continue to] serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.     Definitions.

As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c)    “Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d)    “Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

2


(e)    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g)    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection

 

3


with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.    Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a)    to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c);

 

4


(b)    to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”);

(c)    to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(c) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(d)    to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8.    Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including , without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

5


Section 9.    Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b)    In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c)     In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d)     The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a

 

6


committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate.    The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

7


Section 11.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the

 

8


American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c)     If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

9


Section 13.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [    ] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors

 

10


shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]

(d)    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Secondary Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e)    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14.     Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

11


Section 16.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

Section 18.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b) If to the Company to:

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention: Paul Edick

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

12


Section 20.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21.    Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

Section 22.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

13


Section 24.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  [Indemnitee]

 

15

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

FORM OF OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of ________________ by and between Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ____________ (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Charter”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.     Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to [continue to] serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign


from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.     Definitions.

As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c)    “Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d)    “Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

(e)    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.


(f)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g)    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or


is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.    Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a)    to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;

(b)    to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2022 (“SOX”);


(c)    to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of SOX or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

(d)    to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(e)    to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8.    Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including , without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

Section 9.    Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.


(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b)    In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c)     In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d)     The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.1

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority

 

1 

Bracketed portions for CEO Director version only


vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee]. Indemnitee [or the Company, as the case may be,] may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate.    The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).


Section 11.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the


American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c)     If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.


Section 13.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)    The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14.     Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding


commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.


Section 18.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b)    If to the Company to:

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention: Paul Edick

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21.    Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.


Section 22.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

  
[Name of Indemnitee]
EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made this 29 day of September, 2017, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 30, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Building:    3985 Sorrento Valley Boulevard, San Diego, California
Premises:    That portion of the Project containing approximately 17,105 rentable square feet (“rsf”), as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.
Project:    The real property on which the Building in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.
Base Rent:    $3.40 per rsf of the Premises per month, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 

Rentable Area of Premises:    17,105 rsf
Rentable Area of Project:    56,035 rsf

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses:   30.52% (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5 hereof)

 

Security Deposit:     $58,157.00      Target Commencement Date:     June 1, 2018
Rent Adjustment Percentage:     3%   

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending, subject to the terms Section 40 hereof, 60 months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2) hereof. For clarity, if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month, the Base Term shall be measured from that date. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, the Base Term shall be measured from the first day of the following month.
Permitted Use:    Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:    Landlord’s Notice Address:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

Dept LA 23447

Pasadena, CA 91185-3447

  

385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant’s Notice Address:   

180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800 Chicago,

Illinois 60601 Attn: Steve Pieper

  

 

1


The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION    EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER    EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE
EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS    EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY
EXHIBIT G - MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS    EXHIBIT H - ASBESTOS DISCLOSURE

 

2


1. Lease of Premises. Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.” Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to (other than on a temporary basis) or use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s parking rights hereunder (other than on a temporary basis). From and after the Commencement Date through the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall have access to the Building, the Premises and the parking areas serving the Project 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“Delivery” or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 90 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated by Tenant: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), and any prepaid Base Rent shall be returned to Tenant within 30 days thereafter, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “Landlord’s Work,” “Tenant Delays” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If Tenant does not elect to void this Lease within 10 business days of the lapse of such 90 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

The “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant; and (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays. Upon the request of either Landlord or Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, the failure by either party to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect either party’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease and, if elected by Tenant, the Extension Term which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 39 hereof.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter or as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.

For the period of 30 consecutive days after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) serving the Premises, unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost.

 

3


Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Work Letter, Landlord shall permit Tenant access to the Premises for a period of 30 days prior to the Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation and setup of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E Installation”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with Landlord, and Tenant complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours. Any access to the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent or Operating Expenses.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent.

(a) Base Rent. The first month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. The Security Deposit shall be due on the date that is 5 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by the parties. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contain herein, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, for the period commencing on the Commencement Date through the last day of the 30th full month after the Commencement Date (the “Partial Abatement Period”), Tenant shall only be required to pay Base Rent with respect to 11,000 rentable square feet of the Premises. Commencing on the first day of the 31st full month after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to the entire Premises.

(b) Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”): (i) commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5). and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

 

4


4. Base Rent Adjustments. Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an “Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

5. Operating Expense Payments. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, not later than April 1st of each calendar year, a written estimate of Operating Expenses for such calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Partial Abatement Period, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, other than with respect to Utilities (as defined in Section H) provided to the Premises which Tenant shall pay with respect to the entire Premises commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall only be required to pay Operating Expenses (including the administration rent provided for below) with respect to 11,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (i.e., Tenant Share of Operating Expenses shall be equal to 19.63%). Commencing on the first day of the 31st month after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall commence paying Operating Expenses (including the administration rent) with respect to the entire Premises.

The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year during the Term by Landlord with respect to the Project (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9). capital repairs and improvements amortized over the lesser of 10 years and the useful life of such capital items, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only the following:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project including, without limitation, the original costs incurred (i) to construct another building at the Project, (ii) to expand the Building, or (iii) to construct a bridge or walkway to connect the Building with any other building at the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured, and all payments of rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

 

5


(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, marketing, solicitation, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to (i) personnel of Landlord or its agents or contractors above the position of the person, regardless of title, who has day-to-day management responsibility for the Project or (ii) officers and employees of Landlord or its affiliates who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project; provided, however, that with respect to any such person who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project, the salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation of such person shall be prorated to reflect time spent on matters related to operating, managing, maintaining or repairing the Project in comparison to the time spent on matters unrelated to operating, managing, maintaining or repairing the Project;

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

6


(o) costs, fees, dues, contributions or similar expenses for Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or for sculptures, paintings, fountains or other objects of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(s) any costs, fees, dues, contributions or similar expenses for political, charitable, industry association or similar organizations, as well as the cost of any newspaper, magazine, trade or other subscriptions, excepting the Building’s/Project’s annual membership dues in the local Building Owners and Managers Association;

(t) rentals and other related expenses incurred for systems or equipment, the cost of which if purchased would be required under the other terms of this Lease to be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, excepting from this exclusion equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition at the Project;

(u) any cost of any service or items made available to tenants or other occupants at the Project other than Tenant for which Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent has been or is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants or other occupants for such service or has been reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated by parties other than tenants of the Project to include replacement of any item to the extent covered by a warranty;

(v) fines, costs, late charges, liquidated damages, penalties, tax penalties or related interest charges imposed on Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent for failure by Landlord to comply with Legal Requirements except to the extent attributable to any acts or omissions of Tenant or any Tenant Party;

(w) commercial concessions operated at the Project by or on behalf of the Landlord;

(x) any flowers, gifts, balloons, etc. provided to any entity including, but not limited to, Tenant, other tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents;

(y) interest reserves or reserves of any kind;

 

7


(z) any cost incurred in or properly attributable to a year prior to the year in which the Commencement Date occurs, including, but not limited to, amortization of capital expenditures and real estate taxes incurred for prior years but billed and paid after the Commencement Date;

(aa) any costs incurred to remove, study, test or remediate Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project for which Tenant is not responsible under Section 30 hereof; and

(bb) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Operating Expenses incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to any capital improvements which are reasonably expected by Landlord to reduce overall Operating Expenses (for example, without limitation, by reducing energy usage at the Project) (the “Energy Savings Costs”) shall be amortized over a period of years equal to the least of (A) 7 years, (B) the useful life of such capital items, or (C) the quotient of (i) the Energy Savings Costs, divided by (ii) the annual amount of Operating Expenses reasonably expected by Landlord to be saved as a result of such capital improvements.

Following the date that is 18 months after Landlord’s delivery of an Annual Statement (as defined below) to Tenant, Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of items of Operating Expenses not reflected in such Annual Statement, except for Taxes for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease and/or any costs for which Landlord is billed after the expiration of such 18 month period.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations to pay any overpayments or deficiencies due pursuant to this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project, Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses and such other information reasonably requested by Tenant relating thereto (the “Expense Information”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of

 

8


Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 4 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. To the extent that Landlord has a reasonable basis for doing so, Landlord may increase on an equitable and reasonable basis Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

6. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, within 5 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by the parties, a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord Is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the State of California. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent

 

9


payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 60 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming in writing Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6. or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

7. Use. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s particular use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or

 

10


structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that is reasonably likely to damage to the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share (as set forth on Page 1 without adjustment pursuant to Section 5) as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

Landlord shall be responsible, at Landlord’s cost and not as part of Operating Expenses, for the compliance of the Premises and the Common Areas of the Project with Legal Requirements as of the Commencement Date. Following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) and at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is triggered by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements. Except as provided in the 2 immediately preceding sentences, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior of the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and ail reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations (not including the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) constructed pursuant to the Work Letter), and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations (not including the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter).

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, seek to obtain Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), WELL Building Standard, or other similar “green” certification with respect to the Project and/or the Premises, and Tenant agrees, at no material cost to Tenant, to reasonably cooperate with Landlord, and to provide such information and/or documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, in connection therewith.

8. Holding Over. If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option)

 

11


during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord and Tenant may agree in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages; provided, however, that if Tenant delivers a written inquiry to Landlord within 30 days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord will notify Tenant whether the potential exists for consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes. Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all real property taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “Taxes”), imposed on the Project by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes; (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes, franchise, estate, inheritance, succession, capital levy, transfer or excess profits taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay for Tenant’s Share of the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s reasonable determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

 

12


10. Parking. Subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in and governed by Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, at no additional charge during the Base Term, in common with other tenants of the Project to use 2.5 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations. Four (4) of the parking spaces which Tenant is entitled to use pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10, which shall be located in front of the Premises and otherwise in a location determined by Landlord, shall be marked as reserved for Tenant and its visitors. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project, or for enforcing any reservation of parking spaces.

11. Utilities, Services. Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11. water, electricity, heat, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services) to the Premises and the Project, and, with respect to the Common Areas only, refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for its own refuse and trash collection services and janitorial services for the Premises.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if (i) a stoppage of an Essential Service (as defined below) to the Premises shall occur and such stoppage is due solely to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and not due in any part to any act or omission on the part of Tenant or any Tenant Party or any matter beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (any such stoppage of an Essential Service being hereinafter referred to as a “Service Interruption”), and (ii) such Service Interruption continues for more than 5 consecutive business days after Landlord shall have received written notice thereof from Tenant, and (iii) as a result of such Service Interruption, the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises are materially and adversely affected, then, there shall be an abatement of one day’s Base Rent for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such 5 business day period; provided, however, that if any part of the Premises is reasonably useable for Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its operations in any portion of the Premises notwithstanding such Service Interruption, then the amount of each daily abatement of Base Rent shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal operations or ability to use the Premises. The rights granted to Tenant under this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy resulting from a failure of Landlord to provide services, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any loss or damage suffered or sustained by Tenant resulting from any failure or cessation of services. For purposes hereof, the term “Essential Services” shall mean the following services: HVAC service, water, sewer and electricity, but in each case only to the extent that Landlord has an obligation to provide

 

13


same to Tenant under this Lease. The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply as long as the original Tenant is the tenant occupying the Premises under this Lease and shall not apply to any assignee or sublessee.

Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with reasonable access to Tenant’s water and/or energy usage data on a monthly basis, either by providing Tenant’s applicable utility login credentials to Landlord’s Measurable online portal, or by another delivery method reasonably agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. The costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with receiving and analyzing such water and/or energy usage data (including, without limitation, as may be required pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements) shall be included as part of Operating Expenses.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property. Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other than by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such reasonable conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 1 % of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (I) certified statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

 

14


Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant.

Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, during the Term, Landlord waives any statutory landlord’s lien and any attachment for Rent on Tenant’s Property and on any Alteration of Tenant that is not required to be surrendered to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease (collectively, “Personalty”) that Landlord may have or may hereafter acquire. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s Personalty may be leased from an equipment lessor or encumbered by Tenant’s lender (collectively, “Equipment Lessor”) and that Tenant may execute and enter into an equipment lease or security agreement with respect to such Personalty (“Equipment Lease”). If and to the extent required by any Equipment Lease or Equipment Lessor, Landlord shall execute and deliver to the Equipment Lessor a written consent, waiver and/or acknowledgment which is in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord (“Lien Waiver”) in which Landlord (i) acknowledges and agrees that, during the Term, the Personalty which is the subject of the Equipment Lease and described with specificity on an exhibit to the Lien Waiver constitutes the personal property of Tenant (unless contrary to the provisions of this Lease), and shall not be considered to be part of the Premises, regardless of whether or by what means they become attached thereto, (ii) agrees that, during the Term, it shall not claim any interest in such Personalty, and (iii) agrees that Equipment Lessor may enter the Premises for the purpose of removing such Personalty, but only if, in such consent such Equipment Lessor agrees to repair any damage resulting from such removal and to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any claim or other loss that results from such entry and, agrees, within 3 business days after the expiration or termination of the Term to pay all Rent that would accrue under the Lease if it had not terminated or expired for the period from the expiration or termination of such Lease until 5 business days after such Equipment Lessor relinquishes its right rights to enter into the Premises; provided, further, such Equipment Lessor’s right to enter the Premises shall in any event expire 30 days after the expiration or termination of the Lease in which case the Equipment Lessor and Tenant shall agree that the Personalty shall be deemed abandoned. Such Lien Waiver documents also may contain such other reasonable and customary provisions that are reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating each Lien Waiver.

 

15


For purposes of this Lease, (x) “Removable Installations” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) “Tenant’s Property” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) “Installations” means all property of any kind paid for with the Tl Fund, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease nor shall Tenant have the right to remove any of the Tenant Improvements at any time prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

13. Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole expense (and not as an Operating Expense), be responsible for capital repairs and replacements of the roof (not including the roof membrane), exterior walls and foundation of the Building (“Structural Items”) unless the need for such repairs or replacements is caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, in which case Tenant shall bear the full cost to repair or replace such Structural Items. Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense, be responsible for the routine maintenance and repair of such Structural Items. Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain, repair and replace the roof membrane and all of the exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“Building Systems”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (or any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees and/or licensees respective agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors) (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, give Tenant at least 2 business days’ advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.

 

16


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, as of the Commencement Date, the maintenance and repair obligations for the Premises shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant as set forth on Exhibit G attached hereto. The maintenance obligations allocated to Tenant pursuant to Exhibit G (the “Tenant Maintenance Obligations”) shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Tenant Maintenance Obligations shall include the procurement and maintenance of contracts, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, with copies to Landlord upon Landlord’s written request, for and with contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord specializing and experienced in the respective Tenant Maintenance Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the scope of work of any such contracts entered into by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph shall, at a minimum, comply with manufacturer’s recommended maintenance procedures for the optimal performance of the applicable equipment. Landlord shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, have no obligation to perform any Tenant Maintenance Obligations. The Tenant Maintenance Obligations shall not include the right or obligation on the part of Tenant to make any structural and/or capital repairs or improvements to the Project, and Landlord shall, during any period that Tenant is responsible for the Tenant Maintenance Obligations, continue, as part of Operating Expenses (or as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease), to be responsible, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, for capital repairs and replacements required to be made to the Project. If Tenant fails to maintain any portion of the Premises for which Tenant is responsible as part of the Tenant Maintenance Obligations in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord within the requirements of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to provide Tenant with written notice thereof and to assume the Tenant Maintenance Obligations if Tenant does not cure Tenant’s failure within 15 days after receipt of such notice.

14. Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

15. Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises, Tenant warrants that in connection with any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant, Tenant shall use reasonable good faith efforts to cause such lessor or creditor to cause such Financing Statement upon its face or by exhibit thereto to indicate that such Financing

 

17


Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located In an identified suite held by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to contest, in good faith, any mechanics’ lien claims.

16. Indemnification. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities and lease signators (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises or the Project arising directly or indirectly out of (a) use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project during the Term or any holding over (including, without limitation, any act, omission or neglect by Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties in or about the Premises or at the Project), or (b) the a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord Indemnified Parties. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord Indemnified Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party or Tenant Parties.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for any consequential damages, arising from a default by Tenant under this Lease; provided that this sentence shall not apply to Landlord’s damages (x) as expressly provided for in Section 8. and/or (y) in connection with Tenant’s obligations as more fully set forth in Section 30. In no event shall the foregoing limit the damages to which Landlord is entitled under Section 21.

17. Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s

 

18


liability insurance with employers liability limits of $1,000,000 bodily injury by accident - each accident, $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease - policy limit, and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease - each employee; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, Its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities and lease signators (collectively, “Landlord Insured Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis (provided that Tenant’s products liability insurance may be on a claims-made basis); be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; not contain a hostile fire exclusion; contain a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord Insured Parties (any policy issued to Landlord Insured Parties providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies, regardless of limits). Certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant prior to (i) the earlier to occur of (x) the Commencement Date, or (y) the date that Tenant accesses the Premises under this Lease, and (ii) each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to; (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties’,, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

 

19


Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then commonly being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area In which the Project is located.

18. Restoration. If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

After the repairs and/or restoration required to be done by Landlord to the Premises have been completed, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration of Tenant’s property necessary for the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises and any improvements or Alterations to the Premises installed by Tenant and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration and Landlord does not otherwise elect to proceed with the restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area

 

20


of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. In the event that no Hazardous Material Clearances are required to be obtained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, rent abatement shall commence on the date of discovery of the damage or destruction. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18. constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation. If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project or would in the reasonable judgment of Landlord and Tenant either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or the parking spaces allocated to Tenant pursuant to Section 10 (as resolved, if the parties are unable to agree, by arbitration by a single arbitrator with the qualifications and experience appropriate to resolve the matter and appointed pursuant to and acting in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association), then upon written notice by Landlord or Tenant to the other this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises or the parking spaces allocated to Tenant pursuant to Section 10 shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

20. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be a default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults. Tenant shall fall to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent (prior to such failure constituting a Default under the Lease) within 5 days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

 

21


(b) Insurance. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 10 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment. Tenant shall abandon the Premises. Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to vacating and, at the time of vacating the Premises, (i) Tenant completes Tenant’s obligations under the Surrender Plan in compliance with Section 28. (ii) Tenant has obtained the release of the Premises of all Hazardous Materials Clearances and the Premises are free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and provides reasonably detailed documentation to Landlord confirming such matters, (iii) Tenant has made reasonable arrangements with Landlord for the security of the Premises for the balance of the Term, and (iv) Tenant continues during the balance of the Term to satisfy and perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as they come due.

(d) Improper Transfer. Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s Interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens. Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after Tenant receives notice of any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events. Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement. Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 business days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults. Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20. and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

 

22


Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 60 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

21. Landlord’s Remedies.

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

23


(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense, provided that Tenant shall not be required to pay for such tests more than once in any 12 month period, unless contamination has occurred for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30.

 

24


(d) Effect of Exercise. Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting.

(a) General Prohibition. Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 50% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22.

(b) Permitted Transfers. If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises, other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 10 business days, but not more than 60 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to

 

25


grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 10 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent (provided that Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove, in its reasonable discretion, the proposed form of sublease prior to the effective date of any such subletting), (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion; or (iii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “Assignment Termination”). Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these Instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would materially lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns at the Premises that are controversial such that they may (i) attract or cause negative publicity for or about the Building or the Project, (ii) negatively affect the reputation of the Building, the Project or Landlord, (iii) attract protestors to the Building or the Project, or (iv) lessen the attractiveness of the Building or the Project to any tenants or prospective tenants, purchasers or lenders; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant’s failure to comply with its lease obligations; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant, or any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or subtenant, is then an occupant of the Project; (10) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project; or (11) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to respond to each Assignment Notice within 10 business days after Landlord’s receipt of such Assignment Notice along with all documentation required to be delivered hereunder. If Landlord fails to respond within such 10 business day period, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a second written notice stating in bold and all caps 12 point font or larger that Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s Assignment Notice within 3 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the second notice shall be deemed approval by Landlord, and if Landlord does not respond within such 3 business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Assignment. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion

 

26


of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “Control Permitted Assignment”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to reasonably approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee is not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease (a “Corporate Permitted Assignment”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Assignments.”

(c) Additional Conditions. As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in Default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee

 

27


or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs, any design or construction fees or other reasonable and customary concessions directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease) (“Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, other than in connection with a Permitted Assignment, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within five (5) business days following Landlord’s second request therefor shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full

 

28


force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

Upon request by Tenant, Landlord will similarly execute an estoppel certificate: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advanced, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Landlord’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Tenant hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon.

24. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations. All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable non-discriminatory rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants In the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust. As of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project.

 

29


Upon request of Tenant, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an agreement (“SNDA”) from any future Holder of a Mortgage on the Project, if any, that such Holder will recognize and not disturb Tenant’s right of possession pursuant to this Lease provided that Tenant is not in Default under this Lease. The SNDA shall be on the form proscribed by the Holder and Tenant shall pay the Holder’s fees and costs in connection with obtaining such SNDA; provided, however, that Landlord shall request that Holder make any changes to the SNDA requested by Tenant. Landlord’s failure to cause the Holder to enter into the SNDA with Tenant (or make any of the changes requested by Tenant) shall not be a default by Landlord under this Lease.

28. Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Surrender Plan”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $2,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28.

 

30


Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant or Landlord hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

30. Environmental Requirements.

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/lndemnity. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results In contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “Environmental Claims”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the

 

31


Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 28 and/or this Section 30. Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises or the Project which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction existed in the Premises or the Project immediately prior to the date of this Lease, or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises or the Project which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises or outside the Project into the Project, except to the extent in either case, the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused, contributed to or exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

(b) Business. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Upon Landlord’s request, or any time that Tenant is required to deliver a Hazardous Materials List to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of such Hazardous Materials List. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks Installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

 

32


(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If this representation and warranty is not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing. Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises if there is violation of this Section 30 or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 is identified; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30. Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

(e) Control Areas. Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

(f) Underground Tanks. Tenant shall have no right to use or install any underground or other storage tanks at the Project.

 

33


(g) Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions. As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 2 business days’

 

34


advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last 12 months of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use or unreasonably increases Tenant’s obligations or liabilities under this Lease. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to comply with Tenant’s reasonable safety and confidentiality requirements during any entry by Landlord into the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant has notified Landlord in writing of such safety and confidentiality requirements prior to Landlord’s entry into the Premises.

Subject to the terms of this Section 32. Landlord may from time to time during the Term, during regular business hours and/or otherwise at times mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, conduct third party tours of the Premises (“Tours”), which Tours may be held with not less than 1 business day’s advance notice. Landlord shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during such Tours.

33. Security. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given Instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

34. Force Majeure. Except for the payment of Rent, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be held responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond their reasonable control (“Force Majeure”).

35. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other similar person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Hughes Marino. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker,

 

35


other than Hughes Marino, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANTS PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

 

36


Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 38. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) sign bearing Tenant’s name and logo on the building top above the entrance of the Premises on the south side of the Building and otherwise in a location reasonably acceptable to Landlord (“Building Sign”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 38, Tenant shall also have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, signage bearing Tenant’s name and logo on the monument sign serving the Project (the “Monument Sign”). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign and the Building Sign including, without limitation, the location, size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall comply with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign and the Building Sign, for the removal of Tenant’s signage from the Monument Sign and the Building Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair all damage resulting from such removal.

39. Right to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

(a) Extension Right. Tenant shall have 1 right (the “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for 3 years (the “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise each Extension Right at least 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease.

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant at the time the Market Rate is determined. As used herein, “Market Rate” shall mean the rate that comparable landlords of comparable buildings have accepted in current transactions from non-equity (i.e., not being offered equity in the buildings) and nonaffiliated tenants of similar financial strength for space of comparable size, quality (including all Tenant Improvements, Alterations and other improvements) and floor height in Class A laboratory/office buildings in the Central San Diego submarket for a comparable term, with the determination of the Market Rate to take into account all relevant factors, including tenant inducements, views, available amenities (including, without limitation, the Amenities (as defined in Section 42 below), age of the Building, age of mechanical systems serving the Premises, parking costs, leasing commissions, allowances or concessions, if any. In addition, Landlord may impose a market rent for the parking rights provided hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 39(a), if Tenant exercises its Extension Right pursuant to this Section 39. Landlord shall make available to Tenant an allowance in the maximum amount of $25.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises for fixed and permanent improvements desired by Tenant in the Premises and reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

If, on or before the date which is 240 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 39(b). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected

 

37


to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 39(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

(b) Arbitration.

(i) Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(ii) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

(iii) An “Arbitrator” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater San Diego metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater San Diego metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

38


(c) Rights Personal. The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(d) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(e) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right.

(f) Termination. The Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

40. Early Termination Right. Tenant shall have the right, subject to the provisions of this Section 40, to terminate this Lease (“Termination Right”) with respect to the entire Premises only on the last day of the 30th full calendar month after the Commencement Date (“Early Termination Date”), so long as Tenant delivers to Landlord (a) a written notice (“Termination Notice”), of its election to exercise its Termination Right no less than 9 months in advance of the Early Termination Date, and (b) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord, an early termination payment in the amount of $150,000 (collectively, the “Early Termination Payment”). If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Termination Right and delivers the Early Termination Payment, Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Early Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease after the Early Termination Date except for those accruing prior to the Early Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease.

If Tenant delivers a Termination Notice to Landlord pursuant to immediately preceding paragraph, Landlord shall have the opportunity, if it so elects and without any obligation to do so, to offer one or more alternative premises for lease to Tenant which reasonably satisfies the premises being sought by Tenant following the Early Termination Date (“Alternative Premises”). Such Alternative Premises shall be located at the Project or, if Landlord so elects, at another property in the San Diego area owned or controlled by an entity controlled by, under common control with, or controlling Landlord including, without limitation, any of the constituent members of Landlord or Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (any such entity, an “Affiliate”). Alternatively, Landlord and/or any Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right, if it so elects and without any obligation to do so, to acquire a new project

 

39


or redevelop any existing project it then owns to offer to Tenant the Alternative Premises. Such new lease shall, if entered into, otherwise be upon terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord or Affiliate, as the case may be, and Tenant in their respective good faith sole discretion. Tenant agrees to evaluate any such offer by Landlord (or its Affiliate) in good faith.

41. Intentionally Omitted.

42. The Alexandria Amenities.

(a) Generally. ARE-SD Region No, 17, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“The Alexandria Landlord”) has constructed certain amenities at the property owned by The Alexandria Landlord located at 10996 Torreyana Road, San Diego, California (“The Alexandria”), which, as of the date of this Lease, include, without limitation, shared conference facilities (“Shared Conference Facilities”), a fitness center and restaurant (collectively, the “Amenities”) for non-exclusive use by (a) Tenant, (b) other tenants of the Project, (c) Landlord, (d) the tenants of The Alexandria Landlord, (e) The Alexandria Landlord, (e) other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ARE”), (f) the tenants of such other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and ARE, and (g) any other parties permitted by The Alexandria Landlord (collectively, “Users”). Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord, ARE, and all affiliates of Landlord, Alexandria Landlord and ARE may be referred to collectively herein as the “ARE Parties.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right, at the sole discretion of The Alexandria Landlord, to not make the Amenities available for use by some or all currently contemplated Users (including Tenant). The Alexandria Landlord shall have the sole right to determine all matters related to the Amenities including, without limitation, relating to the reconfiguration, relocation, modification or removal of any of the Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the availability of the Amenities and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease relying on the continued availability of the Amenities to Tenant.

(b) License. Commencing on the Commencement Date, and so long as The Alexandria and the Project continue to be owned by affiliates of ARE, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to the use of the available Amenities in common with other Users pursuant to the terms of this Section 42. Tenant shall be entitled to 2.5 passes to the fitness center located at The Alexandria per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises for use by employees of Tenant employed at the Premises. If any employee of Tenant to whom a fitness center pass has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises or any employee to whom an access card (which does not include a fitness center pass) has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises, Tenant shall immediately upon such employee’s change in status collect such employee’s pass or access card, as applicable, and deliver it to Landlord along with written notice of such employee’s change in status.

Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fixed fee during the Base Term equal to $0.12 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month (“Amenities Fee”), which Amenities Fee shall by payable on the first day of each month during the Term whether or not Tenant elects to use any or all of the Amenities. The Amenities Fee shall be increased annually on each anniversary of the Commencement Date by 3%. With respect to the Extension Term, if exercised by Tenant, Landlord may impose a market fee in connection with the Amenities. If all of the Amenities at The Alexandria become materially unavailable for use by Tenant

 

40


(for any reason other than a Default by Tenant under this Lease or the default by Tenant of any agreement(s) relating to the use of the Amenities by Tenant) for a period in excess of 90 consecutive days, then, commencing on the date that the Amenities in their entirety become materially unavailable for use by Tenant and continuing for the period that the Amenities in their entirety remain materially unavailable for use by Tenant, the Amenities Fee then-currently payable by Tenant shall be abated.

(c) Shared Conference Facilities. Use by Tenant of the Shared Conference Facilities and restaurant at The Alexandria shall be in common with other Users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by The Alexandria Landlord or The Alexandria Landlord’s then designated event operator (“Event Operator”). Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be subject to the payment by Tenant to The Alexandria Landlord of a fee equal to The Alexandria Landlord’s quoted rates for the usage of the Shared Conference Facilities in effect at the time of Tenant’s scheduling discounted by 30%. Tenant’s use of the conference rooms in the Shared Conference Area shall be subject to availability and The Alexandria Landlord (or, if applicable, Event Operator) reserves the right to exercise its reasonable discretion in the event of conflicting scheduling requests among Users. Tenant hereby acknowledges that (i) Biocom/San Diego, a California non-profit corporation (“Biocom”) has the right to reserve the Shared Conference Facilities and any reservable dining area(s) included within the Amenities for up to 50% of the time that such Shared Conference Facilities and reservable dining area(s) are available for use by Users each calendar month, and (ii) lllumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has the exclusive use of the main conference room within the Shared Conference Facilities for up to 4 days per calendar month.

Tenant shall be required to use the food service operator designated by The Alexandria Landlord at The Alexandria (the “Designated Food and Beverage Operator”) for any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities. As of the date of this Lease, the Designated Food and Beverage Operator is The Farmer and the Seahorse. The Alexandria Landlord has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change the Designated Food and Beverage Operator at any time. Tenant may not use any vendors other than the Designated Food and Beverage Operator nor may Tenant supply its own food and/or beverages in connection with any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) be responsible for the set-up of the Shared Conference Facilities in connection with Tenant’s use (including, without limitation ensuring that Tenant has a sufficient number of chairs and tables and the appropriate equipment), and (ii) surrender the Shared Conference Facilities after each time that Tenant uses the Shared Conference Facilities free of Tenant’s personal property, in substantially the same set up and same condition as received, subject to casualty, and free of any debris and trash. If Tenant fails to restore and surrender the Shared Conference Facilities as required by sub-section (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, such failure shall constitute a “Shared Facilities Default.” Each time that Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant has committed a Shared Facilities Default, Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord a penalty within 5 days after notice from Landlord of such Shared Facilities Default. The penalty payable by Tenant in connection with the first Shared Facilities Default shall be $200. The penalty payable shall increase by $50 for each subsequent Shared Facilities Default (for the avoidance of doubt, the penalty shall be $250 for the second Shared Facilities Default, shall be $300 for the third Shared Facilities Default, etc.). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, for all costs expended by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, in repairing any damage to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities, or The Alexandria caused by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party. The provisions of this Section 42(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

41


(d) Restaurant. Tenant’s employees that have been issued an access card to The Alexandria shall have the right, along with other Users, to access and use the restaurant located at The Alexandria. All such employees of Tenant shall be entitled to a 20% discount on certain food items (not including alcohol) purchased at the restaurant (on an individual basis and not with respect to entire tables or checks), which discount shall not be transferrable.

(e) Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying for any and all ancillary services (e.g., audio visual equipment) provided to Tenant, all food services operators and any other third party vendors providing services to Tenant at The Alexandria. Tenant shall use the Amenities (including, without limitation, the Shared Conference Facilities) in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and any rules and regulations imposed by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord from time to time and in a manner that will not interfere with the rights of other Users. The use of Amenities other than the Shared Conference Facilities by employees of Tenant shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the standard licenses, indemnification and waiver agreement required by The Alexandria Landlord or the operator of the Amenities to be executed by all persons wishing to use such Amenities. Neither The Alexandria Landlord nor Landlord (nor, If applicable, any other affiliate of Landlord) shall have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other Users with respect to the Amenities. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities or The Alexandria.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reconfigure, relocate, modify or remove any of the Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities.

(f) Waiver of Liability and Indemnification. Tenant warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on The Alexandria. Tenant waives any claims it or any Tenant Parties may have against any ARE Parties relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, and Tenant releases and exculpates all ARE Parties from any liability relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the ARE Parties from any claim of damage to property or injury to person relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) the use of the Amenities by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, and (ii) any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any ARE Parties. The provisions of this Section 42 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(g) Insurance. As of the Amenities Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause The Alexandria Landlord to be named as an additional insured under the commercial general liability policy of insurance that Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to Section 17 of this Lease.

 

42


43. Asbestos.

(a) Notification of Asbestos. Landlord hereby notifies Tenant of the presence of asbestos-containing materials (“ACMs”) and/or presumed asbestos-containing materials (“PACMs”) within or about the Premises in the location Identified in Exhibit H.

(b) Tenant Acknowledgement. Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of the notification in paragraph (a) of this Section 43 and understands that the purpose of such notification is to make Tenant and any agents, employees, and contractors of Tenant, aware of the presence of ACMs and/or PACMs within or about the Building in order to avoid or minimize any damage to or disturbance of such ACMs and/or PACMs.

 

 

LOGO

(c) Acknowledgement from Contractors/Employees. Tenant shall give Landlord at least 14 days’ prior written notice before conducting, authorizing or permitting any of the activities listed below within or about the Premises, and before soliciting bids from any person to perform such services. Such notice shall identify or describe the proposed scope, location, date and time of such activities and the name, address and telephone number of each person who may be conducting such activities. Thereafter, Tenant shall grant Landlord reasonable access to the Premises to determine whether any ACMs or PACMs will be disturbed in connection with such activities. Tenant shall not solicit bids from any person for the performance of such activities without Landlord’s prior written approval. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of a signed acknowledgement from any contractor, agent, or employee of Tenant acknowledging receipt of information describing the presence of ACMs and/or PACMs within or about the Premises in the locations identified in Exhibit H prior to the commencement of such activities. Nothing in this Section 43 shall be deemed to expand Tenant’s rights under the Lease or otherwise to conduct, authorize or permit any such activities.

(i) Removal of thermal system insulation (“TSI”) and surfacing ACMs and PACMs (i.e., sprayed-on or troweled-on material, e.g., textured ceiling paint or fireproofing material);

(ii) Removal of ACMs or PACMs that are not TSI or surfacing ACMs or PACMs; or

(iii) Repair and maintenance of operations that are likely to disturb ACMs or PACMs.

44. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given, upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability. If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

 

43


(c) Financial Information. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 120 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 55 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, and (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors. Landlord shall treat Tenant’s financial information as confidential information belonging to Tenant and will not disclose the same to third parties other than on a need-to-know basis to Landlord’s affiliates, legal, financial or tax advisors, consultants, potential lenders and potential purchasers (and Landlord shall instruct such parties to keep such financial information confidential) and as required by Legal Requirements.

(d) Recordation. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

(e) Interpretation. The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed. The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, If the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law. Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time. Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

44


(j) OFAC. Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

(k) Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

(o) Redevelopment of Project. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in its sole discretion, may from time to time expand, renovate and/or reconfigure the Project as the same may exist from time to time and, in connection therewith or in addition thereto, as the case may be, from time to time without limitation: (a) change the shape, size, location, number and/or extent of any improvements, buildings, structures, lobbies, hallways, entrances, exits, parking and/or parking areas relative to any portion of the Project; (b) modify, eliminate and/or add any buildings, improvements, and parking structure(s) either above or below grade, to the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project and/or make any other changes thereto affecting the same; and (c) make any other changes, additions and/or deletions in any way affecting the Project and/or any portion thereof as Landlord may elect from time to time, including without limitation, additions to and/or deletions from the land comprising the Project, the Common Areas and/or any

 

45


other portion of the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to seek damages (including abatement of Rent) or to cancel or terminate this Lease because of any proposed changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration of the Project nor shall Tenant have the right to restrict, inhibit or prohibit any such changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

(p) Discontinued Use. If, at any time following the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant does not continuously operate its business in the Premises for a period of 180 consecutive days (excluding closures required due to casualty), Landlord may, but is not obligated to, elect to terminate this Lease upon 30 days’ written notice to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall terminate 30 days’ after Landlord’s delivery of such written notice (“Termination Date”), and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of the Lease.

(q) EV Charging Stations. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant’s written request to install 1 or more electric vehicle car charging stations {EV Stations”) in the parking area serving the Project; provided, however, that Tenant complies with all reasonable requirements, standards, rules and regulations which may be imposed by Landlord, at the time Landlord’s consent is granted, in connection with Tenant’s installation, maintenance, repair and operation of such EV Stations, which may include, without limitation, the charge to Tenant of a reasonable monthly rental amount for the parking spaces used by Tenant for such EV Stations, Landlord’s designation of the location of Tenant’s EV Stations, and Tenant’s payment of all costs whether incurred by Landlord or Tenant in connection with the installation, maintenance, repair and operation of each Tenant’s EV Station(s). Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended to increase the number of parking spaces which Tenant is otherwise entitled to use at the Project under Section 10 of this Lease nor impose any additional obligations on Landlord with respect to Tenant’s parking rights at the Project.

(r) California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). In addition, the following notice is hereby provided pursuant to Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of and in connection with such notice: (i) Tenant, having read such notice and understanding Tenant’s right to request and obtain a CASp inspection, hereby elects not to obtain such CASp inspection and forever waives its rights to obtain a CASp inspection with respect to the Premises, Building and/or Project to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements; and (ii) if the waiver set

 

46


forth in clause (i) hereinabove is not enforceable pursuant to Legal Requirements, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows (which constitutes the mutual agreement of the parties as to the matters described in the last sentence of the foregoing notice): (A) Tenant shall have the one-time right to request for and obtain a CASp inspection, which request must be made, if at all, In a written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord; (B) any CASp inspection timely requested by Tenant shall be conducted (1) at a time mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, (2) in a professional manner by a CASp designated by Landlord and without any testing that would damage the Premises, Building or Project in any way, and (3) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of the fee for such CASp Inspection, the fee for any reports prepared by the CASp in connection with such CASp inspection (collectively, the “CASp Reports”) and all other costs and expenses in connection therewith; (C) the CASp Reports shall be delivered by the CASp simultaneously to Landlord and Tenant; (D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to or within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards including, without limitation, any violations disclosed by such CASp Inspection; and (E) if such CASp inspection identifies any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards relating to those items of the Building and Project located outside the Premises that are Landlord’s obligation to repair as set forth in this Lease, then Landlord shall perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs as and to the extent required by Legal Requirements to correct such violations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ John Shannon

Its:  

        COO

LANDLORD:

ARE-SD REGION NO. 30, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    general partner
    By: /s/ Gary Dean                                        
    Its:  Senior Vice President RE Legal Affairs

 


 

48


EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

49


EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

 

LOGO

 

50


EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated September 29, 2017 (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO.’30, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and XER1S PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated September 29, 2017 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Steve Prestrelski and Dean Petersen (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Chris Clement and Eric Hedblad (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) MacFarlane Architects shall be the architect (the “Tl Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Premises of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the Tl Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below. Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below), Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that a portion of the Premises, as reflected in the Space Plan, will not be improved as part of the Tenant Improvements as Tenant has indicated that it does not require that such portion of the Premises be improved in connection with its operations in the Premises. Upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice of planned meetings regarding the design and construction of the tenant improvements. Tenant shall have a right to have a representative present for all design and construction meetings relating to the Tenant Improvements.

 

51


(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan prepared by the Tl Architect attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Space Plans”) and the Tl specifications attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Tl Specifications”) have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any Changes to the Space Plans or the Tl Specifications requested by Tenant constitute a Change Request the cost of which Changes shall be paid for by Tenant in accordance with Section 5(b) below. Tenant shall be solely responsible, pursuant to the terms of Section 5fb) below, for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building (or Landlord’s plans for the Building) as a result of Tenant’s requested Changes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord is not required to make any Changes requested by Tenant to the Space Plans or the Tl Specifications.

(c) Working Drawings. Landlord shall cause the Tl Architect to prepare and deliver construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“Tl Construction Drawings”) consistent with the Space Plans and the Tl Specifications.

(d) Approval and Completion. Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Landlord may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Tl Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work.

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Landlord’s Work” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements.

Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the design and specifications for the Tenant Improvements are consistent with Tenant’s requirements. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, approvals and entitlements necessary for Landlord’s Work, but shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “Tl Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the Tl Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the Tl Permit shall be payable by Landlord. Tenant shall reasonably assist Landlord in obtaining the Tl Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) materially increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

 

52


(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the Tl Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises and with a certificate or temporary certificate of occupancy (or an equivalent approval having been issued) for the Premises permitting lawful occupancy of the Premises (but specifically excluding any permits, licenses or other governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with Tenant’s operations in the Premises) (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s Work shall not be considered Substantially Completed until the Walk-Through Inspection (as defined below) has been completed. Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the Tl Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the Tl Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall provide Tenant notice of any such Minor Variations. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Walk-Through Inspection” shall mean that Landlord and Tenant have together, within 1 business day after request from Landlord to do so, conducted a walk-through inspection of the Premises to create a punch list reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

(d) Selection of Materials. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the Tl Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its sole and absolute discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Premises. When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the Tl Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period. If contractor fails to remedy such Construction Defect within a reasonable time, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy the Construction Defect within 30 days unless such Construction Defect cannot reasonably be remedied in 30 days in which case Landlord shall thereafter continue to diligently pursue such remedy.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed In the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant. Landlord shall promptly

 

53


undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items, and shall use reasonable efforts to complete such punch list items within 30 days after Substantial Completion.

(f) Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available within 3 business day following Landlord’s request to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times, provided that promptly after Landlord learns of such long lead times, Landlord informs Tenant that the requested items will require unusually long lead times;

(v) Intentionally Deleted;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project within 1 business day following written request from Landlord therefor which identifies the information being requested as critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess Tl Costs (as defined in Section 5(b) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons that continues for more than 2 business days after Landlord’s written notice to Tenant.

None of the time frames set forth above are intended to shorten any time periods otherwise provided for herein for the taking of any action by Tenant. If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the Tl Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the Tl Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change

 

54


Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid for by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such Change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess Tl Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the Tl Architect’s reasonable determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant, absent manifest error.

5. Costs.

(a) Tl Costs. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the Tl Construction Drawings and the Space Plans and Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses (collectively, “Tl Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tl Costs shall not include (and Landlord shall not be responsible for the cost of) furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements. Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant has retained Hughes Marino, Inc. (“Tenant’s Project Manager”) to provide consulting services to Tenant in connection with the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall pay Tenant’s Project Manager a fee equal to $30,000 as part of Tl Costs.

(b) Excess Tl Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility for any costs arising from or related to Tenant’s Changes to the Space Plans or Tl Construction Drawings, Tenant Delays, the cost of Changes and Change Requests which would increase any of the costs anticipated by Landlord for Landlord’s Work (collectively, “Excess Tl Costs”). Landlord shall provide Tenant with the line-item amount of any Excess Tl Costs incurred along with reasonable supporting evidence but, for the avoidance of any doubt, in no event shall Landlord be required to provide Tenant with its budget for Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 100% of the Excess Tl Costs within 5 business days after written request from Landlord. If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess Tl Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

 

55


6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Premises (i) 45 days prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“Tenant’s Work”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the Tl Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Premises. The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord Indemnified Parties.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) No Default Funding. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation perform any Landlord’s Work during any period that Tenant is in Default under the Lease.

 

56


Schedule 1

Space Plans

 

LOGO

 

57


Schedule 2

Tl Specifications

September 26, 2017

Xeris

3985 Sorrento Valley BIvd

Basis of Design

Re: Outline Specification – Tenant Improvement

 

OVERVIEW

  

The project consists of approximately 17,105 rentable square feet on one level. The program areas for the project will be roughly as follows:

•  Approximately 6,944 net square feet of Lab and Lab Support space

•  Approximately 5,948 net square feet of Private & Open Office (includes open office circulation)

•  Approximately 2,420 net square feet of Common Areas (such as conference rooms, break areas, reception/lobby, mail and copy room)

CODE COMPLAINCE

  

Design and construction shall conform to all Federal, State and Local current building codes and ordinances to include but is not limited to:

•  California Building Code

•  California Mechanical Code

•  California Plumbing Code

•  California Fire Code

•  California Electrical Code

•  Local Fire Department Regulations

•  National Fire Protection Code

•  Title 24, California Energy Efficiency Standards

•  California Division of Occupational Safety and Health

•  San Diego Municipal Code

LEED CERTIFICATION

   The design of the tenant improvements has no LEED certification requirements.

ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT

   All rooftop equipment will be screened with a minimum screen height required to meet city requirements. Cladding to be metal panels or siding finished to match the metal panels on the building.

INTERIOR PARTITIONS

  

•  Metal stud and drywall partitions per the tenant’s floor plan. 3-5/8” studs typical, 6” as required, gage and spacing as required by code, and Type X, 5/8” drywall. Standard Interior partitions penetrate ceiling grid by 6”.

•  Full height partitions, to the underside of structure, will be provided at all perimeters of lab suites, conference rooms, restrooms and where sound/security requirements occur.

•  Fire rated assemblies as required by code, full height, tunnel or shaft wall construction as approved by code.

 

58


  

•  Backing is required in any walls where casework, appliances, equipment or fixtures will be mounted and should be coordinated with the structural engineer to determine any specialty requirements for heavy loads.

•  Smooth drywall finish to Level 4 in finished areas.

INSULATION

   Batt insulation as required for sound control at conference rooms, restroom cores, equipment rooms, and private offices.

DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE

  

General

•  Hardware includes components and ratings as required by code.

•  Keying to be compatible with the Landlord’s master system

 

Offices/General Use Area

•  Interior door assemblies are 3’x9’ or 6’x9’ pair, solid core, wood veneer, flush face doors with no added urea-formaldehyde resins.

•  sliding glass doors or wood swing doors are 3’x9’at-off ices

•  Anodized aluminum frames, natural finish, 3’x9’ or 6’x9’ pair with full glazed fronts at offices and conference rooms.

•  Leverstyle, heavy duty, satin aluminum hardware.

•  Interior doors are passage locksets

 

Lab/Lab Support/Equipment/Storage Areas

•  Door assemblies to be 3’x9’, 3’6”x9’, 6’x9’ or uneven pairs and match offices. Where function dictates painted hollow metal doors and fully welded frames will be provided.

•  Doors stained to match offices with vision lites as dictated by function.

•  Leverstyle, heavy duty, satin aluminum cylindrical passage latch-set and lockset (as dictated by function) hardware and 34” high armor kick plates on the push side of doors.

WINDOWS

   Frames to match style of doorframes in office areas or hollow metal fully welded frames with function dictates,

CEILING SYSTEMS

  

General

•  Ceiling height to be 10’0”. All ceilings less than 10’0” require Landlord review and approval prior to installation of overhead mechanical systems

•  Gypsum board or T-Bar suspension installation per code.

 

Office Area

•  Armstrong 2’x2’ grid system, like 9/16” Suprafine with 1/8” revel, white or similar

•  Armstrong 2’x2’ acoustical tile, Calla #2824 NRC.85, white or similar

•  Provide Axiom finish edge at perimeter where adjacent is open

•  Open office areas to be exposed to structure, cleaned, and painted or exposed wood finish.

 

59


  

•  Lobby and Conference Rooms; combination of hard lid, soffits, and acoustical tile

 

Lab/Lab Support/Equipment/Storage Areas

•  Armstrong 2’x4’ 15/16” exposed T-Grid, white

•  Armstrong 2”x4’vinyl faced gypsum tiles or similar

 

Hard lid — Gypsum board ceiling areas

•  Linear mechanical diffusers to be standard in hard lid areas.

WINDOW Coverings

   MechoShade Systems or equal roller shades, with manual controls, mounted within blind pocket.

MILLWORK/ LABORARY CASEWORK

  

Millwork

•  Construction Designation APA C-D plugged with exterior glue, 3/4” thick or3/4” high- pressure particle board with no added urea-formaldehyde containing resins for Lunch and Break Rooms, Copy/Work Rooms and Conference Rooms

•  Adhesive compliant with Indoor Air Quality criteria per ASTM D-5116

•  Cabinets, countertops and splashes shall be plastic laminate finish and constructed in accordance with WI Manual of Millwork

•  Countertops in wet areas shall be solid surface or quartz

•  Self-closing hinges with vertical, horizontal and depth adjustment

•  Adjustable shelf standards, full extension, heavy-duty drawer glides

 

Laboratory Casework

•  Lab casework shall be metal Hanson Lab Furniture, Thermo Fisher or equivalent, or plastic laminate and constructed in accordance with WI Manual of Millwork, “Custom” grade

•  Self-closing hinges with vertical, horizontal and depth adjustment

•  Adjustable shelf standards, full extension, heavy duty drawer glides

•  Countertops in labs to be TRES PA, epoxy or equivalent

FLOOR COVERING

  

Genera!

•  All adhesives compliant with Indoor Air Quality criteria per ASTM D-5116

•  Flooring in laboratory areas extend wail to wall with casework set on top of flooring

 

Office and Administration Areas

•  Exposed concrete, Broadloom or Carpet tile with a minimum allowance of $36,00 per square yard

•  Adhesives and floor prep per manufacturers recommendation

•  4” top set rubber base

 

Lab/Lab Support/Equipment/Storage Areas

•  Vinyl Composition Tile, Armstrong or equivalent,12”x24”x1/8

•  4” top set rubber base at walls and casework including kneeholes

 

60


PAINT

   Paint shall not exceed the VOC and chemical component limits of Green Seal’s Standard GS-11.

RESTROOMS

  

Finishes in restrooms include:

•  Floors and wet walls to be finished with ceramic, porcelain or stone tile (full height on wet walls)

•  Solid surface countertops with full coverage plastic laminate aprons.

•  Stainless steel toilet partitions or approved equivalent by Landlord.

•  Stainless steel Bobrick accessories or approved equivalent by Landlord,

•  Drywall ceilings with recessed can lights and cove lighting above toilets, urinals and mirrors

LAB SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

  

Landlord will provide the following:

•  Vacuum Pump

•  Air Compressor

•  Tenant to provide DIS kid, BSC s, and other lab equipment

SPECIALTIES

  

•  Stainless steel corner guards will be provided on the exterior corners of the Lab and Lab Support areas

•  Drying racks and paper towel dispensers will be provided at the Lab and Lab Support sinks

•  Dish washer in main lunch room

FIRE PROTECTION

  

Fire Sprinklers

•  Spacing and number of heads shall comply with recommendations of NFPA 13 for type of occupancy

•  Ceiling mounted high temperature heads (pendant, natural brass with chrome finish, semi-recessed with matching adjustable metal escutcheon) shall be used in those areas required by tenant such as the Server Room.

•  Semi-Recessed, stainless steel fire extinguisher cabinets with dry chemical fire extinguisher bottles as required by code: Sentry 5 or equivalent

•  Concealed recessed pendants shall be provided at all hard lid/gypsum board ceiling areas. Cap to be white or chrome dependent on application and as approved by Landlord,

 

Fire Alarm

•  Improvements to include all devices required by code and must be connected to the building fire alarm system

 

61


PLUMBING - TENANT IMPROVEMENT MINIMUM CRITERIA

CODE COMPLIANCE

  

•  All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes &standards

•  CA Plumbing Code

•  CA Building Code

•  CA Fire Code

•  Local Fire Department Regulations

•  National Fire Protection Association

•  All other Authorities Having Jurisdiction

•  All water fixtures used in general office space including restrooms but not including Process Fixtures, shall exceed the minimum rating by 30% specified in the Energy Policy Act of 1992, in accordance with LEED calculations

•  Adhesives shall comply: VOC content shall be less than the current VOC content limits of SCAQMD Rule #1168, AND all sealants used as fillers must meet to exceed the requirements of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS

  

Principal Systems that may be Included in the Design

•  Sanitary sewer drain, waste &vent- all spaces above ground level drain by gravity to the public sewer. To be field verified by new building layout.

•  Industrial (Lab) waste —connect to public sewer through sample port

•  Compressed Air (CA) Compressor fed [Clean Dry Air to be confirmed by tenant needs).

•  Specialty gases, (N2, C02) Bottle fed

•  Lab Vacuum System

•  WaterSystems (ICW, IHW, DCW, DHW).

•  Purified water systems (Dl) to be via point of use units per tenant

•  Natural gas service to be provided to serve project needs, pending tk1sc review of site and Landlord approval.

•  If localized hot water is required, instantaneous electric domestic hot water heaters may be used to serve lavatories and sinks in the, tenant suites

•  Condensate drain piping runs from the HVAC units to the nearest indirect waste receptor (max. 60 AFF.) or to a Janitor’s Sink

MATERIALS

  

•  Soil, Waste and Vent above Ground: Service-weight, no-hub cast-iron pipe and fittings

•  Soil, Waste and Vent Below Ground and to 5’-0” Outside of Building: Service-weight cast-iron hub & spigot pipe and fittings

•  Industrial (Lab) Waste and Vent piping above ground to be plenum rated polypropylene DWV

•  Industrial (Lab) Waste and Vent piping below ground to be polypropylene DWV.

 

62


  

•  Industrial (Lab) Waste piping to route to a sample port just prior to connection to sanitary system

•  Water and Condensate Drain Piping Above Ground: Type “L” hard-drawn copper type, ASTM B88, and wrought copper fittings, ANS I B1 6.22. All hot water supply piping shall be insulated with 1-1/2-inch thick fiberglass insulation for sizes up to 2-1/2 inch size, 2” inch thick above 2-inch size piping. Condensate drain piping above ceilings to be insulated

•  Water Piping Below Ground 4-inches and smaller: Type “K” hard-drawn copper tubing, ASTM B88, and wrought copper fittings ANS I B 16.22, silver brazed joints

•  Natural Gas Piping: Buried piping to be Polyethylene per ASTM D2513; above grade to be Schedule 40 black steel per ASTM D2513 Indirect Drains: Type “L” copper fittings, ANSI B16.22, solder joint type. Insulate with Manville Micro-Lok 650AP if temperature dictates

•  Specialty gas and lab vacuum piping shall be type L copper, silver brazed. C leaned and capped to meet NFPA 99.

•  Deionized Water: Pigmented polypropylene with IR fusion joints

•  Adhesives shall comply: VOC content shall be less than the current VOC content limits of SCAQMD Rule sealants used as fillers must meet or exceed the requirements of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

  

•  Domestic Water Heater; Domestic hot water will be provided by a combination boiler and storage tank with circulation pump, expansion tank and master thermostatic mixing valve serving showers, lavatories, sinks and emergency showers,

•  Industrial Water Heater: Industrial hot water will be provided by a combination of boiler with cupro Nickel heat exchanger for soft water service and storage tank with circulation pump and expansion tank serving cage washer, glass washers, sterilizers and laboratory sinks,

•  Air Compressor: Quadruplex open scroll clean dry air compressor with 100 psi distribution pressure and air receive rand desiccant air dryer. Premium controls.

•  Vacuum Pump Quadruplex lubricated vane vacuum pump with 19 Hg distribution pressure with air receiver. Premium controls.

•  Dl Skid & Pretreatment (By Tenant): High Efficiency RO/DI system with ultralow pressure RO, nominal 35 gpm. Estimated capacity 500 gallons per day. Shall include VFD distribution pumps, 500-gallon tank, UV sterilizers and final filters.

•  Bulk Gas Tanks (By Tenant)

•  Steam: electric steam generators provided by autoclave manufacturer

•  Water Closets, ADA Compliant Handicap-height, vitreous china, wall mounted, floor outlet, low-flush toilet with flush valve

•  Water Closet: Vitreous china, wall mounted, floor outlet, low-flush toilet with flush valve

•  Urinal, ADA Compliant: Wall hung, vitreous china, low-flush urinal with flushometer. Mount at handicap height

 

63


  

•  Urinal; Wall hung, vitreous china, low-flush urinal with flushometer

•  Lavatory: Vitreous china wall hung lavatory with a single temperature-metering faucet

•  Faucet Infra-red sensor control restroom faucet on 120 v power

•  Lab sink: stainless steel or epoxy, sizes to be determined,

•  Lab Turrets: Bench and utility panel mount

•  Scullery sink; Double compartment stain less steel sink with 14 in. deep basin

•  Service Sink: Corner model, terrazzo mop service basin with vacuum breaker faucet Emergency Shower/Eyewash: Guardian Model GBF2352 or equivalent

•  Electric Water Cooler: Barrier-free, wall hung water cooler with push bar control and equipped for handicap usage

•  All water fixtures used in general office space including restrooms but not including Process Fixtures, shall exceed the minimum average rating by 30% specified in the Energy Policy Act of 1992, in accordance with LEE D calculations

•  Break rooms shall have either double compartment 18-gauge stainless steel sinks.

DRAINS

  

•  FloorDrains: Cast iron body floor drains with nickel bronze top, membrane clamp and adjustable collar

•  FloorSinks: Cast iron body receptor with acid-resistant coated interior, bottom dome strainer, seepage flange and grate

HVAC – TENANT IMPROVEMENT MINIMUM CRITERIA

CODE COMPLIANCE

  

•  All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes and standards

•  CA Mechanical Code

•  CA Plumbing Code

•  CA Building Code

•  CA Fire Code

•  Local Fire Department Regulations

•  National Fire Protection Association

•  All other Authorities Having Jurisdiction

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS

  

•  Summer-Winter HVAC systems for all occupied areas, including corridors and restrooms

•  Tenant spaces shall be conditioned by rooftop package units, All Laboratories will be exhausted via utility sets.

•  Fume hood and any bio-safety cabinet exhaust will be exhaust by a high plume exhaust fan discharging at a minimum of 10 feet above the roof surface,

•  A heating hot water system will be provided to serve building heating or an equal alternate approved by the landlord.

 

64


  

•  Server room will be provided with an independent split system for 24/7 operation

•  Toilet exhaust systems for all restrooms and janitor rooms per code

•  Building DDC controls based on an open source protocol (Bacnet). Siemens or Johnson Controls or approved equivalent.

NEW HEATING PLANT AND GAS METER

   As part of the Tenant Improvement, a new natural gas heating plant shall be installed to provide all of Tenant’s heating requirements, Natural gas shall be supplied from a new dedicated gas meter.

OFFICE AREAS

   Rooftop package units will serve the office areas.

LAB AREAS

   These areas shall be serviced by rooftop 100% OSA packaged units equipped as described below. Space will either be zoned via Independent rooftop package units or via a larger rooftop unit with terminal boxes equipped with heating hot water coils as approved by Landlord for budget purposes, The units shall be on the roof.

CRITICAL PROGRAM AREAS

   Areas that require continuous 7/24 operation (computer rooms, network server rooms, etc.) shall be considered for dedicated stand-alone air cooled DX systems. The system configuration shall be dependent on room capacity requirements.

ROOFTOP

  

Custom Packaged Units with the following minimum components and accessories:

•  Double wall outdoor construction

•  Plenum supply fan(s) with high efficiency motors and VFD’s

•  Airflow monitoring stations

•  Moisture eliminator section

•  Filtration with 2 in. 30/30 pre-filters and 85% final filters as required,

•  Direct expansion cooling coil

•  Heating hot water coil.

•  Stainless steel drain pan

ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN CONDITION

  

The following criteria will be used for sizing the heating and cooling systems:

•  Outdoor Ambient Design Conditions:

Summer: 91 F dB, 72° F mwB, 13° F dB outdoor daily range
Winter: 38° F dB

•  Indoor Conditions for Air Conditioned Area:

•  Offices, Labs: 72 F dB ±3 F dB, No Humidity Control

•  Electrical, Telecom, Storage: Typical of office space, unless equipment requires a more specifically controlled environment

•  Server Rooms: 68° F dB + 3 Db

 

65


VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENTS

  

•  Outdoor air for ventilation will meet or exceed the requirements of the American Society of Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning

•  Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 62-1989, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.

•  For laboratory areas provide 100% outside air. The following minimum air change requirements are recommended with night setback to be determined:

•  Biology Areas 6AC/Hr

•  Chemical Storage 15AC/Hr

ENERGY USE AND CONSERVATION

   The Energy Efficiency Standard, Title 24, to be used to set the minimum performance requirements of this installation

CEILING REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS

  

•  Ceiling diffusers with perforated face with frame style compatible with the type of ceiling used.

•  Surface mounted diffusers require gaskets to prevent leakage. Diffuser faceplate to have concealed hinges and latches. Faceplates to be easily removable from the frame.

•  Supply diffusers, Titus-PMC or equivalent perforated modular face-size 24” X 24” for lay-in ceiling tile.

•  Linear diffusers for all hard lid areas. Specialty diffusers by area as required

DUCT WORK

  

•  Supply ducts, return ducts, and exhaust ducts plenum chambers, housing, and panels fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheets conforming to the latest ASTM Specs A-525. Zinc-coating to be of the “Commercial” class

•  Exhaust branch duct from fume hoods shall be PVC coated galvanized or 304 stainless steel a minimum of 10’ from main exhaust duct.

•  Exhaust duct from Glasswash or Cagewash areas shall be sloped 304 stainless steel a minimum of 10’ from main exhaust duct.

•  Ductwork shall be installed in strict accordance with the latest SMAC NA guidelines and shall also adhere to the latest State and Federal seismic requirements.

•  Install flexible ducts in a fully extended condition free of sags and kinks, using minimum length required for connection. Flexible duct suspended on 36” centers with a min 3/4” wide flat banding material where horizontal support is required. Joints and connections to be made in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Connect to rigid sheet metal with min 1/2” wide collar positively clamped and secured with screws or other approved fastening.

TOILET EXHAUST VENTILATION

   Exhaust all restrooms and janitor rooms with a minimum of 12 air changes per hour

MISC EXHAUST VENTILATION SYSTEMS

  

The following exhaust system will be installed as part of the shell design, it is assumed that outside ambient air shall provide makeup air to the exhausted area:

•  Main Electrical Room,

 

66


CONTROLS

  

•  Electronic DDC building automation system control the central plant building core areas and tenant mechanical systems including zone temperature control. The system will operate the HVAC system and control occupied and non-occupied temperature and ventilation schedules. The system will include monitoring, alarm and by-pass functions for efficient energy management

ELECTRICAL — TENANT IMPROVEMENT MINIMUM CRITERIA

CODE COMPLAINCE

  

All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes and standards

•  NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

•  NFPA 101 Life Safety Code

•  BOCA Building Codes

•  IES - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

DISTRIBUTION

  

•  SDG&E electrical room main distribution switchgear is existing to remain, Existing service is 3000A at480Y/277V, 3 phase, 4 wire.

•  There are two existing meters available:

•  Meter #1: 480V, 500A Service, Meter #5582943

•  Meter#2;-480V, 400A Service, Meter#6578928

•  All distribution will be from the main gear to each tenant’s dedicated electric room(s).

•  All conductors for new equipment to be installed as new

•  New HVAC equipment to be fed from new electrical panelboard(s),

•  Panelboards and distribution boards shall be located in the tenant’s electrical rooms to feed the office/lab and support areas or within the lab area as appropriate,

•  All new transformers are energy efficient Energy Star type

•  Tenant to provide 208V branch circuit panelboards within the tenant space

DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT

  

Panelboards

•  All Panelboards to be new surface mounted and stacked if necessary, inside the dedicated electrical rooms or flush mounted if outside the electrical room

•  Panelboards for lighting to be 480Y/277V 3j 4W to be fully rated for fault current. All Electrical panels are to be located in electrical equipment rooms or within the lab area as appropriate.

•  Panelboards for power and control power shall be 208Y/1Z0V 3j 4W with minimum fault current ratings of 10,000 AIC. Panelboards served through transformers shall have integral main over current protection, sized as indicated on the drawings.

•  All panelboards shall have, 42-pole space, bus ratings (as indicated on the panel schedules) and are either surface or flush mounted (as Indicated on the panel schedules), All panels located in electrical rooms to be stacked or switchboard mounted to minimize space used by the panels

 

67


  

•  Panelboards with an isolated ground bus are required as noted. All 208Y/120V 3j 4W panelboards shall be provided with 100% rated neutral bus.

 

Feeders

•  Feeders shall be copper conductors (Type THHN or THW) routed in electro metallic tubing (EMT), polyvinylchloride (PVC) conduit, or rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit. EMT shall be used in all indoor, concealed locations where the feeder is protected from damage or weather. RGS conduit shall be used in exterior applications or where the conduit may be exposed to physical damage. PVC shall be used for all below-grade applications.

•  Feeders’ shall be sized according to the single line diagram in the construction documents.

•  Feeders shall be rack-mounted in accessible ceiling spaces or routed below grade under the slab

EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM

  

Emergency power systems are provided and maintained by Tenant Existing site generator and transfer switches are available for tenant’s use if they choose.

Existing generator shall meet the following requirements:

•  Existing generator tanks are sub-base mounted and provided as a complete package without grade or in-grade fuel tank

•  Existing generator is provided in a weather rated NE MA 3R enclosure and be UL2200 compliant

•  Existing generator to be standard sound attenuated enclosures rated if required to reduce noise to 75 db at 23’ from enclosure

BRANCH CIRCUITRY

  

Conduit and Wire

•  Branch circuits for all power circuits serving furniture partition systems, office power, convenience outlets, control power, etc. to be nominally sized as 120V 20A.

•  Branch circuits for lighting circuits to be either 27.7V 20A unless specifically indicated otherwise

•  All Lab area branch circuit conductors to be copper and routed in metal conduit.

•  Each office to include (2) duplex receptacles, and (1) ring and string devices per 130 SF office. Quantity to be adjusted per square footage room size. Controlled receptacles to be included as necessary per Title 24 requirements. Controlled receptacles are not required when existing electrical service is maintained.

•  Systems furniture feeds to.be provided as (4) circuit{8) wire systems with three normal circuits and one dedicated circuit, Controlled receptacles to be included as necessary per Title 24 requirements. Controlled receptacles are not required when existing electrical service is maintained.

•  Branch circuits may be increased in size for specific loads or as necessary to prevent excessive voltage drop on longer circuits.

•  MC Cable to be provided for concealed areas of routing as indicated on drawings,

 

68


  

 

Mechanical Equipment

•  Power provided from the 480 V or208 Y/120 V system for line voltage to mechanical equipment

•  Smoke detectors, time clocks, relays, contactors, etc, by the mechanical contractor.

•  Motor starters and disconnect switches by the electrical contractor according to the mechanical equipment control wiring diagrams,

ELECTRICAL DEVICES

  

•  Electrical devices Including (receptacles and switches) shall be rated according to the load served.

•  Electrical devices shall be Decora type, white in color with white thermoplastic cover plates.

•  Cover plates for receptacles and junction boxes shall be labeled indicating the circuit and panelboard from which the device is fed.

•  All floor furniture feeds shall be flush type or pedestal, and flush type to be provided at conference rooms. Floor devices must be 2 hour rated.

LIGHTING

  

Lighting Systems

•  Fixtures shall be suitable for the application including the ability to provide egress illumination where required.

•  Fixtures shall meet U.L. requirements and selection and placement of fixtures shall comply with ADA requirements.

•  All lighting fixtures shall operate at 277 V unless specifically noted otherwise,

•  Lighting Power Densities (LPD) must exceed with the Title 24 energy savings by 25% -35% to comply with LEED Silver Certification efforts.

•  Office and Lab areas to consist of direct/indirect linear pendant style fixtures or recessed direct/indirect light fixtures. Dimmable LED lighting to. be used to the maximum extent possible.

•  Exit Lights -Edge lit, Green on clear, 120/277, EL N.

 

Lighting Control Systems

•  Lighting control must com ply with Title 24 requirements (including over-ride control for automatically shutting the lights off at prescribed periods of time and the ability to override the lighting control for up to two hours of use).

•  Lighting control equipment shall include a programmable lighting control panel, relay panels (quantity as necessary), over-ride switches (distributed throughout the space), and interconnecting conductors.

•  Control zones to include perimeter areas for daylit spaces, skylit areas, and interior areas under5,0005F.

•  Occupancy sensors will be provided for all offices less than 250 square feet and conference rooms per Title 24 requirements. All other areas will be coordinated as to whether occupancy sensor or timeclock controlled shut-off will be provided.

 

69


  

•  Corridors will be provided with partial off (atleast50%) occupancy sensors,

•  Each room shall be controlled by dimming switching for local control.

•  Each private enclosed office to be provided with wall mounted dimmable switching and a ceiling mounted motion sensor. Manufacturer: Wattstopper or equal.

•  Photocells and dimming to be installed per Title 24 requirements,

•  Demand response capability will be provided.

TELEPHONE/ DATA ROOM AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING

  

Telephone/Data Room and Low Voltage Wiring

•  The shell MPOE room shall be used, and a conduit path to be provided to additional IDF rooms as required. All telephone/data materials and installation are part of the tenant improvement allowance

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

   Auxiliary Systems such as card readers, CCTV camera and AV are outside the scope of this project and will be installed separately as part of the Tenant’s effort. The Landlord must approve device appearance and locations.

 

70


EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this              day of                     ,             , between ARE-SD REGION NO. 30, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated                     ,              (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is                     ,             , and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on                     ,                     . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Its:  

 

LANDLORD:

ARE-SD REGION NO. 30, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    general partner
    By:                                                                  
    Its:                                                                   

 

71


EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

 

72


12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties.

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and airwaves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

73


EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

None.

 

74


EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

Multi-Tenant Maintenance Responsibilities

3985 Sorrento Valley Blvd.

Xeris Pharmaceuticals

 

Maintenance Responsibilities: Multi-Tenant, ARE-Managed Utilities

   Xeris      ARE  

Water-domestic

       

Water-irrigation

       

Gas -tenant premises

       

Gas - common area

       

Electric-tenant premises

       

Electric - common area

       

Exterior / Site

 

Landscaping

       

Pest control - exterior

       

Parking lot sweeping

       

Project security (nightly rounds)

       

Parking lot lighting

       

Exterior monument and footpath lighting

       

Landscape irrigation

       

Exterior window washing

       

Roof inspections

       

Trash & recycling pickup

       

Domestic backflow preventer certification - Industrial / Domestic

       

Domestic backflow preventer certification - Fire

       

Building Interior and Central Plant

 

Cold rooms

       

Autoclaves

       

Glassware washers

       

RO/DI laboratory water systems

       

Air compressors

       

Vacuum pumps

       

Laboratory gas distribution systems

       

Emergency eyewash and shower stations

       

Internal UPS units

       

Fire extinguisher inspection / certification - tenant premises

       

Fire extinguisher inspection / certification - common area

       

Fire sprinkler system

       

Fire alarm system (and phone lines)

       

Building HVAC equipment-tenant premises

       

Building HVAC equipment - common area

       

Smoke fire dampers

       

Security (burglar alarm) - tenant premises

       

Access controls - tenant premises

       

Access controls - common area

       

Janitorial - tenant premises

       

Janitorial-common areas

       

l/R Testing of electrical systems

       

Emergency generator

       

Environmental monitoring

       

 

75


EXHIBIT H TO LEASE

ASBESTOS DISCLOSURE

NOTIFICATION OF THE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS

This notification provides certain Information about asbestos within or about the Building in accordance with California Code of Regulations, title 8, section 1529 and Section 25915 et. seq. of the California Health and Safety Code.

Historically, asbestos was commonly used in building products used in the construction of buildings across the country. Asbestos-containing building products were used because they are fire-resistant and provide good noise and temperature insulation. Because of their prevalence, asbestos-containing materials, or ACMs, are still sometimes found in buildings today.

The Building has undergone several rounds of improvement since its original construction in 1976. These improvements included interior demolition and related ACM abatement down to concrete floors and studs according to former facility personnel. However, no documentation regarding the removal of ACMs is available and an asbestos survey has not been performed. Considering the extensive improvements conducted, it’s unlikely that ACMs are present in the building. Nonetheless, due to the lack of abatement documentation, the present of ACMs or PACMs cannot be ruled out.

Because ACMs and PACMs may be present within or about the Building, we have hired an independent environmental consulting firm to prepare an operations and maintenance program (“O&M Program”). The O&M Program is designed to minimize the potential of any harmful asbestos exposure to any person within or about the Building. The O&M Program includes a description of work methods to be taken in order to maintain any ACMs or PACMs within or about the Building in good condition and to prevent any significant disturbance of such ACMs or PACMs. Appropriate personnel receive regular periodic training on how to properly administer the O&M Program.

The O&M Program describes the risks associated with asbestos exposure and how to prevent such exposure through appropriate work practices. ACMs and PACMs generally are not thought to be a threat to human health unless asbestos fibers are released into the air and inhaled. This does not typically occur unless (1) the ACMs are in a deteriorating condition, or (2) the ACMs have been significantly disturbed (such as through abrasive cleaning, or maintenance or renovation activities). If inhaled, asbestos fibers can accumulate in the lungs and, as exposure increases, the risk of disease (such as asbestosis or cancer) increases. However, measures to minimize exposure, and consequently minimize the accumulation of asbestos fibers, reduce the risks of adverse health effects.

The O&M Program describes a number of activities that should be avoided in order to prevent a release of asbestos fibers. In particular, you should be aware that some of the activities which may present a health risk include moving, drilling, boring, or otherwise disturbing ACMs. Consequently, such activities should not be attempted by any person not qualified to handle ACMs.

The O&M Program is available for review during regular business hours at the Landlord’s office located at 10996 Torreyana Road, Suite 250, San Diego, CA 92121.

 

76

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

API SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This API Supply Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the January I, 2018 (“Effective Date”), by and between Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, with a place of business at 180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1800, Chicago, Illinois 60601, USA (“XERIS”). and Bachem Americas, Inc., a California Corporation, with a place of business at 3132 Kashiwa Street, Torrance, CA 90505, USA (“BACHEM”). XERIS and BACHEM may be referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.”

Background

XERIS is engaged in the business of developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products;

BACHEM is engaged in the manufacture and supply of active pharmaceutical ingredients for research and development purposes and commercial use;

XERIS desires to purchase from BACHEM, and BACHEM desires to supply to XERIS, the active pharmaceutical ingredient or drug substance known as Glucagon (as further defined below, the “API”) for use by XERIS in manufacturing finished drug products incorporating such active pharmaceutical ingredient, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Affiliate” or “Affiliates” shall mean, with respect to a Party, any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Party, for so long as such relationship exists. For the purposes of this definition, control means: (a) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct affirmatively the management and policies of such corporation, limited liability company or other business entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance; or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock in such corporation, limited liability company or other business entity (or such lesser percent as may be the maximum that may be owned pursuant to Applicable Laws of the country of incorporation or domicile, as applicable).

1.2 “API” shall mean Glucagon, Pharma Grade Material, as currently defined under BACHEM product code [***] Specifications, and as subsequently amended from time to time as required and as mutually agreed to between the Parties and attached to the Quality Agreement.

1.3 “Applicable Laws” shall mean: (a) all relevant federal, state and local laws, statutes, rules, codes of practice, regulations, and ordinances in the United States, Europe and any other countries, as mutually agreed upon in advance by the Parties, as well as industry standards and regulatory guidelines applicable to the manufacture and supply of API, including,


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act; (b) cGMPs; and (c) all applicable regulations and guidelines of any Regulatory Authority; in each case, together, with any and all amendments thereto.

1.4 “cGMPs” shall mean current good manufacturing practices, as provided for (and as amended from time to time) in: (a) the Current Good Manufacturing Practice regulations promulgated by the FDA under the United States Food, Drug arid Cosmetic Act; (b) the European Community Directive 91/356/EEC (Principles and guidelines of good manufacturing practice for medicinal products), as well as applicable documents developed by the International Conference 6n Harmonization (ICH) Q7 Guideline: Good Manufacturing Practice Guide for Active Pharmaceutical ingredients; (c) the Swissmedic Therapeutic Product Guidelines for authorization and supervision of therapeutic products; and (d) similar requirements of other Regulatory Authorities; subject to any arrangements, additions or clarifications, and the respective roles and responsibilities, agreed from time to time between the Parties.

1.5 “Drug Master File” or “DMF” shall mean a drug master file filed with the FDA or the EM A which includes confidential detailed information relating to the facilities, processes, or articles used in manufacturing, processing, packaging, testing and storing of the API, or any equivalent filing in any jurisdiction outside the United States or Europe.

1.6 “EMA” shall mean the European Medicines Agency, or any successor entity thereto performing substantially similar functions.

1.7 “Facility” shall mean BACHEM’s cGMP-compliant manufacturing facilities located at Hauptstrasse 144,4416 Bubendorf, Switzerland

1.8 “FDA” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration, or any successor entity thereto performing substantially similar functions.

1.9 “Latent Defect” shall mean, with respect to API, a hidden or latent defect not detected by the analytical test methods in operation at the date of shipment to XERIS by BACHEM and which was not detected by XERIS during the inspection period defined in Section 4.3.1.

1.10 “Major Change” shall mean a change that may adversely impact quality, safety, efficacy, stability, regulatory compliance, or regulatory registration of the API or Product.

1.11 “Product” shall mean a finished pharmaceutical drug product incorporating the API.

1.12 “Regulatory Authority” shall mean the FDA, EMA or any other governmental or regulatory authority responsible for the regulation of API used in pharmaceutical products intended for human use in an applicable.

1.13 “Specifications” shall mean those specifications and release requirements, as defined in the current Quality Agreement.

 

2


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

1.14 “Quality Agreement” shall mean the Quality Assurance Agreement between the Parties dated November 20,2015, and as amended on October 31, 2016 and January 26,2017, and as may be further amended from time to time, which contains the current Specifications and specifies the Parties’ respective responsibilities regarding the manufacture, storage, release, quality control and quality assurance of API in accordance with requirements of Regulatory Authorities and cGMP’s. In the event that any conflict shall arise between the terms of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall take precedence over the terms of the Quality Agreement in all respects except matters of quality and pharmacovigilance, in which case the Quality Agreement shall take precedence.

1.15 “Warehouse” shall mean BACHEM’s cGMP-compliant warehousing facilities located at 3132 Kashiwa Street, Torrance, California, USA.

ARTICLE 2

SUPPLY

2.1 API Supply. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BACHEM shall supply to XERIS, such quantities of the API as may be specified in purchase orders submitted by XERIS pursuant to Section 2.3 below from time to time during the Term. All API to be supplied under this Agreement shall be manufactured by BACHEM at the Facility, in conformance with Applicable Laws, the Specifications and the Quality Agreement.

 

  2.2 Forecasts.

2.2.1 At the beginning of each [***] during the Term, XERIS shall provide BACHEM with a [***] forecast of the gross weight quantities of the API estimated to be required (each, a “Rolling Forecast”). The Rolling Forecast from the beginning of the first [***] in any given year shall be the calendar year forecast (each, a “Calendar Year Forecast”). Subject to provisions in Sections 2.3 and, the first [***] of such Rolling Forecasts and Calendar Year Forecasts shall be binding and all remaining quarters of such forecasts are non-binding and serve only to facilitate BACHEM’s production scheduling. BACHEM shall inform XERIS within [***] of receiving a Rolling Forecast, in writing by email, if such forecast cannot be met or is at risk of not being met due to capacity or shelf-life constraints as defined herein. Failure of BACHEM to accept or reject a forecast within [***] of receipt shall be deemed an acceptance of the Rolling Forecast and confirmation of suitable available capacity.

2.2.2 At the beginning of each [***] during the Term, BACHEM shall provide an estimate of their total production capacity available for XERIS API, above and beyond the requirements of the Rolling Forecast if any, (“Toted Capacity Constraints”) for the next [***] period.

2.3 Orders.

2.3.1 Orders. Together with each Rolling Forecast provided under Section 2.2 above, XERIS shall place a firm order for the applicable calendar quarter or multiple smaller orders throughout the applicable calendar quarter with BACHEM for the gross weight quantity of API required for delivery. For each calendar year of this Agreement, XERIS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to order a gross weight quantity of API for delivery at least

 

3


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

equal to the gross weight quantity of API contained in the applicable Calendar Year Forecast. For the avoidance of doubt, XERIS may order quantities of API in addition to those specified in the then current Calendar Year Forecast and Rolling Forecast for delivery hereunder in accordance with the lead times therefor and subject to BACHEM’s Purchase Order acceptance and Total Capacity Constraints. Unless otherwise limited by BACHEM’s Total Capacity Constraints, BACHEM agrees to provide up to [***] of any forecast if ordered by XERIS, unless Parties agree to a higher quantity in writing. BACHEM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accept and fulfill all orders for API provided by XERIS under this Agreement and endeavor to hold stock sufficient to meet the next [***] of each Rolling Forecast.

2.3.2 Form of Orders. XERIS’s orders shall be made pursuant to a written purchase order (each, a “Purchase Order”) that specifies, at a minimum, quantity of API ordered, date of order, date of delivery, addresses for delivery, contact information at delivery sites, and required carriers with account numbers, one of which must be utilized for delivery to the specified destinations. BACHEM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve a maximum lead time of no more than [***] to complete and deliver an order. BACHEM shall accept all orders XERIS submits to BACHEM in accordance with this Article 2. BACHEM shall provide to XERIS written notice of BACHEM’s acceptance (each, an “Acceptance Notice” of each Purchase Order within [***] of BACHEM’s receipt of such Purchase Order and each such Acceptance Notice shall include confirmation of the delivery date of the applicable quantity of API; provided that to the extent no delivery date is included in an Acceptance Notice issued by BACHEM or BACHEM fails to issue an Acceptance Notice within the applicable time period, the order shall be deemed accepted by BACHEM and the applicable delivery date shall be deemed to be the delivery date specified by XERIS in the corresponding Purchase Order. Except as to the quantity of API, delivery date and delivery location specified in a Purchase Order which shall be binding on the Parties, NO TERMS OR CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN ANY PURCHASE ORDER, ORDER ACKNOWLEDGMENT OR SIMILAR STANDARDIZED FORM SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO AMEND OR MODIFY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED.

2.3.3 Retest Date. API supplied by BACHEM under this Agreement shall have a retest date that is at least [***]%) of the original re-test date at the time of delivery of such API to XERIS, unless otherwise agreed to by XERIS in writing in advance of the delivery. If BACHEM cannot supply API with the required re-test Date, XERIS shall have the [***]. If XERIS agrees in writing to accept API with a [***] and if requested by XERIS, BACHEM agrees to re-test any such API and extend the retest date to a minimum of [***] within cGMP, ICH and DMF guidelines and complete such testing prior to shipment.

2.4 Shipping and Warehousing. BACHEM shall deliver quantities of API ordered by XERIS in accordance with Section 2.3 above, to the locations specified in the applicable Purchase Order. Shipments may be shipped DDP (Incoterms 2010) direct to XERIS locations specified on a Purchase Order, or, FCA (Incoterms 2010) to BACHEM’s Warehouse in Torrance, CA USA. While in-transit and during storage at the Warehouse, BACHEM shall ensure API is shipped and stored according to cGMP’s and Specifications. BACHEM shall request advance import and customs information from XERIS as required and ship API, together with all relevant documentation relating to the API, including, but not limited to those documents listed in Exhibit 2, in accordance with any agreed-upon shipment specifications or as

 

4


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

otherwise reasonably directed by XERIS in writing and in accordance with this Agreement. XERIS shall only be obligated to pay for quantities of API actually delivered in compliance with the applicable Purchase Order and the terms of this Agreement.

2.5 Shortage of Supply. If BACHEM is unable, or anticipates that it will not be able, to supply XERIS’s requirements for the API in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.3 above fa “Shortage of Supply”). BACHEM shall notify XERIS in writing of the same within [***] of receipt of applicable Purchase Orders, Rolling Forecast or determination that a Shortage of Supply will exist, and shall include in such notice its best estimate of the duration of the delay, the reasons for the delay, and whether the reason impacts the validated state of the process. BACHEM shall, at its own cost, use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy any Shortage of Supply and resume supplying API meeting the requirements of this Agreement to XERIS as soon as possible. In addition to the foregoing measures, if BACHEM is unable to supply XERIS’s requirements of API, BACHEM shall allocate the quantities of the API that BACHEM has in inventory, and that BACHEM is able to produce, on a reasonable worldwide basis (based upon sales history and realistic forecasted demand). In the event of a Shortage of Supply exceeding [***] ([***]%), in addition to any other rights or remedies that XERIS may have under this Agreement, or at law or in equity, XERIS shall be relieved from its obligations to purchase any quantities of API identified in any outstanding Purchase Order, Calendar Year Forecast or Rolling Forecast.

ARTICLE 3

PAYMENTS

3.1 Price. The Price for the API subject to this Agreement shall be based on annual calendar year volume as listed in the schedule in Exhibit 1.

3.2 Mid-year Price Adjustment. XERIS shall notify BACHEM as soon as reasonably possible, in writing by email, if it does not intend to order the total gross weight quantity of API contained in a Calendar Year Forecast; and to the extent the lower annual quantity would affect Price, XERIS shall pay [***]. XERIS shall notify BACHEM as soon as reasonably possible, in writing by email, if it intends to order a total gross weight quantity of API greater than contained in a Calendar Year Forecast; and subject to BACHEM accepting the additional order quantities as provided for in Section 2.3.1 and to the extent the higher annual quantity would affect Price, BACHEM shall [***].

3.3 Invoicing: Payment. BACHEM shall submit an invoice to XERIS upon shipment of API ordered by XERIS hereunder. All invoices shall be sent to the address specified in the Purchase Order therefor, and each invoice shall state the Price for the gross weight quantity of API in a given shipment, plus any documented taxes and other costs incident to the purchase or shipment initially paid by BACHEM but to be borne by XERIS hereunder. All payments shall be made by direct bank transfer to an account designated in BACHEM’s invoice. In connection with an order, XERIS may provide BACHEM with a reseller certificate, in which case, XERIS will be exempt from all relevant sales taxes. Payments shall be due [***] from invoice date. Payment by XERIS shall not constitute acceptance of any shipment of API or impair XERIS’s right of inspection and rejection under Article 4 below.

 

5


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

ARTICLE 4

QUALITY

4.1 Quality Assurance. All API supplied by BACHEM shall meet the agreed current Specifications and shall be manufactured and stored in accordance with all Applicable Laws relevant to the Facility, Warehouse and the Quality Agreement. BACHEM agrees that, prior to each shipment of API hereunder, it shall perform quality assurance and quality control procedures reasonably necessary to ensure that the API to be shipped conforms fully with the Specifications and in compliance with cGMP’s. Each shipment of API shall be accompanied by a certificate of analysis, which will include a signed certification of cGMP compliance and such additional documents as may be specified in the Quality Agreement or as otherwise reasonably required by XERIS from time to time.

4.2 Quality Agreement. Prior to XERIS issuing its first Purchase Order to BACHEM pursuant to this Agreement, the Parties shall review and may update the existing Quality Agreement as agreed to in writing, if required.

4.3 Rejection and Replacement of API.

4.3.1 Inspection by XERIS. XERIS, or its designee, shall have [***] following its receipt of a shipment of API to reject such API on the grounds that all or part of the shipment fails to conform to the applicable Specifications or otherwise fails to conform to the warranties given by BACHEM in Section 9.2, which rejection shall be accomplished by giving written notice to BACHEM summarizing the manner in which all or part of such shipment fails to meet the foregoing requirements. The foregoing inspection obligation will not prevent XERIS from enforcing any rights under this Agreement if Latent Defects in the API are discovered after the [***] inspection period as set forth herein, so long as XERIS informs BACHEM in writing immediately, but no later than [***] after its discovery and within the original retest date for any API delivered. XERIS shall be responsible for storage and handling the API in accordance with the Specifications upon delivery.

4.3.2 Resolution of Disputes. BACHEM shall acknowledge receipt in writing to a rejection notice from XERIS within [***] from the date of receipt of such rejection notice in accordance with Section 4.3.1 above. If BACHEM does not agree with XERIS’s determination that such API fails to conform to the Specifications or the warranties provided by BACHEM in Section 9.2, then BACHEM and XERIS shall use reasonable efforts to resolve such disagreement as promptly as possible. Without limiting the foregoing, either party may submit the API to a nationally recognized testing laboratory (the “Laboratory”) which shall be agreed upon by the parties in advance, to test whether or not the API conforms to the Specifications or the warranties provided by BACHEM in Section 9.2. The Laboratory’s determination will be final. If the Laboratory determines that the API does not conform to the Specifications or the warranties provided by BACHEM in Section 9.2, BACHEM will be responsible for all expenses related to the Laboratory testing, otherwise XERIS will be responsible for those expenses.

4.3.3 Replacement of API. API accepted by BACHEM as not meeting the applicable requirements or the Specifications, or which is determined by the Laboratory not to meet such requirements or the Specifications, shall be returned by XERIS to BACHEM, or

 

6


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

disposed of, as directed by BACHEM, at BACHEM’s expense. BACHEM shall replace all such rejected API within the shortest possible time, but in any event, within a reasonable timeframe, as agreed to by the Parties, after its receipt of notice of such rejection (or, if applicable, the Laboratory’s determination that such API was non-conforming). Without limiting any other provision in this Agreement, XERIS may withhold payment for such shipment or the portion thereof that has been rejected by XERIS, or, if Parties cannot agree on a suitable timeframe to replace such rejected API, XERIS shall be entitled to a full refund of prior payments for such shipment or the portion thereof that has been rejected by XERIS, pursuant to this Section 4.3. The warranties given by BACHEM in Section 9.2 below shall survive any failure to reject by XERIS under this Section 4.3.

4.4 Changes.

4.4.1 BACHEM shall maintain change control systems that ensure that XERIS is notified in a timely manner regarding all Major Changes as agreed to by the Parties in accordance with the Quality Agreement.

4.4.2 BACHEM shall promptly inform XERIS in writing of any proposed Major Change to the raw materials, intermediates, manufacturing process, equipment, packaging, labeling, testing, specifications, storage or shipping, if such item is specifically mentioned in the DMF. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will BACHEM implement any Major Change with respect to quantities of API to be supplied to XERIS, without giving XERIS prior written notice, and prior to all necessary filings with and approvals by applicable Regulatory Authorities have been made or obtained by B ACHEM or XERIS, as applicable.

ARTICLE 5

RECORDS: INSPECTIONS

5.1 Record Keeping. BACHEM shall generate and maintain complete and accurate records in the language of the Facility and Warehouse as required by the GMP guidelines and samples as necessary to evidence compliance with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws and other requirements of applicable governmental authorities relating to the raw materials, intermediates, manufacturing process, packaging, labeling, testing, specifications, storage or shipping activities relating to the API. All such records and samples shall be maintained by BACHEM in accordance with the procedures set out in the Quality Agreement for the applicable time period specified therein.

5.2 Inspection. During the term of this Agreement, and for [***] thereafter, or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, XERIS (or an agreed upon designee) shall have the right to inspect and audit, during regular business hours: (a) any facility at which any of the raw material receiving, manufacturing or processing, packaging, labeling, testing, storage or shipping activities relating to the API are performed, including the Facility and Warehouse, with the exception of some analytical testing, which may be sub-contracted out to other facilities; and (b) any of BACHEM’s manufacturing and quality control records and all other documentation relating to the manufacturing and processing activities with respect to the API (including any internal quality assurance/control audits or reviews conducted by BACHEM), with the understanding that executed manufacturing batch records may only be reviewed onsite. During

 

7


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

any such audit, BACHEM shall use reasonable efforts to provide an oral or written translation and explanation of original documents of critical portions of any manufacturing or quality control record to XERIS as may be reasonably requested by XERIS, in accordance with the Quality Agreement. Such inspections and audits shall be conducted annually and with reasonable notice in accordance with any procedures for audits specified in the Quality Agreement; provided however that XERIS shall have the right to conduct additional inspections and audits under this Section 5.2 if there has been a replacement of API under Section 4.3.3 or any other cause-related dispute related hereto.

ARTICLE 6

REGULATORY MATTERS

6.1 Regulatory Actions. BACHEM shall permit the FDA and other Regulatory Authorities, as applicable, to conduct such inspections of the Facility, and any other facility at which any of the raw material receiving, manufacturing or processing, packaging, labeling, testing, storage or shipping activities relating to the API are performed, with the exception of some analytical testing which may be sub-contracted out to other facilities, as such Regulatory Authorities may request, including pre-approval inspections, and shall cooperate with such Regulatory Authorities with respect to such inspections and any related matters, in each case that is related to the manufacture and supply of API. BACHEM shall notify XERIS about such regulatory actions or inspections as further described, and in accordance with the Quality Agreement.

6.2 Regulatory Cooperation. BACHEM has registered the API with the FDA as a Generic product and, during the Term, BACHEM will timely perform all necessary filings and pay all required fees to maintain the Generic status. BACHEM agrees to provide to XERIS or directly to the applicable Regulatory Authority, as requested by such Regulatory Authority, with all reasonable information and data in BACHEM’s possession or control reasonably necessary for XERIS (or its designees) to apply for, obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for any Product in the United States, Europe and any other countries, as mutually agreed upon in advance by the Parties. In addition, BACHEM agrees to reasonably cooperate with XERIS (or its designees) with respect to obligations to submit or report information relevant to API pursuant to FDA and other Regulatory Authorities or to comply with Applicable Laws relevant to the Facility and the Warehouse.

6.3 Drug Master Files. BACHEM shall provide, or cooperate with XERIS to provide, the appropriate authorizations to each applicable Regulatory Authority allowing XERIS (or its designee) the right to reference all Drug Master Files to support any mutually agreed to regulatory filing for any Product developed, manufactured or commercialized by XERIS, its Affiliates and licensees. If the Drug Master File filed with the FDA or applicable Regulatory Authority(ies) as of the Effective Date is not sufficient to support the applicable regulatory filing for a Product, Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop a corrective action plan agreeable to both Parties, and BACHEM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any deficiencies of such Drug Master File(s) identified by any Regulatory Authority in a prompt and efficient manner so as to prevent any delay in XERIS (or any of its Affiliates or licensees) obtaining regulatory approval for a Product based on such Drug Master File(s). In addition, BACHEM shall be responsible for maintaining such Drug Master File(s) in accordance

 

8


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

with Applicable Laws relevant to the Facility and ensuring that all data and information incorporated therein is accurate and current as necessary to support obtaining and maintaining the applicable regulatory filings) and regulatory approval(s) by XERIS (or its designees).

6.4 Recall. Any recalls of any of XERIS’s Products shall, as between the Parties, be controlled solely by XERIS; provided, however, that if BACHEM reasonably believes a recall may be necessary with respect to any API provided under this Agreement, BACHEM shall immediately notify XERIS in writing. BACHEM shall provide assistance to XERIS (or its designee), as reasonably requested, in conducting such recall, including providing all pertinent records as may be required by Regulatory Authorities in the region affected, to assist XERIS in effecting such recall. Except as otherwise provided for under Article 10, BACHEM shall reimburse XERIS for reasonable and documented recall expenses directly related to an API quality defect proven by XERIS to have been solely caused by BACHEM’s negligence or error and which, in no event, shall exceed $[***], and BACHEM shall also reimburse XERIS for the cost of the API used to manufacture Product involved in the recall.

ARTICLE 7

TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for an initial term of [***] (“Initial Term”), Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed for successive [***] periods (each, a “Renewal Term;” and all such Renewal Terms together with the Initial Term, collectively, the “Term”‘), unless either Party notifies the other Party in writing at least [***] prior to the expiration of the then-current Term that such Party does not wish to renew this Agreement for an additional Renewal Term.

7.2 Termination for Material Breach. If either Party materially breaches this Agreement or the Quality Agreement at any time, the non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the breaching Party, if such breach is not cured within [***] days after written notice is given by the non-breaching Party to the breaching Party specifying the breach.

7.3 Termination for Failure to Supply. Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, including Sections 2.5 and 7.2 above, if [***] (a) Late Shipments of API or (b) Shortages of Supply of API occur during any [***] period, then XERIS shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to BACHEM. For purposes of this Section 7.3, a Late Shipment shall mean any shipment of a BACHEM confirmed Purchase Order that is delivered more than [***] days past the delivery date specified in the applicable Purchase Order (each a “Late Shipment”)

7.4 Termination by XERIS. XERIS may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to BACHEM if: (a) XERIS, in its sole discretion, determines that Products will not be marketed by XERIS (or its designee); or (b) the FDA or EMA withdraws approval of, or fails to approve, the manufacturing or marketing by XERIS (or its designee) of all Products then in development.

7.5 Effects of Termination. It is understood that termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not relieve a Party from any liability that, at the time of such termination or

 

9


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

expiration, has already accrued to the other Party, except as specified in this Section 7.5. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason (other than by XERIS pursuant to Section 7.2 or 7.3 above), to the extent BACHEM so notifies XERIS, XERIS shall have the obligation to purchase all API ordered under any outstanding Purchase Orders and will pay the applicable price differential for the lower annual volume, if any, for the volume of API ordered and delivered to XERIS year-to-date. To the extent XERIS notifies BACHEM of expiration or termination of this Agreement according to provisions provided herein, XERIS shall have the option to purchase additional transitional stock of API from BACHEM, in addition to quantities contained in outstanding Purchase Orders, of less than or equal to [***]([***])% of the most recent Rolling Forecast at the applicable price and according to a delivery schedule mutually agreeable to both Parties.

7.6 Survival. The provisions of Sections 1,2.4,3-6,7.5,7.6,8-11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason. In addition, the provisions of the Quality Agreement shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement until the date of expiration of the last-to-expire batch of API delivered by BACHEM to XERIS hereunder. All other Tights and obligations of the Parties shall cease upon termination of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 7.6, all other rights and obligations of the Parties shall terminate.

ARTICLE 8

CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1 Confidential Information. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, during the Term and for a period of [***] years thereafter, each Party shall maintain in confidence and only use for the purposes of this Agreement any confidential information, data and materials supplied to such Party by the other Party (“Confidential Information”) A receiving Party’s obligations under this Article 8 shall not apply to any information, data or material that, in each case as demonstrated by written documentation: (a) was already known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure; (b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving Party; (c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; (d) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the receiving Party by a person other than the disclosing Party; or (e) was independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party.

8.2 Confidentiality: Non-Disclosure. Each Party agrees not to disclose any Confidential Information of the other Party except to those employees and consultants who have a need to know and provided that each person to whom Confidential Information is disclosed agrees to be bound by the same terms regarding the disclosure and use of Confidential Information as set forth in this Article 8. Each Party further agrees not to use or disclose the Confidential Information of the other Party except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, or as may be necessary to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Article 8 shall prevent either Party from disclosing any Confidential Information of the other Party to: (a) regulatory agencies for the purpose of obtaining approval to distribute and market Products; provided, however, that all reasonable steps are taken to

 

10


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information to be disclosed; (b) to accountants, lawyers or other professional advisors or in connection with a merger, acquisition, securities offering or other strategic transaction, subject in each case, to the recipient entering into an agreement to protect such Confidential Information from disclosure; or (c) is required by law or regulation to be disclosed; provided, however, that the Party subject to such disclosure requirement has provided written notice to the other Party promptly upon receiving notice of such requirement in order to enable the other Party to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent disclosure of such Confidential Information.

ARTICLE 9

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

9.1 Mutual Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (a) it has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to grant to the other Party the rights granted to such other Party under this Agreement; (b) it has obtained all necessary corporate approvals to enter into and execute this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not conflict with any agreement, instrument or understanding, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, nor will it enter into or assume during the Term, any contract or other obligation with a third party that would in any way limit the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

9.2 BACHEM Warranties. BACHEM represents and warrants that:

9.2.1.1 API. All API supplied hereunder shall (a) comply with all Applicable Laws and the Quality Agreement and meet all Specifications and cGMP’s, and (b) BACHEM shall perform and document all manufacturing and supply activities contemplated herein in compliance with all Applicable Laws.

9.2.1.2 Facilities and Equipment. The Facility, all equipment used for the manufacture of API within the Facility and the activities contemplated herein, and any other facility at which any of the manufacturing or processing, packaging, labeling, testing or storage activities relating to the API are performed will comply with all Applicable Laws and cGMP’s, and BACHEM shall obtain and maintain all governmental registrations, permits, licenses and approvals necessary for BACHEM to manufacture and supply API to XERIS, and otherwise to perform its obligations, under this Agreement

9.2.1.3 No Encumbrance. Title to all API provided to XERIS under this Agreement shall pass as provided in this Agreement, free and clear of any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance.

9.2.1.4 Personnel. Neither BACHEM, nor any of its Affiliates, nor, to the best of BACHEM’s knowledge, any of their respective employees have been “debarred” by the FDA, or subject to a similar sanction from any Regulatory Authority in any jurisdiction outside the United States, nor have debarment proceedings against BACHEM, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees been commenced. BACHEM will promptly notify XERIS in Writing if any such proceedings have commenced or if BACHEM, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees are debarred by the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority.

 

11


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

9.3 XERIS Warranties. XERIS represents and warrants that it shall comply in all materials respects with all Applicable Laws pertaining to the distribution, sale, and marketing of Product.

9.4 DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS ARTICLE 9, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES (EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

10.1 XERIS. it is understood that BACHEM has no control over the ultimate use of the API or Products. XERIS shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless BACHEM, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any liabilities, expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising out of or relating to XERIS’ (a) use of the API, other than as set forth herein, (b) use, sale, manufacturing, distribution or other disposal of the Products, (c) breach of its representations and warranties herein, Or (d) gross negligence or willful misconduct.

10.2 BACHEM. BACHEM shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless XERIS, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against all liabilities, expenses, and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising out of or relating to BACHEM’s (a) breach of its representations and warranties herein and XERIS’ use of the API, as set forth herein, (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (c) subject to Section 6.4, API defects that result in a Product recall up to a maximum amount.

10.3 Indemnification Procedure. Any Party seeking indemnification under this Article 10 (the “Indemnitee”) shall: (a) promptly notify the Indemnifying Party (the “Indemnitor”) of such claim; (b) provide the Indemnitor sole control over the defense and settlement thereof; and (c) at the Indemnitor’s request and expense, provide full information and reasonable assistance to Indemnitor with respect to such claims. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to claims brought under Section 10.1 or 10.2 above, the Indemnitee, at its own expense, shall have the right to participate with counsel of its own choosing in the defense and settlement of any such claim. The indemnification under this Article 10 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Indemnitor.

10.4 Insurance. During the Term and for a period of [***] thereafter, BACHEM shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance reasonably sufficient to cover BACHEM’s activities and obligations under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, BACHEM shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense (i) general liability insurance (ii)

 

12


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

contractual liability insurance and (iii) product liability insurance, such insurances covering at least bodily injury, death, and property damage limits, in such amounts and with such scope of coverage as is consistent with pharmaceutical industry standards to insure BACHEM’s indemnification and other obligations hereunder. At the reasonable request of XERIS, BACHEM shall provide to XERIS copies of certificates of insurance evidencing coverage in accordance with this Section 10.4.

10.5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, EACH PARTY’S LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR (I) ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES; INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, OR OPPORTUNITY OR GOODWILL, HOWEVER CAUSED, UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY AND EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR (II) FOR EACH EVENT GIVING RISE TO ANY INJURIES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, EXPENSES, OR DAMAGES, AN AMOUNT EXCEEDING $[***]. To the extent that this clause conflicts with any other clause of this Agreement, this clause shall take precedence over such conflicting clause. If applicable law prevents enforcement of this Section 10.5, then this Section shall be deemed modified to provide the maximum protection to each Party as is allowable under applicable law.

ARTICLE 11

GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.1 Assignment. The Parties agree that their rights and obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred to a third party without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may transfer or assign its rights and Obligations under this Agreement to a successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets relating to this Agreement whether by sale, merger, operation of law or otherwise; provided that such assignee or transferee has agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

11.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, as if entered into by New York residents and executed and wholly performed within the State of New York.

11.3 Disputes. Except for any disputes with respect to non-conforming API, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 4.3 above, if BACHEM and XERIS are unable to resolve any dispute between them, either BACHEM or XERIS may, by written notice to the other, have such dispute referred to the senior management of BACHEM and XERIS for attempted resolution by good faith negotiations within [***] after such notice is received. If the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute in accordance with the aforementioned procedure or within such [***] period, subject to Section 11.4 below, either Party shall have the right to pursue any and all other remedies available to such Party.

 

13


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

11.4 Arbitration. Except for any disputes with respect to non-conforming API, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 4.3 above, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the performance, breach or termination thereof which is unable to be resolved pursuant to discussions between the Parties in accordance with Section 11.3 above, shall, upon notice by either Party to the other, be submitted to binding arbitration in New York City, New York under the Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or any successor entity thereto, collectively, “AAA”) by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules. The arbitrator may engage an independent expert with experience in the subject matter of the dispute to advise the arbitrator. The decision and award rendered by the arbitrator shall be written, final and non-appealable and may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. The Parties agree that, any provision of applicable law notwithstanding, they will not request, and the arbitrator shall have no authority to award, punitive or exemplary damages against any Party. The costs of any arbitration, including administrative fees and fees of the arbitrator, shall be shared equally by the Parties, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator. Each Party shall bear the cost of its own attorneys’ and expert fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive relief without breach of this arbitration provision.

11.5 Notices. Any notice or report required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by either Party shall be in writing and in English and delivered to the other Party at its address indicated below (or to such other address as a Party may specify by like notice) by courier or by registered or certified airmail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile; provided, however, that all facsimile notices shall be promptly confirmed, in writing, by courier or by registered or certified airmail, postage prepaid. All notices shall be effective as of the date received by the addressee.

 

If to XERIS:

   Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
   180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1800
   Chicago, IL 60601
   Attn: Paul Edick, CEO

If to BACHEM:

   Bachem Americas, Inc.
   3132 Kashiwa Street
   Torrance, CA 90505
   Attn: Brian Gregg, COO

11.6 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be liable for its failure to perforin any of its obligations hereunder during any period in which such performance is delayed by acts of God, fire, war, embargo, riots, or other similar cause outside the reasonable control of such Party (“Force Majeure Event”). A Party affected by a Force Majeure Event will promptly notify the other Party, explaining the nature and expected duration thereof and such Parry shall use all reasonable efforts to remedy or mitigate such Force Majeure Event and the effects thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Party is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement for a period of more than [***] as a result of a Force Majeure Event, the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the affected Party.

 

14


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

11.7 Interpretation. The headings to the several Articles and Sections of this Agreement are not a part of this Agreement, but are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

11.8 Waiver. Any waiver of the terms and conditions hereof must be explicitly in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Party waiving compliance. The waiver by either of the Parties of any breach of any provision hereof by the other shall not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself. The delay or failure of any Party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall in no manner affect such Party’s rights at a later time to enforce the same.

11.9 Severability. Should any section, or portion thereof, of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by any court of competent authority or by a legally enforceable directive of any governmental body, such section or portion thereof shall be validly reformed so as to approximate the intent of the Parties as nearly as possible and, if unreformable, shall be deemed divisible and deleted with respect to such jurisdiction, but the Agreement shall not otherwise be affected.

11.10 Independent Contractors. The relationship of XERIS and BACHEM established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, agency or other fiduciary relationship between XERIS and BACHEM. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to assume, create or incur any expense, liability or obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other.

11.11 Entire Agreement: Amendment. The terms and provisions contained in the Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto and any Purchase Orders issued pursuant hereto) and the Quality Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and Shall supersede all previous communications, representations, agreements or understandings, either oral or written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No agreement or understanding varying or extending this Agreement shall be binding upon either Party hereto, unless set forth in a writing which specifically refers to the Agreement signed by duly authorized officers or representatives of the respective Parties, and the provisions hereof not specifically amended thereby shall remain in full force and effect.

11.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

15


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this API Supply Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

   

BACHEM AMERICAS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Paul R. Edick

    By:  

/s/ Brian Gregg

Name:   Paul R. Edick     Name:   Brian Gregg
Title:   CEO     Title:   COO

 

16


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

Exhibit 1

API PRICING

Annual Price/Volume

 

Price (per gram)

  

Annual Grams

$            /g

   [***]g

$            /g

   [***]g

$            /g

   [***] – [***]g

$            /g

   >[***]g

 

17


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

EXHIBIT 2

RELEVANT SHIPPING DOCUMENTATION

Certificate of Analysis

Certificate of Conformance

TSE/BSE Safety Certificate

Packing List invoice

Temperature data logger for BBU/TOR and/or BBU/XERIS shipments

 

18

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Xeris/Bachem    Quality Assurance Agreement   

This Quality Assurance Agreement (the “Quality Assurance Agreement) is made as of November 20, 2015 (“Effective Date”) between Bachem AG, an entity organized under the laws of Switzerland, with its principal place of business at Hauptstrasse 144, CH-4416 Bubendorf, Switzerland (“Bachem”), and Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. an entity organized under the laws of Texas with its principal place of business at 3208 Red River Street, Suite 300, Austin, TX 78705, USA (“Xeris”).

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, Bachem is engaged in the business of manufacturing of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) and has a broad proprietary know-how in the development of the manufacturing process for peptides including related analytical methods as well as in the manufacturing of peptides:

WHEREAS, Xeris is a company engaged in research, development and eventual commercialization and sate of medicinal products.

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to set forth in this Quality Assurance Agreement a plan, prepared by Xeris and Bachem, for determining the conformity of Product supplied by Bachem to Xeris under this Agreement to the Specifications (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of premises and mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, Bachem and Xeris agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

PREAMBLE AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Preamble. The preamble to this Quality Assurance Agreement forms an integral part hereof.

Section 1.2 Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms as used in this Quality Assurance Agreement shall have the following meaning:

Annex” means an exhibit annexed lo and forming part of this Quality Assurance Agreement.

Competent Authorities mean the FDA in the United States or any other applicable national, supranational, federal, state or local regulatory agency or entity having the responsibility, jurisdiction, and authority to approve the clinical manufacture, use, importation, packaging, labeling, marketing, and sale of Product or Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Products in any country where Bachem has authorized Xeris to access Bachem’s DMF.

 

Page 1 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Products means Xeris’ pharmaceutical medications or formulations, including those in any manner arising or resulting from the use of the Product in connection with the above medications.

Certificate of Analysis means a certificate In writing for each batch of Product, signed by a Qualified Person or its deputy, that provides full analytical results of the batch of Product, a TSE-Safely-Certificate and certifies (a) the conformity of the batch of Product to the Specifications and (b) that manufacturing and release records of the respective batch of Product were reviewed by Bachem and manufacturing and release of the respective batch of Product is in accordance with all applicable cGMP requirements. All Product batches delivered to Xeris or its designee shall comply with provisions of this Quality Assurance Agreement.

Confidential Information means, with respect to a Party, all information of a confidential nature which may be disclosed by or on behalf of that Party to the other Party including, but not limited to, the Product Information and information relating to the disclosing Party’s business or scientific strategies, research, product development, marketing, customers. Opportunities, finances, sales and pricing of products, processes, and all other written information clearly identified as “Confidential” when submitted by the disclosing Party to the receiving Party.

DMF” means Drug Master File maintained with the FDA or its equivalent maintained with a Competent Authority in any other country mutually agreed between the Parties.

GMP or cGMP means the (a) current regulations for Good Manufacturing Practice as outlined in the US Code of Federal Regulations and applicable FDA guidance documents as amended and (b) the ICH 07 guideline for the production and release of active substances and in EC Directive 2003/94/EC as amended from time to time and transposed into the respective national laws at the member states of the European Union and the equivalent US (FDA) laws and regulations.

Latent Defect means, with respect to Product, a hidden or latent defect not detected by the analytical test methods in operation at the date of shipment to Xeris of the relevant Product by Bachem and which was not detected by Xeris during the initial Testing Period.

Manufacture means the manufacture, processing, packing, or holding of a product including packaging and labelling operations, testing, and quality control and QA release.

Major Deviation means a deviation with the potential to have an impact on Product quality, safety, efficacy or stability.

Minor Deviation means any deviation that will not have an impact on Product quality, safety, efficacy or stability.

Major Change means a change that may adversely impact quality, safely, efficacy, stability, or regulatory compliance of the Product. Any change that will require regulatory authority approval is also defined as a Major Change.

 

Page 2 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Minor Change means a change that will not have any adverse impact on Product quality, safely, efficacy, stability, or regulatory compliance, and will not require authority approval.

OOS” means out of specification and, with respect to a Product or testing of a Product, means that the Product does not conform to the Specifications or the results of testing of the Product indicate non-conformance of the Product to the Specifications.

Party” or “Parties shall mean Bachem or Xeris, Individually or collectively as the context requires.

Product means synthetically manufactured human Glucagon as described in more detail in the Specifications in Annex 1 of this Quality Assurance Agreements non-sterile active pharmaceutical ingredient(s) in bulk form, manufactured under GMP requirements.

Qualified Person has the meaning ascribed to it in EC Directive 2003/94/EEC as amended or as m any other applicable GMP regulation.

Specifications means the specifications for the Product, as more specifically described in Annex 1 of this Quality Assurance Agreement. Annex 1 may be modified from time to time by written amendment to this Quality Assurance Agreement in accordance with Section 12.4.

Testing Period means the time after Xeris’ receipt of any shipment of Product to subject such Shipment, on a sample basis, to quality control testing to determine conformity with the relevant Specifications (including COAs and COCs), and whether or not a Product is free from defects in workmanship or materials, and manufactured according to cGMP.

TSE-Safety-Certificate means a certificate certifying that a batch of the Products) complies with or is outside the scope of monograph 5.2.8 of the European Pharmacopeia.

USP” means current United States Pharmacopeia official compendia of standards.

EP” means current European Pharmacopoeia official compendia of standards.

Section 1.3 Interpretation. Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa, words denoting a gender include all genders, and words denoting persons include corporations and all other legal entities.

ARTICLE 2

SUBJECT OF THIS QUALITY ASSURANCE AGREEMENT

Section 2.1 The purpose of this Quality Assurance Agreement is to define and to establish the obligations and responsibilities of Bachem and Xeris relating to the quality assurance requirements of the manufacture, release and supply of the Product pursuant to the Agreement by Bachem in accordance with GMP guidelines tor active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), namely the US Code of Federal Regulation, Parts 11, 210, 211, applicable

 

Page 3 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

FDA guidance documents and ICH 07 GMP Guide for APIs as accepted and implemented by the national and international regulations of the European Community, the United States of America, Japan and the member slates of the Pharmaceutical inspection Convention (PIC) scheme.

ARTICLE 3

QUALITY ASSURANCE AGREEMENT CONTACT INFORMATION

Section 3.1 Notices. Any notice, request, delivery, approval or consent required or permitted to be given under this Quality Assurance Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person, transmitted by telecopy with a confirming copy, by e-mail with a confirming copy, sent by Overnight courier or registered mail to the Party to whom it is directed at its address shown in Section 3.02 and Section 3.03 or such other address as such Party shall have last given by notice 10 the other Party.

Section 3.2 Notices to Bachem. Any notice to Bachem under this Quality Assurance Agreement shall be addressed to:

Bachem AG, Hauptstrasse 144

4410 Bubendorf, Switzerland

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

Section 3.3 Notices to Xeris. Any notice to Xeris Shall be addressed to:

Xeris Pharmaceuticals Inc., 3208 Red River Street, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78705

[***]

[***]

[***]

ARTICLE 4

THE PRODUCT

Section 4.1 Product. The Product covered by this Quality Assurance Agreement, together with the related Specifications, is listed in Annex 1.

ARTICLE 5

SUPPLY AND MANUFACTURE

Section 5.1 Premises and Subcontracting. Bachem will manufacture and release the Product at its Site in Bubendorf, Switzerland. Bachem may subcontract quality control work provided that the respective contract laboratories have been qualified by Bachem. In case Bachem subcontracts any work. Bachem is solely responsible for the fulfillment of the obligations of this Quality Assurance Agreement by its subcontractors Bachem agrees to only use qualified laboratory resources listed in Annex I Any modification to the approved contract laboratories list will require prior notice to Xeris.

 

Page 4 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Section 5.2 GMP Guidelines. The premises, equipment and systems used to manufacture and release the Product must be in compliance with all applicable GMP requirements for APIs, including the principles detailed in the US Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 11, 210, 211, and ICH Q7 GMP Guide for APIs, as accepted and implemented by the national and international regulations of the European Community, the United States of America, Japan and the member slates of the PIC scheme.

Section 5.3 Materials. Bachem shall be responsible for procuring all materials for manufacturing, release and supply of the Product. Bachem shall also be responsible for the specifications and the release of such materials. Upon Xeris’ request, Bachem shall provide access to such specifications and release documents for such materials to Xeris for review at Bachem’s Site in Bubendorf.

Section 5.4 Manufacturing Batch Records. Bachem shall maintain the manufacturing process and method information in its own formal in manufacturing batch records. COAs including a CoC in English shall be sent to Xeris in a PDF file or equivalent.

Section 5.5 Manufacturing Process. Product must be manufactured, tested, released and packed in compliance with the requirements of the provisions of this Quality Assurance Agreement and CGMPs. Any changes made to the established manufacturing process are subject to Bachem’s change control process as described in Article 7 of this Quality Assurance Agreement hereunder. Xeris shall be notified in advance of any Major Changes associated with the manufacture and quality control of Product.

Section 5.6 Facilities. Bachem shall manufacture the Product in facilities which are regularly monitored by Bachem to demonstrate compliance with applicable cGMP guidelines and codes of practice for the type of production.

Section 5.7 Batch Numbering. Bachem shall implement and use a unique batch numbering system for numbering each batch of Product. This number shall appear on all documents relating to the particular batch of Product. Bachem is responsible for maintaining an associated lot genealogy, where the final lot number may be traced back to the intermediates and starting materials used in the specified batch.

Section 5.8 Date of Manufacture. Bachem Shalt allocate the dale of manufacture as the dale when ail manufacturing work has been completed and the batch is ready for release testing. Bachem shall ensure that stability and retest dates are aligned with Bachem’s assigned Date of Manufacture.

Section 5.9 Re-Test Date. The re-test date for Product shall be allocated based on the date of manufacture together with the retest period established by stability data generated using Product produced by the validated manufacturing process.

Section 5.10 Rework and Reprocessing. Reprocessing and rework of Product is permitted with rework steps that have been validated as part of the manufacturing process and in accordance with the provisions of the ICH Q7 guideline Bachem will notify Xeris prior to any reworking.

 

Page 5 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Section 5.11 Manufacturing and Equipment Data. Bachem shall be responsible for keeping records of equipment usage, cleaning, raw material batch numbers and certification as well as in process results and parameters. Such documentation shall be retained by Bachem as described in Section 6.9 hereunder.

Section 5.12 Training and Personnel. Bachem shall maintain a GMP compliant training program. Bachem will ensure and document that employees have and maintain education, naming, and experience appropriate to their job duties. Bachem will not employ any person or GMP service provider listed in the DMF that has been debarred by any Competent Authorities or, to Bachem’s knowledge, is currently under any investigation which could lead to such debarment. Bachem will provide upon request the required statement supporting the claim that none of the employees or service providers listed in the DMF have been debarred or, to Bachem’s knowledge, are under investigation by any Competent Authorities.

Section 5.13 Drug Master File. In mutually agreed countries, Bachem will maintain the Product DMF according to requirements defined by each local Competent Authority. Bachem will provide a letter to the specified Competent Authority at Xeris’ request in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Agreement allowing such Competent Authority to review Bachem’s Product DMF relative to any Xeris submission.

ARTICLE 6

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

Section 6.1 Sampling and Samples. Bachem shall ensure that representative samples of Product are taken in accordance with GMP guidelines. Bachem will store API retention samples for all lots produced, sufficient to perform at least [***] full specification analyses, in containers that are equivalent to or more protective than the commercial packaging in accordance with the applicable GMP guidelines API samples will be retained for a minimum of [***] as of batch release. These retain samples will not be specific to Xeris. Xeris shall retain sufficient samples of Product for [***]. A quantity sufficient to perform [***] tests of Products shall be retained by Xeris.

Section 6.2 Testing of Raw Materials. Bachem shall ensure that materials and packaging components used to manufacture the Product’s) are in compliance with the specifications as defined by Bachem and, if applicable, disclosed to Xeris for on-site review in Bubendorf. Reduced testing shall be permitted for vendors that have been formally qualified by Bachem and have a demonstrated history of meeting all test specifications, per an approved Bachem SOP. In this case raw materials for use in the manufacture of the Product shall be tested at a minimum for identity on each shipment delivered. Bachem will store retention samples of all STARTING MATERIALS and IMTERMEDIATES used sufficient to perform at least [***] full specification analyses and meaningful use tests, in containers that are equivalent to or more protective than the commercial packaging. In all cases, sample packaging and storage conditions shall maintain the physical and chemical integrity of the sample. Samples are to be retained for [***]. However, there will be no retains (or compressed gasses and extremely hazardous materials.

 

Page 6 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Section 6.3 In-Process Testing. Bachem shall be responsible for ensuring that all required in-process testing is completed using suitable methods, when applicable, and documented. This will include environmental controls where required. Bachem shall also be responsible for defining appropriate tests and criteria.

Section 6.4 Specifications. Bachem shall implement Specifications for the Product as mutually agreed in this Quality Assurance Agreement. It will remain the responsibility of Xeris to ensure that the Specifications are appropriate for The intended use of Product.

Section 6.5 Approval to ship the Product. Bachem shall be responsible for ensuring that the Product conforms to the Specifications and has been made and tested in accordance with the manufacturing procedure and with all provisions or this Quality Assurance Agreement This will be carried out by Bachem’s Qualified Person or deputy before any shipment of Product to Xeris.

Section 6.6 Certificate of Analysis. Bachem shall issue a Certificate of Analysis serving as a confirmation that The Product has been manufactured and tested in accordance with the GMP requirements and with all provisions of this Quality Assurance Agreement The Certificate of Analysis will be signed by Bachem’s Qualified Person or deputy and provide full analytical results for each batch. It will be supplied with each delivery of each batch of Product.

Section 6.7 Release of Product for use by Xeris. Bachem shall release Products under their quality system ensuring compliance with applicable regulations Release documentation shall accompany a CoA / CoC as described in this document. Xeris shall be responsible for release of the Products for further use. Xeris shall alto be responsible for ensuring that all further medicinal use of Product is in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations.

Section 6.8 Documentation. Bachem shall create and maintain complete manufacturing and control documentation that is at minimum comprised of (i) a completed batch production record including m-process controls; and (ii) a completed analytical batch record; and (iii) equipment charts and print-cuts, and (iv) any documentation on investigations, deviations, OOS or failures as applicable (v) employee training files and records to support manufacturing (vi) cleaning, maintenance and validation records lo support manufacturing.

Section 6.9 Document Retention. Bachem shall retain all documentation relevant to the manufacture and release of the Product securely and for a minimum of [***]. The documentation will be available to Xeris and Competent Authorities for on-site review at Bachem in Bubendorf.

Section 6.10 Retained Samples. Bachem Shall retain sufficient samples of Product for [***] years after batch release A quantity sufficient to perform at least [***] shall be retained. Xeris Shall retain Product samples as described in Section 6.1 above.

Section 6.11 Stability Studies. Bachem will run stability testing under ICH conditions according to the relevant Bachem’s SOP.

 

Page 7 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Section 6.12 Rejection of Product by Xeris. Any problem likely to cause rejection (excluding Latent Defects as defined above) of Product shall promptly be notified to Bachem after It Is identified and in any event within [***] of receipt of Products by Xeris.

Section 6.13 Reference Standards. Bachem will use a fully qualified internal reference standard which is qualified according to expectations of Competent Authorities and as detailed in current guidance documents which may be amended from time to time. Bachem and Xeris will collaborate to consider implementation of USP methods and reference standard when appropriate and practical.

Section 6.14 Conflict Resolution of Analytical Issues. In the event that a dispute arises between Bachem and Xeris in the analysis of the Product, the resolution shall conform with GMP rules on OOS results and shall proceed in stages. The first stage requires direct communication between analytical experts from the Parties to determine that the methods of analysis are the same and are being executed in the same manner at both sites. In a second stage, carefully controlled and split samples shall be exchanged to attempt to reach agreement. Should there be a failure to achieve a common set of results, analytical experts from the Parties shall be required to meet to work through the analysis of a mutually agreed sample, if these actions fail to achieve a common set of results a qualified, independent, third party referee laboratory shall be used to achieve resolution. This laboratory shall be selected mutually by the Parties. The results from this referee laboratory shall be binding on both Parties. Whatever the outcome, Xeris retains the right to decide whether the Product will be used to manufacture Xeris’s Pharmaceutical Product. Nothing in this Section 6.14 shall be construed to limit Bachem’s or Xeris’ rights.

Section 6.15 Conflict Resolution in Quality Assurance Issues. In the event that a dispute arises between Bachem and Xeris concerning the acceptability of a batch of Product, the resolution shall proceed in stages The first stage requires direct communication between The responsible quality assurance personnel from the Parties to determine the facts of the matter and to produce an investigation report. This report shall contain complete details of the problem together with any discussion on the validity and weight to be applied to any results The investigation report shall be reviewed by the senior quality personnel from the Parties and the Parties shall determine together the action to lake It these actions fail to achieve resolution, a qualified, independent external quality consultant shall be used to decide the appropriate action This consultant shall be selected mutually by the Parties. The results from this consultant shall be binding on both Parties. Whatever the outcome, Xeris retains the right to decide whether the Product will be used to manufacture Xeris’s Pharmaceutical Product. Nothing in this Section 6.15 shall be construed to limit Bachem’s or Xeris’s rights.

Section 6.16 Right to Audit. Bachem shall allow representatives of Xeris to have access to is manufacturing, warehousing and laboratory premises and to the associated records including inspection reports, Bachem responses and corrective actions generated from the inspection by any Competent Authority, related to Product or Quality Systems if adversely impacting quality and supply of Product and redacted as necessary to preserve the confidential information of third parties, with prior written reasonable notice for audit purposes. Xeris shall follow Bachem systems and procedures to ensure the safety, confidentiality and security of

 

Page 8 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Bachem processes, facilities and personnel during any audit Responses to audit findings will be provided by Bachem within [***] of Bachem’s receipt of an audit findings report from Xeris. Initial responses to critical observations that have the potential to impact safety, identity, strength purity or quality (SISPQ) of the Product will be provided to Xeris within [***].

Section 6.17 Audit Schedule. Without limiting Xeris’s rights, Bachem agrees to support Xeris audits according the following schedule:

 

  1. [***] per year;

 

  2. [***] additional technical meeting associated with the NOA review as agreed between the parties;

 

  3. For cause audits may be conducted by Xeris with reasonable notice.

Section 6.18 Audit of Competent Authorities. Bachem shall permit inspection by applicable Competent Authorities Bachem shall notify Xeris, in advance to the extent practical, of any inspections by a Competent Authority specifically related to the Product If results of an unrelated inspection by a Competent Authority may impact Product. Bachem shall notify Xeris promptly, this includes unrelated inspectional findings that may impact the process, facilities, equipment, laboratories or personnel used to manufacture, test and store Xeris Products.

Interactions with Competent Authorities. In the cases of responses to findings by inspectors representing Competent Authorities, Bachem will meet mandatory response timelines and m the case where time is needed to provide a complete response. Bachem will notify the Competent Authority and work aggressively to ensure the complete responses meet timelines specified by the Competent Authorities Bachem will provide Xeris with copies of all correspondence including corrective actions for those observations impacting Xeris products. In the case when DMF queries received by Bachem from Competent Authorities are associated with third parties’ applications, Bachem will notify Xeris if the regulatory queries may impact Xeris’s Pharmaceutical Products and program timelines. In the case when queries or requested changes from regulators may produce a conflict between Xeris’s Pharmaceutical Products and program(s) and Bachem’s’ changes relative to a third party’s application. Bachem will reasonably cooperate with Xeris in order to limit impact on Xeris’s Pharmaceutical Products and programs. Xeris will also cooperate in good faith to support the intended change.

Section 6.19 Latent Defects. Upon discovery that any batch, previously approved by Bachem and delivered to Xeris, fails to conform to its Specifications or the regulatory dossier or has in any way been adulterated. Bachem shall promptly notify Xeris of such failure and of the nature thereof in detail, including supplying Xeris with all relevant investigation reports and data. If Xeris notices any Latent Defects. Xeris shall inform Bachem in writing immediately, but no later than [***] alter their discovery and within [***] after receipt of the respective batch of Product. Xeris shall simultaneously send samples of the alleged faulty Product to Bachem. Bachem shall investigate all such failures promptly, at its expense, and co-operate with Xeris in determining the cause for the failure and the corrective action required.

Section 6.20 Product Complaints. Xeris shall be responsible for coordinating The investigation of any complaints about the Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Product made from Product(s) and shall notify Bachem of any complaint which may be related to The quality of Product Bachem shall investigate and provide a rapid initial response and a report as soon as possible.

 

Page 9 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Section 6.21 Product Recall. Xeris shall be responsible for instituting a medical product recall scheme for Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Product. Bachem will inform Xeris as soon as possible, but no later than [***] after Bachem becomes aware of such information. In case Xeris does not agree then Xeris releases Bachem from all consequent financial and liability obligations. Xeris shall notify Bachem of any recall of Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Product, which may be due to manufacture, components or tests performed on Product(s) by Bachem. Bachem shall provide a rapid initial response and then a full report as soon as possible The Parties shall cooperate on the response to the authorities.

ARTICLE 7

DEVIATIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS

Section 7.1 Deviations. (Major) Bachem shall ensure that any Major Deviation is carefully investigated, evaluated and documented by quality assurance of Bachem Investigations shall include root cause determination and corrective actions, where applicable which must be reviewed and approved by Bachem’s quality assurance personnel Bachem will provide access to alt documentation with respect to Major Deviations to Xeris on-site at Bachem’s facility.

Section 7.2 Deviations. (Minor) Bachem shall ensure that any Minor Deviation is carefully evaluated and documented by quality assurance of Bachem. In the case of Minor Deviations Bachem quality assurance and regulatory affairs will evaluate the acceptability regarding GMP, and the impact on conformity with regulatory submissions. Each investigation must give rise to an explanation and for corrective action, which must be reviewed and approved by Bachem’s quality assurance personnel Bachem will ensure investigation closeout and corrective actions are completed prior to release of Product, if applicable Bachem will provide access to all documentation with respect to Minor Deviations to Xeris on-site al Bachem’s facility.

Section 7.3 OOS Results, and Failure Investigations. Bachem shall be responsible for investigating any OOS results that occur with testing of the Product. According to Bachem’s OOS procedure, an initial tab error investigation will clarify whether the OOS result was caused by a lab error or by a batch failure. In case of a batch failure the Investigation will be expanded at minimum to evaluate the cause of the failure and its impact on earlier and later production lots. Each investigation must give use to an explanation and/or corrective action which must be reviewed and approved by Bachem’s quality assurance. OOS and failure investigations must be completed prior to Product release.

ARTICLE 8

CHANGE CONTROL

Section 8.1 Change Control. Bachem shall maintain a local Change control system that ensures compliance with GMP regulatory submissions and with all provisions of this Quality Assurance Agreement. All changes will be evaluated by competent management personnel

 

Page 10 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

regarding the technical implications Bachem’s quality assurance and regulatory affairs will evaluate the acceptability of the changes to Product regarding GMPs, the impact on Product quality end stability as well as on conformity with regulatory submissions. Bachem will notify Xeris of any/all proposed Major Changes to the manufacturing process, quality controls, specifications, methods of control, prior to initiation.

ARTICLE 9

VALIDATION AND QUALIFICATION

Section 9.1 Process Validation. Bachem will ensure that the manufacturing process used is fully validated, approved by Bachem’s Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs groups and meets Competent Authorities requirements. Bachem will document the process validation, and at Xeris’ request, disclose such documentation to Xeris for on-site review at Bachem.

Section 9.2 Equipment Calibration. Bachem shall be responsible for ensuring that manufacturing is carried out according to Competent Authorities requirements and ICH Q7 rules using calibrated equipment Bachem shall be solely responsible for the equipment calibration and equipment maintenance program including record retention, recall bra lion, and preventive maintenance

Section 9.3 Cleaning Validation. Bachem shall be responsible for ensuring that adequate cleaning is carried out between batches of different products to prevent cross contamination Bachem shall also be responsible for conducting cleaning verification or validation as appropriate (to ensure the integrity of all products, including critical carry-over from similar batches).

Section 9.4 Facility and Utility Qualification (IQ, OQ, PQ). Bachem Shall be responsible for The qualification and maintenance as appropriate of all relevant utilities, equipment, computer systems and facilities associated with the manufacture, storage or testing of Product according to Competent Authorities requirements.

ARTICLE 10

SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES

Without limiting each Party’s rights and obligations as otherwise set forth in this Quality Assurance Agreement, the following chart sets forth each Party’s specific responsibilities in connection with quality assurance matters relating to the manufacture of Product:

 

RESPONSIBILITY

   Bachem   Xeris

Manufacture

     —  

Manufacture of the API

   [***]   [***]

Development of manufacturing process for the API

   [***]   [***]

Manufacturing documentation for the API

   [***]   [***]

Ownership of manufacturing process and documentation for the API

   [***]   [***]

 

Page 11 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

RESPONSIBILITY

   Bachem     Xeris  

Procurement of the API raw and starting materials

     [***]       [***]  

Analytical, Laboratory, Sampling and Control

    

Retain and store samples of all materials and the API

     [***]       [***]  

Sampling, analysis and release of materials for API

     [***]       [***]  

In-process analyses for manufacture of the API

     [***]       [***]  

Reference standards for laboratory analysis performed by Bachem

     [***]       [***]  

Incoming material testing of the API upon receipt and keeping retained samples as required by competent authorities

     [***]       [***]  

Quality Assurance Activities for API

    

Batch numbering _

     [***]       [***]  

Approval of master batch documents

     [***]       [***]  

Preparation and review of the batch production, analytical and packaging records as well as of associated documents

     [***]       [***]  

Assurance of correct storage conditions for the API prior to shipment to Xeris

     [***]       [***]  

Release of API to Xeris

     [***]       [***]  

Release of API for Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Product manufacture

     [***]       [***]  

Shipping documentation

     [***]       [***]  

Material safety data sheet provision

     [***]       [***]  

Maintain a change control system

     [***]       [***]  

Provide API Specification as maintained in DMF

     [***]       [***]  

Approve API Specifications and ensure that Specifications are appropriate for further use

     [***]       [***]  

Change Control for Specifications (Bachem for technical feasibility, Xeris for further use)

     [***]       [***]  

Failure investigation in case of batch failure

     [***]       [***]  

Regulatory Documentation for API

    

Scheduling and ordering the regulatory work documentation and submissions for API section of Xeris’ Drug Products, as needed

     [***]       [***]  

Submission and maintenance of DMF for API

     [***]    

Stability studies for The API

     [***]       [***]  

NDA or MAA submission and maintenance (or Xeris1 Drug Products

     [***]       [***]  

Hosting GMP Inspections for the API by the Competent Authorities

     [***]       [***]  

Maintain site registration licenses

     [***]       [***]  

Validation for API

    

Qualification of equipment for manufacturing and analysis

     [***]       [***]  

 

Page 12 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

RESPONSIBILITY

   Bachem     Xeris  

Cleaning validation and cleaning verification

     [***]       [***]  

Validation of test methods

     [***]       [***]  

validation of manufacturing process

     [***]       [***]  

Validation of computerized systems

     [***]       [***]  

Complaint Handling, Drug Safety

    

Review and resolution of Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Product quality complaints when applicable to API

     [***]       [***]  

Decisions regarding the notification of critical API quality issues to Swissmedic and Xeris

     [***]       [***]  

Decisions regarding recalls and field alerts of Xeris’ Pharmaceutical Product

     [***]       [***]  

ARTICLE 11

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 11.1 Confidentiality Restriction of Use. The Confidential Information communicated by one Party to The other Party under this Quality Assurance Agreement through written documents or by any other means or any pan thereof shall be kept in confidence by the receiving Party which agrees to use the Confidential Information solely for The purpose of implementing this Quality Assurance Agreement. This confidentiality shall survive the termination of this Quality Assurance Agreement for [***] years

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1 Review terms of QAA. Bachem and Xeris shall evaluate in good faith the validity of the provisions defined in this Quality Assurance Agreement every [***] years (or sooner, to the extent required by applicable laws of the manufacturing site) starting at the Effective Date.

Section 12.2 Governing Law, Dispute Resolution. Any dispute a using cut of or in connection with this Quality Assurance Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred lo and finally resolved by arbitration under the London Court of International Arbitration Rules, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated herein by reference. The number of arbitrators shall be one. The seal, or legal place, of arbitration shall be London, England. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The governing law of the contract shall be the substantive law of Switzerland.

Section 12.3 Annexes. The Annexes referenced in this Quality Assurance Agreement are specifically made a part hereto.

Section 12.4 Amendment. Any amendment or modification of this Quality Assurance Agreement must be in writing and signed by authorized representatives of both Parties.

 

Page 13 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Section 12.5 Prevailing Agreement. To the extent that there is a conflict between, or ambiguity relating to this Quality Assurance Agreement and any other Agreement, the wording of this Quality Assurance Agreement shall govern any and all quality matters.

Section 12.6 Language. This Quality Assurance Agreement is made in the English language.

Section 12.7 Number of Copies. Two master copies exist, one with each of the Parties.

Section 12.8 Term. This Quality Assurance Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall terminate [***] years after shipment of the final Batch of Product. For clarity, this Quality Assurance Agreement shall be terminated automatically, if no shipments of the Product to Xeris have been made over a period of [***] consecutive years. Termination of this Quality Assurance Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any obligation accruing prior lo termination and shall not extinguish any antecedent breach of any provisions thereof, and such provisions of this Quality Assurance Agreement which, by their terms, survive shall continue in full force and effect after such termination.

Section 12.9 Assignment. Neither of the Parties shall assign or transfer this Quality Assurance Agreement or any of their respective rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that either Party may assign this Agreement and The rights and obligations hereunder without the consent of the other Party to any person succeeding to all or substantially all of the business or assets of The Party relating to the Product

 

Page 14 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Quality Assurance Agreement lo be duly executed by their authorized representatives on the Effective Dale.

Bubendorf .Switzerland

 

 

Bachem AG

   

By

 

/s/ Gerard Haas December 9, 2015

  By:  

/s/ Jan van Bebber December 9, 2015

 

Dr Gerhard Haas

   

Dr. Jan van Bebber

 

VP QAVRA

   

Director QA/RA

Austin. TX USA

 

Xeris Inc.

By

 

/s/ Yash Sabharwal November 20, 2015

 

Yash Sabharwal

 

Chief Operating Officer

By

 

/s/ Banir Ruano November 20, 2015

 

Banir Ruano

 

VP of Global Manufacturing & Tech Ops

By

 

/s/ Rebecca Waterbury December 2, 2015

  Rebecca Waterbury
 

VP of Quality

 

Page 15 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Xeris / Bachem Quality Assurance Agreement   

ANNEX 1

 

SPECIFICATIONS

   Glucagon

The Product shall be released against the following Specifications:

 

Page 16 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Product: Glucagon, Pharma Grade Material

[***]

[***]

 

Page 17 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Xeris / Bachem Quality Assurance Agreement   

ANNEX 2

 

APPROVED CONTRACT LABORATORIES

   Glucagon

Certain analytical services are provided (or Bachem AG by contract laboratories. Following please find the list of these institutes / companies including their potential service(s). All listed subcontractors are appropriately Qualified by Bachem Alternatively to using a contract laboratory these tests may be performed in house at Bachem provided that the specific technique is available.

 

Contract laboratory

  

Description of typical service(s)

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]   

 

Page 18 of 18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

Amendment 1 to the

Quality Assurance Agreement

This Amendment 1 (the “Amendment 1”) is made as of October 31, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Bachem AG, an entity organized under the laws of Switzerland, with its principal place of business at Hauptstrasse 144, CH-4416 Bubendorf, Switzerland (“Bachem”), and Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Texas, with its principal place of business at 3208 Red River Street, Suite 300, Austin, TX 78705, USA (“Xeris”).

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, Bachem and Xeris have entered into a Quality Assurance Agreement between the Parties effective as of November 20, 2015 the “Quality Assurance Agreement”;

WHEREAS, Bachem and Xeris now mutually desire to amend, modify and restate certain terms and conditions of the Quality Assurance Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

  1. Definitions

The capitalized terms used in this Amendment 1 shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Quality Assurance Agreement, unless otherwise stated.

 

  2. Amendments

The Parties agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Quality Assurance Agreement is amended as set forth in this Section 2.

2.1 Section 3.3 (Notices to Xeris) of the Quality Assurance Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

Section 3.3 Notices to Xeris. Any notice to Xeris shall be addressed to:

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 3208 Red River Street, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78705

[***]

 

  3. MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 The Parties agree that the provisions of this Amendment 1 shall be applied with immediate effect. For the avoidance of doubt it is acknowledged that the provisions of this Amendment 1 shall be valid for future manufacturing and release of the Product.

3.2 In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment 1 and the terms of the Quality Assurance Agreement the terms of this Amendment 1 shall prevail.


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

3.3 Except as expressly modified by this Amendment 1, the terms and provisions of the Quality Assurance Agreement remain and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment 1 to the Quality Assurance Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized representatives on the Effective Date.

Bubendorf, November 3, 2016

Bachem AG

 

By:  

/s/ Gerard Haas

  By:  

/s/ Jan van Bebber

  Dr. Gerhard Haas     Dr. Jan van Bebber
  Vice President QA/RA     Director QA/RA

Austin, TX USA, November 7, 2016

Xeris Inc.

 

By:  

/s/ Benir Ruano

  Benir Ruano
  VP of Global Manufacturing & Tech Ops

 

By:  

/s/ Leslie Osmera

  Leslie Osmera
  VP of QA

 

2


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Amendment 2 to the

Quality Assurance Agreement

This Amendment 2 (the “Amendment 2”) is made as of January 26, 2017 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Bachem AG, an entity organized under the laws of Switzerland, with its principal place of business at Hauptstrasse 144, CH-4416 Bubendorf, Switzerland (“Bachem”), and Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., an entity organized under the laws of Texas, with its principal place of business at 3208 Red River Street, Suite 300, Austin, TX 78705, USA (“Xeris”).

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, Bachem and Xeris have entered into a Quality Assurance Agreement between the Parties effective as of November 20, 2015, an amendment to the Quality Assurance Agreement dated October 31, 2016 (“Amendment 1”) collectively comprising the “Quality Assurance Agreement”;

WHEREAS, Bachem and Xeris now mutually desire to amend, modify and restate certain terms and conditions of the Quality Assurance Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

  1. DEFINITIONS

The capitalized terms used in this Amendment 2 shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Quality Assurance Agreement, unless otherwise stated.

 

  2. AMENDMENTS

The Parties agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Quality Assurance Agreement is amended as set forth in this Section 2.

2.1 Exhibit A (Specifications) of the Quality Assurance Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Xeris / Bachem Quality

Assurance Agreement

  

ANNEX 1

 

SPECIFICATIONS

  Glucagon

The Product shall be released against the following Specifications:

[***]

 

Tests

 

Specifications

  

Controls

Appearance R   [***]   
Appearance of solution R   [***]   
Identification (HPLC)   [***]   
Identification (HPLC)1,2   [***]   
Identification (amino acid analysis)  

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]
[***]

  
Identification (MS)2   [***]   
Specific optical rotation   [***]   
Related substances (HPLC) R   [***]   
Peptide content R
(elemental analysis)
  [***]   
Assay (HPLC) 1,2,R   [***]   
Bioassay   [***]   
Mass balance   [***]   
Water content (Karl Fischer)R   [***]   
Residue on ignition   [***]   
Acetic acid content (HPLC)   [***]   
Ammonium content (IC)   [***]   
Chloride content (titration)   [***]   
Residual organic solvents (GC)   [***]   

 

2


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

 

[***]

 
Nitrogen content R (elemental analysis)   [***]  
Zinc content (ICP-OES)   [***]  
Bacterial endotoxins (USP <85>)   [***]  
Microbial limit test (USP <61>) Total aerobic microbial count (TAMC)   [***]  
Total yeasts and moulds count (TYMC)   [***]  

 

R  performed for retest
1  the analytical test method is based on the Glucagon monograph of [***]
2  report separately as Additional Data

To be analyzed according to [***]

Product: Glucagon, Pharma Grade Material

Bachem No.: [***]

Peptide Sequence: [***]

 

  3. MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 The Parties agree that the provisions of this Amendment 2 shall be applied with immediate effect. For the avoidance of doubt it is acknowledged that the provisions of this Amendment 2 shall be valid for future manufacturing and release of the Product.

3.2 Both Parties acknowledge and Xeris agrees that there will be a Major Change to the existing Quality Assurance Agreement within the next months (Change request letter dated February 22, 2016) and therefore the Agreement will be amended with the new Quality Standard reflecting such Change as soon as available.

3.3 In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment 2 and the terms of the Quality Assurance Agreement or the terms of the Amendment 1, the terms of this Amendment 2 shall prevail.

3.4 Except as expressly modified by this Amendment 2, the terms and provisions of the Quality Assurance Agreement and Amendment 1 remain and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment 2 to the Quality Assurance Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized representatives on the Effective Date.

 

3


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Bubendorf, February 8, 2017

Bachem AG

 

By:

 

/s/ Gerard Haas

  

/s/ Jan van Bebber

Dr.   Gerhard Haas    Dr. Jan van Bebber

Vice President QA/RA

   Director QA/RA

Austin, TX USA, February 16, 2017

  

Xeris Inc.

  
By:  

/s/ Benir Ruano

  

/s/ Leslie Osmera

Benir Ruano

   Leslie Osmera

VP of Global Manufacturing & Tech Ops

   VP of QA

 

4

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

1 of 27

 

 

Commercial Supply Agreement

This Commercial Supply Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 14, 2018 (“Effective Date”) by and between PYRAMID Laboratories Inc. (“PYRAMID”), a California Corporation, having its principal place of business at 3598 Cadillac Avenue, Costa Mesa, California 92626 and Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Client”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1800, Chicago, Illinois, 60601, collectively the “Parties” and individually a “Party”.

PURPOSE

Client is engaged in the research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products;

PYRAMID is engaged in the business of providing product development and commercial manufacturing services for pharmaceutical products;

PYRAMID and Client previously entered into a Master Service Agreement on November 1, 2016 (“Master Service Agreement”) to provide development services, produce clinical supplies, and produce commercial registration batches for pharmaceutical development programs, including products now defined as Commercial Product;

NOW, THEREFORE, Client wishes to engage PYRAMID to perform the cGMP manufacturing Services for Commercial Product and PYRAMID wishes to provide such manufacturing Services to Client, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

  1.1 Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient(“API”) means Glucagon Pharmaceutical Grade material as supplied by Client.

 

  1.2 Affiliates” means any corporation, firm, partnership or other entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control of a Party to this Agreement.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

2 of 27

 

  1.3 Client Materials” means any Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, equipment, or primary container components supplied to PYRAMID by Client for testing or manufacture of Commercial Product under any Firm Order or Purchase Order. Client Materials are listed in Schedule B.

 

  1.4 Commercial Product” means the products listed in Schedule C.

 

  1.5 Firm Order” has the meaning specified Section 3.2.

 

  1.6 FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

  1.7 “cGMP” means the current Good Manufacturing Practices for manufacturing finished pharmaceutical products as set forth in 21 CFR Parts 210 and 211, the guidelines to GMP (under European directive 2003/94/EC) or any foreign equivalent specified in the applicable Firm Order or Purchase Order.

 

  1.8 Batch”means a specific quantity of manufactured Commercial Product, or a specific identified portion thereof (each a specific batch or sub-lot), having uniform characteristics and quality within limits as defined in the Specifications (and as set forth in 21 CFR Part 211).

 

  1.9 Purchase Order” means an order for Commercial Product pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement, and as defined in Section 3.2.

 

  1.10 Quality Agreement” means the Quality Agreement between the Parties dated November 16, 2016, and as may be further amended from time to time, which contains current Commercial Product Specifications and specifies Parties’ respective responsibilities regarding the manufacture, packaging, testing, storage, release, quality control, quality assurance and shipment of Commercial Product in accordance with requirements of Regulatory Standards and cGMP’s. In the event that any conflict shall arise between the terms of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall take precedence over the terms of the Quality Agreement in all respects except matters of quality, regulatory affairs and pharmacovigilance, in which case the Quality Agreement shall take precedence.

 

  1.11 Regulatory Standards” means requirements of the FDA or any foreign equivalent requirements for PYRAMID’s facility, cGMP and all other regulations applicable to PYRAMID, PYRAMID’s facility, and PYRAMID’s manufacture, packaging, testing, quality control, quality assurance and shipment of Commercial Product.

 

  1.12 Services” has the meaning defined in Section 2.

 

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

3 of 27

 

  1.13 Specifications” means:

 

  (a) the file, for the Commercial Product, which is provided by Client to PYRAMID and which contains documents related to such Commercial Product, including, without limitation:

(1) written Specifications for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient, primary container components, PYRAMID supplied materials and consumables, and finished Commercial Product;

(2) manufacturing, process control, packaging and labeling Specifications;

(3) shipping and storage requirements;

(4) all environmental, health and safety information relating to Client Materials and Commercial Product including materials safety data sheets, all as updated, amended and revised from time to time by Client in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and

(5) any other technical information necessary to carry out the contracted operations correctly in accordance with any legal requirements.

 

  1.15 Contract Year” means the twelve (12) month period commencing, in the case of the first year of this Agreement, on the Effective Date, and thereafter commencing on the twelve (12) month anniversary date in subsequent years.

 

  1.16 Calendar Year” means in the case of the first year of this Agreement, the Effective Date through December 31st of the same year, and thereafter January 1 through December 31st in subsequent years.

 

  1.17 Validation Batch” means a Batch that requires testing and documentation beyond what is required per this Agreement.

 

  1.18 Intellectual Property” means any and all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (i) trademarks, trade dress, trade names and service marks, including all applications and registrations therefor and the goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing; (ii) works of authorship and copyrights, including all applications and registrations related to the foregoing; (iii) trade secrets, proprietary information, inventions and confidential know-how; (iv) patents and patent applications; (v) internet domain name registrations, social media and other identifiers of source; and (vi) other intellectual property and related proprietary rights, interests and protections.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

4 of 27

 

2. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

Under this Agreement, Client may request PYRAMID to manufacture, fill, package, label, store, and test Commercial Product from time to time (“Services”). PYRAMID shall:

 

  2.1 Ensure that all manufacturing under this Agreement shall be in accordance with the Specifications, the Quality Agreement, Regulatory Standards, cGMP’s and a Purchase Order.

 

  2.2 PYRAMID shall perform quality control and quality assurance testing in accordance with the protocols specified in the Specifications and Quality Agreement. PYRAMID shall not make any changes to such testing protocols without the prior written approval from Client. In the event that any Batch of Commercial Product fails test Specifications, PYRAMID and Client, in accordance with the Quality Agreement, shall jointly determine the proceedings and methods to be undertaken to investigate the causes of such failure, including which Party shall bear the cost of such investigation, provided that PYRAMID shall not be liable for any such costs unless there has been a failure by PYRAMID to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement or the Quality Agreement. PYRAMID will provide any and all data and results relating to the testing upon request by Client.

 

  2.3 PYRAMID shall receive and perform identity testing of all materials, including PYRAMID supplies, materials and consumables and Client Materials, including the Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient, necessary for manufacturing or as otherwise specified in the Quality Agreement and as necessary to meet cGMP requirements.

 

  2.4 Client shall supply all of the items listed in Schedule B to PYRAMID and Client shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses relating thereto. Client shall be responsible for ensuring that Client Materials listed in Schedule B are ordered in sufficient quantities and delivered to PYRAMID in sufficient time to enable PYRAMID to meet Rolling Forecast and Firm Order requirements of Client. Client Materials, including the Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient, shall at all times belong to and remain the property of Client. PYRAMID agrees that Client Materials received by PYRAMID shall only be used to provide Services for the Client. Any excess Client Materials shall be returned to Client or destroyed, at Client’s expense, upon request and/or upon expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

3. ORDERING

 

  3.1 Forecasts

 

  3.1.1.

Prior to the end of each month, beginning approximately [***] prior to the expected FDA approval date for a Commercial Product, Client shall

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

5 of 27

 

  provide a written [***] forecast of the volume for each Commercial Product that Client anticipates will be required to be produced and delivered to Client (or designee) during the following [***] (“Rolling Forecast”). Rolling Forecasts will be updated by Client at the end of each subsequent month and PYRAMID shall inform Client within [***] of receiving an updated forecast if a Rolling Forecast cannot be met or is at risk of not being met. Failure of PYRAMID to accept or reject a Rolling Forecast within [***] of receipt shall be deemed an acceptance of the forecast and confirmation of having suitable available capacity for [***] of the Rolling Forecast.

 

  3.1.2. At the beginning of each Calendar Year, Client shall provide a written [***] forecast for each Commercial Product (“Long Term Forecast”). PYRAMID shall review the Long-Term Forecast within [***] and provide a written commitment of total production capacity available for Commercial Product for the following [***] period (“Total Capacity Commitment”). Failure of PYRAMID to accept or reject a Long-Term Forecast within [***] of receipt shall be deemed as making a Total Capacity Commitment for [***] of the Long-Term Forecast. If Client’s Long-Term Forecast cannot be manufactured due to PYRAMID’s limitations of the Total Capacity Commitment, Parties agree in good faith to evaluate and agree to alternative solutions, provided however, Client shall have the option of [***] as provided for under Section 24.

 

  3.2 Orders

 

  3.2.1 On or before the last day of each month, Client shall provide firm written orders for Commercial Product to PYRAMID, and such orders shall specify the amount of Commercial Product that shall be produced by PYRAMID and delivered to Client on a date not less than [***] from the first day of the following month (each a “Firm Order”). Firm Orders shall be submitted to PYRAMID in the form of individual or multiple Purchase Orders and shall specify Client’s Purchase Order number, quantities for each Commercial Product, delivery schedule, and any other elements necessary to ensure the timely production and delivery of the Commercial Product (each a “Purchase Order”). Purchase Orders for Commercial Products shall be firm and binding on Client except as otherwise provided for in Sections 3.2.4 and 3.2.5.

 

  3.2.2 Each batch of Commercial Product shall have an expected output based on manufacturing scale and yield (“Target Batch Yield”), as further defined in Schedule A, and may only submit Purchase Orders for Commercial Product in multiples of the Target Batch Yield. At the beginning of each Calendar Year, Parties agree to review and revise Target Batch Yield for Commercial Products, as necessary, based on updated production history.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

6 of 27

 

  3.2.3 PYRAMID shall inform Client within [***] in writing or by email if a Purchase Order cannot be filled and delivered as requested. Failure of PYRAMID to accept or reject a Purchase Order within [***] of receipt shall be deemed an acceptance of the Purchase Order.

 

  3.2.4 [***].

 

  3.2.5 Client shall not be allowed to adjust or cancel a Purchase Order [***] unless Parties mutually agree to utilize manufacturing time allocated for the Purchase Order for another Commercial Product or comparable Client special project under the Master Service Agreement.

 

  3.2.6 Client Materials must be received by PYRAMID at least [***] in advance of scheduled Purchase Order manufacturing in order to reserve necessary PYRAMID resources and manufacturing time.

 

  3.2.7 Each Batch under a Purchase Order delivered more than [***] beyond the delivery date specified in a Purchase Order shall be considered a Late Delivery (“Late Delivery”) and PYRAMID shall incur a penalty as further defined in Section 7.2. For clarity, Late Deliveries due to (a) Client’s failure to supply Client Materials in advance of scheduled manufacturing, or (b) quality issues related to such Client Materials, or (c) changes agreed upon in Sections 3.2.4 and 3.2.5 shall not be considered a Late Delivery.

 

  3.3 Pricing

 

  3.3.1 At the beginning of each Calendar Year, based on the quantity of Commercial Product forecasted by Client in the most recent Rolling Forecast for that Calendar Year, Parties agree to select and apply the appropriate pricing schedule as defined in Schedule A. The selected pricing schedule shall apply to all Client’s Purchase Orders scheduled for delivery during that Calendar Year, including Purchase Orders previously created and scheduled for delivery in that Calendar Year, and for which pricing shall be adjusted accordingly as required.

 

  3.3.2 Parties agree that prices set forth in Schedule A shall be updated [***].

 

  3.3.3 Parties agree that since Validation Batches require additional documentation and testing, pricing for any such Validation Batches shall be [***] compared to the then applicable Commercial Product Purchase Order price. PYRAMID will produce a Validation Batch only upon the written request of Client submitted in a Purchase Order.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

7 of 27

 

  3.3.4 At the end of each Calendar Year, based on the actual quantity of Commercial Product ordered by Client, defined as all Purchase Orders scheduled for delivery in that Calendar Year, Parties agree to review annual purchase volume to determine if a different pricing schedule should have been applied for the past full Calendar Year. As a result of the review and reconciliation process, and if required, PYRAMID shall issue a credit to Client for any amount due and apply it to the following years purchases, or Client shall pay PYRAMID for any amount due [***] of completing the year end reconciliation process.

 

4. MANUFACTURING

 

  4.1 PYRAMID will manufacture, package and label Batches for Purchase Orders in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement, Commercial Product Specifications, the Quality Agreement and cGMP’s.

 

  4.2 PYRAMID shall test Batches and deliver Batch documentation for each Purchase Order to Client in accordance with the Quality Agreement, and such Batch documentation shall be delivered to Client at least [***] prior to the delivery date specified on each Purchase Order.

 

  4.3 If the yield of a Batch is [***] below the Target Batch Yield as defined in Schedule A, Parties agree to investigate the root cause for the lower yield in accordance with the Quality Agreement. If the cause of the lower than expected yield is due to operator error or gross negligence by PYRAMID, PYRAMID may be subject to a penalty as further defined in Section 7.2.

 

  4.4 PYRAMID shall replace any Batch that does not meet Specifications and is due to PYRAMID failure [***] and as soon as reasonably possible, and PYRAMID shall [***] as defined in Section 7.2.5. For clarity, any Batch rejection due to a failure of Client Materials shall not result in a PYRAMID liability as provided for herein and Parties shall work together at Client’s cost to replace the Batch as soon as reasonably possible.

 

  4.5 Services related to Commercial Product that are outside of routine commercial manufacturing and supply as defined within this Agreement shall be managed separately as special projects and in accordance with the Master Service Agreement.

 

5. SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications for Commercial Product and any proposed revision to such Specifications shall be managed in accordance with the Quality Agreement. Revisions to Specifications requested by either Party will only be implemented following a technical review and cost

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

8 of 27

 

assessment by PYRAMID and are subject to Client and PYRAMID reaching agreement as to pricing revisions in Schedule A, if necessitated by any such revision. If Client accepts a proposed price change, the proposed revision to the Specifications shall be implemented in accordance with the Quality Agreement, and the price change shall become effective only with respect to those Purchase Orders that are manufactured in accordance with the revised Specifications. If Parties cannot agree on a proposed price revision, Client shall have the right to terminate the Agreement in accordance with Section 24.

 

6. SHIPPING

 

  6.1 PYRAMID will prepare and ship Quality Control samples for Commercial Product to a laboratory designated by Client for testing, as required, in accordance with the Specifications and Quality Agreement.

 

  6.2 Once a Commercial Product Batch is fully tested and released in accordance with Sections 4.2 and 9, the Specifications and the Quality Agreement, Client will arrange for pick up and shipment of the Commercial Product in accordance with the Specifications and Purchase Order. Client shall be responsible for payment of freight, insurance, customs duties and related charges for delivery of packaged Commercial Product to Client or alternate recipient as designated by Client, unless otherwise specified in the Purchase Order.

 

7. INVOICING, PAYMENT, ADJUSTMENTS

 

  7.1 Invoicing and Payment

 

  7.1.1

 

  7.1.1 Purchase Orders may require a down payment as defined in Schedule A. PYRAMID shall invoice Client for any such down payment upon receipt of a signed Purchase Order and payment of such invoice are due [***] after receipt by Client.

 

  7.1.2 PYRAMID shall invoice Client for a Purchase Order after Batch documentation, including a Certificate of Analysis with successful sterility and endotoxin test results, has been delivered to Client in accordance with the Quality Agreement. Each invoice shall identify the Purchase Order number, Client part number, Commercial Product name, quantity delivered, unit price, freight charges and the total amount to be paid by Client. Undisputed invoices are due within [***] after receipt by Client.

 

  7.1.3 Client agrees to pay PYRAMID for production costs associated with cancelled Firm Orders.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

9 of 27

 

  7.1.4 All late payments shall bear interest at a rate of [***], if not prohibited by law, otherwise at the highest lawful contract rate.

 

  7.1.5 Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Purchase Order, Client will pay to PYRAMID any federal, state and local sales taxes, if applicable, based on or measured by the sale or use of packaged Products, exclusive of any taxes based on PYRAMID’s income, revenues, gross receipts, personnel, or real or personal property, or other assets.

 

  7.2 Invoice Adjustments

 

  7.2.1 For any firm Purchase Order revised by Client [***] unless Parties mutually agreed to utilize manufacturing time scheduled for the Purchase Order for another purpose, as further defined under Section 3.2.5.

 

  7.2.2 For any Batch that is cancelled by Client, and that is associated with a firm Purchase Order, Client shall pay PYRAMID [***] and Client shall have no further obligations for the Purchase Order.

 

  7.2.3 For any Late Delivery of a Batch under a Purchase Order as further defined in Section 3.2.7, PYRAMID shall incur a penalty of [***].

 

  7.2.4 For any Batch manufactured with a yield of [***] due to PYRAMID operator error or gross negligence as further defined in Section 4.3, Client shall have the option [***] subject to limitations defined under Section 22.

 

  7.2.5 PYRAMID shall be responsible for the replacement cost of any Batch that does not meet Specifications and is not delivered to Client as further described in Section 4.4, [***] subject to limitations defined under Section 22.

 

  7.3 Defaults in Payment

In the event of default in the payment for Services rendered or expenses incurred by PYRAMID for Client, pursuant to this Agreement, Client shall be responsible for all collection fees and expenses incurred by PYRAMID, including attorneys’ fees. In the event of default in the reimbursement for Service fees or Client Materials to Client by PYRAMID, pursuant to this Agreement, PYRAMID shall be responsible for all collection fees and expenses incurred by Client, including attorneys’ fees.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

10 of 27

 

8. CLIENT MATERIALS AND PRODUCT

 

  8.1 Client Materials will remain Client’s property at all times and will only be used by PYRAMID for the purposes of manufacturing Commercial Product in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  8.2 PYRAMID must store and maintain Client Materials in such a way that they are clearly identifiable as Client’s property and in accordance with the Quality Agreement and cGMP.

 

  8.3 Client Materials will be insured by Client against any damages that may occur during the storage at the premises of PYRAMID. PYRAMID will not be liable for destruction or deterioration of these materials unless destruction or deterioration is due to the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of PYRAMID, and in such case of negligence or willful misconduct, PYRAMID will be insured to cover property loss and limits as further described in Section 21 and 22.

 

  8.4 Client shall provide to PYRAMID the most current technical data relating to the Commercial Product and Client Materials, including, but not limited to, Specifications, material data safety sheets, and pertinent environmental health and safety information, necessary to assure safe handling and disposal of the Commercial Product and the Client Materials by PYRAMID employees.

 

  8.5 PYRAMID will provide to Client a monthly inventory report within [***] after the end of each month. The report will include Client Materials, in process Commercial Product, and finished Commercial Product stored or pending release and shipment, and shall include part number, material description, quantity, lot number, expiration date and material disposition. Parties agree to use best efforts to investigate and reconcile any discrepancies within [***] of Client receiving such inventory report.

 

9 QUALITY ASSURANCE

The Quality Agreement, as defined in Section 1, forms an integrated part of this Agreement and describes in detail cGMP, quality control and quality assurance responsibilities of each Party. The Quality Agreement includes, but is not limited to, technical and quality contact information, roles and responsibilities, facility and equipment requirements, Commercial Product Specifications, material and vendor management, manufacturing qualification and validation, in-process testing and control, rework or reprocessing, packaging and labeling, analytical testing methods, Batch disposition and documentation, and storage and transportation. The Quality Agreement shall also address the use of subcontractors, specific regulatory and country reporting requirements, change control, deviation and nonconforming product investigations, corrective and preventative actions, and dispute resolution. In the event that any conflict shall arise between the terms of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement, the terms of the Quality Agreement shall take precedence over the terms of this Agreement in all respects related to quality, regulatory affairs and

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

11 of 27

 

pharmacovigilance. Parties agree to review the Quality Agreement within [***] of the Execution Date, and update the Quality Agreement as necessary, to reflect this Agreement and related requirements.

 

10. REGULATORY INSPECTIONS

PYRAMID’s obligations to notify and cooperate with Client regarding any audit or inspection by a competent regulatory authority with respect to the manufacture or testing of Products will be as set out in the Quality Agreement. All costs associated with PYRAMID’s compliance or support with (a) any official requests for information or documents relating to Services performed or Commercial Products provided by PYRAMID to Client exclusively under this Agreement, or (b) Client Commercial Product regulatory submission, or (c) regulatory authority audits exclusively related to Commercial Product, shall be paid by Client. Client shall reimburse PYRAMID for all such costs including, but not limited to, an hourly charge of [***] for persons responding to requests, travel, lodging, meals, mileage, incidental expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees for preparation of any person called to testify and associated fees and all other reasonable expenses associated with any such requests.

 

11. SITE VISITS

 

  11.1 In accordance with the Quality Agreement, Client may conduct Quality Assurance Site Compliance Audits each calendar year on a date mutually agreed upon by the Parties. The first (1st) day will be at no charge to Client and additional days will be charged at [***]. The Quality Assurance Site Compliance Audit includes the right to inspect any facility being used by PYRAMID for the Services and to inspect all relevant records. Any additional audits specific to Commercial Product, including those by FDA or a Qualified Person, will be charged at [***].

 

  11.2 If Client is conducting a for cause audit or Parties agree that a major non-conformance is found and requires resolution and meetings necessary to verify corrective action has been taken as provided for in the Quality Agreement, such activity will not result in a daily audit charge to Client.

 

  11.3 In accordance with the Quality Agreement, Client may conduct a preparatory audit of PYRAMID in advance of an expected pre-approval inspection by a Regulatory Authority at no charge to the Client.

 

  11.4 PYRAMID will co-operate fully with Client during audits performed under this section, including furnishing to Client copies of all requested documents.

 

  11.5 PYRAMID will provide to Client access to PYRAMID’s facilities at no charge during execution of manufacturing Services under any Purchase Order, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of providing technical assistance or observing performance of the Services.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

12 of 27

 

12. RECORDS

 

  12.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Quality Agreement or Specifications, PYRAMID will, at its own expense, store all testing and quality control records relating to Commercial Products onsite for [***]; and for a period of [***] offsite following completion of production of the Commercial Product. At the end of the [***], Client shall be notified to determine whether the records may be destroyed, provided to Client or continue to be stored at Client’s request or expense.

 

  12.2 PYRAMID will maintain, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and Practices, records reflecting the accuracy of PYRAMID’s charges, including invoices for compensation, and other information as Client may reasonably require in connection with this Agreement (“Financial Records”). PYRAMID will preserve such documents, without receipt of additional compensation, for at least [***] after the date of the final payment.

 

13. PRODUCT REJECTION, RECALLS, ADVERSE EVENTS

 

  13.1 In accordance with the Quality Agreement, Client will have the right to reject any Commercial Product Batch that has not been manufactured in compliance with PYRAMID’s warranty in Section 17 or does not meet the established Specifications.

 

  13.2 Client’s right of rejection will be exercised by delivery of written notice to PYRAMID in accordance with the procedures set out in the Quality Agreement or within [***] of receiving final Batch release documentation, including a Certificate of Analysis, or in the case of Latent Defects due to a PYRAMID processing failure, shall be upon Client’s discovery any time during the shelf-life of the Commercial Product. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Latent Defect” means a hidden flaw, weakness or imperfection of the Commercial Product unrelated to Client Materials which cannot be readily ascertained from the mere observation or a reasonable or customary inspection of the such product and the root cause for any such Latent Defect must be proven or detected through product investigation. Any quantities of Commercial Product that are rejected pursuant to this section will be returned to PYRAMID at PYRAMID’s expense, and either [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, PYRAMID shall not be liable for Latent Defects related to Client Materials.

 

  13.3

In accordance with the Quality Agreement, if PYRAMID disputes Client’s basis for rejecting a Commercial Product, then PYRAMID must do so in writing within [***] of receiving a rejection notice from Client. The rejected Commercial Product will be tested by an independent GMP laboratory mutually agreed upon by the Parties

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

13 of 27

 

  and the independent laboratory’s determination will be final and binding on the Parties. The cost of such testing will be borne by PYRAMID if the independent laboratory confirms that the product in question does not comply with PYRAMID’s warranty or other limitations, as provided for in Sections 17 and 22. Otherwise, the costs will be borne by Client.

 

  13.4 In accordance with the Quality Agreement, Parties shall work collaboratively in a timely manner to initiate and process Recalls related to Commercial Product. If the cause of the Recall is related to PYRAMID’s failure to comply with PYRAMID’s warranty in Section 17 or other provisions of this Agreement, PYRAMID shall reimburse Client for the cost of the Services and Client Materials used to manufacture the Commercial Product involved in the Recall along with reasonable and documented Recall expenses, subject to limitations provided for in Section 22.

 

  13.5 In accordance with the Quality Agreement, Parties shall work collaboratively in a timely manner to report and investigate Adverse Events and Product Complaints related to Commercial Product.

 

14. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

  14.1 Client will retain ownership of any Intellectual Property in the Specifications, Commercial Product formulation, Commercial Product manufacturing processes and Client Materials. Except for the limited purpose of performing its obligations under this Agreement, PYRAMID is not granted any right, title or interest in any intellectual property owned or controlled by Client.

 

  14.2 All right, title and interest in and to Intellectual Property produced, created, invented or developed by PYRAMID, including without limitation any improvements or modifications to the Client Materials, in performance of formulation development, analytical testing and/or the manufacture of Commercial Product under a Purchase Order (all of the foregoing, “Developed IP”) will be considered a work-made-for-hire and belong to and owned by Client. To the extent such Developed IP is not a work-made-for-hire under the applicable law, PYRAMID does assign and will assign all rights, title, and interest in and to such Developed IP to Client. PYRAMID agrees to reasonably cooperate and to complete, at Client’s expense, any documents necessary for Client to file and prosecute applications for registration of such Developed IP, including filing and prosecuting patent applications with respect to such Developed IP, in Client’s name. PYRAMID will, if deemed necessary or desirable by Client, on the same terms, execute an assignment of rights to Client with respect to such Developed IP, including any patent applications or patents.

 

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

14 of 27

 

15. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  15.1 For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Information” will mean:

 

  (a) With respect to Client, the Specifications, assigned intellectual property, information relating to the Commercial Products and Client Materials and their manufacture including such information produced by PYRAMID in performance of any Purchase Order, all written information which Client delivers to PYRAMID pursuant to this Agreement stamped or otherwise identified in writing on the document “Confidential,” and all oral information which Client declares to be confidential and confirms such declaration in writing within [***] of disclosure; and

 

  (b) With respect to PYRAMID, all information relating to PYRAMID’s manufacturing procedures, techniques and/or facilities, which PYRAMID delivers to Client in performance of monitoring or auditing under this Agreement stamped or otherwise identified in writing on the document “Confidential” if in writing, or if disclosed verbally, PYRAMID declares to be confidential and confirms such declaration in writing within [***] of disclosure.

 

  15.2 A Party receiving Information (“Receiving Party”) from the other Party (“Disclosing Party”) will maintain the Information in confidence with the same degree of care it holds its own confidential information. The Receiving Party will only use the Information for the purposes of performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement. The Receiving Party will not disclose the Information to any third party and will only disclose the Information to its officers and employees that need the Information for the purposes of performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement.

 

  15.3 The Receiving Party’s obligation of nondisclosure and the limitations upon the right to use the Information shall not apply to the extent that the Receiving Party can demonstrate that the Information:

 

  (a) was in the possession of the Receiving Party prior to the time of disclosure; or

 

  (b) is or becomes public knowledge through no fault or omission of Receiving Party; or

 

  (c) is obtained by Receiving Party from a third party under no obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party. All Information will be returned to the Receiving Party upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, except for one copy, which Disclosing Party may use for the sole purpose of determining its continuing confidentiality obligation to the Disclosing Party under this Agreement; or

 

  (d)

if the Receiving Party is requested or ordered to disclose the Information in connection with a legal or administrative proceeding, the Receiving Party will

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

15 of 27

 

  give the Disclosing Party prompt notice of such request. The Disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement or both. If the Disclosing Party seeks a protective order or other remedy, the Receiving Party will cooperate with the Disclosing Party. If the Disclosing Party fails to obtain a protective order or waive compliance within the relevant provisions of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will disclose only that portion of Information which its legal counsel determines it is required to disclose.

 

  15.4 All information will be returned to the Receiving Party upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, except for one copy, which may be retained by the Receiving Party’s legal counsel for the sole purpose of determining the Receiving Party’s continuing confidentiality obligation to the Disclosing Party under this agreement.

 

  15.5 All confidentiality obligations of under this Agreement will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of [***].

 

16. RELATIONSHIP

 

  16.1 PYRAMID is an independent contractor and PYRAMID acknowledges that its personnel or employees are not employees of Client. Accordingly, neither PYRAMID nor its employees or personnel will (a) participate in Client employee benefit plans nor receive any other compensation beyond that stated above, (b) have the power or authority to bind Client or to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on Client’s part or in Client’s name, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, or (c) represent to any person or entity that PYRAMID, its personnel or any employee of PYRAMID has such power or authority. PYRAMID will remain solely liable for all aspects of the employment of such persons including, without limitation, recruitment, hiring, firing, training, promotion, compensation, all payroll taxes and other deductions and all premiums or payments made for workers’ compensation coverage, unemployment benefits or any other payments required by law to be made by employers for or on behalf of employees.

 

  16.2 PYRAMID represents and warrants that it and its personnel, and employees are authorized to perform the Services and that neither it nor its personnel or employees will act in violation of any applicable immigration laws or regulations. PYRAMID will indemnify Client against any and all claims, fines, penalties and/or attorneys’ fees incurred by Client for breach by PYRAMID of any immigration laws or regulations and of this warranty.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

16 of 27

 

17. PYRAMID WARRANTIES

 

     PYRAMID represents warrants and covenants that:

 

  17.1 all Commercial Product supplied to Client under this Agreement will be manufactured in accordance with cGMP’s, Specifications and Regulatory Standards, and otherwise comply with the obligations set forth in Section 2 above, and all Client Materials, PYRAMID supplied materials and consumables, in-process Commercial Product and finished and packaged Commercial Product shall be stored, processed, and shipped in accordance with cGMP’s, Specifications and Regulatory Standards.

 

  17.2 it is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation;

 

  17.3 it has the right and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  17.4 it will perform all of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

  17.5 it and its employees, affiliates, and agents have never been debarred, or convicted of a crime for which a person can be debarred (i) under Section 306(a) or (b) of the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, or (ii) for the award of United States of America Federal contracts; and none of PYRAMID’s employees, affiliates, or agents, according to PYRAMID’s best knowledge after due inquiry, has ever been threatened to be debarred or indicted for a crime or otherwise engaged in conduct for which a person can be debarred, (i) under Section 306(a) or (b), or (ii) for the award of United States of America Federal contracts . PYRAMID agrees that it will promptly notify Client upon learning of any such debarment, conviction, threat or indictment; and

 

  17.6 the foregoing warranty is made to Client only and is not transferable to any agents or assigns of Client except to permitted assigns as described in Section 25.1. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, PYRAMID MAKES NO REPRESENTATION AND EXTENDS NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

18. CLIENT WARRANTIES

 

     Client represents, warrants, and covenants that:

 

  18.1 it is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation;

 

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

17 of 27

 

  18.2 the Commercial Product and PYRAMID’s use of the processes or procedures described in the Specifications will not infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties;

 

  18.3 it has the right and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

  18.4 it will perform all of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations.

 

19. INDEMNIFICATION BY PYRAMID

 

  19.1 PYRAMID will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Client and its Affiliates, and its or their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and representatives from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and amounts paid in settlement) (collectively, “Losses”) resulting from any third party claim made or suit brought against Client or any such persons arising out of (a) PYRAMID’s breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants in Section 17; (b) the use by Client of any Commercial Product or Special Product supplied by PYRAMID under this Agreement that does not comply with its applicable Specifications, or (c) infringement of any third party Intellectual Property to the extent such infringement is not caused by or attributable to Client Materials.

 

  19.2 Upon receipt of notice of any such claim or suit, Client will promptly notify PYRAMID thereof and will permit PYRAMID, at its cost, to handle and control such claim or suit; provided, however, that PYRAMID may not settle or compromise any claim or consent to the entry of any judgment regarding which indemnification is being sought hereunder without Client’s prior written consent. Client will have the right to participate in the defense of such claim or suit at its own expense. Client shall afford PYRAMID all reasonable assistance (at PYRAMID’s cost and expense) and will make no admission prejudicial to the defense of such claim or suit.

 

  19.3 The foregoing indemnification obligation will not apply to any claim or suit to the extent it arises directly out of Client’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of any term, representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement.

 

20. INDEMNIFICATION BY CLIENT

 

  20.1

Client will defend, indemnify and hold harmless PYRAMID and its Affiliates, and its or their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and representatives from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and amounts paid in settlement) (collectively, “Losses”) resulting from any third party claim made or suit brought against PYRAMID or any such persons arising out of (a) Client’s breach of any of its

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

18 of 27

 

  representations, warranties or covenants in Section 18; (b) the use by Client of any Commercial Product or Special Product supplied by PYRAMID under this Agreement that complies with its applicable Specifications, or (c) infringement of any third party Intellectual Property to the extent such infringement is caused by or attributable to Client Materials.

 

  20.2 Upon receipt of notice of any such claim or suit, PYRAMID will promptly notify Client thereof and will permit Client, at its cost, to handle and control such claim or suit. PYRAMID will have the right to participate in the defense of such claim or suit at its own expense. PYRAMID will afford Client all reasonable assistance (at Client’s cost and expense) and will make no admission prejudicial to the defense of such claim or suit.

 

  20.3 The foregoing indemnification obligation will not apply to any claim or suit to the extent it arises directly out of PYRAMID’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of any term, representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement.

 

21. INSURANCE

At all times commencing with the Effective Date of the signed Agreement, Client shall maintain adequate product or general liability insurance and shall maintain adequate property insurance to appropriately cover the replacement cost of Client Materials. At all times commencing with the Effective Date of the signed Agreement, PYRAMID shall carry insurance adequate to cover its interest or liabilities hereunder including, but not limited to, worker’s compensation, general liability, and property insurance sufficient to cover damage to Pyramid materials and Client Materials, as further defined in Section 8.3 and such coverage shall be a [***].

 

22. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Except for breach of the Confidentiality Obligations, or liability for infringement or misappropriation of their party Intellectual Property rights, each Party’s liability under this Agreement shall be [***]. Neither Party shall be liable under this Agreement, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, for any indirect, incidental or consequential losses or any punitive or exemplary damages.

 

23. PUBLICITY

 

  23.1 No press releases or other statements in connection with this Agreement intended for use in the public or private media shall be made by Client or PYRAMID without the prior written consent of the other Party. If either Party is required by law or governmental regulation to describe its relationship to the other, it will promptly give the other Party notice with a copy of any disclosure it proposes to make.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

19 of 27

 

  23.2 In addition, PYRAMID will not use Client’s name in connection with any products, services, promotion, or advertising without Client’s prior written permission.

 

24. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

  24.1 This Agreement will end on completion of the Services set forth herein or under the last Purchase Order placed within [***] from the Effective Date. This Agreement shall automatically continue after the Initial Term for successive terms of [***] each unless either Party gives written notice to the other Party of its intention to terminate this agreement giving [***] notice.

 

  24.2 Either Party at its sole option may immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice, but without prior advance notice, to the other Party in the event that (i) the other Party is declared insolvent or bankrupt by a court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) a voluntary petition of bankruptcy is filed in any court of competent jurisdiction by such other Party; or (iii) this Agreement is assigned by such other Party for the benefit of creditors.

 

  24.3 If either Party breaches this Agreement, the other Party may terminate this agreement if the breaching Party does not cure the breach within [***] of written notice of the same. Termination will be without prejudice to any rights that may have been accrued to either Party before termination. Cure of a breach under this Section 24.3 will not be available under the following Sections 24.4-24.7.

 

  24.4 Client may terminate this Agreement upon [***] written notice in the event that FDA or any other governmental agency takes any action, or raises any objection, that prevents the Client from importing, exporting, purchasing or selling Commercial Product.

 

  24.5 Client may terminate this Agreement upon [***] written notice in the event that PYRAMID has [***] within the same Calendar Year.

 

  24.6 Client may terminate this Agreement upon [***] written notice in the event that PYRAMID does not have suitable Total Available Capacity to deliver Client’s Rolling Forecast or Long-Term Forecast.

 

  24.7 Client may terminate this Agreement upon [***] written notice in the event that PYRAMID and Client cannot agree on revised pricing resulting from any requested Specification change as further defined in Section 5.

 

  24.8 Except for expiration or termination of this Agreement for reasons stated in Sections 24.2 and 24.3, Client shall have the option to secure and PYRAMID shall agree to supply, an additional inventory of Commercial Product [***] according to a delivery schedule agreeable to both Parties.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

20 of 27

 

  24.9 Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, PYRAMID will return, at Client’s expense, all Client Materials, Client equipment and Client documentation. In addition, the Parties will return to each all copies of the other Party’s Information except for one copy that may be retained for the sole purpose of determining continuing obligations under Section 15.

 

  24.10 Client shall provide at least [***] prior notice if it intends to no longer order a Commercial Product due to discontinuance of the Commercial Product in the market.

 

25. GENERAL

 

  25.1 Assignment; Subcontractors. Neither Party will transfer or assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other Party’s prior written permission; provided, however, that Client may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate without PYRAMID’s prior consent but must give PYRAMID written notice of such assignment within [***] following the assignment. PYRAMID may not utilize subcontractors to perform any part of the Services without prior written authorization by Client. All assignees must comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  25.2 [***].

 

  25.3 Entire Agreement; Amendments. The provisions, terms and conditions of this Agreement (including its Schedules and any subsequent Purchase Orders) constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede any prior agreements whether oral or written. No waiver, modification, change or amendment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the Party against whom such claimed waiver, modification, change or amendment is sought to be enforced. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede any subsequent Schedules or Purchase Orders in the event of inconsistencies with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  25.3 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (a) when received, if delivered in person, or (b) three (3) business days following the mailing thereof, if mailed by certified first class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in any such case as follows:

If to Client:

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

180 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1800

Chicago, Illinois 6060

Attn.: COO & General Counsel

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

21 of 27

 

If to PYRAMID:

 

PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc.

3598 Cadillac Ave.

Costa Mesa, California 92626

Attn.: President & CEO

 

  25.4 Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and each remaining term or provision of this Agreement is valid and will be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  25.5 Waiver. The failure of either Party to insist upon strict observation or performance of any provision of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy shall not impair or waive any such right or remedy in the future. Every right and remedy given by this Agreement to the Parties may be exercised from time to time as often as appropriate. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded, will be cumulative and not alternative.

 

  25.6 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be liable nor deemed to be in default for any delay or failure in performance under this Agreement or other interruption of service or employment deemed resulting directly or indirectly from Acts of God, civil or military authority, acts of public enemy, war, accident, fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, failure of transportation, strike, or other work interruption by either party’s employees or any similar or dissimilar cause beyond the reasonable control of either Party.

 

  25.7 Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of Client and PYRAMID, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  25.8 Arbitration. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon any arbitration award rendered hereunder may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Each Party shall select one (1) neutral arbitrator from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association and those two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator from the list. The arbitration process shall take place in Delaware, or such other place as the Parties may hereafter agree. The prevailing Party shall have the costs for the arbitration, including attorneys’ fees, paid by the non-prevailing Party.

 

  25.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is to be construed and determined under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

22 of 27

 

  25.10 Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted merely for convenience and ease of reference and will not affect or modify the meaning of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

23 of 27

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized representatives.

 

PYRAMID Laboratories Inc.     Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:  

 

                 By:  

 

Name:   Medhat Gorgy     Name:   Paul Edick
Title:   President& CEO     Title:   CEO
Date:       Date:  

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

24 of 27

 

Schedule A

Batch Size, Dosage, Yield*, Volume, Pricing

 

[***]

     

[***]

     

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

     

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

     

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

     

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]

[***].

     

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

25 of 27

 

Schedule A (continued)

Batch Size, Dosage, Yield, Volume Pricing

Pricing Assumptions:

 

1. Standard Batch [***].

 

2. Standard batch size estimates based on [***] theoretical yield per dosage; yield assumptions and batch sizes shall be adjusted annually based on actual production history.

 

3. Batch size/yield/price independent [***].

 

4. Pricing subject to annual adjustments as defined under Section 3.3.2, [***].

 

5. Pricing for Validation Batches shall be adjusted as defined under Section 3.3.3 [***].

 

6. Price includes [***].

 

7. Price includes [***].

 

8. Price excludes [***].

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

26 of 27

 

Schedule B

Client Materials

 

Name

  

Description

  

Client Specification

    

[***]

   [***]    [***]   

[***]

   [***]    [***]   
   [***]      
   [***]      
   [***]      

[***]

   [***]    [***]   
   [***]      
   [***]      
   [***]      

[***]

   [***]    [***]   
   [***]      
   [***]      

[***]

   [***]      
   [***]    [***]   

Specifications for each Client Material shall be updated from time to time as required in accordance with provisions of the Quality Agreement.

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

MSA-XPI

00

05/01/18

NA

27 of 27

 

Schedule C

Commercial Products

 

Client Part Number

  

Description

         
[***]    [***]      
[***]    [***]      
[***]    [***]      
[***]    [***]      

 

3598 Cadillac Avenue • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • 714-435-9800 • 714-435-9585 (Fax)

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

JOINT DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

AND

SCANDINAVIAN HEALTH LIMITED

DATED: JANUARY 29, 2016


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

JOINT DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

THIS JOINT DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 29, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) and is made by and between Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal office at 3208 Red River Street, Suite 300, Austin, TX 78705, USA (“XPI”) and Scandinavian Health Limited, a company existing under the laws of Hong Kong, having its principal office at Room 810, Argyle Centre, Phase 1, 688 Nathan Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“SHL”). XPI and SHL are each referred to as a “Party, and collectively as the “Parties.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, SHL possesses technology, intellectual property and/or know-how in the development, design, manufacture and/or supply of auto-injectors for drug delivery and is prepared to conduct certain customization, development, design and manufacturing work in accordance with this Agreement;

WHEREAS, XPI has developed a glucagon product and desires to have SHL develop and initially manufacture an auto-injection delivery device to deliver the glucagon it contains;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to establish a framework for undertaking the development of the auto-injection delivery device.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Section 1.1 “Acceptance Criteria means the mutually agreed activities described in each phase of the schedule set forth in each SOW.

Section 1.2 “Action means any claim, action, cause of action, chose in action or suit (whether in contract or tort or otherwise), litigation (whether at law or in equity, whether civil or criminal), controversy, assessment, arbitration, examination, audit, investigation, hearing, charge, complaint, demand, notice or proceeding to, from, by or before any governmental authority or arbitrator(s).

Section 1.3 “Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 1.4 “Agreement has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Section 1.5 “cGMP means current Good Manufacturing Practices as specified in the United States Code of Federal Regulations, ICH Q7, and ICH Q10 as amended from time to time.

Section 1.6 “Claim or Claims means any claim, liability, demand, subpoena, inquiry, investigation, cost, expense, damage, deficiency, loss or obligation, of any kind or nature (including the reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of defense) by a Third Party.

Section 1.7 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts means the efforts and resources that a Party would use in conducting its activities or obligations under this Agreement, based upon the standard of reasonableness of what would normally be exerted or employed by pharmaceutical companies of reasonably similar size and resources as such Party under like circumstances as the Parties to this Agreement find themselves, conducted in good faith and in accordance with commonly accepted commercial practice, and as judged by the standards of the applicable business community in which the Parties hereto operate within.

Section 1.8 “Completion or Completed means that each phase of any SOW has been completed such that XPI is able to commercialize a Product.

Section 1.9 “Compound means XPI’s non-aqueous glucagon drug product.

Section 1.10 “Components means the individual parts of the Device to be developed and manufactured by SHL under this Agreement.

Section 1.11 “Confidential Information as used herein, means (i) any non-public information or materials discovered, received, or otherwise acquired by one Party and disclosed to the other Party or its Affiliates in connection with this Agreement; (ii) the terms of this Agreement and any attached SOW; (iii) the Results; and (iv) IPR arising in connection with the performance of the Parties or of Persons acting on behalf of a Party under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information will not include:

(a) information that either Party can establish was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its development or disclosure; or

(b) information that either Party can establish became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure or development, as the case may be, other than through any act or omission of such Party or any of its Affiliates.

(c) information, other than information exclusively relating to (1) the XPI Materials, XPIs glucagon (or any formulations, trademarks, trade names or trade dress of any glucagon injection device), Device or Product, (2) any Results and (3) any materials, products and deliverables developed for XPI under this Agreement, that either Party can establish was already known by such Party (other than under an obligation or reasonable expectation of confidentiality) at the time of disclosure or development;

 

2


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

The occurrence of (a), (b) or (c) above shall not be deemed to grant to either Party any license or other right, express or implied, to any portion of the information or other proprietary rights of the other Party relating thereto. Any compilation of otherwise public information in a form not publicly known shall be considered Confidential Information.

Section 1.12 Control or Controlled means, with respect to any IPR, possession by a Party (including its Affiliates) of the right (whether by ownership, license or otherwise) to grant to another Party a license or a sublicense under such IPR without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party.

Section 1.13 Device means the SHL developed and manufactured auto-injector delivery device, which has been customized according to XPIs specifications to be suitable for housing the Intermediate Product. The Device, which has been pre-configured for the injection of the Compound, is more particularly described on Schedule 1.24. The Device does not include the Intermediate Product.

Section 1.14 “Effective Date has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Section 1.15 “FDA means the United States Food and Drug Administration, and any successor agency having substantially the same functions.

Section 1.16 “FDCA means the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 321 et seq., as amended from time to time.

Section 1.17 “Intermediate Product shall mean the syringe, an embodiment of which is more particularly described on Schedule 1.24, which contains the Compound.

Section 1.18 “IPR means all intellectual property and industrial property rights, including Patent Rights, Know-How, rights in registered and unregistered trademarks (including domain names and vanity phone numbers), rights in registered and unregistered designs, trade or business names, database rights and copyright (including moral rights), performer protection rights or other industrial, intellectual or commercial rights (including rights in any invention, discovery or process), and applications for registration of any of the foregoing (specifically published patent applications), and the right to apply therefore, in each case in any part of the world, as well as all applications, registrations, renewals, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions or reissues of any of the foregoing.

Section 1.19 “Know-How means any confidential or proprietary, unpatented or unpatentable technology or other intellectual property, compound, cell line or other biological material, probe, sequence, technical information, method or other confidential information or material, in all cases to the extent, but only to the extent, not in the public domain.

Section 1.20 “Legal Requirements means any United States federal, state or local or foreign law, statute, standard, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, resolution or promulgation, or any Governmental Order, or any license, franchise, permit or similar right granted under any of

 

3


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

the foregoing, or any similar provision having the force or effect of law, including without limitation, the FDCA and all other applicable laws, regulations, rules and guidelines, relating to the packaging of the Product and storage of the Product, including, but not limited to, cGMP and those related to the environment, food or drugs and occupational health and safety, including all enforced or promulgated by the FDA and any relevant Regulatory Authority.

Section 1.21 “Party and “Parties have the meanings ascribed to them in the Preamble.

Section 1.22 “Patent Rights means (a) all patents, patent applications and similar government-issued rights (e.g., utility models) protecting inventions in any country or jurisdiction however denominated, (b) all priority applications, international applications, divisionals, continuations, substitutions, continuations-in-part of and any applications claiming priority to any of the foregoing and (c) all patents and similar government-issued rights (e.g., utility models) protecting inventions issuing on any of the foregoing applications, together with all registrations, reissues, renewals, re-examinations, confirmations, supplementary protection certificates, pediatric extensions and extensions of any of (a), (b) or (c).

Section 1.23 “Person means any individual or corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint stock or other company, business trust, trust, organization, university, college, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

Section 1.24 “Product means the final assembled combination of the Intermediate Product and Device for the injection of the Compound, an embodiment of which is more particularly described on Schedule 1.24.

Section 1.25 “Regulatory Authority(ies)” means any federal, state, or local governmental regulatory authority in any of the territories listed on Schedule 1.25 involved in regulating any aspect of the development, market approval, sale, distribution or use of the Product. Schedule 1.25 may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

Section 1.26 “Results means all information, concepts, ideas, inventions, improvements, designs, products, deliverables and Know-How (whether patentable or not or copyrightable or not) which may be conceived, invented, reduced into practice or fixed in a tangible medium during the performance under each SOW or which arise out of or result from the work conducted hereunder.

Section 1.27 “Services means all activities that SHL will provide to XPI under each SOW.

Section 1.28 “SHL has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Section 1.29 “SHL IPR means (i) subject to Section 10.2(e), any IPR conceived, created, developed, or reduced to practice in connection with the performance of this Agreement by SHL or its Affiliates, or by Persons acting on behalf of SHL or its Affiliates, including prior to engaging in or independent of the Services, and including IPR that relates to the pharmaceutical delivery system for drug delivery developed by SHL prior to the Effective Date; (ii) any IPR as set forth in Section 10.2(d), including any IPR that relates to devices that are not for the injection of the Compound created under this Agreement; and (iii) the SHL Results.

 

4


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 1.30 “SHL Project Manager has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.4.

Section 1.31 “SHL Results has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.3.

Section 1.32 “SOW means any mutually agreed written statement of work plan setting forth the research and development activities to be conducted by the Parties under this Agreement for the design and development of the Product attached to and made a part of this Agreement, which may be mutually amended from time to time. The first SOW between the Parties is attached as Schedule 1.32. Each SOW negotiated and mutually agreed upon by both Parties in writing, shall substantially follow the form outlined in the first SOW and shall be attached and incorporated into this Agreement thereafter as agreed upon by both Parties. The Parties may mutually agree in writing to amend the SOW from time-to-time.

Section 1.33 Term has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.6.

Section 1.34 “Third Party means any individual or entity that is not a Party to this Agreement.

Section 1.35 “Unique Design means the industrial design of the Product, including but not limited to color permutations, specifically created by SHL for XPI.

Section 1.36 “XPI has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Section 1.37 “XPI IPR means (i) subject to Section 10.2(d), any IPR conceived, created, developed, or reduced to practice in connection with the performance of this Agreement by XPI or its Affiliates, or by Persons acting on behalf of XPI or its Affiliates, including prior to engaging in or independent of this Agreement, and including XPI’s proprietary XeriSol™ technology and XPIs glucagon (or any formulations, trademarks, trade names or trade dress of any glucagon injection device); (ii) any IPR as set forth in Section 10.2(e); and (iii) the XPI Results.

Section 1.38 “XPI Materials means all documents, information, compounds, materials and other substances supplied by XPI or its Affiliates to SHL for the purposes of SHL providing the Services for XPI under this Agreement, including the Compound and Intermediate Product.

Section 1.39 “XPI Project Manager has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.7.

Section 1.40 “XPI Results has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.3.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL; CONDUCT OF RESEARCH

Section 2.1 Joint Development. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Parties agree to work together to complete each SOW, including the first SOW.

 

5


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 2.2 Services. SHL shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete each SOW in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 2.3 Scope. Each SOW shall establish: (a) the scope of the research activities which will be performed; (b) the research objectives, work plan activities and estimated schedules; (c) the estimated deliverables and documentation to be produced by SHL, (d) the Acceptance Criteria for each deliverable, warranty periods, schedule of performance, (e) the fixed-price budget, including cost and schedule of payments by XPI and, if applicable, a statement by SHL of then current rates, and (f) the respective obligations of the Parties with regard to the SOW. The SOW may be modified only by the written mutual agreement of the Parties.

Section 2.4 SHL Project Manager. SHL will appoint a qualified member of its staff to act as the Project Manager (the “SHL Project Manager”), whose duties shall be to act as liaison between XPI and SHL with respect to this Agreement and each SOW.

Section 2.5 SHL Staff. SHL will provide adequate staff to complete each SOW, preferably, within the estimated timeframe set forth therein.

Section 2.6 Term. Unless earlier terminated under Article 11 herein, the term of this Agreement and each SOW shall expire on the later of (i) Completion, or longer, if requested by XPI and agreed to by SHL, or (ii) when the Parties enter into a commercial supply agreement for the Product (the “Term”).

Section 2.7 XPI Project Manager. XPI shall designate a Project Manager for each SOW (the “XPI Project Manager”) who shall act as a liaison between XPI and SHL with respect to this Agreement and the SOW.

Section 2.8 Conduct of Research.

(a) Standards. SHL shall perform the work set out in each SOW by using its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to allocate sufficient time, effort, equipment and facilities to the SOW and to use personnel with sufficient skills and experience as are required to accomplish the SOW in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. SHL shall exercise Commercially Reasonable Efforts to conduct the SOW in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements, and XPI shall not direct or require SHL to conduct the SOW out of compliance with any applicable Legal Requirements.

(b) Subcontracting. SHL shall be entitled to utilize the services of Third Parties to perform its activities under the SOW as specifically set forth in the SOW or upon XPI’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided SHL will remain responsible and obligated for such activities performed by any such Third Party, and SHL will ensure that such Third Party has entered into agreements that contain provisions that comply with SHL’s obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any such consent, each Party shall remain at all times liable for its respective responsibilities under the SOW.

 

6


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 2.9 Research Program. SHL shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to initiate each SOW as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of the Effective Date and the mutual agreement of the SOW.

Section 2.10 Dispute Resolution. If the Parties cannot reach agreement within [***] on whether any SOW has been Completed, the Parties will submit the dispute for settlement as specified in Section 14.5(a) of the Agreement. If they cannot reach agreement as per Section 14.5(a) of the Agreement:

(a) If such dispute relates to scientific or technical disputes, each Party will select one (1) expert in the field [***] days, which experts shall be independent (i.e., no employee, consultants, contract employee or other persons receiving grant or compensation from such Party or Affiliate) of the Party selecting them. The two (2) experts shall select a third expert, which shall be independent (i.e., no employee, consultants, contract employee or other persons receiving grant or compensation from any Party or Affiliate) of the Parties or Affiliates, within [***] days. The Parties will submit the results and their position to the three (3) experts within [***] days. Said experts shall then determine within [***] days if the results indicate that the SOW successfully met all Acceptance Criteria. If the three (3) experts determine that all Acceptance Criteria have not been Completed, then SHL shall, in accordance with the SOW, further develop and test the deliverable and SHL shall be responsible for the full cost of the independent experts and all incidental costs arising from the dispute, including any costs and expenses incurred by XPI. If all Acceptance Criteria has been determined as Completed by the three (3) experts, then XPI shall be responsible for the full cost of the independent experts and all incidental costs arising from the dispute, including any costs and expenses incurred by SHL; and

(b) All other disputes shall proceed in accordance with Section 14.5 of this Agreement.

(c) All of the time periods specified in this Section 2.10 may be extended by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

Section 2.11 Records and Reports.

(a) Records. SHL and XPI shall maintain records, in sufficient detail and in good scientific manner appropriate for patent and regulatory purposes and Legal Requirements, which shall fully and properly reflect all work done and results achieved in the performance of the SOW.

(b) [***]

(c) Meetings. If either Party shall reasonably request, the Parties shall hold status meetings to review the status of SHL and/or XPI performance.

(d) Final Report. Within one month of Completion of each SOW, SHL shall submit a report to XPI, giving details of the SOW that has been completed. Such report will include transfer of Results, including information and deliverables in tangible and electronic formats as applicable.

 

7


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

ARTICLE III

ACCEPTANCE

Section 3.1 SHL shall perform the Services and provide the Results in compliance with this Agreement and each SOW, and shall complete all required Acceptance Criteria. In the event any Acceptance Criteria are not met by SHL within a reasonable amount of time as mutually agreed to by the Parties, XPI shall provide any applicable notice of breach to SHL and provide SHL with a [***] period after such notice to cure such breach. Upon failing to cure a material breach, XPI may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.3 and shall be entitled to either internally or with any Third Party complete such Services or provide such Results in a manner acceptable to XPI.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION

Section 4.1 Payments. XPI shall timely pay SHL in accordance with the schedule of payments specified in each SOW, as invoiced by SHL. Payment terms shall be net [***] upon issuance by SHL. In case of late payment, interest shall accrue on the amount due commencing on the due date and interest shall accrue at [***], and shall be calculated on ACT/360 basis.

Section 4.2 Taxes. All prices payable to SHL do not include tax. All taxes, including but not limited to withholding taxes, sales and services tax and value added tax, applicable to amounts payable to SHL under this Agreement shall be[***].

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTING

Section 5.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts. SHL agrees to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to perform all work and all obligations under this Agreement within the estimated time period and budget set forth in each SOW. [***].

Section 5.2 Maintenance of Records. SHL and any approved subcontractors shall maintain complete and accurate written records with respect to the operations pursuant to this Agreement in a form in accordance with general accepted accounting principles to enable an independent CPA auditor identified by XPI and reasonably acceptable to SHL to obtain an accounting to substantiate SHL charges and expenses hereunder. SHL shall retain all such records for a period of at least [***] after termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.1 Confidentiality.

(a) Non-Disclosure and Non-Use. Each Party acknowledges that the other Party has a proprietary interest in maintaining the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and undertakes that, both during and after the termination of this Agreement, except as directed in writing by the Party owning the Confidential Information, each Party will take all reasonable

 

8


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

precautions and use reasonable efforts that are no less than what such Party uses to protect its own confidential information to maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information that such Party (the “Recipient”) obtains from the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”), and not (i) disclose the Confidential Information to any Third Parties, or use the Confidential Information except for the purpose of this Agreement as may be deemed necessary, (ii) permit any Person to examine or make copies of any reports or any documents prepared by either Party or that come into such Party’s possession or control, except for those of its personnel necessary to perform the Services under this Agreement and any SOW, or (iii) use any Confidential Information except as necessary to perform its obligation hereunder.

(b) Authorized Disclosure and Use. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Subsection (a), either Party may disclose Confidential Information belonging to a Party upon the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent, or to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary to:

(i) prosecute or defend an Action between the Parties;

(ii) comply with applicable Legal Requirements and stock exchange rules (including the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission);

(iii) make filings and submissions to, or correspond or communicate with, any governmental authority; or

(iv) disclose to Third Parties in connection with due diligence or similar investigations by or on behalf of a Third Party in connection with a potential license to, distribution agreement with or collaboration with such Third Party (including entry into any such agreement), or a potential merger or acquisition by such Third Party, and disclosure to potential Third Party investors in confidential financing documents, provided, in each case, that such disclosure is limited to the terms of this Agreement and any attached SOW, and any such Third Party agrees, at a minimum, to use the same degree of care it uses to protect its own confidential information and expressly agrees to be bound by similar terms of confidentiality at least as stringent as those set forth in this Article 6. Each Party shall remain ultimately responsible for the preservation of confidentiality of any information it releases to said Third Parties and will be the responsible party in the event of a breach of the confidentiality.

In the event either Party deems it reasonably necessary to disclose Confidential Information belonging to the other Party pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 6.1(b), such Party will (unless prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements) give reasonable advance notice of such disclosure to the other Party, consult with the other Party with regard to the disclosure of Confidential Information and take all reasonable measures to ensure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information. Either Party will promptly notify the other Party upon becoming aware of any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure or use of such Party’s Confidential Information.

Section 6.2 Employment and Contractor Agreements. Both Parties represent that each of its members, staff, employees, students, consultants or outside contractors assigned to work on each SOW will have entered into a contract with such Party which provides for:

 

9


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

(i) compliance with this Agreement; (ii) maintaining the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; and (iii) a present and future assignment to such Party of all inventions, discoveries, patents, copyrights or other developments which fall within the terms of this Agreement. If, during the term of this Agreement, an SHL member, staff, employee, student, consultant or outside contractor as a result of his or her work makes an invention, discovery, patent, copyright or other development that is XPI IPR, SHL shall, to the extent possible, promptly make the fact of such invention, discovery, patent, copyright or other development known to XPI. At XPIs request, SHL shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause such person to execute all papers necessary or incidental to convey to XPI complete title to all such inventions, discoveries and other developments and, if desired by XPI, to assist in the timely preparation and filing of proper copyright registrations and applications for patent in the United States and foreign countries. All copyright registrations and applications for patent shall be prepared, filed and prosecuted at the expense of the Party owning such IPR under this Agreement. In the event of a dispute over the ownership of any invention, discovery, patent, copyright or other development which fall within the terms of this Agreement, the Parties will follow the Dispute Resolution procedure in Section 14.5 of this Agreement.

Section 6.3 Injunctive Relief. Both Parties acknowledge that the other Party could be irreparably harmed by any breach of this Article 6, and agree, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, that the limitations set forth in Sections 6.1(a) (Non-Disclosure and Non-Use) and 6.2 (Employment and Contractor Agreements) are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of each Party. Thus the Parties agree, that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.5, each Party may apply to any court having jurisdiction pursuant to Section 14.4 to enforce a breach of Sections 6.1(a) or 6.2 of this Agreement.

Section 6.4 Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Party hereby undertakes to fully indemnify the other Party against any Claims suffered or incurred by such Party as a result of the unauthorized use or disclosure of any part of the Confidential Information by the other Party, its Affiliates and any of their respective members, staff, employees, students, consultants or outside contractors.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTEES AND COVENANTS

Section 7.1 SHL Representations. SHL hereby represents and warrants to XPI, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

(a) Organization. SHL and any of its Affiliates that will be a Party to this Agreement is (a) duly organized, validly existing and to the extent such concept is applicable in a jurisdiction, is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) is duly qualified to do business and to the extent such concept is applicable in a jurisdiction, in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of the activities conducted by it or the character of the property owned by it make such qualification necessary.

 

10


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

(b) Power and Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by SHL and its Affiliates of this Agreement to which SHL or such Affiliate is (or will be) a Party and the consummation of the contemplated transactions are within the power and authority of SHL and any such Affiliate and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of SHL and any such Affiliate. This Agreement to which SHL or any of its Affiliates is (or will be) a Party (a) has been duly executed and delivered by SHL or any such Affiliate and (b) assuming the due execution and delivery by XPI, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of SHL and any such Affiliate, enforceable against SHL and such Affiliates, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except as that enforceability may be (i) limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether that enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Industry Standards. SHL will perform the Services under this Agreement exercising Commercially Reasonable Efforts and in a professional manner consistent with industry standards.

(d) Title to Business Methods. SHL owns the legal and marketable rights, title, and interest in and to the IPR necessary to employ the processes or methods of providing the Services under this Agreement.

(e) Conveyances. SHL has not and will not make any assignments, grants, licenses, encumbrances, obligations or agreements covering or concerning the Device or Components which are inconsistent with this Agreement.

(f) Title to SHL IP. SHL Controls the legal and marketable rights, title, and interest in and to SHL IP.

(g) Legal Compliance. SHL shall not violate any Legal Requirements, nor to its knowledge cause XPI to violate any Legal Requirements.

(h) Conflicts. SHL is not under any obligation to any Person, contractual or otherwise, that conflicts in any material respect with the terms of this Agreement.

(i) Government Compliance. SHL has not, and will not at any time during the Term, knowingly use in any capacity the services of any individual, corporation, partnership, institution or association which is debarred by the FDA. In the event it becomes aware of the debarment or threatened debarment of any individual, corporation, partnership, institution or association providing services to it, which directly or indirectly relate to its activities under this Agreement, it will notify XPI immediately.

(j) Survival. SHL’s representations and warranties contained in Section 7.1 of this Agreement shall survive during the Term or until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, if earlier.

Section 7.2 XPI Representations. XPI hereby represents and warrants to SHL, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

(a) Organization. XPI and any of its Affiliates that will be a Party to this Agreement is (a) duly organized, validly existing and to the extent such concept is applicable in a jurisdiction, is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) is duly qualified to do business and to the extent such concept is applicable in a jurisdiction, in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of the activities conducted by it or the character of the property owned by it make such qualification necessary.

 

11


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

(b) Power and Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by XPI and its Affiliates of this Agreement to which XPI or such Affiliate is (or will be) a Party and the consummation of the contemplated transactions are within the power and authority of XPI and any such Affiliate and have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of XPI and any such Affiliate. This Agreement to which XPI or any of its Affiliates is (or will be) a Party (a) has been duly executed and delivered by XPI or any such Affiliate and (b) assuming die due execution and delivery by SHL, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of XPI and any such Affiliate, enforceable against XPI and such Affiliates, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except as that enforceability may be (i) limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether that enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Title to XPI IP. XPI Controls the legal and marketable rights, title, and interest in and to XPI EP.

(d) Legal Compliance. XPI shall not violate any Legal Requirements, nor to its knowledge cause SHL to violate any Legal Requirements.

(e) Conflicts. XPI is not under any obligation to any Person, contractual or otherwise, that conflicts in any material respect with the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Government Compliance. XPI has not, and will not at any time during the Term, knowingly use in any capacity the services of any individual, corporation, partnership, institution or association which is debarred by the FDA. In the event it becomes aware of the debarment or threatened debarment of any individual, corporation, partnership, institution or association providing services to it, which directly or indirectly relate to its activities under this Agreement, it will notify SHL immediately.

(g) Survival. XPIs representations and warranties contained in Section 7.2 of this Agreement shall survive during the Term or until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, if earlier.

Section 7.3 DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW; PROVIDED THAT THIS SECTION 7.3 SHALL NOT LIMIT THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY THE PARTIES IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

12


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF TANGIBLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Section 8.1 Access. Subject to XPIs compliance with this Agreement, SHL shall, in a timely fashion, reasonably provide XPI full access to the Results for each SOW.

Section 8.2 Delivery. At the reasonable request of XPI and subject to XPIs compliance with the payment terms and other obligations of this Agreement, and the SOW, SHL shall deliver to XPI copies of all laboratory note books and all other technical and research tangible items including documents, electronically stored data and formulas associated with and prepared during the SOW.

Section 8.3 Ownership. The Parties agree that any Results, including any papers, documents, drawings, samples, equipment, computer software or other tangible items, developed by SHL by performing the Services, which are (i) solely related to the Device or the Components are the sole and exclusive property of SHL (“SHL Results”), and (ii) related to the Intermediate Product or the Compound, including test results specific to the Intermediate Product assembled in the Device from the design assessment, verification and validation activities, are the sole and exclusive property of XPI (“XPI Results”). Copies of such SHL Results and XPI Results shall be delivered to XPI on Completion of the SOW or upon termination of this Agreement (if earlier), provided that SHL Results shall be treated at all times by XPI as SHL’s Confidential Information.

ARTICLE IX

PUBLICATION AND USE OF RESULTS

Section 9.1 SHL shall not disclose, publish or use any XPI Results or any other Confidential Information of XPI or XPI IPR other than as permitted in this Agreement. XPI shall not disclose, publish or use any SHL Results or any other Confidential Information of SHL or SHL IPR other than as permitted in this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of SHL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, XPI may disclose or use any SHL Results, SHL Confidential Information, or SHL IPR to the extent necessary to seek and support regulatory review and approval of the Product by Regulatory Authorities, provided that XPI shall reasonably consult with SHL regarding the scope of such disclosures and uses.

Section 9.2 XPI shall have the right to publish and use any XPI Results or XPI IPR, including in filing patent applications, in filing for regulatory approvals, in filing copyright registrations and for any other commercial purposes. To the extent XPI seeks the written consent of SHL to publish any SHL Results, SHL Confidential Information, or SHL IPR, XPI shall provide drafts of such publications at least [***] in advance of submission for publication to allow SHL to review the proposed publication for the purpose of determining whether and the extent to which SHL will provide such consent. In the event SHL does not respond within such [***] period, SHL shall be deemed to have provided its written consent to XPI for such publication.

ARTICLE X

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 10.1 Notification. SHL will promptly notify XPI of any IPR conceived or made during the term of this Agreement under any SOW.

Section 10.2 Ownership.

 

13


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

(a) Any IPR that was existing prior to the Effective Date shall be Controlled by the Party who Controlled the IPR on the Effective Date.

(b) Any IPR developed or acquired by a Party outside of this Agreement after the Effective Date, shall be Controlled by such Party.

(c) Inventorship of any IPR conceived, created, developed, or reduced to practice in connection with the performance of the Parties or of Persons acting on behalf of a Party under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the rules of inventorship under United States patent laws. Subject to Sections 10.2(d) and 10.2(e), as between the Parties, SHL shall own all such IPR conceived, created, developed, or reduced to practice solely by one or more employees, agents, or independent contractors of SHL or any of its Affiliates, and XPI shall own all Inventions conceived solely by one or more employees, agents, or independent contractors of XPI or any of its Affiliates.

(d) Any IPR conceived, created, developed, or reduced to practice in connection with the performance of the Parties or of Persons acting on behalf of a Party under this Agreement, which is solely related to the Device or Components, including any improvement, modification or enhancement of SHL IPR so as to customize such Device or Components as set forth in this Agreement, with the exception of the Unique Design, shall be regarded as SHL IPR. XPI agrees to assign and hereby assigns and transfers to SHL all right, title and interest in and to such SHL IPR on a worldwide basis.

(e) Any IPR conceived, created, developed, or reduced to practice in connection with the performance of the Parties or of Persons acting on behalf of a Party under this Agreement, which is solely related to the Intermediate Product, Compound, XPI Materials, the molds and tooling specifically designed and fabricated by SHL for XPI in support of the development or the manufacturing of the Device and/or the Unique Design, shall be regarded as XPI IPR. SHL agrees to assign and hereby assigns and transfers to XPI all right, title and interest in and to such XPI IPR on a worldwide basis. To avoid any doubt, the current industrial design of the Device, which is not created specifically for XPI and presented to XPI by SHL is owned and will continue to be owned by SHL.

Section 10.3 Infringement. Both Parties own without limitation the right to defend, sue and collect damages for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of IPR owned by such Party as specified in Section 10.2.

Section 10.4 Grant of Rights.

(a) SHL hereby grants to XPI until termination or expiry of this Agreement a royalty-free, non-sublicensable, non-transferable, non-exclusive license to use any IPR Controlled by SHL solely to the extent required by XPI (i) to define XPI’s requirements for the Intermediate Product, Device and Product to be developed by SHL and (ii) any other uses necessary to comply with its obligations under this Agreement so as to benefit from the provision of Services by SHL to XPI.

(b) SHL hereby grants to XPI a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, (subject to Section 14.2) non-transferable, non-exclusive license (with the right to sublicense only to XPIs distributors or customers) to use any IPR Controlled by SHL to use, offer for sale, sell and distribute (without the right to manufacture) the Device or the Product. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, XPI may grant sublicenses under this Subsection 10.4(b) to Third Parties subject to the consent of SHL, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. SHL shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding such consent in the event XPI requests the right to grant such a sublicense to a Third Party whose primary business is the manufacture and supply of auto-injectors for drug delivery or a Third Party who manufactures auto-injectors in its normal course of business, in which case SHL may reasonably withhold its consent to the grant of such a sublicense.

(c) XPI hereby grants to SHL until termination or expiry of this Agreement a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the XPI Materials solely to the extent required by SHL to provide the Services.

(d) Nothing in this Section 10.4 shall be construed or deemed to have granted or to grant to a Party, either expressed or implied, any rights in the IPR or Confidential Information owned or Controlled by the other Party other than those set forth above in Subsections (a)-(c), nor does it grant the right or license to use, sell or convey any of the other Party’s information, rights, licenses, and/or IPR, unless reduced to a written agreement entered into between the Parties.

Section 10.5 Labeling. XPI shall provide SHL with artwork, copy or other materials developed or produced in support of final Product labels, printed packaging materials and Product inserts/leaflets in order for SHL to undertake any commercial readiness or regulatory activities as reasonably requested by XPI to the extent necessary to prevent SHL delaying regulatory approvals. SHL will not make any change to the artwork, copy or other materials provided by XPI or submitted to any Regulatory Authority by XPI without the prior written approval of XPI. XPI shall have the right to specify any commercially reasonable package sizes and types.

 

14


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 10.6 Patent Prosecution.

(a) IPR Prosecution, Maintenance and Enforcement. XPI shall have sole authority to prosecute, maintain and enforce XPI IPR. SHL shall have sole authority to prosecute, maintain and enforce SHL IPR. The Party having the right to prosecute, maintain and enforce certain IPR shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred during such prosecution, maintenance and enforcement and shall have the right to designate patent or other legal counsel of its choice to assist it in carrying out its duties and obligations under this Article 10.

(b) Cooperation. Each Party agrees to execute any documents required to effect the title to the IPR developed hereunder owned by the other Party and, subject to cost reimbursement, to provide reasonable assistance in the filing and prosecution of any such applications

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION

Section 11.1 Termination Without Cause.

(a) The Parties may terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent at any time, and such consent shall state any monetary payments to be paid or reimbursed as mutually agreed by the Parties.

(b) XPI may terminate this Agreement without cause upon [***] prior written notice. In the event of such termination, XPI shall pay to SHL upon demand for all costs and expenses already incurred or uncancellable commitments made by SHL for materials and labor as of the termination date, including, without limitation, design, processing, handling, fabrication, packing, shipping, travel, supplier termination, and restocking charges, plus reasonable amounts for overhead. SHL shall not be entitled to anticipated profit or anticipated overhead charges. Furthermore, and independently of any other amount SHL shall be entitled to pursuant to this Section, XPI acknowledges, agrees, and understands that [***]. [***].

(c) SHL may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 14.2.

Section 11.2 Return of Confidential Materials. Subject to Section 11.6, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, each Party shall at the other Party’s reasonable request, as promptly as is reasonably practicable and in any event within [***] days, return to the other Party the other Party’s Confidential Information, as well as all copies and any other tangible and electronic embodiments thereof in that Party’s possession, custody or control; provided, however, that each Party may retain a copy of such information for archive purposes and to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Parties shall, upon request, provide to the other Party a written confirmation that all the foregoing information or materials have been either returned to the Party to whom they belong or have been lost or destroyed such that no copy, electronic or otherwise, exists in the confirming Party’s possession, custody or control, other than the copy permitted for archive and compliance purposes as noted above. Except to the extent XPI has been granted rights under Section 10.4(b), any licenses to IPR shall be deemed cancelled and revoked without need of any further writing between the Parties.

 

15


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 11.3 Termination With Cause. In addition to any other specified right to terminate this Agreement, each Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in the event the other Party:

(a) fails to make any payment required pursuant to this Agreement within [***] after notification that such payment is overdue;

(b) becomes insolvent;

(c) institutes any proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency or moratorium law;

(d) assigns substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors;

(e) places its assets in the hands of a trustee or a receiver unless the receivership or trust is dissolved within [***] thereafter; or

(f) materially breaches any other material term of this Agreement.

Section 11.4 Time is of the Essence. Both Parties acknowledge that time is of the essence in performing its respective duties and obligations under the terms of this Agreement. Both Parties are obligated to adhere to the agreed upon timelines for performance as set forth in any SOW.

Section 11.5 Exercise. A Party desiring to exercise its right of termination pursuant to Section 11.3 shall do so by giving the other Party, or its trustees or receivers or assigns, [***] prior written notice of exercise of the election to terminate. Upon the expiration of such period, this Agreement shall automatically terminate unless the other Party has previously cured the breach or condition permitting termination under the preceding paragraph, in which case this Agreement shall not terminate, provided that if there is a dispute as to whether a material breach has been cured or is incurable, such matter shall be first referred for Dispute Resolution pursuant to Section 14.5 and termination shall be stayed pending resolution of such proceedings. Such notice and termination shall not prejudice a Party’s right to any payments due hereunder and shall not prejudice any cause of action or claim accrued or to accrue on account of any breach or default.

Section 11.6 Effect.

(a) If this Agreement is terminated by XPI under Section 11.3, SHL within [***] days shall return, or at XPIs direction destroy, all tangible IPR Controlled by XPI. Unless SHL is directed to destroy such IPR, SHL will thereupon deliver to XPI a copy of any information related to IPR Controlled by XPI (including without limitation plans, drawings, papers, notes, writings and other document samples, organisms, biological materials and models) and XPI Results specifically in its possession or control. Further, SHL shall not use or publish any portion of XPIs Confidential Information. XPI, after tendering payment, shall also have the right to take possession of the Devices and/or Product (in whatever state of design or manufacture it is at such time) and of all materials and Components related to the Devices and/or Product, immediately after payment from XPI to SHL for all work performed by SHL prior to such termination, including costs and expenses already incurred and for commitments made by SHL prior to such termination. Upon such payment, XPI shall have the right to the continued use of the Devices and/or Product, including the related materials and Components.

 

16


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by SHL under Section 11.1(c) or 11.3, SHL shall have the right to take possession of all materials and Components related to the Devices in whatever stage of design, manufacture, or installation it is at such time, except such materials, Components, Devices and/or Product which have already been delivered and paid in full by XPI and except any partially completed Devices and/or Product for which XPI pays in full within [***] days of the end of the cure period referenced above. SHL shall be under no obligation to finish the work, provide further support or information, or provide further Devices or Product. In the event of such termination, XPI shall pay SHL for all work performed prior to the termination, including costs and expenses already incurred and for commitments made by SHL prior to such termination plus reasonable expenses incurred after termination to recover the Devices, Product, and related materials and Components, plus reasonable amounts for overhead. [***].

Section 11.7 Rights in Bankruptcy. All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of Title 11 of the United States Code and other similar laws in any jurisdiction where a Party is situated (collectively, the “Bankruptcy Laws”), licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under the Bankruptcy Laws. If a case is commenced during the Term by or against a Party under Bankruptcy Laws then, unless and until this Agreement is rejected as provided in such Bankruptcy Laws, such Party (in any capacity, including debtor-in-possession) and its successors and assigns (including, a trustee) shall perform all of the obligations provided in this Agreement to be performed by such Party. If a case is commenced during the Term by or against a Party under the Bankruptcy Laws, and this Agreement is rejected as provided in the Bankruptcy Laws and the other Party elects to retain its rights hereunder as provided in the Bankruptcy Laws, then the Party subject to such case under the Bankruptcy Laws (in any capacity, including debtor-in-possession) and its successors and assigns (including, a Title 11 trustee), shall provide to the other Party copies of all information necessary for such other Party to prosecute, maintain and enjoy its rights under the terms of this Agreement promptly upon such other Party’s written request therefor. All rights, powers and remedies of the non-bankrupt Party as provided herein are in addition to and not in substitution for any and all other rights, powers and remedies now or hereafter existing at law or in equity (including, the Bankruptcy Laws) in the event of the commencement of a case by or against a Party under the Bankruptcy Laws. It is the intention and understanding of the Parties to this Agreement that the rights granted to the Parties under this Section 11.7 are essential to the Parties’ respective businesses and the Parties acknowledge that damages are not an adequate remedy.

ARTICLE XII

LIABILITY

Section 12.1 Indemnity. SHL agrees:

(a) to defend, at its own cost and expense, from and against any Claim against XPI and its Affiliates, and the directors, officers, stockholders and employees of such entities and the successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the “XPI Indemnitees”) for [***];

 

17


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

(b) to indemnify and hold XPI Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses associated with any such Claim set forth in Section 12.1(a);

(c) to indemnify and hold XPI Indemnitees harmless against any and all Claims for personal injury or property damage arising out of SHL’ activities furnishing or performing of the Services or Product provided hereunder.

Section 12.2 Indemnity. XPI agrees:

(a) [***];

(b) to indemnify and hold SHL Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses associated with any such Claim set forth in Section 12.2(a); and

(c) to indemnify and hold SHL Indemnitees harmless against any and all Claims in connection with or arising out of a recall, personal injury, products liability, or any instruction, requirement, or omission requested of XPI and followed by SHL related to the Product; provided, however, the indemnity in this Section 12.2(c) shall not apply to the extent SHL is obligated to indemnify XPI under Section 12.1 or to the extent that such Claim is due to a significant or material SHL design defect or SHL manufacturing defect (not caused by SHL adherence to XPIs specifications, instructions, or requirements), or the gross negligence, or willful misconduct of an SHL Indemnitee.

Section 12.3 LIMITATION ON DAMAGES. EXCEPT AS MAY ARISE IN THE CASE OF FRAUD, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, OR ANY INDIRECT OR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR TNCDDENTAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED [***].

Section 12.4 Insurance.

(a) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of at least [***] following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Agreement, SHL shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, (i) general liability insurance, (ii) errors & omission insurance and (iii) product liability insurance, such insurances covering at least bodily injury, death and property damage limits, in such amounts and with such scope of coverage to insure its indemnification. Upon request, SHL shall provide XPI with certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of at least [***] years following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Agreement, XPI shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, (i) general liability insurance, (ii) contractual liability insurance and (iii) product liability insurance, such insurances covering at least bodily injury, death and property damage limits, in such amounts and with such scope of coverage to insure its indemnification. Upon request, XPI shall provide SHL with certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage.

 

18


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

ARTICLE XIII

NOTICES

Section 13.1 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, Claims and other communications required or permitted to be delivered, given or otherwise provided under this Agreement must be in writing and must be delivered, given or otherwise provided: by hand (in which case, it will be effective upon delivery); by Email (in which case, it will be effective upon receipt of confirmation of good transmission); or by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized courier service (in which case, it will be effective on the business day after being deposited with such courier service); in each case, to the address or email listed below:

For Administrative and legal notices:

 

If to SHL:

 

  

If to XPI:

 

Scandinavian Health Limited

Room 810, Argyle Centre

688 Nathan Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Email: [***]

Attn: [***]

 

  

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,

3208 Red River St, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78705

Email: [***]

Attn: [***]

 

With a copy to:    With a copy to:

 

Scandinavian Health Limited

General Counsel

136 Guosheng 2nd Street

Taoyuan 33060, Taiwan

Email: [***]

  

 

Baker Botts LLP

98 San Jacinto Blvd, Suite 1500

Austin, Texas 78701-4078

Email: [***]

Attn: [***]

For scientific and technical notices:

 

If to SHL:    If to XPI:

 

SHL Pharma, LL.C.

588 Jim Moran Boulevard

Deerfield Beach, FL 33442

Email: [***]

Attn: [***]

  

 

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,

3208 Red River St, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78705

Email: [***]

Attn: [***]

 

   With a copy to:
  

 

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,

3208 Red River St, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78705

Email: [***]

Attn: [***]

 

19


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Either Party may give written notice of a change of address and, after notice of such change has been received, any notice or request shall thereafter be given to such Party at such changed address.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Use of Names. Unless required by governmental authority or Legal Requirements, XPI and SHL agree that neither will use the other’s name, trademark, service mark, trade names, trade dress, corporate names, logos, slogans, brand names and other source identifiers (and all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations of the foregoing) and Internet domain names, together with all goodwill associated with each of the foregoing, either expressed or implied, in its publicity, advertising, promotional or product related literature, or in documents seeking investor financing (where such information is not disclosed on a confidential basis in accordance with Article 6) without the other’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. [***].

Section 14.2 Assignment. Neither Party may, without the prior written consent of the other Party, delegate, transfer, convey, assign or pledge any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any other Person. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, each Party, upon providing the other Party written notice, may without the consent of the other Party (i) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and/or designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder, in each case, so long as the assigning Party is not relieved of any liability hereunder and so long as any such Affiliate remains such Party’s Affiliate and (ii) assign this Agreement to any Person that succeeds, by way of sale, transfer, or divestiture, to all or substantially all of the business to which this Agreement pertains (a “Change of Control”); provided, however, that such Affiliate or Person obtaining such assignment provide the other Party with written acknowledgement of, and agreement to, the assigning Party’s obligations under the Agreement that were assigned to it. In the event of a Change of Control of XPI to a Person whose primary business is the manufacture and supply of auto-injectors for drug delivery or a Person who manufactures auto-injectors in its normal course of business (each type of Person herein described is respectively a competitor of SHL), this Agreement may be terminated at the sole discretion of SHL, provided that SHL gives [***] written notice that it intends to terminate under this Subsection 14.2. [***]. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment of this Agreement in contravention of this Section 14.2 shall be null and void.

Section 14.3 Independent Contractors. SHL and XPI are independent contractors. Neither Party nor its employees, agents or representatives are or shall be deemed for any purpose to be employees, agents or representatives of the other Party. Neither Party shall be responsible to the other Party or its employees, nor any governing body for any payroll related taxes related to any performance by the other Party or its employees, agents or representatives under this Agreement. Each Party agrees to indemnify the other Party with respect to Claims or proceedings relating to any such payroll related taxes. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute XPI or SHL as a partner, joint venturer, agent or other representative of

 

20


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

the other. Each is an independent entity retaining complete control over and complete responsibility for its own operations and employees. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant either Party any right or authority to assume or create any obligation on behalf of or in the name of the other; or to accept summons or legal process for the other; or to bind the other in any manner whatsoever.

Section 14.4 Governing Law. The validity, interpretation and performance of the Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, USA. XPI and SHL hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts situated in New York City, New York, USA for resolution of disputes arising with respect to this Agreement.

Section 14.5 Dispute Resolution and Related Matters.

(a) The Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement promptly by negotiations between executives who have the authority to settle such dispute. Either Party may give the other Party written notice of any dispute hereunder not resolved in the normal course of business. Within [***] following delivery of such notice, executives of both Parties shall discuss such dispute by telephone or by meeting at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant information, and to attempt to resolve such dispute.

(b) If the matter has not been resolved within [***] following the other Party’s receipt of the disputing Party’s notice, or if the Parties fail to discuss or meet within the [***] period, then within [***] thereafter, the dispute may be resolved by a court of competent jurisdiction as set forth above.

(c) All applicable statutes of limitations and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the negotiation and mediation procedures set forth above are pending. The Parties will take such action, if any, as may reasonably be required to effectuate such tolling.

(d) Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in attempting to resolve a dispute pursuant to the procedures set forth in this section and shall share equally the cost of the mediation.

Section 14.6 Compliance with Laws. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Parties shall be subject to all laws, present and future, of any government having jurisdiction over the Parties and this transaction, and to orders, regulations, directions or requests of any such government.

Section 14.7 Fees and Costs. Except for the provisions in Sections 14.5(e), (Dispute Resolution and Related Matters), and 14.15, (Costs), for any dispute arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing Party is entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs at all levels of the dispute, including litigation and all appellate levels against the other.

Section 14.8 Severability. The terms and conditions stated herein are declared to be severable. If any paragraph, provision, or clause in this Agreement shall be found or be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction in which this Agreement is being performed, the remainder of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable and the Parties shall use good faith to negotiate a substitute, valid and enforceable provision which most nearly effects the Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

 

21


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 14.9 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid and binding unless it is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No waiver by any Party of any breach or violation or, default under or inaccuracy in any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, will be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent breach, violation, default of, or inaccuracy in, any such representation, warranty, agreement or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence. No delay or omission on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof.

Section 14.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any documents, instruments and certificates explicitly referred to herein, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior discussions, negotiations, proposals, undertakings, understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto.

Section 14.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute but one and the same instrument. This Agreement will become effective when duly executed by each Party hereto.

Section 14.12 Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and will not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.

Section 14.13 Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as specifically provided herein, all rights, benefits and remedies under this Agreement are solely intended for the benefit of XPI and SHL, and no Third Parties shall have any rights whatsoever to (i) enforce any obligation contained in this Agreement; (ii) seek a benefit or remedy for any breach of this Agreement; or (iii) take any other action relating to this Agreement under any legal theory, including but not limited to, actions in contract, tort (including but not limited to negligence, gross negligence and strict liability), or as a defense, set off or counterclaim to any action or claim brought or made by the Parties.

Section 14.14 Cooperation. SHL and XPI agree to execute any instruments reasonably believed by the other Party to be necessary to implement the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 14.15 Costs. Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement.

Section 14.16 Excusable Delays. Neither Party shall be liable for delays caused by bona fide labor disputes, war, civil or military disturbances, acts or lack of action of governments or governmental authorities, accidents, fires, explosions, epidemics, forces of nature, acts of God or other causes reasonably beyond its control, but each Party shall use all reasonable efforts to avoid such delays and to minimize the extent of any delays that do occur.

 

22


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Section 14.17 Contract Control. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any SOW, the terms of this Agreement shall govern, unless the language of the SOW, agreed upon in writing by both Parties, expressly states that the SOW controls.

Section 14.18 English Language. This Agreement has been prepared in the English language and the English language shall control its interpretation. In addition, all notices required and permitted to be given hereunder, and all written, electronic, oral or other communication between the Parties regarding this amendment or pursuant to this Amendment shall be in the English language unless otherwise agreed to.

Section 14.19 Drafting. This Agreement was negotiated at arm’s length and entered into freely by the Parties and upon the advice of their respective counsel. All Parties hereto are to be deemed the drafters of this Agreement. No provision hereof shall be construed in favor of or against any Party hereto based upon principles of contra proferentem or any other presumption as to inequality or bargaining power or otherwise.

Section 14.20 Certain Rules of Construction. Except as otherwise explicitly specified to the contrary, (a) references to a Section, Article, Exhibit or Schedule means a Section or Article of, or Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, unless another agreement is specified, (b) the word “or” is not exclusive and the word “including” will be construed as “including without limitation,” (c) words in the singular or plural form include the plural and singular form, respectively, (d) references to a particular person include such person’s successors and assigns to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement; (e) the words “shall” and “will” will have the same meaning, and (f) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” and derivative or similar towards refer to this entire Agreement.

Section 14.21 Survivability. The provisions of Articles 1, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13 and 14, and Sections 2.11,5.2,7.3,11.4 and 11.6 shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement. Any payments for Services provided or expenses incurred by SHL or others under this Agreement prior to such expiration or termination shall, unless disputed in good faith by XPI, remain due and payable to SHL thereafter according to the terms of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

23


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, effective as of the Effective Date, each of the Parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

SCANDINAVIAN HEALTH LIMITED     XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger Samuelsson

    By:  

/s/ Douglas Baum

  Roger Samuelsson       Douglas Baum
  President       President & Chief Executive Officer
Date:   2016-02-25     Date:   2016-03-14


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

SCHEDULE 1.24

PRODUCT

The “Product is the assembled, labelled, and packaged combination of an Intermediate Product and Device for the injection of the Compound.

The “Intermediate Product is a syringe with a pre-staked needle, along with a plunger and a needle cover, that contains the Compound ([***] µL or [***] µL).

The “Device” is the SHL developed and manufactured auto-injector delivery device pre-configured for the injection of the Compound. The Device components will be customized by SHL as needed to satisfy the design input requirements. The Device will be manufactured by SHL in the component colors selected by XPI and agreed to by SHL.

The Product will consist of the following:

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

SCHEDULE 1.25

REGULATORY AUTHORITIES

 

    United States Food & Drug Administration (FDA)

 

    European Medicines Agency (EMA)

 

    Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency, Japan (PDMA)

 

    Medical Device Directive (MDD)


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

SCHEDULE 1.32

STATEMENT OF WORK

Scope:

SHL will develop an auto-injector based on its technology which will serve as the injector platform for XPIs [***] (glucagon injection) product. [***]

Deliverables:

The following deliverables shall be provided to XPI by SHL:

 

  1. [***]:

 

  a. [***]

 

  b. [***]

2. All documents listed as requiring XPI approval in the SHL Design and Development Plan [***]

[***].

 

27


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Activities and Schedule:

 

Stage

  

Description

  

Target Timing

  

Fees Due (USD),
tea excluded

1   

[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

   [***]   
2   

[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

   [***]   
3   

[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

   [***]   
4   

[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

-[***]

   [***]   
  

[***]

     


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Specifications:

The specifications for the Product will be developed jointly by XPI and SHL during the initial stages of the project. SHL shall manufacture the Devices in strict accordance with the Specifications, with ISO requirements, and with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including the US Federal Food and Drug Administration’s (or other appropriate regulatory authority’s) current Good Manufacturing Practices for Medical Devices (“cGMPs”). The applicable standards/guidance/regulatory requirements are listed in the [***] Design Input Requirements, SHL document number [***].

SHL shall be responsible for obtaining any permits or licenses required by any regulatory authority for manufacturing the Components only. XPI shall be responsible for obtaining any permits or licenses required by any regulatory authority for manufacturing and selling the Product.

Acceptance Criteria:

[***]:

 

  1. [***].

 

  2. [***].

[***]:

 

  3. [***].

 

  4. [***].

 

  5. [***].

 

  6. [***].

[***]:

 

  7. [***].

 

  8. [***].

 

  9. [***].

 

  10. [***].

[***]:

 

  11. [***].

 

  12. [***].

 

  13. [***].


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

Budget and Payment Schedule:

[***]

Facilities:

SHL shall provide or locate all scientific equipment, laboratory and service facilities, as required for prompt completion of the SOW and shall include its facilities in Deerfield Beach, Broward County, Florida, USA, Taoyuan, Taiwan, and/or any other facility as may be designated by SHL, from time to time, as approved by XPI for use in connection with completion of this SOW.

Design Changes:

XPI agrees to follow SHL’s documented ISO procedures regarding the processing of design changes and shall ensure that all changes are properly approved by XPIs authorized personnel without unreasonable delay. [***]. The schedule for all materials or Components affected by any design study shall be extended by a period of time equal to the hold time, if any, associated with such study, whether or not XPI authorizes or approves the proposed change.

Device Master File:

SHL shall assist XPI in maintaining and submitting a Device Master File (MAF) to the FDA and other Regulatory Authorities that may be used to provide detailed information about facilities or articles used in the manufacturing, processing, packaging, and storing of the Devices. Contents may include proprietary information and can be referenced only with the specific permission of the Device Master File holder. Provided the submission is sufficient to satisfy all regulatory requirements, SHL shall have the right in consultation with XPI to determine which documents and/or information may be contained within the Device Master File.


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

SCHEDULE 14.1

PRESS RELEASE

The press release will be drafted post execution of this agreement with the written consent of both parties required prior to release to the public.

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, this “Agreement”) dated as of February 28, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“Oxford”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“Bank” or “SVB”) (each a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), and XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800, Chicago, IL 60601 (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

 

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

1.1 Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All references to “Dollars” or “$” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

 

2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Term Loans.

(a) Availability. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term A Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “Term A Loan”, and collectively as the “Term A Loans”). After repayment, no Term A Loan may be re-borrowed.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Second Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “Term B Loan”, and collectively as the “Term B Loans”). After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re-borrowed.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Third Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term C Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “Term C Loan”, and collectively as the “Term C Loans”; each Term A Loan, Term B Loan or Term C


Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan” and the Term A Loans, the Term B Loans and the Term C Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Term Loans”). After repayment, no Term C Loan may be re-borrowed.

(b) Repayment. Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the Funding Date of each Term Loan, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of each Term Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of such Term Loan and the first Payment Date thereof. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal, together with applicable interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to thirty-five (35) months; provided, that if the Borrower draws a Term C Loan, then the foregoing clause (3) shall be based upon a repayment schedule equal to twenty-three (23) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to each Term Loan is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. Each Term Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.2(c) and 2.2(d).

(c) Mandatory Prepayments. If the Term Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, if applicable, (iv) any unpaid facility fee, if applicable, plus (v) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing, on the Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loan(s).

(d) Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans.

(i) Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) any unpaid facility fee, if applicable, plus (E) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Borrower shall also have the option to prepay part of Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, (ii) prepays such part of the Term Loans in a denomination that is not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) or, if in excess thereof, in integral whole number multiples of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in excess thereof, and (iii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an

 

2


amount equal to the sum of (A) the portion of outstanding principal of such Term Loans plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the applicable Final Payment, and (C) all other Obligations that are then due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts, and (D) the applicable Prepayment Fee with respect to the portion of such Term Loans being prepaid; provided, further however, that, unless the Lenders have provided their prior written consent to Borrower, which may be withheld in the Lenders’ sole discretion, Borrower shall not be permitted to make more than four (4) partial prepayments in any anniversary year of the Term Loan. For the purposes of clarity, any partial prepayment shall be applied pro-rata to all outstanding amounts under each Term Loan, and shall be applied pro-rata within each Term Loan tranche to reduce amortization payments under Section 2.2(b) on a pro-rata basis.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loans shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate, determined by Collateral Agent on the Funding Date of the applicable Term Loan, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) and 2.3(e). Interest shall accrue on each Term Loan commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Term Loan, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Term Loan through and including the day on which such Term Loan is paid in full.

(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “Default Rate”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.

(c) 360-Day Year. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, and the actual number of days elapsed.

(d) Debit of Accounts. Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due. Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Payments. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 2:00 P.M. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

2.4 Secured Promissory Notes. The Term Loans shall be evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “Secured Promissory Note”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to

 

3


make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Term Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Term Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of each Term Loan set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due. Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

(a) Good Faith Deposit. An amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), which amount has been received by Collateral Agent as a good faith deposit from Borrower on or about December 1, 2017, to be applied towards Lenders’ Expenses incurred through the Effective Date payable pursuant to Section 2.5(f) hereof, and the balance left over, if any, shall be applied towards the facility fee due on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.5(b) hereof. For the purposes of clarity, Borrower shall be responsible for all Lender’s Expenses payable pursuant to Section 2.5(f) hereof and the facility fee payable pursuant to Section 2.5(b) hereof;

(b) Facility Fee. Subject to funding of the Term A Loans, a fully earned, non refundable facility fee of Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000.00) to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages payable as follows: (i) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) of the facility fee shall be due and payable on the Effective Date, (ii) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) of the facility fee shall be due and payable on the earliest of the Funding Date of the Term B Loan, the termination date of the Second Draw Period, September 30, 2018, and the occurrence of an Event of Default, and (iii) the remaining Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) of the facility fee shall be due and payable on the earliest of the Funding Date of the Term C Loan, the termination date of the Third Draw Period, September 30, 2019, and the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(c) Final Payment. The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(d) Prepayment Fee. The Prepayment Fee, if and when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(e) Non-Utilization Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable non-utilization fee to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages payable as follows: (i) following the commencement of the Third Draw Period, if Borrower has elected not to request a draw of the full Term C Loan amount, then, within thirty (30) days following the termination date of the Third Draw Period, Borrower shall pay to the Lenders an amount equal to two percent (2.0%) of the aggregate undrawn principal amount of the Term C Loan to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Pro Rata Shares. For the purposes of clarity, Borrower shall be responsible for the non-utilization fee even if Borrower elects to prepay during the Third Draw Period; and

 

4


(f) Lenders’ Expenses. All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.6 Withholding. Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, that Borrower shall not be required to make such increased payment to a Lender who is not a United States Person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) or who has not provided a duly executed original IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax. Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Each Lender’s obligation to make a Term A Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) original Loan Documents, each duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, if any, as applicable;

(b) duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, as required pursuant to Section 6.6;

(c) duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term A Loan Commitment Percentage;

(d) reserved;

(e) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, if any, certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’, if any, jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary, if any, is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

5


(f) a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, if any;

(g) the Annual Projections, for the current calendar year;

(h) duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower and each Subsidiary, if any, that is a party to the Loan Documents, in a form acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

(i) certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(j) subject to the terms of the Post Closing Letter, a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of all of Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’, if any, leased locations;

(k) a bailee waiver executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Collateral having a book value in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00);

(l) a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

(m) evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

(n) a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto; and

(o) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) receipt by (i) the Lenders of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto; and (ii) SVB of an executed Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto;

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form) and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the

 

 

6


representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(c) in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

(d) to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrants, in number, form and content acceptable to each Lender, and in favor of each Lender according to its Commitment Percentage, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and

(e) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be required to make duplicative payments to the Lenders if Borrower has already paid Collateral Agent for fees and/or expenses incurred by or on behalf of Collateral Agent pursuant to any Loan Documents, but, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all fees and Lenders’ Expenses in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time five (5) Business Days prior to the date the Term Loan is to be made. Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form, with respect to SVB) executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Term Loan Commitment.

 

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the Code), Borrower, shall

 

7


promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent under the Code.

4.3 Pledge of Collateral. Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all the Shares, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. On the Effective Date, or, to the extent not certificated as of the Effective Date, within ten (10) days of the certification of any Shares, the certificate or certificates for the Shares will be delivered to Collateral Agent, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares, Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Collateral Agent may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Collateral Agent and cause new (as applicable) certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Collateral Agent or its transferee. Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Collateral Agent may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of

 

8


Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Shares. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Shares and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “Perfection Certificate” and collectively, the “Perfection Certificates”). Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) except as may be set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent Borrower is permitted to take such action resulting in the applicable update by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement, and Borrower complies with the terms of this Agreement in connection with such action); such updated Perfection Certificates subject to the review and approval of Collateral Agent unless such facts, events or circumstances being updated first arose or occurred after the Effective Date and do not constitute a breach, default, or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such

 

9


Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.2 Collateral.

(a) Borrower and each its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith with respect of which Borrower or such Subsidiary has given Collateral Agent notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent a perfected security interest therein unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 6.6. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

(b) On the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate (i) the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse), and (ii) no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.11.

(c) All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

(d) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).

5.3 Litigation. Except as disclosed (i) on the Perfection Certificates, or (ii) in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof, there are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

5.4 No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of

 

10


Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.

5.5 Solvency. Borrower and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is Solvent.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower and any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

5.7 Investments. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of

 

11


Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could result in additional taxes, in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in the aggregate, becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

5.9 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Shares. Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares. The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. To Borrower’s knowledge, the Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

12


(b) Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the material Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies to Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

(a) Deliver to each Lender:

(i) (A) prior to Borrower’s initial public offering and sale of its common stock or other common voting equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“IPO”), as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating, if applicable, balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent; and (B) after Borrower’s IPO, as soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating, if applicable, balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent;

(ii) (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or within five (5) days of filing with the SEC, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(iii) as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, Borrower’s annual financial projections for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections shall be set forth in a quarter-by-quarter format (such annual financial projections as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “Annual Projections”; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than seven (7) days after such approval);

(iv) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt;

(v) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,

(vi) prompt notice of any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, together with any copies reflecting such amendments or changes with respect thereto;

(vii) prompt notice of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property;

 

13


(viii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s), and

(ix) other information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, or forty-five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, as applicable, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

(c) Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral. Such audits shall be conducted no more often than twice every year unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Deliver to Collateral Agent and Alexandria Real Estate, as soon as available, but no later than (i) thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter during which any of the following are in effect: Borrower’s lease or license agreement for such premises and/or Collateral Agent’s agreement with the landlord of such premises, and (ii) thirty (30) days after the last day of each month in which Borrower has delivered in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of new Collateral to the properties located at 3033 Science Park Road, San Diego, CA 92121 and/or 3985 Sorrento Valley Boulevard, San Diego, CA 92121, an updated, fully comprehensive, Exhibit A to the applicable landlord lien waiver among Alexandria Real Estate, Borrower and Collateral Agent.

(e) Deliver to Collateral Agent and the landlord of the leased premises located at 3208 Red River Street, Austin, Texas 78705, as soon as available, but no later than (i) thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter during which any of the following are in effect: Borrower’s lease or license agreement for such premises and/or Collateral Agent’s agreement with the landlord of such premises, and (ii) thirty (30) days after the last day of each month in which Borrower has delivered in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of new Collateral to such leased premises, an updated, fully comprehensive, Exhibit A to the applicable landlord lien waiver among such landlord, Borrower and Collateral Agent.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) individually or in the aggregate in any calendar year.

 

14


6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

6.5 Insurance. Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry and location and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured. The Collateral Agent shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Collateral Agent, that it will give the Collateral Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of better, equal or like value or usefulness as the replaced or repaired Collateral, (ii) shall have fair market value equal to, or in excess of, the amount of casualty proceeds applied to the acquisition of such property, and (iii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent; provided, however, that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may maintain (i) cash collateral deposit accounts at JPM Chase in accordance with the terms of clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Lien that are not required to be subject to a Control Agreement, (ii) deposit accounts at JPM Chase, which are existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, that are not required to be subject to a Control Agreement, so long as, in the case of clause (ii), (A) Borrower and its Subsidiaries maintain an aggregate minimum cash balance equal to the outstanding Obligations hereunder plus Five Million

 

15


Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates subject to Control Agreements in favor of Collateral Agent, and (B) such accounts are either closed or subject to Control Agreements in favor of Collateral Agent within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, and (iii) Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ other deposit accounts not with Bank, so long as, in the case of clause (iii), (A) Borrower and its Subsidiaries maintain an aggregate minimum cash balance equal to the outstanding Obligations hereunder plus Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates subject to Control Agreements in favor of Collateral Agent, and (B) such accounts are subject to Control Agreements in favor of Collateral Agent.

(b) Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent five (5) days’ prior written notice before Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries establishes any Collateral Account at or with any Person other than Bank or its Affiliates. In addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.6(a), for each Collateral Account that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, at any time maintains, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral Agent. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates.

(c) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain any Collateral Accounts except Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Sections 6.6(a) and (b).

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringement by a third party of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation. Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Notices of Litigation and Default. Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

16


6.10 Intentionally Omitted.

6.11 Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers. In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first provide written notice to Collateral Agent and, in the event that the new location is the chief executive office of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or the Collateral at any such new location is valued in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate, such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.

6.12 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each such newly created Subsidiary.

6.13 Further Assurances.

(a) Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn out or obsolete Equipment or other Equipment which is being replaced by Equipment of reasonably equivalent or better value or usefulness; and (c) in connection with Permitted Liens, Permitted Investments and Permitted Licenses.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of Borrower unless written notice

 

17


thereof is provided to Collateral Agent within five (5) Business Days of such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction). Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent: (A) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations (ii) contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in assets or property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) are not Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ chief executive office); (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person; provided, however, nothing herein shall prohibit Borrower from effecting such a transaction to the extent it qualifies as a “Permitted Acquisition”. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured Guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not, without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower, unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fees, payments or damages from Borrower in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), and (iii) Borrower notifies Collateral Agent in advance of entering into such an agreement.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year) or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

18


7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, and (b) Subordinated Debt or equity investments by Borrower’s investors in Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

7.11 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

19


8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.11 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers), 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) or 6.13 (Further Assurances) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;

 

20


8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a breach or default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Collateral Agent receiving written notice from the party asserting such breach or default of such cure or waiver of the breach or default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Collateral Agent or any Lender has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith business judgment of Collateral Agent be materially less advantageous to Borrower;

8.7 Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any Guaranty terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any Guaranty; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor;

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

 

21


8.12 Lien Priority. Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies.

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of Required Lenders shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

(b) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

(ii) apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

(iii) commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

(c) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(ii) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates. Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

 

22


(iii) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;

(iv) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(v) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

(vi) appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vii) subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof);

(viii) any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

(ix) terminate any FX Contracts.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.1 to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in this Section 9.1 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an Exigent Circumstance. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, “Exigent Circumstance” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Collateral Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Collateral Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Collateral Agent, could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

 

23


9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits. Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and Obligations for Bank Services secured by cash collateral in accordance with the terms of Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and Obligations for Bank Services secured by cash collateral in accordance with the terms of Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter. No such payments by Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such

 

24


category. Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims. To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis. If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

9.5 Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity. The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

 

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt

 

25


requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

  If to Borrower:    XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800
Chicago, IL 60601
Attn: Nora Brennan
Email: nbrennan@xerispharma.com
  with a copy (which
shall not constitute
notice) to:
   XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800
Chicago, IL 60601
Attn: Steve Pieper
Email: spieper@xerispharma.com
  with a copy (which
shall not constitute
notice) to:
   ANDREWS KURTH KENYON LLP
111 Congress Ave., Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons
Email: mlyons@andrewskurth.com
  If to Collateral Agent:    OXFORD FINANCE LLC
133 North Fairfax Street
Alexandria, Virginia 22314
Attention: Legal Department
Fax: (703) 519-5225
Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com
  with a copy to    SILICON VALLEY BANK
4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050
San Diego, CA 92122
Attn: Anthony Flores
Fax: (858) 622-1424
Email: aflores@svb.com
  with a copy (which
shall not constitute
notice) to:
   Troutman Sanders LLP
401 9th Street, NW, Suite 1000
Washington, DC 20004
Attn: Charles Charpentier
Fax: (202) 274-2994
Email: charles.charpentier@troutman.com

 

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,

 

26


COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.1) DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR TO OTHERWISE ENFORCE COLLATERAL AGENT’S AND THE LENDERS’ RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT, AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.6). The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in (any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation, or grant of a participation, a “Lender Transfer”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “Approved Lender”). Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.

 

27


12.2 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties. Following such correction, Collateral Agent shall endeavor to provide Borrower with notice, and a copy, of such correction, but failure of Collateral Agent to provide such notice or copy shall not invalidate such correction or result in any breach of this Agreement by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration. (a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that:

(i) no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

(ii) no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

 

28


(iii) no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions of Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10. It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

(iv) the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.

(b) Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.6(a)(i)-(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

(c) This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.9 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

29


12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, if any, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose relating to the administration of this Agreement and for the development of client databases, reporting purposes required by law or by governmental authorities, and market analysis. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The agreements provided under this Section 12.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.9.

12.10 Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.11 Silicon Valley Bank as Agent. Collateral Agent hereby appoints Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) as its agent (and SVB hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Collateral Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control, including without limitation, all deposit accounts maintained at SVB.

 

30


12.12 Cooperation of Borrower. If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Loan to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan reasonably may request. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

 

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Alexandria Real Estate” means ARE-SD Region No. 35, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Amortization Date” is, with respect to any Term Loan, April 1, 2020; provided, however, that if a Term C Loan is funded, then the Amortization Date with respect to any Term Loan shall be extended to April 1, 2021.

Annual Projections” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Anti-Terrorism Laws” are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

Approved Fund” is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the

 

31


preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

Approved Lender” is defined in Section 12.1.

Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

Basic Rate” is, with respect to a Term Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the sum of (a) the thirty (30) day U.S. LIBOR rate reported in The Wall Street Journal on the last Business Day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus (b) six and three-quarters of one percent (6.75%). If The Wall Street Journal (or another nationally recognized rate reporting source acceptable to Collateral Agent) no longer reports the U.S. LIBOR Rate or if such interest rate no longer exists or if The Wall Street Journal no longer publishes the U.S. LIBOR Rate or ceases to exist, Collateral Agent may in good faith select a replacement interest rate or replacement publication, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Basic Rate for the Term Loan for the period from the Effective Date through and including February 28, 2018 shall be 8.32970%.

Blocked Person” is any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books” are Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent is closed.

Cash Equivalents” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its

 

32


Subsidiaries of any Auction Rate Securities, or purchasing participations in, or entering into any type of swap or other derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of Auction Rate Security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents does not include and Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including, without limitation, any corporate or municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security (each, an “Auction Rate Security”).

Claims” are defined in Section 12.2.

Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account, or any other bank account maintained by Borrower or any Subsidiary at any time.

Collateral Agent” is, Oxford, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

Commitment Percentage” is set forth in Schedule 1.1, as amended from time to time.

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Communication” is defined in Section 10.

Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for

 

33


which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent pursuant to which Collateral Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension” is any Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Collateral Agent or Lenders for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number [***], maintained with Bank.

Disbursement Letter” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1.

Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

Effective Date” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Eligible Assignee” is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000.00), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture

 

34


at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.

Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

Excluded Governmental Approvals” means (i) those certain US Federal grant approvals issued to Borrower from the National Institute of Health issued on July 6, 2017, August 17, 2017 and September 7, 2017, (ii) those certain certificates of occupancy issued to Borrower by the City of Austin, Texas, and (iii) that certain clean water certificate issued to Borrower by the City of Austin, Texas, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such grant approval or certificate is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the documents governing such grant approval or certificate or ordinances, regulations or laws applicable thereto (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Article 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such grant approval or certificate, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Secured Party hereunder and become part of the “Collateral.”

Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or (d), equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

Final Payment Percentage” is six and one half of one percent (6.50%).

Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary” is a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

35


FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles” are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Collateral Agent.

Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Insolvent” means not Solvent.

 

36


“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance, payment or capital contribution to any Person.

Key Person” is each of Borrower’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, who is Paul Edick as of the Effective Date, (ii) Chief Financial Officer, who is Nora Brennan as of the Effective Date, and (iii) Chief Science Officer, who is Steve Prestrelski as of the Effective Date.

Lender” is any one of the Lenders.

Lenders” are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1.

Lenders’ Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

37


Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Bank Services Agreement, the Post Closing Letter, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement; all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2.

Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Maturity Date” is, for each Term Loan, February 1, 2023.

Obligations” are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, the facility fees, and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

OFAC” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Lists” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date” is the first (1st) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing on March 1, 2018.

Perfection Certificate” and “Perfection Certificates” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition” means an acquisition pursuant to which Borrower acquires a Person or an ownership interest in a Person through the issuance of Borrower’s capital stock, so long as the number

 

38


of shares or the voting power of Borrower’s capital stock issued with respect to any one Peron is less than twenty percent (20%) of the total shares or voting power of Borrower’s capital stock outstanding before the issuance, to the extent that each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable law;

(c) such acquired Person or assets shall be in the same line of business as is conducted by Borrower as of the Effective Date (or a line of business reasonably related thereto);

(d) such acquisition shall not cause the focus or locations of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations (when taken as a whole) to be located outside of the United States;

(e) in the case of the purchase or other acquisition of Shares, all of the Shares acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition shall be wholly owned by Borrower or a Subsidiary;

(f) in connection with such acquisition, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (including for this purpose, the target of the acquisition) shall acquire or be subject to any Indebtedness or Liens that are not otherwise permitted hereunder;

(g) all of the consideration paid in connection with such acquisition shall be in the form of stock of Borrower, except that Borrower shall be permitted to pay reasonable closing costs in cash;

(h) Borrower shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent and Lenders at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to Collateral Agent and Lenders) prior to such proposed acquisition (i) a copy of the purchase agreement related to the proposed acquisition (and any related documents reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent and Lenders), (ii) a general description of the acquired assets or acquired business line or unit or division and the competitive position of such business line or unit or division within the industry, (iii) the sources and uses of funds to finance the proposed acquisition, and (iv) to the extent available, quarterly and annual audited financial statements of the Person whose Shares or assets are being acquired for the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to such proposed acquisition;

(i) such Permitted Acquisition shall only involve assets located in the United States;

(j) Collateral Agent and the Lenders have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer together with Board approved projections certifying and setting forth in reasonable detail that Borrower has enough cash on hand to pay its projected expenses and all debt service when due for a period of twelve (12) months after the consummation of such transaction (after giving effect to such transaction); and

(k) such Permitted Acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the target’s board of directors.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in order for any acquisition of Shares or assets of another Person to constitute a Permitted Acquisition, Borrower must comply with all of the following:

 

39


(a) within five (5) Business Days of the closing of such Permitted Acquisition, the applicable Borrower (or Subsidiary) making such Permitted Acquisition and the target shall have executed such documents and taken such actions as may be required under Section 6.12; (b) the applicable Borrower shall have delivered to Collateral Agent and Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and Lenders and sufficiently in advance (and in any case no later than five (5) Business Days prior to such Permitted Acquisition), such other financial information, financial analysis, documentation or other information relating to such Permitted Acquisition and the pro forma certifications required by clause (c) below, in each case, as Collateral Agent and Lenders shall reasonably request; (c) on or prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, the Collateral Agent and Lenders shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and Lenders, a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower certifying compliance with the requirements contained in this definition of “Permitted Acquisition” and with the other terms of the Loan Documents (before and after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition); and (d) Borrower shall provide to the Collateral Agent and Lenders as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, a copy of the executed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such acquisition.

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s);

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness consisting of capitalized lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made);

(f) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(g) Other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00); and

(h) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

40


Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any other Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest or which are otherwise maintained in compliance with Section 6.6;

(e) Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; not to exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) in the aggregate for (i) and (ii) in any fiscal year;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(i) non-cash Investments in joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support;

(j) non-cash Investments in connection with Permitted Acquisitions; and

(k) Investments by Borrower or any Subsidiary in Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower which is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or a Guarantor.

Permitted Licenses” are (A) licenses of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (B) non-exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided, that, with respect to each such license described in clause (B), (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders

 

41


copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, and (y) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” provided that (i) such liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous with, or within twenty (20) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

(h) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.6(b) hereof;

 

42


(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7;

(j) Liens on Borrower’s deposit accounts held at JPM Chase securing Borrower’s obligations with respect to certain undrawn letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $143,000, and (ii) the then current face amount of such letters of credit;

(k) Liens consisting of landlord liens, so long as each such landlord is party to a landlord agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent; and

(l) Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses.

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Post Closing Letter” is that certain Post Closing Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and between Collateral Agent and Borrower.

Prepayment Fee” is, with respect to any funded Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Amortization Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to:

(i) for a prepayment made on or after the Funding Date of such Term Loan through the Amortization Date, one and one half of one percent (1.50%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid; and

(ii) for a prepayment made on or after the Amortization Date, no Prepayment Fee shall be applicable.

Pro Rata Share” is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans.

Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Required Lenders” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “Original Lender”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loan, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loan, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loan, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loan, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.

 

43


Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer” is any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Controller, or Senior Director of Finance of Borrower acting alone.

Second Draw Condition” is the NDA submission of G-Pen.

Second Draw Period” is the period commencing on the date of the occurrence of the Second Draw Condition and ending on the earliest of (i) September 30, 2018, (ii) the thirtieth day following the occurrence of the Second Draw Condition, and (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Second Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Second Draw Condition an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Secured Promissory Note” is defined in Section 2.4.

Secured Promissory Note Record” is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Shares” is one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiary, in any Subsidiary.

Solvent” is, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Subsidiary” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or through one or more intermediaries.

Term Loan” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(iii) hereof.

Term A Loan” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(i) hereof.

Term B Loan” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

Term C Loan” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(iii) hereof.

 

44


Term Loan Commitment” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1.

Term Loan Commitments” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Third Draw Condition” is the NDA approval of G-Pen.

Third Draw Period” is the period commencing on the date of the occurrence of the Third Draw Condition and ending on the earliest of (i) September 30, 2019, (ii) the thirtieth day following the occurrence of the Third Draw Condition, and (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Third Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Third Draw Condition an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrants” are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

45


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Nora Brennan

Name:   Nora Brennan
Title:   CFO
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Colette H. Featherly

Name:   Colette H. Featherly
Title:   Senior Vice President
LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK..
By:  

/s/ Michael White

Name:   Michael White
Title:   Managing Director, Head of BD

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

Term A Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 11,111,111.11        55.55555555

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 8,888,888,89        44.44444445
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 20,000,000.00        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term B Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 8,333,333.33        55.55555555

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 6,666,666.67        44.44444445
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 15,000,000.00        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term C Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 5,555,555.55        55.55555555

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 4,444,444,45        44.44444445
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000.00        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate (all Term Loans)

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 24,999,999.99        55.55555555

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 20,000,000.01        44.44444445
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 45,000,000.00        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; provided that if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) any Equipment or other property financed by a third party, provided that such third party’s Liens are Liens of the type described in subsection (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such Equipment or other property financed is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement or document governing such Equipment or property financed; provided that the aggregate value of all such Equipment or property financed does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); provided further that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such Equipment or other property financed, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”; (iii) any Excluded Governmental Approvals; and (iv) any lease, license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such lease, license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such lease, license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Article 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such lease, license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral.”

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[see attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

[DATE]

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                                      of                                  XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800, Chicago, IL 60601 (“Borrower”), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“Oxford” and “Lender”), as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 28, 2018, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Loan Agreement”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5. No Material Adverse Change has occurred.

6. The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


7. The proceeds of the Term [A][B][C] Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

  

Loan Amount

   $  

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $  

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($             

[—Interim Interest

   ($              )] 

—Lender’s Legal Fees

   ($              )

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

   $  

Disbursement from SVB:

  

Loan Amount

   $  

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $  

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($ )  

[—Interim Interest

   ($              )] 

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

   $  

TOTAL TERM [A] [B] [C] LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

   $  

8. The [Term A Loan][Term B Loan][Term C Loan] shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

9. The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

*  Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.


Dated as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:
XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Disbursement Letter]


AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term [A][B][C] Loan)

[see attached]

[Signature Page to Disbursement Letter]


EXHIBIT B-2

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 2:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME*

 

Fax To:   Date:                                         

 

LOAN PAYMENT:
   
    XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

From Account #                                                             

(Deposit Account #)

 

To Account #                                                                     

(Loan Account #)

   
Principal $                                                                        and/or Interest $                                                                 
   
Authorized Signature:                                                      Phone Number:                                                                  
   
Print Name/Title:                                                              

 

LOAN ADVANCE:
 
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
   
From Account #                                                                     To Account #                                                         
(Loan Account #)    (Deposit Account #)
   
Amount of Advance $                                                         __     
 
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
   
Authorized Signature:                                                                 Phone Number:                                                             
   

Print Name/Title:                                                                      

    

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

   
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
   
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time    
   
Beneficiary Name:                                                                Amount of Wire: $                                                                     
Beneficiary Bank:                                                                 Account Number:                                                                       
City and State:                                                                       
   
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                                    Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                         
    (For International Wire Only)
Intermediary Bank:                                                              Transit (ABA) #:                                                                         
 
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                    
 
Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                                        
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
Authorized Signature:                                                            2nd Signature (if required):                                                             
Print Name/Title:                                                                   Print Name/Title:                                                                             
Telephone #:                                                                          Telephone #:                                                                                    ]


EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:   

OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender

SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender

FROM:    XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“Officer”) of XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Loan Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                              with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(c) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.


Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

     Reporting Covenant    Requirement    Actual    Complies
1)    Financial statements    Monthly within 30 days, or Quarterly within 45 days, as applicable       Yes    No    N/A
2)    Annual (CPA Audited) statements    Within 180 days after FYE       Yes    No    N/A
3)    Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a quarterly basis)    Annually (within 30 days of FYE), and when revised       Yes    No    N/A
4)    A/R & A/P agings    If applicable       Yes    No    N/A
5)    8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings    If applicable, within 5 days of filing       Yes    No    N/A
6)    Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days, or Quarterly within 45 days, as applicable       Yes    No    N/A
7)    IP Report    When required       Yes    No    N/A
8)    Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period       $            Yes    No    N/A
9)    Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period       $            Yes    No    N/A
10)    Updated Exhibit A to Landlord Waiver    Quarterly within 30 days, and in any month where new Collateral in excess of $100,000 was delivered to 3033 Science Park Road, San Diego, CA 92121       Yes    No    N/A

Deposit and Securities Accounts

(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

     Institution Name    Account Number    New Account?      Account Control    Agreement in Place?
1)          Yes      No      Yes    No
2)          Yes      No      Yes    No
3)          Yes      No      Yes    No
4)          Yes      No      Yes    No

Other Matters

 

1)

  

Have there been any changes in management since the last Compliance Certificate?

  

Yes

  

No

2)

   Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?   

Yes

  

No


3)   Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)?    Yes    No
4)   Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No

Exceptions

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

 

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:  

 

LENDER USE ONLY

Received by:

   

Date: 

Verified by:

   

Date: 

Compliance Status:             Yes           No


EXHIBIT D

Form of Secured Promissory Note

[see attached]

 


SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Term [A][B][C] Loan)

 

$                        Dated: [DATE]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800, Chicago, IL 60601 (“Borrower”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“Lender”) the principal amount of [            ] MILLION DOLLARS ($            ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A][B][C] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B][C] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated February 28, 2018 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B][C] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “Note”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B][C] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B][C] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B][C] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:

XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

  

Principal Amount

  

Interest Rate

  

Scheduled
Payment Amount

  

Notation By

 


CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:   XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.   DATE: February     , 2018
LENDERS:   OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender  
  SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender  

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B, respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws. Neither such Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

Paul Edick    Chief Executive Officer      
Nora Brennan    Chief Financial Officer      
John Shannon    Chief Operating Officer      

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money. Borrow money from the Lenders.

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents any Lender requires.

Grant Security. Grant Collateral Agent a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Issue Warrants. Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:  

 

Name:

Title:

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                        of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

            [print title]

 

By:  

 

Name:

Title:


EXHIBIT A

Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments)

[see attached]


EXHIBIT B

Bylaws

[see attached]


DEBTOR:   XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
SECURED PARTY:   OXFORD FINANCE LLC,
  as Collateral Agent

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and All Debtor’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; provided that if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Debtor that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) any Equipment or other property financed by a third party, provided that such third party’s Liens are Liens of the type described in subsection (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such Equipment or other property financed is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement or document governing such Equipment or property financed; provided that the aggregate value of all such Equipment or property financed does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); provided further that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such Equipment or other property financed, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”; (iii) any Excluded Governmental Approvals; and (iv) any lease, license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such lease, license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such lease, license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Article 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such lease, license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Secured Party hereunder and become part of the “Collateral.”

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Secured Party and the Lenders, Debtor has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 1 of 52

 

QUALITY AGREEMENT

 

By and between

 

Contract Vendor Name:    PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc. (PYRAMID)
                        Address:    3598 Cadillac Avenue, Costa Mesa, CA 92626

(“PYRAMID”)

and

 

Company:    Xeris Pharmaceuticals Inc.
  Address:    3208 Red River, Suite 300
   Austin, TX 78705

(“Xeris”)

XERIS and PYRAMID may each be referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively

as the “Parties.”

for

See Appendix 1

(“Product” or “Service”)

The Parties wish to further define their individual and collective responsibilities as to the quality aspects of the Product or Service to ensure compliance with applicable current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMPs), applicable regulatory submissions for the Product, applicable regulatory submissions for the Services, other applicable regulatory requirements, and XERIS s requirements as specified by XERIS (the “XERlS Requirements”).

In order to achieve this purpose, this Quality Agreement includes a detailed listing of the activities and corresponding responsibilities associated with the Product or Service. Unless otherwise indicated, responsibility for each specified activity is assigned to either XERIS or PYRAMID, or to both Parties.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 2 of 52

 

Agreement by the Parties to perform the activities detailed in this Quality Agreement is Indicated by each authorized representatives’ signature below:

 

PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc.      XERIS Pharmaceuticals Inc.

/s/ Sally Dietrick

    

/s/ Leslie Osmera

Signature      Signature
Name: Sally Dietrick      Name: Leslie Osmera
Title:  Quality Assurance Manager      Title    VP, Quality Assurance

November 16, 2016

    

November 16, 2016

Date of Signature      Date of Signature

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 3 of 52

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Appendices:

 

  Appendix 1:    Contacts and Responsibilities
  Appendix 2:    Significant Deviations Requiring Notification
  Appendix 3:    Documentation to be Supplied by PYRAMID
  Appendix 4:    Authorized Subcontractors

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 4 of 52

 

1. QUALITY AGREEMENT

 

  1.1 Effective Date

This Quality Agreement shall become effective as of the latest signature date that appears on page 2 (“Effective Date”).

 

  1.2 Scope

This Quality Agreement outlines the obligations and responsibilities of PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “PYRAMID”) and XERIS PHARMACEUTICALS (herein referred to as “XERIS”) with respect to the quality assurance of the Product or Service, as defined in Appendix 1 (Definition of Product or Service), by PYRAMID for XERIS.

 

  1.3 Other Agreements

This Quality Agreement shall complement and is without prejudice to all other agreements containing logistical, commercial, legal or other terms, which have been entered into between the Parties regarding the Product or Service covered by this Quality Agreement, including, without limitation, that a certain Master GMP Manufacture Contract between XERIS and PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc dated November 1, 2016 (the “Master Services Agreement”). If there are any direct conflicts between the terms of this Quality Agreement and the terms of the Master Services Agreement, then (a) this Quality Agreement shall govern with respect to issues directly related to Product specifications or Service quality matters, and (b) the Master Services Agreement shall govern with respect to all other matters.

 

  1.4 Amendments to Quality Agreement

Amendments to this Quality Agreement must be in writing and signed by the appropriate representatives of each Party before they are deemed effective.

The Parties agree to amend terms of this Quality Agreement that need to be amended in order to ensure the Product or Service continues to meet all (a) regulatory requirements of applicable jurisdictions and (b) XERIS requirements.

If an amendment to this Quality Agreement is proposed, the proposing Party will communicate the proposed amendment to the appropriate contact person at the other Party for review and approval. The appropriate contact person for each Party is listed in Appendix 1 (Contacts and Responsibilities).

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 5 of 52

 

  1.5 Termination of Quality Agreement

Term. This Quality Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date and shall terminate upon the later of (a) expiration or termination of the Master Services Agreement and (b) the final date on which PYRAMID provides Products or Services to XERIS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Products or Services cease to be provided by PYRAMID to XERIS, this Quality Agreement may be terminated by either Party on providing [***] advance written notice of termination to the other Party. The review date of this quality agreement is two years from the Effective Date.

Survival. All regulatory obligations required of XERIS or PYRAMID by any applicable regulatory authorities and all obligations of the Parties under effective regulations shall survive expiration or termination of this Quality Agreement. Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited to: Records Keeping, Recalls, Complaint and Adverse Event handling and reporting, deviations and investigations, completion of stability studies, provision of information to XERIS which is necessary to maintain compliance with regulatory filings. Also, those provisions of the Master Services Agreement between the Parties shall not be affected by expiration or termination of this Quality Agreement, including, without limitation, any duties regarding confidentiality or non-disclosure.

 

  1.6 Debarment

PYRAMID warrants and represents that it is not debarred under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, 21 U.S.C. 335[a] (the “Generic Drug Enforcement Act”), and that it has not been convicted of a crime for which it could be debarred under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act. In connection with the Product (or provision of Services), PYRAMID further warrants, represents, and covenants that it shall not use in any capacity the services of any person debarred under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act, or convicted of a crime for which a person can be debarred under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act.

 

  1.7 Use of Third-Parties

PYRAMID may not subcontract or delegate any of its obligations under this Quality Agreement to any third-party (including, without limitation, any affiliate of PYRAMID) unless XERIS provides prior written consent to PYRAMID for such subcontracting or delegation. Before XERIS grants any such written consent, XERIS may be required to enter into a written agreement with the third-party (“Third-Party Agreement”). Notwithstanding any subcontracting or delegation hereunder, PYRAMID shall nevertheless remain liable to XERIS for all obligations and liabilities hereunder.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 6 of 52

 

XERIS shall remain responsible for the acts and omissions of any permitted subcontractors and will enter into an appropriate written contract with such subcontractors to ensure the qualification and auditing of such subcontractors.

 

  1.8 Assignment

PYRAMID shall not assign any or all of its rights or obligations under this Quality Agreement without Xeris’ prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Xeris’ sole discretion. XERIS shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or to delegate its obligations under this Quality Agreement without the consent of PYRAMID. In the event of a permitted assignment under this Quality Agreement, the assigning Party shall continue to be bound by all pre-existing obligations under this Quality Agreement including all obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure.

 

2. PRODUCT

The Product or Service for XERIS by PYRAMID is described in the Master Services Agreement.

 

3. ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

A XERIS and PYRAMID contact list for each project will be maintained and updated as necessary by XERIS QA and PYRAMID QA. The contact list will be in an agreed upon location and notification of changes to the list will be communicated by XERIS QA and PYRAMID QA.

 

4. DEFINITIONS

NOTE: All capitalized terms used in the Quality Agreement, but not herein defined, will have the meaning set forth in the Master Services Agreement.

 

  4.1 Batch Production Records

Batch Production Records are a compilation of master documents and records that contain the procedures and specifications for the Product. These master documents and records are prepared for each stage of Production for a Batch of Product, and include information relating to Production and control of the Batch.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 7 of 52

 

  4.2 Batch Record Package

Batch Record Package is a compilation of records containing the Production history and control of a Product. These records are generated by Manufacturing and Quality Control (“QC”) and reviewed and approved by Quality Assurance (“QA”). The Batch Record Package consists of Batch Production Records that contain bill of materials, manufacturing instructions, formulas, appropriate packaging instructions, and deviation documentation and additional documentation which may have been processed as part of the production record of the Batch. Attachments to the Batch Record Package may include environmental monitoring reports and copies of in-process test records, as required by the Project Plan. Ancillary documents such as raw material CoAs and their incoming test results are generally not part of the Batch Record Package, but are kept under Good Documentation Practices on site at Pyramid.

 

  4.3 Certificate of Analysis (CPA)

Certificate of Analysis shall have the meaning assigned in the Master Services Agreement.

 

  4.4 Certificate of Compliance (COC)

Certificate of Compliance or COC means the certificate to be issued by PYRAMID stating that the Product was produced and tested in compliance with: (i) applicable cGMP guidelines, (ii) terms of this Quality Agreement, (iii) PYRAMID’S internal policies and procedures, and (iv) the “XERIS” written requirements.

 

  4.5 Components

Any ingredient intended for use in the manufacture of a drug product, including those that may not appear in such drug. This includes such items as filters, containers, closures and tubing.

 

  4.6 Expiration Date

The date designating the time during which the Product is expected to remain within established shelf life specifications if stored under defined conditions.

 

  4.7 Lot Number

Lot Number is a unique designator that is used to identify a specific lot or Batch of Product. Pyramid Lot Numbers contain, at minimum, the year of Production,

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 8 of 52

 

  4.8 Material Specifications

A composite of the specifications and testing performed on Raw Materials, Process Consumables, Components, and Bulk Drug Substance used to evaluate identity, purity, quality and safety, as appropriate for its intended use. It describes the chemical, physical, microbiological/biological test requirements, storage conditions, and handling requirements of the material. It also may contain the testing that is performed by the vendor on the Process Consumables, Components and Drug Substance as well as other requirements of the vendor’s certificate of analysis/certificate of compliance.

 

  4.9 Non-Conformance Report (NCR)

Any deviation which may potentially impact the safety, identity, strength, purity, or quality of the Product is investigated. These written reports detail the specifics of an investigation resulting from a deviation to approved procedures or specifications (e.g., deviations, OOS). The investigation includes a description of the incident, investigation, root cause, conclusions and corrective action or action plan, if applicable.

 

  4.10 Planned Deviation Report

A Level I Deviation Report is the document which is used to obtain approvals of either planned changes to temporarily modify approved operating, manufacturing, testing instructions, or procedures; or to intentional document excursions from approved operating, manufacturing, testing instructions, target/informational test results, or procedures. The deviation does not permanently change existing instructions, batch records, or procedures; it is intended to be a specific/one time use document.

 

  4.11 Product Specifications

Product Specifications shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Master Services Agreement.

For added clarity, in-process Product Specifications/requirements are documented within the Batch Production Record and final Product Specifications/requirements are documented within Material Specifications. Product Specifications are a composite of the specifications, PYRAMID instructions, and Test Methods for a drug or material and is used to evaluate its identity, purity, quality and safety, as appropriate. It describes the chemical, physical, microbiological and biological requirements for testing of the drug and storage conditions.

 

  4.12 Process Consumables

One time use items such as tubings, filters, etc. These items are very specific to a batch and will be disposed of following production of the batch.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 9 of 52

 

  4.13 Raw Materials

Raw Materials means the materials used in the Production of the Product that may become part of the finished Product such as Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient (API), excipients, and buffer components.

 

  4.14 Redress

The repackaging or placement of additional labeling (stickering) operation. Repackaging - A repetition of a packaging step which requires a depackaging operation such as exchange of folding box, exchange of leaflet or insert, or delabeling/relabeling. Stickering - An operation by which the information content of an existing packaging material is altered (changed or added). This alteration is accomplished by the addition of another label(s) or printing of additional information on the existing packaging materials.

 

  4.15 Reinspection

A visual or mechanical/physical evaluation performed to remove/correct defective units for which the process is not expected to have an adverse effect on Product quality.

 

  4.16 Reprocessing

Duplication of a step or steps currently in the Production process in order to bring the Product into conformance with Product Specifications and which will not alter the safety, identity, strength, quality, or purity of the Product beyond the established Product Requirements. In addition, an extension of an approved process step is also regarded as reprocessing.

 

  4.17 Retest Date

The date when a material should be reexamined to ensure that it is still suitable for use.

 

  4.18 Rework

Subjecting a material or product that does not conform to a standard or specification to a repeat of one or more manufacturing steps that are different from the manufacturing process described in the application to obtain acceptable material or product.

 

  4.19 Test Method

A Test Method describes chemical, microbiological, or biological testing procedures and equipment, reagents, calculations, analysis and data interpretation documentation requirements within the QC Analytical Chemistry and Microbiological laboratories.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 10 of 52

 

5. cGMP COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS

 

  5.1 The principles detailed in the US current Good Manufacturing Practices (21 CFR 210 and 211) and the Rules Governing Medicinal Product in the European Community-Volume IV Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicinal Products will cover the standards of Production of the Product. The cGMP guidelines will also cover the standards of quality assurance and quality control for the Product, including any Product license requirements only as communicated to PYRAMID by XERIS.

 

  5.2 PYRAMID and XERIS are responsible for following all Applicable Laws including cGMP, including local, state, and federal laws, as well as applicable terms of both the Master Services Agreement and this Quality Agreement.

 

6. PRODUCTION

 

  6.1 General

 

  6.1.1 The Production operations for the Product to be performed by PYRAMID, as well as the meaning of these two terms, are defined in the Master Services Agreement and associated Project Plans.

 

  6.2 Facility

 

  6.2.1 PYRAMID will Produce the Product at the Facility as specified in the Master Services Agreement. The floor plan of the Production area and corresponding room classifications are available for review during annual audits of the Facility.

 

  6.2.2 PYRAMID will ensure the Facility and equipment used to Produce the Product will be maintained according to current regulatory requirements and in accordance with the Master Batch Records used to Produce the Product. The Production of the Product will be conducted in a suitably controlled environment and such Facilities will be regularly monitored for parameters critical to the process to demonstrate compliance with cGMP guidelines and the Batch Production Records.

 

  6.2.3 PYRAMID will maintain controlled access to the premises as a whole including the Facility. PYRAMID will maintain all XERIS Confidential Information as defined in the Master Services Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 11 of 52

 

  6.3 Personnel

 

  6.3.1 PYRAMID will provide adequate personnel with the appropriate education, training and experience to execute responsibilities defined in this Quality Agreement.

 

  6.3.2 XERIS is responsible for providing personnel qualified to train PYRAMID personnel during technology transfer of Production processes and analytical methods.

 

  6.3.3 PYRAMID will maintain adequate training and records for personnel associated with Xeris production processes and analytical methods for its products.

 

  6.4 Materials

 

  6.4.1 PYRAMID will use only Raw Materials, Process Consumables and Components approved by XERIS and sampled, tested and stored in accordance with the Materials Specifications.

 

  6.5 Supplier Qualification

 

  6.5.1 Xeris shall certify (qualify) and audit all critical Product related vendors and suppliers of PYRAMID Supplied Components, Raw Materials, and Process Consumables. XERIS shall certify (qualify) and audit all critical vendors and suppliers of materials sourced by XERIS, such as API (drug substance). Supplier audits by XERIS shall be furnished to PYRAMID upon request.

 

  6.5.2 Materials Procured by PYRAMID

 

  6.5.2.1 PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring all Raw Materials, Process Consumables and Components procured by PYRAMID for use in the Production of Product comply with the specifications approved by XERIS. PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring all Raw Materials, Process Consumables and Components are appropriately tested upon receipt, as well as for holding the relevant Certificates of Analysis for the Raw Materials, Process Consumables and Components. PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring Raw Materials, Process Consumables and Components are released prior to use. PYRAMID is responsible for notifying XERIS of any issues or change requests.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 12 of 52

 

  6.5.2.2 PYRAMID will ensure PYRAMID suppliers are qualified per PYRAMID SOPs.

 

  6.5.2.3 For PYRAMID sourced items, PYRAMID is responsible for maintaining a program to evaluate animal derived material and control the risk of Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) and Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathy (TSE) and other potential infectious agents.

 

  6.5.3 Materials Sourced by XERIS

 

  6.5.3.1 XERIS is responsible for ensuring all materials sourced by XERIS for use in the Production of Product comply with the specifications registered. XERIS will provide PYRAMID a Certificate of Analysis for all materials sourced by XERIS. If there is any change to the formulation, manufacture, testing, or specifications of any materials sourced by XERIS, XERIS will notify PYRAMID within [***] of any such changes in reasonable detail including any additional hazards that result therefrom or storage parameters that are required therefore prior to sending such materials sourced by XERIS to the Facility.

 

  6.5.3.2 XERIS will communicate within [***] any problem confirmed by XERIS that is a change in acceptability of all materials sourced by XERIS. PYRAMID will evaluate the status change for its impact to PYRAMID systems.

 

  6.5.3.3 For XERIS sourced items, XERIS is responsible for maintaining a program to evaluate animal derived material and control the risk of Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) and Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathy (TSE) and other potential infectious agents.

 

  6.6 Batch Production Records

 

  6.6.1 PYRAMID shall transcribe the Production information into its own format and will obtain written approval from XERIS for each document version before Production. However, agreed upon changes to documentation will be handled as outlined by Change Policy (see Article 11).

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 13 of 52

 

  6.7 Standard Operating Procedures

 

  6.7.1 PYRAMID is responsible for maintaining any Standard Operating Procedures required to Produce, test, and store the Product at PYRAMID and to support cGMPs.

 

  6.8 Dates of Production and Expiration/Retest of Product

 

  6.8.1 Date of Production- PYRAMID will assign the date of Production based on the date that liquid is added to the API to initiate the formulation (compounding) steps.

 

  6.8.2 Expiration/Retest Date - XERIS will calculate the Expiration/Retest Date from the date of Production (see Section 6.8.1) using the shelf life accepted by the FDA or other regulatory agency as appropriate and as communicated by XERIS to PYRAMID. The Expiration/Retest Date will be the last day of the month computed above.

 

  6.9 Production and Equipment Data

 

  6.9.1 PYRAMID is responsible for keeping records of equipment usage (previous product produced in non-dedicated equipment), cleaning, and any maintenance and calibration performed.

 

  6.9.2 PYRAMID is responsible for maintaining calibration and preventive maintenance procedures and schedules for equipment/instruments used in the Production, packaging, testing and validation/qualification of the Product.

 

  6.9.3 PYRAMID, as a multi-product facility, will have specific written procedures in place to control cross contamination of products.

 

  6.9.4 PYRAMID is responsible for labeling all Product dedicated equipment and storing this equipment appropriately to prevent its use for other products.

 

  6.9.5 PYRAMID will notify XERIS per PYRAMID procedure when introducing new product into the area of the Facility used for the Production of Product.

 

  6.10 Reinspection, Redress, Reprocessing, and Rework

 

  6.10.1 Redress, Reprocessing or Rework of Product shall not be performed without prior approval by PYRAMID QA and XERIS. Documentation for Redress, Reprocessing or Rework will be per approved protocol or Batch Production Record and execution records will be included in the batch documentation submitted to XERIS upon completion.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 14 of 52

 

  6.10.2 Reinspection, Reprocessing, or Rework will require a deviation investigation except where a standard procedure or Batch Production Record allows for such routine activity in the course of normal processing.

 

  6.11 Storage and Shipment

 

  6.11.1 Storage - PYRAMID will store the Product as per the Product Specifications approved by XERIS. PYRAMID will ensure there is no possibility of interference, theft, product contamination, or admixture with any other materials during storage before shipping of the Product. XERIS will provide details of any labeling and container requirements including container sealing and integrity.

 

  6.11.2 Packaging and Labeling for Transit - The Product will be suitably packaged and labeled for transit. The configuration and labeling of the shipping containers shall be specified by or approved by XERIS. Product designated for shipment outside of the United States shall be labeled in accordance with applicable laws.

 

  6.11.3 Shipment of Product - XERIS will authorize PYRAMID to ship Product upon submission of a formal Xeris QA request in writing. Released Product will be shipped by PYRAMID to a location designated by XERIS. Quarantined Product may only be shipped with approval of XERIS and PYRAMID Quality. Product samples required for testing or further processing may be shipped prior to release of the Product. XERIS is responsible for ensuring that shipping configurations and containers are validated. XERIS is responsible for ensuring that shipping configurations meet all applicable transportation legal requirements (e.g. Department of Transportation (DOT), etc.).

 

  6.11.4 PYRAMID will ship Product to designated sites following procedures approved by XERIS which conform to the Master Services Agreement and the regulatory submission for the Product using shipping containers, temperature controls, and recorders authorized by XERIS.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 15 of 52

 

  6.12 Product and Process Development

 

  6.12.1 XERIS is responsible for all product and process development and process validation unless specifically contracted to PYRAMID. PYRAMID will comply with the relevant requirements of this Agreement to support the realization of XERIS product development. XERIS will provide the necessary information to allow PYRAMID to manufacture and ship XERIS Products meeting the specifications set forth in this Agreement. Specifically,

 

  6.12.1.1 Product and Process Design are Xeris’ responsibility. At Xeris’ request, PYRAMID will collaborate on design of development and scale up studies and process assessments designed to evaluate sources of process variability and how to control them. PYRAMID may also perform these studies at Xeris’ direction. It is Xeris’ responsibility to work with PYRAMID to define the process controls and operational ranges for the manufacturing process.

 

  6.13 Risk Management

 

  6.13.1 XERIS is responsible for overall product risk management. PYRAMID will collaborate with XERIS, when requested, on individual risk assessments. PYRAMID is responsible for the assessment, control, and mitigation of risks related to the manufacturing processes for the Product. PYRAMID will provide information to XERIS on all deviations, changes, test results, etc., which affect the Product and may impact Product risk assessments.

 

7. QUALITY CONTROL

 

  7.1 General

 

  7.1.1 The testing activities for the Product which are to be performed by PYRAMID, shall be determined by XERIS and specified in the Product Specifications.

 

  7.1.2 XERIS is responsible for qualification and supply of all non-compendial reference standards.

 

  7.2 Subcontracting

 

  7.2.1 PYRAMID will notify XERIS of outsourcing of analytical testing within [***].

 

  7.3 PYRAMID Supplied Raw Materials, Process Consumables, and Components

 

  7.3.1 Quality control of Raw Materials, Process Consumables, and Components supplied by PYRAMID will be undertaken by PYRAMID unless otherwise specified in writing by XERIS. PYRAMID will notify XERIS of any investigations related to the storage and handling of any Raw Materials, Process Consumables, and Components supplied by PYRAMID that have been used to produce Product.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 16 of 52

 

  7.4 In-Process and Finished Product Testing

 

  7.4.1 PYRAMID will perform in-process and finished Product testing as directed by XERIS using approved XERIS Product Specifications and validated, or otherwise verified, Test Methods.

 

  7.4.2 A Certificate of Analysis, confirming that the Product has been Produced and tested in accordance with the Product Specifications, will be issued by XERIS or XERIS designated laboratory.

 

  7.4.3 XERIS may perform testing at its cost to confirm or supplement the PYRAMID testing. XERIS may perform confirmatory testing during the initial term of the Master Services Agreement to validate the PYRAMID testing. Periodically thereafter, XERIS may test material to confirm the PYRAMID testing. Dispute resolutions of conflicting test data will be handled per Article 10.

 

  7.4.4 Shipping of samples to XERIS or a third party contract laboratory will be per a validated or otherwise qualified shipping method provided by or approved by XERIS.

 

  7.5 Retain Samples

 

  7.5.1 XERIS is responsible for storing retain samples of Product per 21 CFR 211.170.

 

  7.5.2 Retain samples shall consist of at least enough material to perform full testing in duplicate.

 

  7.5.3 PYRAMID and / or XERIS is responsible for storing appropriate quantities of retain samples of (a) primary packaging materials, (b) Raw Materials, except water, compressed gases, highly volatile compounds and those that are not stable, and (c) Bulk Drug Substance used in the formulation of the Product for [***] past Product Expiration Date assigned by XERIS, or for [***] after distribution of the Batch, whichever is longer. Destruction of Xeris materials may be done at a timing by Xeris, not to exceed regulatory requirements.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 17 of 52

 

  7.6 Stability Program

 

  7.6.1 XERIS is responsible for maintaining a routine stability-testing program for the Product and reference standards. PYRAMID will provide samples of Product to XERIS or Xeris’ designated Testing facility for placement on a stability program as directed by XERIS in this Quality Agreement. XERIS is responsible for identifying the Batch number and quantity of Product for each lot to be tested.

 

  7.7 Out-of-Specification (OOS) Investigations

 

  7.7.1 PYRAMID is responsible for investigating any testing performed by PYRAMID that fails to meet Product Specifications and notifying XERIS within [***] of the initiation of any investigation. XERIS retains the right to review investigation data and reports to provide technical comments and assist with corrective action. Each investigation will be reviewed by PYRAMID’S designated Quality representative, and will follow the procedures recommended by regulatory agencies and as defined in appropriate PYRAMID Standard Operating Procedures for OOS investigations. All completed investigation reports will be included in the released, executed Batch Record Package that will be provided to XERIS.

 

  7.7.2 PYRAMID must obtain XERIS quality assurance approval for retesting and/or resampling prior to the initiation of testing for any OOS not determined to be the cause of a laboratory error.

 

8. QUALITY ASSURANCE

 

  8.1 Documentation

 

  8.1.1 XERIS shall have the right to review and approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) the following documents associated with their Product prior to implementation: (i) Product Specifications, (it) Product specific Test Methods, (iii) Master Batch Records and (iv) Raw Material, Process Consumables, Components and in-process specifications as part of the Master Batch Record approval, (v) Product specific Standard Operating Procedures (vi) stability, process validation, laboratory method validation/qualification, equipment qualification, and cleaning validation protocols and summary reports specific to their Product or XERIS dedicated-equipment.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 18 of 52

 

  8.1.2 Master Batch Record - PYRAMID is responsible for creating the Product specific Master Batch Record. XERIS will approve each revision of the Master Batch Record prior to its use for cGMP Production. Original executed Batch Record Packages with Lot Numbers issued by PYRAMID will be maintained on-site by PYRAMID’S Document Management department.

 

  8.1.3 Product Specific Standard Operating Procedures - PYRAMID is responsible for creating and maintaining the Product specific Standard Operating Procedures based on XERIS supplied information. XERIS will review such Standard Operating Procedures and provide approval via PYRAMID Document Control procedures.

 

  8.1.4 General Standard Operating Procedures - PYRAMID is responsible for creating and maintaining all Standard Operating Procedures and other documentation required to support cGMP operations at PYRAMID. XERIS will be allowed to review such Standard Operating Procedures during on-site audits.

 

  8.1.5 Labels-PYRAMID or XERIS may generate a label proof for review. Approval will be by XERIS and PYRAMID prior to generation and use of labels for Product.

 

  8.2 Deviations

 

  8.2.1 Deviations - Any deviation from the process during Production, including, but not limited to, Batch Production Record execution, environmental monitoring excursions or processing procedures, will be carefully explained and documented in an investigation and referenced in the Batch Production Records per PYRAMID procedures. All temporary changes to Batch Production Records or Xeris product related Standard Operating Procedures are reviewed and approved by PYRAMID QA AND XERIS QA prior to implementation. Deviations must be justified and approved by PYRAMID’S designated quality representative as well as on site or off site Xeris QA representative and the affected area management, and be included in the released, executed Batch Record Package.

 

  8.2.1.1

XERIS Product Related Deviations - Deviations will be communicated to XERIS within [***] of the recognition of the deviation. All investigations related to Product must be completed

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 19 of 52

 

  and will be forwarded to XERIS for review as part of the released, executed Batch Record Package. Each investigation will be reviewed and approved by PYRAMID’S designated quality representative. XERIS may review and approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, Deviation reports. XERIS review and approval process shall not exceed [***]. If XERIS approval exceeds ten [***], PYRAMID reserves the right to approve Deviations at its sole discretion. XERIS retains final disposition of any Batch of Product. PYRAMID is responsible for investigating any test result or in-process test which fails to meet Product Specifications (see 7.7.7 OOS above). XERIS, as Product experts, may, at its cost, conduct its own independent failure investigation, and may participate in the PYRAMID failure investigation, as applicable.

 

  8.2.2 XERIS will authorize the disposition of any Batch of Product aborted or rejected by PYRAMID.

 

  8.2.3 PYRAMID will provide notification to XERIS if any problems are discovered that may impact Product previously shipped to XERIS or its distributor(s) or licensee(s) within [***] of initiation of the investigation.

 

  8.3 Batch Disposition

 

  8.3.1 For each Batch, PYRAMID will provide to XERIS the released Batch Record Package for review.

 

  8.3.2 PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring the Product has been Produced according to the Product Specifications, procedures documented in the Batch Production Records, and this Quality Agreement. PYRAMID will provide to XERIS a Certificate of Compliance.

 

  8.4 Product Release

 

  8.4.1 Release of the Product is the ultimate responsibility of XERIS and will be undertaken by XERIS QA based on XERIS’ internal procedures, the Batch Record Package documentation provided by PYRAMID, and completion of any release testing required by XERIS.

 

  8.4.2 Any problem discovered by XERIS likely to cause rejection of the Product will be communicated to PYRAMID within [***] upon discovery of the problem.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 20 of 52

 

  8.5 Records Retention

 

  8.5.1 PYRAMID will retain Batch Production Records for the Product for a minimum of [***] beyond the Expiration Date of Product.

 

  8.5.2 PYRAMID will return any Batch Production Records past the date in 8.5.1 above after first notifying XERIS in writing no less than [***] in advance.

 

  8.6 Production and Quality Presence in the Production Facility

 

  8.6.1 PYRAMID will permit no more than [***] XERIS representatives (such representatives to be reasonably acceptable to PYRAMID) to be present at the site in the Facility where Product is being Produced (during the Production and testing of the Product) for observational purposes only and such representatives while at the Facility shall at all times be subject to obligations of confidentiality set forth in Article 14 of the Master Services Agreement and all of PYRAMID’S rules and procedures.

 

  8.7 Self-Inspection

 

  8.7.1 PYRAMID will operate an annual internal auditing program to drive continuous improvement of cGMP operations, as per Pyramid’s own Quality Management System.

 

  8.8 Product Complaints

 

  8.8.1 XERIS is responsible for receiving and initially investigating any Product complaints. XERIS will notify PYRAMID within [***] of discovery of any problems thought to be due to Production, which are found during the distribution of the Product and provide Product samples, if applicable, representative of the complaint. PYRAMID will perform investigations for any issue thought to be due to Production of Product. Investigation reports will be forwarded to XERIS within [***] of initiation of the investigation or PYRAMID will notify XERIS and the Parties will agree, through good faith discussions, on a new target date for completion.

 

  8.9 Product Recalls

 

  8.9.1

Each Party will notify the other Party within [***] of (a) receipt of written notice if any Batch of Product is alleged or proven to be the subject of a recall, market withdrawal or correction or (b) either Party’s determination that a recall is necessary. XERIS is responsible for instituting a Product

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 21 of 52

 

  recall, market withdrawal or correction. XERIS will notify PYRAMID of any recall within [***] of initiation, which may be due to the Production of Product. Investigation reports regarding the defect or cause of the recall or withdrawal will be forwarded to XERIS within [***] after receipt of request. In the event that the investigation requires additional time to complete, PYRAMID will notify XERIS and the Parties will agree, through good faith discussions, on a new target date for completion.

 

  8.10 Adverse Events

 

  8.10.1 As per US FDA regulations (21CFR312.32a), an “adverse event” shall mean any untoward medical occurrence associated with the use of a drug in humans, whether or not considered drug related, and a “suspected adverse reaction” shall mean any adverse event for which there is a reasonable possibility that the drug caused the adverse event.

 

  8.10.2 PYRAMID shall notify XERIS within [***] of any adverse event report it receives related to Product. XERIS shall advise PYRAMID of any suspected adverse reaction within [***] of XERIS’ determination that the adverse reaction is thought to be due to Production of Product. PYRAMID will perform investigations for any issue thought to be due to Production of Product. Investigation reports will be forwarded to XERIS within [***] of initiation of the investigation or PYRAMID will notify XERIS and the Parties will agree, through good faith discussions, on a new target date for completion.

 

9. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

 

  9.1 Regulatory Inspections

 

  9.1.1 PYRAMID will permit access by regulatory agencies with review authority over Product to PYRAMID’S premises. PYRAMID will inform XERIS of any announced regulatory inspections that directly involve the Product within [***] of the notification to PYRAMID of such an inspection. PYRAMID will immediately inform XERIS of any unannounced regulatory inspections that directly involve the Product. PYRAMID will permit XERIS representatives (such representatives to be reasonably acceptable to PYRAMID) to be present at the Facility for a pre-approval inspection or any subsequent inspection that directly involves Product. XERIS personnel may be allowed to participate directly in the inspection.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 22 of 52

 

  9.1.2 PYRAMID will secure the agreement of XERIS prior to making any commitment to a regulatory agency specifically regarding XERIS Product. XERIS shall be provided with draft responses to regulatory observations that directly involve the Product and its Production in a timely manner prior to submission to the regulatory authorities. XERIS shall have right to provide comments to the responses and corrective actions and approve final responses that pertain directly to the Product. PYRAMID shall retain the final authority for corrective actions and content of the responses to the regulatory authority for all non-product related items.

 

  9.1.3 PYRAMID will forward to XERIS any observations and responses from a routine regulatory inspection relating to the Facility where Xeris’ Product is Produced.

 

  9.1.4 XERIS will inform PYRAMID in writing of any regulatory issue that impacts PYRAMID’S ability to Produce the Product promptly upon the discovery or receipt thereof and in any event within [***].

 

  9.2 Regulatory Actions

 

  9.2.1 XERIS will provide PYRAMID as appropriate, a copy of the relevant Product sections of the Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls (CMC) section of their regulatory filings prior to NDA submission for review and comment by PYRAMID’S Regulatory Affairs department. Upon submission to the regulatory agency, XERIS will provide PYRAMID appropriate sections of the final copy of the CMC section for Product.

 

  9.2.2 XERIS will notify PYRAMID of any regulatory actions related to the Product that may impact PYRAMID promptly upon the discovery or receipt thereof and in any event within [***].

 

  9.2.3 Each Party agrees to supply the other Party with any Production, testing, or storage data within [***], if requested, as the result of a regulatory inspection, or a potential regulatory exposure such as a recall or significant Product complaint.

 

  9.3 Right to Audit

 

  9.3.1 PYRAMID will allow representatives from XERIS (such representatives to be reasonably acceptable to PYRAMID), or Qualified Person for EU, to have access to PYRAMID’S Production, warehousing, laboratory premises, records, regulatory filings (i.e., DMF) and communications (i.e., FDA 483s) solely for audit purposes listed below in Sections 9.3.2 through 9.3.4; and subject at all times to PYRAMID’S obligation to protect the confidential information of its clients.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 23 of 52

 

  9.3.2 PYRAMID will permit XERIS to conduct a preparatory audit of cGMP Production of the Product for the pre-approval inspection for Product.

 

  9.3.3 PYRAMID will permit XERIS to conduct ‘for cause’ audits to address Product quality or safety problems as discovered through Product failures or complaints related to PYRAMID’S Production of the Product, for so long as such problems exist and are persisting or directly after the occurrence of such problem.

 

  9.3.4 PYRAMID will permit XERIS to perform [***],[***], cGMP compliance audit per year.

 

  9.3.5 PYRAMID will use reasonable efforts with its critical vendors, contractors or subcontractors used in the Production of Product to facilitate audits by XERIS.

 

  9.3.6 While at PYRAMID’S premises, XERIS agrees to follow (and shall cause its representatives to follow) all of PYRAMID’S rules and procedures and shall use its best efforts not to interfere with or interrupt other PYRAMID projects or PYRAMID personnel.

 

  9.4 Audit Closeout

 

  9.4.1 An exit meeting will be held with representatives from PYRAMID and XERIS to discuss significant audit observations.

 

  9.4.2 XERIS will provide a written report of all observations within [***] days to PYRAMID. Within [***] of the audit report receipt, PYRAMID will provide a written response to all findings that details corrective action to be implemented. PYRAMID will follow up to ensure all corrective actions are implemented.

 

10. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  10.1

Non-conformity Dispute - In the event that a dispute arises between PYRAMID and XERIS regarding the conformity of a Batch of Product, the resolution will proceed in stages. The first stage requires direct communication between the Quality units from both Parties (Appendix 2), who will in good faith promptly

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 24 of 52

 

  attempt to reach an agreement. If these actions fail to achieve resolution, the second stage will employ a qualified third party consultant to review the Batch Record Package and related documentation. This third party consultant must be agreeable to both Parties prior to use. The results from this referee consultant will be used as final authority regarding the conformity or non-conformity of the Batch of Product and the responsibility therefore if non-conforming. Financial liability is determined in the Master Services Agreement.

 

  10.2 Test Result Dispute - Notwithstanding the requirements outlined in the MSA, in the event that a dispute arises between PYRAMID and XERIS in the testing performed by PYRAMID for the Product, the resolution wilt proceed in stages. The first stage requires direct communication between Quality units from both Parties (Appendix 2) to determine that the methods of analysis are the same and are being executed in the same manner at the applicable sites. Second, carefully controlled and split samples should be sent from one site to another in an attempt to reach agreement. Should there be a failure to achieve resolution, Quality management from the Parties will be required to meet to work through the analysis of a mutually agreeable sample. If these actions fail to achieve resolution a qualified referee laboratory will be used to analyze the samples. This laboratory must be agreeable to both Parties prior to use. The results from this referee laboratory will be used as final authority to determine conformity or nonconformity and the responsibilities therefore if non-conforming. Financial liability is determined in the Master Services Agreement.

 

11. CHANGE POLICY

 

  11.1 All changes to approved documents will be managed via PYRAMID’S change control or planned deviation processes.

 

  11.2 All proposed changes go through a technical, regulatory, and cGMP impact assessment by the PYRAMID expert groups per PYRAMID change control procedure. The scope of this change process potentially impacting the Product (for Phase III, registration, or commercial purposes) includes but is not limited to Raw Materials, Process Consumables, Components, packaging materials, labeling, Production process, XERIS specific validated equipment, Facilities, utilities or computer systems, Product Specifications, and Test Methods.

 

  11.3 The Product-specific controlled documents for Phase III, registration, or commercial purposes such as Batch Records, Product Specifications, and Product related Standard Operating Procedures or changes that may affect Xeris’ regulatory submissions will also go through Xeris’ review for regulatory impact, implementation requirements, and Xeris’ approval. Changes must have appropriate documentation to justify the rationale behind the change.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 25 of 52

 

  11.4 The Parties will assess changes within [***] and those changes marked urgent the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to assess within [***].

 

  11.5 Each Party agrees to notify the other of changes in key project personnel to ensure the effectiveness of arrangements and assure the quality of the Product.

 

  11.6 XERIS will notify PYRAMID in writing who is authorized to make and approve changes on their behalf.

 

12. PRODUCT AND PROCESS VALIDATION

 

  12.1 Process Validation- XERIS is responsible for ensuring the PYRAMID Production process is validated. The validation should ensure the process is capable of effectively and reproducibly achieving the Product acceptance specifications and quality attributes. PYRAMID shall provide adequate resources to execute process validations as per mutually approved protocols. XERIS is responsible for development and validation of the manufacturing process including processing hold times, formulation and process parameters, and filter validations. The activities may be contracted to PYRAMID, and if so, terms shall be outlined in the Master Services Agreement or in the Project Plan.

 

  12.1.1 PYRAMID will work in conjunction with XERIS to support their process validation or related studies. PYRAMID may perform these studies on behalf of XERIS. XERIS holds final responsibility for the study design and execution, results, and conclusions.

 

  12.1.2 PYRAMID will provide XERIS with appropriate quality system, material, process, or product data to support Xeris’ continued process verification activities. PYRAMID may also collaborate with XERIS on process assessments as a means of evaluating process variability. PYRAMID performs routine reviews of quality system, manufacturing, calibration, and maintenance data as part of the [***] management review. Where appropriate, those data may be made available to XERIS for incorporation into their process verification activities.

 

  12.2 Cleaning Verification/Validation - PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring adequate cleaning of Product contact parts used in the Production of Product is carried out between Batches of different product to prevent contamination.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 26 of 52

 

  12.3 Sterilization and Depyrogenation Validation - PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring sterilization processes are validated and adequate sterilization and depyrogenation is carried out on the Components and appropriate equipment prior to the Production of each Batch of Products.

 

  12.4 Equipment, Computerized Systems, Facility, and Utilities Qualification - PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring any equipment, computer, Facility, utility and support systems used for the Production of Product are qualified according to applicable regulatory requirements.

 

  12.5 Laboratory Qualification - PYRAMID is responsible for ensuring all laboratories are in compliance with cGMPs and are qualified in all of the methodology associated with the Product. If Product specific analytical work is performed at PYRAMID, then XERIS will provide any relevant analytical documentation to assist in the methods transfer or methods validation. PYRAMID is responsible for third party laboratory qualification unless such laboratory is specified by XERIS. PYRAMID may be contracted to qualify third party laboratory at Xeris’ expense.

 

  12.6 Shipping Qualification - XERIS is responsible for qualifying the shipping containers and process used for Product. If agreed, this activity may be contracted to PYRAMID. XERIS shall ensure all DOT requirements are met by shipping configurations.

 

13. PERIODIC PRODUCT REVIEW, ANNUAL REPORT AND DRUG LISTING

 

  13.1 Product Review

 

  13.1.1 In accordance with a Project Plan, PYRAMID will perform Product review for the Product and will issue an annual report to XERIS. This report will cover all production and testing activities performed by PYRAMID. It will consist of a review of any changes at PYRAMID in the production, testing, storage, shipping or validation of the Product in the review period and a summary of the Batches made, released, and rejected. Also, control charting and summarizing of key Product parameters may be performed. Any abnormalities will be explained in the annual review. PYRAMID will provide the requested information to XERIS annually commencing with the start of commercial Production.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 27 of 52

 

  13.2 Annual Report

 

  13.2.1 XERIS is responsible for preparing any annual report to regulatory authorities as required by applicable regulations. At least [***] before the annual report due date, XERIS shall request in writing from PYRAMID any information required for preparation of the annual report. PYRAMID will provide the requested information to XERIS within [***].

 

  13.3 Drug Listing

 

  13.3.1 PYRAMID is responsible for Establishment Registration with the appropriate agency, while XERIS is responsible for drug listing activities including listing PYRAMID as the manufacturer of the Product. PYRAMID will provide XERIS with applicable information needed for drug listing, including Establishment Registration number and/or Facility Establishment Identifier (FEI) number.

 

14. Quality Responsibilities Table

Note: if inconsistencies exist between the text of the Quality Agreement and this table, the text of the Quality Agreement takes precedent.

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

A

   Compliance Requirements      
1.01   

Follow applicable regulations and current Good Manufacturing Practices, as well as locally imposed requirements.

 

•   21CFRPart4

 

•   21CFRPart11

 

•   21 CFR Parts 210 and 211

 

•   21 CFR Parts 600, 601 & 610

 

•   Eudralex - Annexes 1 and 13, the Rules Governing Medicinal Products in the European Union, Volume 4 EU Guidelines to Good Manufacturing Practice Medicinal Products for Human and Veterinary Use.

 

•   ICH Q9 - Quality Risk Management

 

•   ICH Q10 - Pharmaceutical Quality System

 

•   Eudralex - The Rules Governing Medicinal Products in the European Union, Volume 10, Chapter 3

 

Applicable compendia requirements (e.g. USP, EP), as required by XERIS and PYRAMID agreed to in writing by the Parties

   [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 28 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

1.02    Manufacture, package, ship, store and test the Product and materials in an environment meeting the applicable cGMP regulations, which is designed, constructed and maintained in a manner that a) permits the operation therein to be performed under clean, sanitary and orderly conditions; b) permits the effective cleaning of all surfaces; and c) prevents the contamination of the Product and the addition of extraneous material to the Product.    [***]    [***]
1.03    Manufacture the Product in adherence to approved Master Batch Records (MBRs) and product specifications, etc. where applicable.    [***]    [***]
1.04    Refrain from activity that could adversely affect quality of the Product.    [***]    [***]
1.05    Have management controls in place to track and trend investigations and corrective or preventative action commitments.    [***]    [***]
1.06    Maintain a Quality Unit that is independent of production and that fulfills both quality assurance and quality control responsibilities.    [***]    [***]
1.07    Disposition of Product by Quality Unit or Qualified Person (QP) after review of all relevant documents (see Appendix 3) to ensure compliance.    [***]    [***]
1.08    Product failing to meet specifications may not be supplied to XERIS without Xeris’ prior written consent.    [***]    [***]
1.09    Involve the Quality Unit in all Good Manufacturing Practices related matters.    [***]    [***]
1.10    Notify XERIS within [***] of any changes not subject to cGMP change control that would affect documentation within this Quality Assurance Agreement including but not limited to PYRAMID’s “Primary Contacts”, “Quality Agreement Signatory”, or a company name change due to a merger/acquisition.    [***]    [***]
1.11    Maintain adequate internal and external audit programs per Good Manufacturing Practices.    [***]    [***]
1.12    Maintain effective quality systems that minimize the potential for product quality, regulatory and compliance issues.    [***]    [***]
1.13    Permit a representative of XERIS to be present during any stage manufacture of Product (Person in the Plant).    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 29 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

B    Right to Audit      
2.01    Have the right to audit PYRAMID’s facilities and systems [***] per year, as they relate to the manufacture of Product, at appropriate times. XERIS retains the right to conduct “for cause” audits as necessary.    [***]    [***]
2.02    Schedule visits and/or audits.    [***]    [***]
2.03    Request product-specific documents for review to ensure continued adherence to the agreed upon manufacturing process, applicable current Good Manufacturing Practices and other applicable requirements during audits.    [***]    [***]
2.04    Provide documents as requested in 2.03.    [***]    [***]
2.05    Issues PYRAMID a confidential audit report summarizing audit observations within [***] of the audit date. If required by XERIS policies and procedures or by any competent authority, XERIS reserves the right to share the audit report with a third party undertaking QC release activities in relation to Product on behalf of XERIS.    [***]    [***]
2.06    Issue responses to all observations in writing to XERIS within [***] of receipt. Responses are to include timelines and plans for closure of all commitments.    [***]    [***]
2.07    Ensure that deficiencies highlighted during these audits are remediated in accordance with a mutually agreed upon action plan.    [***]    [***]
C    Regulatory Inspections and Exchanges      
3.01    Coordinate all activities necessary to ensure readiness prior to regulatory agency Pre-Approval Inspections and maintain inspection readiness throughout the approval process.    [***]    [***]
3.02    Coordinate all activities necessary to ensure and maintain readiness for all announced and unannounced regulatory agency inspections.    [***]    [***]
3.03    Notify XERIS within [***] of receiving a written notification of failures to comply with Good Manufacturing Practices after a general site inspection (i.e. an inspection not directly related to a specific XERIS product or service) from any regulatory agency.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 30 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

3.04    Notify XERIS within [***] of being notified of any pending or ongoing regulatory authority inspection or communication related to XERIS Products or the facilities, equipment, or process used to produce, test or warehouse the Product. In the event that the inspection pertains to XERIS Product, PYRAMID shall permit a representative of XERIS to be present during any such inspection. If a XERIS representative cannot be on site for the inspection, then daily updates will be communicated to XERIS summarizing the inspector’s observations.    [***]    [***]
3.05    Obtain XERIS approval for all documents and correspondence related to XERIS products, prior to providing same to any regulatory agency. Provide a list or copies of all documents directly related to a XERIS Product or operations that have been shared with a regulatory agency during any inspection. Copies of PYRAMID’s Product related correspondence with regulatory agencies will also be provided to XERIS.    [***]    [***]
3.06    Provide copies to XERIS within [***] of correspondence received from regulatory authorities (Boards of Health, Health Authority, etc.) related to XERIS Product and related operations performed by PYRAMID, other than correspondence described in item 3.03.    [***]    [***]
3.07    Notify XERIS by telephone, followed by written communication, within [***] of the receipt of a Regulatory Authority inspection report, deficiency letter or regulatory compliance observation, which contains any significant adverse findings that relate to XERIS Products or the facilities used to produce, test, or warehouse the Product. Significant adverse findings include, but are not limited to, conditions, practices, or processes that adversely affect or may potentially adversely affect Product or service quality and/or the rights, safety or wellbeing of subjects/patients and/or the quality and integrity of data, documentation, or other materials or information addressed in the inspection.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 31 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

3.08    Provide a copy of the regulatory inspection report, deficiency letter, or regulatory compliance observations, response and related correspondence to XERIS, edited to exclude PYRAMID proprietary information within [***] of receipt, Allow XERIS to review, comment on the response, and approve the response relevant to Product supplied to XERIS, prior to submission of the response to the regulatory authority.    [***]    [***]
3.09    Notify PYRAMID of any regulatory compliance observation received by XERIS that pertains to operations performed by PYRAMID and requires PYRAMID information or action.    [***]    [***]
3.10    Provide XERIS with information requested to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements within [***] of notification, or as required to meet regulatory obligations.    [***]    [***]
3.11    Upon obtaining permission from XERIS, sample and retain an equal amount of product if samples of XERIS product are taken by the regulatory authority, until given further written instruction from XERIS.    [***]    [***]
3.12    Provide PYRAMID with advance written notification of new or supplemental regulatory submission/application that impacts the operations performed by PYRAMID.    [***]    [***]
D    Regulatory Documentation      
4.01    Provide all necessary Letters of Authorization, or other documentation, to permit reference to PYRAMID’s Master File(s) to facilitate the registration of the Product, if applicable.    [***]    [***]
4.02    Maintain annual reports as required in accordance with the regulations of the applicable regulatory authority.    [***]    [***]
4.03    Liaison with Regulatory Authorities for approval, maintenance and updating of regulatory submissions where required.    [***]    [***]
4.04    Notify XERIS of any regulatory application change as applicable before submitting the change to the regulatory authority and prior to implementation.    [***]    [***]
4.05    Upon request, provide assistance in the preparation and review of pertinent sections of new or supplemental regulatory applications where XERIS owns the product registration and submit comments to the proposed application to XERIS.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 32 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

4.06    Provide appropriate sections of product registration/regulatory submissions relevant to manufacture and quality control of Product to PYRAMID for review prior to submission.    [***]    [***]
4.07    Establish appropriate data verification procedures for data generated that will be provided for submission in regulatory documents by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
4.08    Ensure that XERIS is provided copies of current health authority regulatory licenses, cGMP certificates and related documents.    [***]    [***]
4.09    Secure and maintain all licenses and implement all necessary regulatory compliance procedures (e.g., compliance with DEA Regulations, Schedules 1-5) necessary to (a) receive and process active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug products relating to Products and Services at PYRAMID’S facilities and (b) distribute Products to Xeris’ designated facilities.    [***]    [***]
E    Animal Derived Materials      
5.01    Have an effective program in place for PYRAMID sourced materials that is aligned with XERIS requirements to evaluate and control the risk of Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathy for raw materials and components.    [***]    [***]
5.02    Notify XERIS of the use of any animal derived materials. The foregoing requirement includes any animal derived materials used in the Product manufacturing process including: (i) those used as machine lubricants, cleaning agents/aids and/or processing aids, and; (ii) any animal derived materials that have contact with Product.    [***]    [***]
5.03    Maintain appropriate records for each lot of animal derived material to ensure traceability. Where required by local regulations, the location where animals lived or were slaughtered (if applicable) must be documented.    [***]    [***]
5.04    Provide BSE/TSE certification from vendors of API and primary packaging supplied to PYRAMID by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
F    Buildings and Facilities      
6.01    Buildings and facilities used in the manufacture, handling or storage of the Product shall be designed, constructed and maintained to facilitate cleaning, maintenance and operations and to ensure orderly placement of equipment and materials to prevent mix-up and contamination.    [***]    [***]
6.02    Ventilation systems will be designed and maintained to minimize the risk of contamination.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 33 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

6.03    Dispose of sewage, refuse and other waste in a safe and timely manner following applicable environmental health and safety regulations.    [***]    [***]
6.04    Maintain a set of current drawings for critical utilities including water, electricity, compressed gasses and air handling.    [***]    [***]
6.05    Maintain and document an adequate, effective pest control program.    [***]    [***]
6.06    Notify XERIS prior to the implementation of a change in product category manufactured in the same facility and equipment as XERIS Product (such as veterinary drugs or hazardous, deleterious, potent or sensitizing materials, for example: Penicillin, beta-lactam, etc.).    [***]    [***]
6.07    Notification to XERIS within [***] of any significant shutdowns or operational interruptions of PYRAMID’s facilities which may impact the XERIS Products.    [***]    [***]
6.08    Notify and receive approval from XERIS prior to use of existing or expanded laboratory or storage facilities that have not been specifically reviewed for their suitability during a XERIS cGMP compliance audit or without prior written approval by the XERIS.    [***]    [***]
G    Personnel and Training      
7.01    Provide sufficient training, including for applicable Good Manufacturing Requirements, to meet obligations of this Quality Agreement.    [***]    [***]
7.02    Provide adequate personnel qualified by appropriate training and experience to perform and supervise the manufacture, testing, packaging and disposition of the Product.    [***]    [***]
7.03    Ensure training is regularly conducted, assessed and documented by qualified individuals.    [***]    [***]
7.04    Have written job descriptions for positions responsible for performing Good Manufacturing Practices related activities.    [***]    [***]
7.05    Ensure that non-employees, including consultants, advising on the manufacture and control of the Product have sufficient education, training, and experience to advise on the subject for which they are retained. Non-employees will be supervised as required and trained in Good Manufacturing Practices.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 34 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

H    Suppliers Qualification      
8.01    Xeris shall certify (qualify) and audit all Product related vendors and suppliers of PYRAMID Supplied Components, Raw Materials, and Process Consumables. XERIS shall certify (qualify) and audit all vendors and suppliers of materials sourced by XERIS, such as API (drug substance). Supplier audits by the XERIS may be furnished to PYRAMID upon request.    [***]    [***]
I    Sub-Contracting      
9.01    XERIS is responsible to identify and qualify any Sub-Contractors that may be required for analytical testing, third party manufacturing, or sterilization. XERIS shall ensure these Sub-Contractors operate in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, compendial requirements and any other applicable regulations.    [***]    [***]
9.02    Not engage any Sub-Contractor without the prior written consent of XERIS.    [***]    [***]
9.03    Maintain Sub-Contractor as a qualified contractor following approved procedures in accordance with XERIS Requirements. Documentation should be supplied to PYRAMID to allow for confirmation by external auditors when necessary.    [***]    [***]
J    Change Control      
10.01    Have approved written procedures for control of changes impacting the Product including, but not limited to, manufacturing components/raw materials or process, packaging materials, labeling, computer hardware/software, product specifications, and test methods. Ensure any changes are reviewed/approved by Quality Unit. Include in written procedures the process and criteria for customer notification and approval, follow up and closure of changes.    [***]    [***]
10.02    Notify XERIS and XERIS QA as soon as reasonable, but no later than [***] after any emergency, unplanned changes which directly impact a XERIS Product or Service, In the case of emergency changes, PYRAMID and XERIS shall cooperate to expedite the review and approval process prior to final acceptance of the change,    [***]    [***]
10.03    Notify XERIS and XERIS QA of all significant changes to facility, process, test methods, quality systems and specifications. Significant changes are those that impact Product identity, strength, safety, potency, purity, stability, manufacturing timelines, regulatory status or validation/qualification.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 35 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

10.04    Issue a change request for each change as soon as possible after the need for change is apparent, allowing [***] for XERIS to comment and approve or reject changes prior to implementation or for PYRAMID to comment on the feasibility of or timeline for the change.    [***]    [***]
10.05    Provide copies of change control documentation such as supporting data, validation/qualification reports and contractor approved change control forms for changes impacting Product as requested by XERIS,    [***]    [***]
10.06    Implement monograph changes in order to meet new or revised compendial requirements,    [***]    [***]
10.07    Jointly establish a strategy to secure regulatory approvals as necessary and to mutually agree to an implementation timetable.    [***]    [***]
10.08    Specify to PYRAMID who is authorized to make and approve changes (per Section 11 of this Agreement) on behalf of XERIS.    [***]    [***]
K    Validation/Qualification      
11.01    Define all process parameters, critical process control points and quality attributes and Specifications.    [***]    [***]
11.02    Have a written master validation/qualification plan for the facilities, equipment/instruments, manufacturing process, cleaning procedures, analytical procedures, in process control tests and computerized systems approved by the Quality Unit (as appropriate).    [***]    [***]
11.03    Prepare and maintain validation/qualification documentation approved by the Quality Unit, including protocols, reports and associated documentation. Provide such documents to XERIS upon request.    [***]    [***]
11.04    Validate/qualify as necessary all critical systems, utilities and equipment/instruments used for the manufacture and control of Product (through installation Qualification (IQ), Operational Qualification (OQ), and/or Performance Qualification (PQ)).    [***]    [***]
11.05    Validate/qualify computer systems and associated software used in Good Manufacturing Practices-related activities associated with the Product. Procedures must be in place to ensure the integrity, archiving, retrieval and destruction of the electronic data that comply with applicable regulations.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 36 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

11.06    Validate/qualify methods and procedures for cleaning of equipment with acceptance criteria for residues defined and justified. Alternative evaluations of cleaning validation/qualification (dedicated equipment, matrix approach, worst case scenario, etc.) are to be approved by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
11.07    Develop and execute a plan for process and method validation/qualification including definition of roles and responsibilities between PYRAMID and XERIS for performing technology transfers, if applicable.    [***]    [***]
11.08    Where method validation is performed by PYRAMID:      
  

•   Write method validation protocol,

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Review and approve method validation protocol,

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Execute method validation protocol,

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Write method validation report, and

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Review and approve method validation report.

   [***]    [***]
11.09    For process validation:      
  

•   Write process validation protocol,

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Review and approve process validation protocol,

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Execute process validation protocol,

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Write process validation report, and

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Review and approve process validation report,

   [***]    [***]
11.10    Validate/qualify all manufacturing processes, Product formulation, mixing operations and hold times for the formulation process.    [***]    [***]
11.11    Qualify time limitations for each phase of production.    [***]    [***]
11.12    Evaluate protocol deviations encountered during validation/qualification to determine impact on validation/qualification studies, including need to conduct repeat studies.    [***]    [***]
11.13    Evaluate validated/qualified systems and processes periodically to verify they are still operating in a valid manner.    [***]    [***]
11.14    Report all media simulation failures for Product related aseptic manufacturing processes.    [***]    [***]
11.15    Permit a representative of XERIS to be present during process demonstration and validation.    [***]    [***]
11.16    Validate / qualify bioburden and sterility assays.    [***]    [***]
11.17    Qualify suppliers for API (drug substance) and excipients.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 37 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

L    Preventive Maintenance and Calibration      
12.01    Maintain calibration and preventive maintenance procedures and schedules for equipment/instruments used in the manufacture, packaging, testing and validation/qualification of the Product. Include calibration tagging where appropriate.    [***]    [***]
12.02    Inform XERIS within [***] if an instrument used for Services performed for Xeris is found to be out of calibration or out of tolerance and perform investigation.    [***]    [***]
12.03    Document and review (including calibration performed by Sub-Contractor) manufacturing and laboratory equipment/instrumentation calibration data.    [***]    [***]
M    Manufacturing and Laboratory Investigations      
13.01    Have appropriate procedures for the identification, investigation, reporting, tracking, trending and closure of deviations as per applicable cGMP requirements. Investigations must include but are not limited to known lab errors, atypical results and Out-of-Specification (OOS) results that occur during the manufacture and testing of the Product, including stability testing (as applicable).    [***]    [***]
13.02    Document and notify XERIS and Xeris QA within [***] of first knowledge of any significant deviation. Significant deviations include, but are not limited to, those which have the potential to affect the quality, identity, purity and/or strength of the Product; those which have significant impact on manufacturing timelines; those which impact the cGMP, validation/qualification or regulatory status; any OOS test result which cannot be invalidated within [***] or any deviation resulting in the Product being outside of filed registration limits (see Appendix 3 for examples). XERIS retains the right to request notification of additional deviations on a case by case basis. All deviations must be resolved prior to release of Product.    [***]    [***]
13.03    Review and approve any significant deviation prior to Product release.    [***]    [***]
13.04    Notify XERIS and XERIS QA within [***] of first knowledge of all confirmed Out-of-Specification results generated during stability testing of Product.    [***]    [***]
13.05    Provide investigation/deviation documentation, including original and any retest or resample results to XERIS with the batch record, or upon request.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 38 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

13.06    Assist PYRAMID in investigations when deemed appropriate.    [***]    [***]
13.07    Complete investigations within [***] of commencement.    [***]    [***]
13.08    Approve in writing any significant deviation from PYRAMID’S internal specifications or standard operating procedures that may affect XERIS Products or services. The decision to approve will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.    [***]    [***]
13.09    Complete corrective/preventive action (CAPA) commitments resulting from investigation closure within the planned timeframe. Provide evidence of closure of CAPA items to XERIS for notified deviations.    [***]    [***]
N    Documentation and Records      
14.01    Document all required process and testing steps at the time such process or testing step is executed.    [***]    [***]
14.02    Record all changes to process or testing documents in a cGMP compliant fashion (e.g., by initialing and dating all changes).    [***]    [***]
14.03    Have a controlled system to initiate, review, revise, approve, obsolete and archive all Good Manufacturing Practices documentation.    [***]    [***]
14.04    Maintain a document control system for Standard Operating Procedures.    [***]    [***]
14.05    Maintain a document control system for specifications, including: raw materials, Product labeling, packaging materials and other materials that would likely affect Product quality.    [***]    [***]
14.06    Review and approve all Good Manufacturing Practices-related records.    [***]    [***]

14.07

  

Retain, archive and destroy all Good Manufacturing Practices-related documents and data pertaining to Services performed for XERIS in accordance with XERIS and regulatory requirements as defined below:

 

•   keep all original analytical records including test results, records, charts, computer reports and graphs for a minimum period of [***] or if batch-related, one year in excess of expiration date,

 

•   keep all validation/qualification and technical transfer documents in connection with Service performed for XERIS for [***] after the life of the Product,

 

•   keep original investigation and out-of-specification report documentation in connections with Services performed for XERIS for a minimum of [***] or [***] beyond expiration date of associated batch,

   [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 39 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

  

•   at the end of retention period, notify XERIS prior to destruction of records identified above, including a specific identification of the records. XERIS retains the right to have transferred and to maintain any such record as it relates to Product at its discretion,

 

•   ensure that original records are protected from fire and water damage in a limited access area and

 

•   retain Batch Record documentation to meet applicable regulatory requirements and any special instruction provided by XERIS.

     
14.08    Write Master Batch (or, as applicable, Packaging) Records.    [***]    [***]
14.09    Review and approve Master Batch Records.    [***]    [***]
14.10    Have all executed batch-related records reviewed and approved by PYRAMID’S Quality Unit prior to submission to XERIS for release. Ensure records have a unique lot identification number.    [***]    [***]
14.11    For laboratory control records, include complete data derived from all tests conducted to ensure compliance with specifications. These records will contain the date and the signature of a second qualified person showing review and verification of the records.    [***]    [***]
14.12    Provide copies of documents or records needed to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements or filings to XERIS upon request.    [***]    [***]
14.13    Provide copies of documents and records for XERIS disposition of product listed in Appendix 4.    [***]    [***]
14.14    Provide a Certificate of Analysis for the release of each manufactured lot.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 40 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

14.15   

Provide a complete Certificate of Analysis (only for tests performed by PYRAMID or subcontracted by PYRAMID) for each shipment of the Product, containing at minimum the following information:

 

•   XERIS Product number,

 

•   PYRAMID Product number, (if applicable). PYRAMID lot number,

 

•   Name of Product,

 

•   Batch size,

 

•   Name of the test (if applicable),

 

•   Test method (if applicable),

 

•   Specification limit (if applicable),

 

•   Expiration date (if applicable)

 

•   Actual test result (as a numerical value, unless designated Pass/Fail in the specification limit), including retest results if required (if applicable)

 

•   Date tested for each test (if applicable)

 

•   Quality Assurance approval and date,

 

•   Manufacturing site (name and address)

 

•   Manufacturing date, and

 

•   Storage conditions

   [***]    [***]
14.16    Release of the Drug Product.    [***]    [***]
14.17    Provide Certificate of Compliance certifying Product was manufactured in a current Good Manufacturing Practices-compliant facility and was tested in accordance with and meets specifications and was manufactured according to its approved regulatory dossier.    [***]    [***]
14.18    Keep and make accessible to XERIS upon request all manufacturing, analytical, and distribution records. Where original documentation is in a language other than English, a direct translation to English will be provided by PYRAMID upon request by XERIS. Care should be taken that any changes made to the English version are also reflected in the original language documentation.    [***]    [***]
O    Production and In-Process Controls      
15.01    Have approved written procedures in place for qualification of subcontractors that provide cGMP-materials and services.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 41 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

15.02    Perform and maintain all PYRAMID qualifications in a current state as per applicable procedures and XERIS Requirements.    [***]    [***]
15.03    Provide current Raw Material, API, and Product Specifications to PYRAMID.    [***]    [***]
15.04    Have a system for batch identification including assigning lot numbers.    [***]    [***]
15.05    Implement and document specifications for raw materials, packaging materials, and Product labeling and processing aids that would likely affect Product quality pursuant to specification documentation provided by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
15.06    Have approved written procedures for all required in-process sampling and testing.    [***]    [***]
15.07    Qualify suppliers for API (drug substance) and excipients.    [***]    [***]
15.08    Procure, test (as required), and disposition raw materials, components, packaging and labeling used in manufacture and packaging of Product.    [***]    [***]
15.09    Document actual yields for the Product, and evaluate actual yields versus theoretical in-process yield control limits.    [***]    [***]
15.10    Provide a Xeris-defined Date of Manufacture (DOM) for assigning to Product.    [***]    [***]
15.11    Use a Xeris-defined Date of Manufacture (DOM) in the Master Batch Records (MBRs).    [***]    [***]
15.12    Assign Product expiration (shelf-life) date.    [***]    [***]
15.13    Have appropriate inspection process or device in place to ensure the correct Product is packaged, the correct labeling is utilized, and any inline marking is completely and accurately located and legible.    [***]    [***]
15.14   

Include in shipper label, at a minimum:

 

•   name and address of the manufacturer,

 

•   unique identifying code (ex. lot number),

 

•   batch record or Pyramid project number,

 

•   quantity of contents,

 

•   storage and special transport conditions,

 

•   manufacturing date,

 

•   XERIS-assigned expiry date (if provided), and

 

•   any special requirements (if applicable).

   [***]    [***]
15.15    Where appropriate, develop all labeling in accordance with applicable regulations (including for the country intended for distribution) and regulatory submission (as applicable).    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 42 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

15.16    Include a representative label in the batch record.    [***]    [***]
15.17    Establish and maintain a program for environmental monitoring including tracking and trending processes.    [***]    [***]
15.18    Retain reserve samples of raw materials, packaging materials and Product label, intermediates (if applicable) in accordance with PYRAMID’s written procedures.    [***]    [***]
15.19    Retain reserve samples of Final Product (Pre-Filled Syringes (PFS)).    [***]    [***]
15.20    Provide certification that all at-risk raw materials/components have been tested for the absence of BSE/TSE contamination for each lot of Product supplied to XERIS.    [***]    [***]
P    Process Equipment      
16.01    Process equipment must be uniquely identified, status tagged and managed with an equipment history log or equivalent system. Process lines will be appropriately identified.    [***]    [***]
16.02    Use appropriate food grade machine lubricants and oils that contain no animal derived materials.    [***]    [***]
16.03    Maintain a current set of “as-built” drawings for equipment and facilities.    [***]    [***]
Q    Reprocess (if applicable)      
17.01    Where reprocessing is required and permitted, review and approve all reprocessing steps.    [***]    [***]
17.02    Document approval in specific reprocessing protocols or special batch record instructions.    [***]    [***]
17.03    Perform reprocessing only where specified in protocol or specific batch record instructions approved by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
17.04    Review and approve Product requiring reprocessing.    [***]    [***]
R    Rework (if applicable)      
18.01    Where rework is required and permitted, have a protocol or procedure that has been approved by both XERIS and PYRAMID, and any regulatory approval that may be required prior to implementation.    [***]    [***]
18.02    Review and approve Product requiring rework.    [***]    [***]
S    Laboratory Controls      
19.01    Have written procedures for sample management, identification, testing, disposition and recording, approval, tracking, storage, retention and disposal of laboratory data.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 43 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

19.02    Hold samples and dispose of them as required by specifications and procedures.    [***]    [***]
19.03   

Destroy samples and sample packaging in a secure and legal manner that prevents unauthorized use or diversion in accordance with PYRAMID’s procedures. Maintain destruction records.

Destruction method must render any XERIS owned registrations, logos or trademarks unidentifiable.

   [***]    [***]
19.04    Have approved written procedures for management, preparation and use of reference standards, reference materials, reagents, and solutions including qualification/requalification of use period.    [***]    [***]
19.05    Mutually agree on source, grade and characterization of reference standards/materials, if not XERIS supplied.    [***]    [***]
19.06    Provide PYRAMID with qualified non-compendial standards and corresponding storage conditions, potency/purity information, and expiration/review dating.    [***]    [***]
19.07    Have appropriate specifications and test procedures for the Product, which are consistent with the applicable compendia! monograph, XERIS-approved product monograph and/or Product Specifications.    [***]    [***]
19.08    Test Product in accordance with qualified or validated methods, as appropriate, and with specifications using calibrated, qualified equipment. Shall not perform reduced testing regimen without meeting requirements of an established program or protocol reviewed and agreed to by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
19.09    Transfer all test methods qualified or validated by XERIS according to protocols (that includes roles & responsibilities) approved by PYRAMID and XERIS.    [***]    [***]
19.10    Ensure method transfers have been completed and approved prior to the generation of any cGMP test data.    [***]    [***]
T    Retest      
20.01    Perform retesting, when required and approved, in accordance with approved protocols or procedures.    [***]    [***]
20.02    Approve retest protocols for retesting associated with confirmed OOSs as applicable.    [***]    [***]
U    Stability (if applicable)      
21.01    Maintain a documented, ongoing stability program to monitor the stability of the Product using stability indicating procedures.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 44 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

21.02    Store stability samples in containers/closures in accordance with approved protocols which include time stations and storage conditions.    [***]    [***]
21.03    Write stability protocol and reports.    [***]    [***]
21.04    Review and approve stability protocols prior to executing stability studies.    [***]    [***]
21.05    Approve stability reports.    [***]    [***]
21.06    Provide approved stability protocols and stability reports to XERIS.    [***]    [***]
21.07    Assign and approve appropriateness of storage conditions and retest or expiry date base on stability data.    [***]    [***]
21.08    Perform stability testing of reworked/reprocessed batches or those associated with investigations or revalidations/re-qualifications as required by XERIS.    [***]    [***]
21.09    Document and notify XERIS and Xeris QA within [***] of first knowledge of any OOS (out of specification) results obtained during stability testing that cannot be invalidated within [***].    [***]    [***]
21.10    Confirmed OOS must be reported to Xeris in [***].    [***]    [***]
V    Storage and Distribution      
22.01    Validate/qualify and maintain storage facilities appropriate for conditions specified on the Product label. Maintain records of any critical parameters.    [***]    [***]
22.02    Establish and maintain an environmental monitoring program including trending activities to ensure adherence to specified product, raw material, packaging material and component storage conditions {such as temperature and humidity).    [***]    [***]
22.03    Upon PYRAMID’s receipt of sample(s) from XERIS, when samples are provided with temperature recorders, read recorder and report results to XERIS, noting temperature excursions.    [***]    [***]
22.04    Provide any special precautions to be taken during sample storage, handling, testing and disposal.    [***]    [***]
22.05    Provide PYRAMID with corresponding storage conditions.    [***]    [***]
22.06    Receive, handle and store the XERIS reference standards as defined in writing by XERIS. PYRAMID will maintain a use log (or equivalent) for all XERIS reference standards.    [***]    [***]
22.07    Have validated/qualified systems for controlling quarantined, rejected or recalled materials and segregate rejected or recalled materials.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 45 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

22.08    Storage of bulk material up to packaging and shipment to XERIS.    [***]    [***]
22.09    Storage of Finished Product.    [***]    [***]
22.10    Provide Product Material Safety Data Sheet or equivalent.    [***]    [***]
22.11    Ship Product in accordance with qualified transportation requirements.    [***]    [***]
22.12    In the event of an environmental excursion affecting Product, notify XERIS within [***] and make subsequent investigation available to XERIS upon request.    [***]    [***]
22.13    Have a system in place for ensuring unreleased Product is not shipped unless authorized by XERIS Quality Assurance unit; Shipment pending Acceptable Sterility test results.    [***]    [***]
22.14    Have validated/qualified systems for tracking Product inventory and shipments and maintain appropriate records for such activities.    [***]    [***]
W    Control, Disposal and Destruction of Production Materials      
23.01   

Have a procedure for the access, control, reconciliation, disposition, disposal, and destruction of obsolete or rejected production materials proprietary to XERIS or bearing XERIS proprietary information used in the Product manufacture, packaging and labeling that include but is not limited to:

 

•   Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient/ Biological Drug Substance

 

•   Excipient Raw Materials

 

•   Tooling, dies, printing rolls, plates and associated drawings used in the manufacturing of Product.

 

•   XERIS printed components and materials used to print such component, including but not limited to: printed components, containers, closures, tools, dies, plates, drawings and artwork including all electronic files.

   [***]    [***]
23.02    Dispose and destroy obsolete or rejected production materials in a secure and compliant manner that prevents unauthorized use or diversion in compliance with environmental regulations. Maintain destruction records and provide to XERIS upon request. Destruction method must render all XERIS owned trademarks, logos, or registration marks as unidentifiable.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 46 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

X    Complaints      
24.01    Have written procedures in place to document, investigate, issue reports, follow up, respond to XERIS and manage all Product quality related complaints.    [***]    [***]
24.02    Where XERIS is the regulatory submission holder:      
  

•   Notify PYRAMID within [***] of product complaints received by XERIS that potentially impact quality, purity, safety and effectiveness of distributed Product and could result in a product recall.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Manage complaint investigations and any required regulatory reporting.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Assist in investigations of Product-related complaints, as requested by XERIS and report progress of investigation to XERIS in a timely manner.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Retain complaint investigation records.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Evaluate trends and severity of complaint.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Implement corrective actions associated with manufacture of Product.

   [***]    [***]
24.03    Where PYRAMID is the regulatory submission holder;      
  

•   Notify each other within [***] of product complaints that impact quality, purity, safety and effectiveness of distributed Product that are likely to result in a field alert, BPDR and/or recall.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Conduct and complete complaint investigation and any required regulatory reporting within [***].

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Assist in investigations of Product related complaints, when required.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Retain complaint investigation records.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Evaluate trends and severity of complaint.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Implement corrective actions as necessary.

   [***]    [***]
24.04    Significant complaints (e.g. those alleging product contaminations, tampering, counterfeiting, etc. or which have been reported to a regulatory authority) require preliminary investigation and response to the other party within [***].    [***]    [***]
24.05    Should a complete investigation report not be able to be completed within [***], interim reports communicated to XERIS is required.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 47 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

Y    Recalls      
25.01    Where XERIS is the regulatory submission holder:      
  

•   Notify XERIS in writing within [***] of discovery of any product defects that could result in a product recall or abnormal restriction on the supply of Product.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Sole responsibility for determining the need for recall of XERIS Product. There shall be approved procedures for issuing field alerts, Biological Product Deviation Reports (as applicable), Product Defect Reports and recall that address the decision making process, correspondence with regulatory agencies, management of recalls, and reconciliation of returned Product.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Cooperate and participate in the investigation to make the decision to issue field alerts, Biological Product Deviation Reports, Product Defect Reports or recalls.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Review and ensure the accuracy of correspondence for submission to regulatory agency, as requested by XERIS.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Issue correspondence to regulatory agencies.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Manage recall and reconciliation of returned Product.

   [***]    [***]
25.02    Where PYRAMID is the Product regulatory submission holder:      
  

•   Notify each other in writing within [***] of any product defects that could result in a Product recall or abnormal restriction on the supply of Product.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Have approved procedures for issuing field alerts,

 

•   Biological Product Deviation Reports (as applicable) and recall that address the decision making process, correspondence with regulatory agencies, management of recalls, and reconciliation of returned Product.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Facilitate the process for determining the need to issue field alerts or recalls.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Cooperate and participate in the investigation to make the decision to issue field alerts, Biological Product Deviation Reports or recalls.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Make final decision to issue recalls.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Review and ensure accuracy of correspondence for submission to regulatory agency.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Issue correspondence to regulatory agencies.

   [***]    [***]
  

•   Manage recall and reconciliation of returned Product.

   [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 48 of 52

 

    

Responsibilities

  

    XERIS    

  

PYRAMID

Z    Adverse Experiences      
26.01    XERIS shall be responsible for adverse drug reaction reporting for the Product to regulatory authorities.    [***]    [***]
26.02    In the event XERIS has or receives any information regarding any adverse experience which may be related to the use of the Product, XERIS shall immediately, and in no event later than within [***] of receipt by XERIS, provide PYRAMID with all pertinent information to facilitate investigation.    [***]    [***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 49 of 52

 

APPENDIX 1: Contacts and Responsibilities

 

Position

  

XERIS Pharmaceuticals

  

PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc.

Contract Manager    [***]    [***]
Analytical    [***]    [***]
Quality Assurance    [***]    [***]
Pharmaceutical Development    [***]    [***]
Project Manager    [***]    [***]
Regulatory    [***]    [***]

 

Contact Information

  
PYRAMID Laboratories, Inc.    Phone Number: [***]
XERIS Pharmaceuticals   
                [***]    Phone Number: [***]

 

NOTE:    1)    A designee may be assigned to specific projects by the responsible personnel.
   2)    The designated representatives of each company will be responsible for the supply or receipt of information and controlled documents.

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 50 of 52

 

APPENDIX 2: Significant Deviations Requiring Notification to XERIS

 

Significant Deviations that require notification to XERIS (minimum expectations)

 

[***]

 

Significant deviations

  

List of specific examples (but not limited to)

[***]   

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]   

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]   

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]   

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 51 of 52

 

APPENDIX 3: Documentation to be Supplied by PYRAMID

The following documents/records will be supplied to XERIS:

 

    Master Batch Records for XERIS review and approval

 

    Executed batch records

 

    Environmental monitoring and personnel monitoring results are part of the executed batch record.

 

    Any in-process testing results documented in the executed batch record

 

    List of all in-going materials by lot number, including the XERIS lot numbers where applicable

 

    All completed and approved deviations and investigations (including those approved by XERIS)

 

    BSE/TSE Statement for the components of the lot manufactured

 

    Any analytical results applicable to the release of the lot as tested by PYRAMID

 

    Certificate of Compliance from PYRAMID including cGMP statement

 

CONFIDENTIAL


[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 

LOGO        

Document No:

Revision:

Revision Date:

Replaces:

Page:

  

QA-Xeris

00

11/10/16

NA

Page 52 of 52

 

APPENDIX 4: Authorized Subcontractors

PYRAMID may not subcontract any of its obligations under this Quality Agreement except pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2 of the Quality Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the subcontractor(s) listed below have satisfied the requirements set forth in Section 8 of the Quality Agreement, have been approved by XERIS, and may perform activities on behalf of PYRAMID under the Quality Agreement, subject to PYRAMID’s and such subcontractor’s continuing obligations under the Quality Agreement, including, without limitation, their respective obligations under Section 8.

 

SUBCONTRACTOR NAME:    [***]
ADDRESS   

[***]

 

[***]

TYPE OF SERVICE    MICROBIOLOGY TESTING LABORATORY
SUBCONTRACTOR NAME:    [***]
ADDRESS   

[***]

[***]

TYPE OF SERVICE    ANALYTICAL TESTING LABORATORY

[NOTE TO AUTHOR: If no subcontractors are qualified and approved by XERIS prior to signing, the chart in this Appendix 4 should read “None.” If more than one subcontractor is qualified and approved by XERIS prior to signing, add additional sections as needed]

 

CONFIDENTIAL

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

May 24, 2018